BER it tie r LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIKXHM COFFEE AND INDIA-RUBBER CULTURE IN MEXICO PRECEDED BY GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL NOTES ON MEXICO BY MATIAS ROMERO G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS NEW YORK AND LONDON 3be Knickerbocker 1898 COPYRIGHT, 1898 BY MATIAS ROMERO Ube fmfcfcerbocfeer flregs, -flew i)orft INTRODUCTION. When, after serving five years, from 1868 to 1871, as Secretary of the Treasury in Mexico under President Juarez's administration, I was obliged to resign, my health being so greatly broken down as to make it impossible for me to continue discharging the duties of that responsi- ble, and at the time, very difficult office, feeling that if I remained in the City of Mexico, I could not regain my health as I would be subject to continual mental excitement, I made up my mind to live in the country and occupy my time in agricultural pursuits. Before deciding what branch of agriculture I should follow, I made a tour of inspec- tion to the most favored regions of Mexico and found that india-rub- ber and coffee raising seemed to be the most promising and profitable undertakings.1 The place which I thought best adapted to both of these products was the district of Soconusco, one of the counties of 1 I take the following from an article entitled " Settlement of the Mexico-Guate- mala Boundary Question," that I published in vol. xxix., No. 2, 1897, of the Bulletin- of the American Geographical Society, of New York : " The office of Secretary of the Treasury of Mexico was, until recently, the most difficult of administration, because, the Federal Treasury being in a state of chronic bankruptcy, it was impossible to pay on demand all its obligations, and the Secretary- had to distribute the daily receipts in the best way he could ; so that all creditors pre- sented their claims to him, thus placing in his hands almost all the details of that office, which, added to several other causes, too numerous to specify here, increased considerably the Secretary's labors. Therefore, a hard-working and conscientious man, holding that office, had to work eighteen hours every day, as long as he was able to do so, and that at a place nearly 8000 feet above the level of the sea, where the decreased atmospheric pressure seriously affects the nervous system, and does not per- mit of prolonged and constant mental labor. " I remember that the Emperor Napoleon, believing, during the French interven- tion, and while Maximilian was in Mexico, that there was no Mexican capable of managing the finances of the country, sent to Mexico, for that purpose, two French officials, who were doubtless expert financiers, and who, being naturally very anxious to please Napoleon, expecting promotion at home if successful, worked very hard to satisfy him, with the result that after a few months one of them, M. Bonnefons, re- turned home very sick and soon afterward died, and his successor, M. Mantenant, returned to France insane. I have had occasion to notice that even young and strong men suffer severely after a few months of prolonged mental work, from what Mexican. iv Untrofcuction. the State of Chiapas, in southeastern Mexico, bordering on Guatemala, and I concluded to settle there and apply myself to coffee and india- rubber culture. In the meanwhile, coffee raising had attained considerable develop- ment in Guatemala, the Guatemalan coffee being very highly esteemed in foreign markets, and I determined to make a tour of inspection in Guatemala and examine the principal coffee plantations, in order to learn what was the best way to make a plantation and keep it produc- tive. I, of course, tried, during this time, to collect all the information I possibly could about these two branches of agricultural industry. Finally I undertook to make a coffee plantation in the high lands of Soconusco — located from four to five thousand feet above the level of the sea— as, in my opinion, a temperate zone is the proper one for that tree ; and another for india-rubber in the lower lands of the district, which are warm, damp and marshy. I acquired some experience by these experiments and I made a study of the subject, not only in coffee plantations in Mexico and Guatemala, but in other countries where I un- doctors call brain anaemia, and which, if the patient does not cease working or leave the city, it generally has an early and fatal termination. " After having worked very hard in Washington during the French intervention in Mexico, from 1861 to 1867, as the official representative of my country, I was called by President Juarez, on my return home on the i$th of January, 1868, to the Treasury Department, and I remained in that office up to June 10, 1872, working as hard, if not harder than any of my predecessors, so that I am surprised that I did not succumb to the severity of my labors. It is true I was then young, and, owing to my regular habits, I was physically vigorous ; but the labor imposed upon me was enough to kill anybody. In the early part of 1872, I could not sleep, nor digest and assimilate my food, and altogether I was in such a condition that a few months more of such work would certainly have ended my life. I found myself under the necessity, therefore, of retiring from the Cabinet, which I did, availing myself of the close of the session of the Mexican Congress, especially dedicated to approve the appropriations for the following fiscal year and to vote the taxes to defray them. I also desired to afford President Juarez an opportunity to appoint new men to his Cabinet, as he had inau- gurated a new Presidential term on the ist of December", 1871, and it was customary to make on such occasions a total or partial change of Cabinet. " I realized that to restore my health it would be necessary for me to lead for some years a hygienic life and to avoid excessive mental labor, and as this would not have been possible had I remained in the City of Mexico, I made up my mind to live in the country, devoting my time and energies to agricultural pursuits, since, having no for- tune, I had to earn my living by my own work. I visited several desirable places in Mexico, and finally decided to settle in a place quite remote from the Capital, because I did not desire to return to public life, for which I had never had any inclination. I selected the town of Tapachula, the county seat of the District of Soconusco, in the State of Chiapas, adjoining Guatemala, located on the Pacific slope, because it was one of fine agricultural resources and of great promise ; and, early in 1873, I settled there, bought some public land and started a coffee plantation in the high lands, and one of india-rubber in the low ones, and did some commercial business, buying coffee for export, and importing agricultural implements and commodities." flntrofcuction. v derstood coffee raising was also very prosperous, like the Island of Ceylon, in the East Indies, and Brazil, which is now and has been for many years, the largest producer of coffee in the world. When I considered that I had mastered the subject as thoroughly as I could without having any technical education for the purpose, having acquired only practical information and accepted such prin- ciples as my common sense made clear to me, I thought that I would give the benefit of my experience to other people, both in and out of Mexico, who might desire to engage in this industry. I wrote, there- fore, a little manual on coffee culture on the southern coast of the State of Chiapas. The knowledge I gained in making a plantation allowed me to acquire practical experience on this subject, so that my opinions there expressed are well-grounded and perfectly correct so far as the southern coast of the State of Chiapas is concerned. In each locality, the conditions vary according to the position of the mountains, the pre- vailing winds, the rainfall and other circumstances which produce various meteorological phenomena affecting materially the climate ; it would be difficult, therefore, to give rules in detail which would apply absolutely to all localities, as what is desirable in one may be very ob- jectionable in another affected by different climatological conditions. For that reason, I confined my study to the southern district of Chiapas, which I knew quite well, and tried to verify my theories by what I had learned of coffee planting in other places, and especially in Ceylon, as I had found books which stated in a very clear and con- cise manner the system prevailing there of planting coffee — information which I found was very difficult to obtain from other countries, including even Brazil. I published in Mexico three editions of my manual, cor- recting and adding to each new one — the last one being published in July, 1874. There was, at the time, no interest in coffee culture and very little attention was therefore paid to my manual. By the advice of a friend, I placed in a bookstore about fifty copies on sale, and four or six years later, only two or three had been sold. When the price of coffee began to rise considerably, especially af- ter 1890, the culture of coffee received a great impetus, and the plan- tations were very much extended, the price became very lucrative, as it was sold at the plantation as high as 35 cents a pound in silver ; that, of course, was a great stimulus to increase its production. However, during the year 1897 the price fell considerably, as it was sold, I believe, at 12 cents a pound in silver at the plantation, that being still a remu- nerative price. When the interest in coffee-raising was at its height in Mexico, the Mexican Government made, in 1893, a fourth edition of my manual, but it was merely a republication of the former one, without any change at all. Since the third edition of that book was published, a great deal of interest has been awakened in the culture of vi Introduction, coffee and I have received innumerable requests for copies of the manual from various sections of Mexico, and also from young men in the United States who, having heard of the great profits of coffee rais- ing, are disposed to undertake coffee planting in Mexico. I have therefore concluded, in the interest of that industry and its develop- ment in Mexico, to publish an English translation of my manual. My public duties for the last eighteen years have not allowed me much time to make new studies on coffee culture, but the interest I take in coffee raising has made me read all that came in my way on the sub- ject ; and I also made in 1896 special visits to the new coffee districts in the State of Oaxaca, Mexico, to study their conditions. I am very sorry that I have not the time indispensable to revise this edition, and have to publish it as it came out in Spanish, several years ago. To understand it well the reader must bear in mind that it was written in Soconusco County, State of Chiapas, nearly a quarter of a century ago. I am very sorry that my present engagements have prevented me from revising this paper up to date ; that is, changing such views ex- pressed in the same as my experience has taught me not to be entirely correct, at least in so far as other regions outside of the southern coast of Chiapas are concerned, as that would require more time than I can afford, and in my inability to do that work, I prefer to use the paper I wrote long ago, exactly in the shape in which it then came out. Since that time, all circumstances and conditions of coffee raising have materially changed. The price of land has increased twenty times, as a caballeria, which was worth $50 in 1874, has been recently sold at $1000 ; wages have gone up twice or three times higher than they were then, and all the estimates of the costs and expenses to be approximate to present conditions would be required to be at least triple, and in some cases even this figure would not represent the exact cost. Besides, any mistake, especially in the selection of a site for a coffee plantation, may cause very serious losses, in the shape of increased expenses for plant- ing and keeping it, and reduced receipts caused by small crops. In 1893 and 1894 I was involuntarily drawn into a controversy with an American gentleman, who advocated the low lands of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec as the best suited for coffee and india-rubber culture, and in that correspondence I expressed some views concerning that subject in other regions than the southern coast of Chiapas, which con- tained some ideas formed since the book was written. I append to this paper that correspondence. When I settled in Soconusco it was a wild county, which on ac- count of its distance from the capital of the Republic, its isolation from the rest of the State of Chiapas, and the unsettled condition which often prevailed in Mexico, had made it almost an independ- ent principality, ruled with an iron hand by an unscrupulous and Untrofcuction. vii irresponsible local chieftain, who had been able to overpower all oppo- sition. I tried to obtain his support for the development of the country, and he seemed to give it to me cheerfully, and I worked earnestly for the purpose of establishing the supremacy of the Federal government and the Federal laws which amply guarantee personal and property rights, and I succeeded in having Federal troops and Federal judges sent there for that purpose. His antagonists, however, availed them- selves of the opportunity of his losing power to drive him out of the place, and he, with the natural suspicion of ignorant men, thought I was the cause of his overthrow, and that I had been working for it, and decided to get rid of me at any cost. Besides, the then President of Guatemala, General J. Rufino Barrios, who suspected my going to Soco- nusco with some scheme hostile to his country and himself,1 assisted the Soconusco leader against me, and both plotted against my life, but I was saved in an almost miraculous manner. My coffee plantation had before, and while I was making it, been partially destroyed by 1 The following extract from my paper on the " Settlement of the Mexico-Guate- mala Boundary Question," just quoted, states the nature of my relations with General Barrios, the President of Guatemala, while I was in Soconusco : "Public men in Guatemala are generally very suspicious, and especially were they so when Mexico was concerned, and when they saw me living as a farmer in a very humble frontier town adjoining their country, they imagined that I must have some hostile designs against Guatemala, and that my farming was only a pretence to cover my hidden designs. General J. Rufino Barrios became President very soon af- ter I settled in Soconusco, and he, as well as most of the persons around him, thought that I had gone there either with the purpose of attempting to make myself dictator or ruler of Guatemala, or to work for the annexation of that country to Mexico, which liad been for some time the great bugbear of Guatemalan statesmen. Judging by what they had sometimes seen in their own country, they imagined that a man who had been Secretary of the Treasury of Mexico for five years was, or ought to be, a millionaire, and consequently they thought it an absurd idea that he should try to earn his living by honest labor. " Although I had been warned of this danger, I did not at the time fully realize its gravity, because I did not know how suspicious of Mexico and how hostile to her the people of Guatemala were, and I tried to allay their fears by going myself to the City of Guatemala to make the acquaintance of its public men and to inform them of my reasons for having settled in Soconusco, and of my purposes for the future ; but, judging me by the standard of their own views and principles, as it is natural for peo- ple to do, this act of mine probably only served to confirm them in their suspicions. " General Barrios himself, whom I met in the City of Guatemala, before be- coming President, treated me with the greatest duplicity. At the same time that he pretended to be a friend of mine, and in some ways acted as such, probably in order the better to deceive me by inspiring me with confidence in his sincerity, — as when he sent me his power of attorney, authorizing me to draw upon his funds in bank and attend to his private affairs, especially to a farm he had in Soconusco, — he actually believed me to be his rival, and therefore his worst enemy, and he did all he could against my person and property, but always in an underhand manner, so as not to appear personally responsible." viii Untrofcuctiou. neighboring Guatemalan Indians, encouraged, I was sure, although I could not prove it, by President Barrios, under the plea that I was making it in Guatemalan territory. My sudden departure from Soconusco made me abandon and lose everything I had there. I, therefore, did not see grown the trees I had planted, but they grew well and yielded a large amount of fruit, of which a relative of mine availed himself, who made out of that plan- tation a large fortune, and finally bought from me the land occupied by the plantation at about the price of land there when the purchase was made. In the several trips of inspection which I made in Mexico, I was careful to study coffee culture in every district I visited, and I pub- lished in the newspapers the result of my studies in the shape of articles relating to each district. They were finally reprinted in a book on the State of Oaxaca, which I published in Barcelona in 1886. It would take a great deal of space to publish them here, and they do- not contain, so far as rules for coffee culture are concerned, any more information than appears in my manual on the subject. As Mexico is so little known in the United States, I thought it con- venient for the benefit of the readers in this country that I should pre- cede my manual with another paper on " Geographical and Statistical Notes on Mexico," which I have just published, and which to an American reader gives more recent information than I have seen col- lected in any single book in the English language. WASHINGTON, January 31, 1898. M. R. MONEY, WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Before Mexico adopted the metric decimal system we used the old Spanish weights and measures. The measures used in this book are those in vogue in Soconusca when this manual was written, namely : the vara as a unit of linear measure, which is 2.75 English feet or about 33 inches ; and for land measure the Cuerda, which is a square of 25 varas on each side or 625 sq. varas, the Caballeria, which has 609.408 varas or 105} acres and the square league which is a square of 5,000 varas on each side or 25,000,000 sq. varas and equal to 4339.4 acres. The pounds are also the Mexican pounds equal to 1.014 English pounds. The Mexican dollar was divided into eight parts, each of them called a real. The real, which was 12^ cents, was divided into two halves called medios, and each media was divided into two halves called cuartillas, and each cuartilla was divided into two halves called octavos, In Mexico we use the thermometer with the Centigrade scale, and the way in which this scale can be reduced to the Fahrenheit scale used in this country is well known. CONTENTS. PAGE CONTENTS OF GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL NOTES ON MEXICO i PART I. GEOGRAPHY .... 3 Location, Boundaries and Area 5 , Location 5 Boundary with the United States 5 Boundary with Guatemala ,6 Boundary with Belize . . . . . . r. * 6 Cession of Mexican Territory to the United States . ,...'. . 7 « General Characteristics 8 » Geology . . . . . . . . • 12 Mining . . .13 Silver 13 Real del Monte Company .15 New Mines, Topia 17 Li Hung Chang and the Mexican Silver Mines . . .18 Gold . . . 19 Coinage of the Precious Metals 21 Coinage of Mexico from the Establishment of the Mints in 1537 to the End of the Fiscal Year 1896 . . .21 Iron . . 21 Iron Foundries ... 22 Copper . . . . . • > • • • • .22 Quicksilver . ........ 23 Coal . . . \ , ' 23 Mexican Miners . . . . . . . . 25 Mining Laws 25 Mints and Duties on Silver 27 Smelting Plants 28 Mexican Metallurgical Company 28 National Mexican Smelter at Monterey .... 28 x Contents. PAGE: Central Mexican Smelter 29 Velardena Mining Company 29 The Chihuahua Mining Company 29- . The Mazapil Copper Company, Limited .... 29 Sabinal Mining and Smelting Company, Chihuahua . . 29 La Preciosa 29 The Boleo Smelter .... . ,: . . . 29 Orography . . . . . . . . .29 Hydrography ...... . . V" . 32 Climate •> • • -35 Summary of the Meteorological Observations Taken in Several Cities of Mexico during Several Years . 3& Summary of the Meteorological Observations Taken in Several Localities of Mexico during the Year 1869 . 39 Mexico as a Sanitarium . . . . . . . • 4* Flora . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Coffee 44 • Sugar-cane .45 Tobacco .......... 45 India-rubber ........... 46 Cotton 48 Agave 48 Henequen .......... 49 Pulque . . . . 49 Cactus . . . . . , . ... . 51 Cocoa . . . . . . . . . • . 51 Vanilla . . . . v, .52 Silk Culture . . , . . . . . . . 53 Cochineal . -53 Rice . 53 Chicle, or Chewing-gum 53 Yuca 54 Ginger . . 55 Canaigre • 55 Peppermint 55 Cabinet and Dye Woods 55 Grasses . . . . . . . . . . .56 Alfalfa . | 56 Cattle-raising 56 Sheep . . ' V 58 Products of Cold and Temperate Regions . . . . 58 Fruits . . . '- •' 58 Oranges * . . . . . • • 59 Lemons . ........ 60 Contents. xi PAGE Limes and Shaddocks . . . . . . . . 61 Bananas . . . . . . . . . .61 Pineapple .......... 62 Cocoanut .......... 62 Mangoes .63 Alligator Pear 63 Mamey A "\ . 63 Zapote » . 63 Papaya ........ > •_•»>- , 63 "Flowers .* . : ,. .. . 63 Irrigation v - . . . ... 64 The Nazas Irrigation . . . » . i » , 67 Fauna ........ . . . K,fy 70 Ethnology . . V 72 » Mexican Indians ......... 72 • Increase of Mexican Population 76 • Decrease of the Indian Population . . . . • 77 * The Spaniards in Mexico . . . . V • . 78 English and Germans in Mexico . . « . # r- 79 » Americans in Mexico . ... . , v . . 79 Ruins . . . ,:- , . . f , t -. , . 80 Uxmal . . . . , . . / . . . 80 Palenque . . . , . . . «... .81 Cholula . . . . . .... . 81 Teotihuacan . . . . . . . . « 81 Mitla . . . . . . . .... 83 Languages . . . . . . . ^ . 85 Synopsis of the Indian Languages of Mexico according to Don Francisco Pimentel . . . .... 86 « Population . . . . . 89 - Classification of Mexican States 90 Area and Population of the United Mexican States . . 91 • Religion . ^. . . . . . . . . 92 Protestantism in Mexico . ... . . 95 Political Organization . . . . . . . . r 98 Political Division . . . . . . .... 99 Army and Navy . , . . . . ;. , .. ' w » 99 Education . . . . . . ,. . . . . 100 Universities Established by the Spanish Government . , 101 School of Medicine ... ,, . . . ,. 102 School of Engineering ........ 103 Mexican Technical Schools in the Present Time . . . 103 Reorganization of the Technical Colleges .... 104 Primary Education 104 xii Contents. PAGE School Statistics . . 105 Libraries . • . . . . . . . . 106 Newspapers . . . . . . . . . . 106 The Valley of Mexico 106 The City of Mexico . .107 Climate .no Mortality in the City of Mexico . • . : . ., . . in Climatological Data of the City of Mexico . . . .112 Summary of the Meteorological Observations of the City of Mexico in 1896 . . •'. * . . . . . 113 Railways . . . . . . • • • • • IJ5 President Diaz's Railway Policy . . . . . . 117 President Diaz's Statistics on Mexican Railways . . . 118 Financial Condition of Mexican Railways f . . . 119 Annual Buildings and Earnings of Mexican Railways . 120 Approximate Tonnage Moved by Central, National, Inter- oceanic, and Mexican Railways for Ten Years ended December 31, 1896 , 121 Telegraphs . . . . ..121 Postal Service 123 Public Lands 124 Immigration. . . . . 125 Immigration from the United States . . . . . 126 Public Debt. . .... . .'•'. . . .129 Banking .... . . . . . . . 131 Patents and Trademarks . . ... . . .132 Patents . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Trademarks . . . . . ... . 132 Shipping and Communications . . . . * . . 133 Money, Weights, and Measures . 133 Non-Official Publications (English) ... . . 134 PART II. — STATISTICS . . . .135 Revenues and Expenses i37« Revenue and Expenses of the Federal Government of Mexico in 1808 and from 1822 to June 30, 1867 . . . 139 Revenue and Expenses of the Mexican Government from July i, 1867, to June 30, 1888 . . . ./ 140 Revenue and Expenses of the Mexican Government from July i, 1888, to June 30, 1896 . . . . . 141 Federal Appropriations during the Fiscal Years from 1868 to 1895 . 142 Sources of Revenue • • X43 Import Duties . ' V • . 143 Contents. xiii PACK Additional Import Duties 144 Export Duties .... .... 144 Amount of Import Duties 144 Custom Receipts from 1823 to 1875 145 Internal Revenue ......... 146 Receipts of the Custom Houses during the Twenty-seven Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 1896 . . /. . 147 Internal Revenue Receipts from January i, 1875, to June 30, 1896 . . . . . . . . . 148 Direct Taxes 148 Receipts from Direct Taxes in the Federal District during the Twenty-seven Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 1896 . 149 Revenues of the Mexican States from 1884 to 1895 . . 150 Expenses of the Mexican States from 1884 to 1895 . .151 Revenues of the Municipalities of Mexico from 1884 to 1895 152 Expenses of the Municipalities of Mexico from 1884 to 1895 153 State and Municipal Finances ........ 154 Foreign Trade .... . . . . . . 155 Imports. . . . • •-.. . . . . . . 155 Mexican Imports and Exports from 1826 to 1828 . . 155 Imports in Mexico from July i, 1872, to June 30, 1875, and in the year 1884-1885 . . . . . 156 Imports in Mexico from July i, 1885, to June 30, 1886, and from July i, 1888, to June 30, 1890 . . 157 Imports in Mexico from the Fiscal Year 1892-1893, to the Fiscal Year 1895-1896 . . . ... 158 Exports ..- . v . 159 Imports in Mexico by Countries in the Fiscal Years 1888-1889 and 1889-1890, and Imports and Exports by Countries and Custom Houses in the Fiscal Years 1894-1895 and 1895-1896 . . . * ..... 160 Exports of Mexican Commodities from July i, 1886, to June 30, 1896 . . . . . . . . 162 Statement of Exports of some Agricultural Products during the Fiscal Years from July i, 1877, to June 30, 1896 . 164 Value of Imports from Mexico from July i, 1882, to June 30, 1892 . ... . . . ; . 165 Resume of Total Imports . ^ . . . . . :. 167 Destination and Value of Exports from Mexico in the Fiscal Years from 1882 to 1892 . . . ... 168 Total Exports . ..;.'; 169 Trade between Mexico and the United States . . . ,- 170 Total Imports to Mexico and Imports from the United States for the Fiscal Years 1872-1873 to 1895-1896 172 xiv Contents* PAGE Total Exports from Mexico and the Exports to the United States from 1877-1878 to 1895-1896 .... 173 Statement of the Commercial Transactions between Mexico and the United States from 1826 to 1850 . . .173 Commerce in Merchandise between the United States and Mexico by Years and Decades from 1851 to 1897 . 174 Total Commerce between the United States and Mexico by Years and Decades from 1851 to 1897 . . . 175 Quantities and Values of the Principal and all other Articles of Imports into the United States from, and of Exports from the United States to, Mexico, 1858-1883 . . 176 Quantities and Values of the Principal and all other Articles of Imports into the United States from, and of Exports from the United States to, Mexico, from 1889-1897 . 181 Increase of Trade during the year 1896-1897 . . .184 Leading Merchandise Imports from Mexico . . .184 Exports from the United States to Mexico . . . 184 Tropical Products Supplied by Mexico to the United States 185 Cattle Exported to the United States . . . ... 186 Coinage . ;.. . . .„ . . .i .-•-." . .. 186 Coinage by the Mexican Mints from their Establishment in J53S to June 30, 1895 .187 Production of Gold and Silver in Mexico in 1879-1880, 1889- 1890, and 1894-1895 . ... . . . 188 Export of Precious Metals and Minerals from Mexico in the years 1879-1880, 1889-1890, and 1894-1895 . . 188 Exports of Silver from July i, 1872, to June 30, 1896 . . 190 Mexican Gold Exports . . .... . . . 190 Mexican Gold Exported to the United States . . . 191 Imports of Gold Bullion, Ore, and Coin from Mexico into the United States from 1891 to 1895 . . . . . 191 Imports of Gold Bullion, Ore, and Coin from Mexico into the United States from 1892 to 1896 . ... • 191 Gold Exported from Mexico to the United States from 1891 to 1896 » . . . .-,.'. . 192 Railways . . . . . .,; . -« . . . 193, Statement by the Department of Communications of Mexico of the Railroad Mileage in Operation on October 31, 1896 . . . . . . /. . . . 193 Resume of Railways in Mexico in 1895 , . . 195 Mexican Central . ... . . , . . . . 196 Mexican National . . . » . . . . . 196 Earnings and Expenses of the Mexican National from 1889 to 1896 t . , '..'*. * . . . 198 Contents XV PAGE Mexican International 199 Mexican Southern ......... 200 Other Railroads ........ : ; 201 Mexican Railroad .V. 201 Interoceanic Railway . . • ;- -y • m • >9 t 2O2 Sonora Railway . . . .... . . 202 Hidalgo and Northeastern Railway . . . ' Y . 202 Merida and Progreso Railway . '->\ ", . , . . 203 Tehuacan and Esperanza Railway . ..... 203 Merida and Peto Railway ..-.."., . . 203 Sinaloa and Durango (Altata to Culiacan) Railway . . 204 Merida and Campeche Railway. » . V • ' v. • 204 Merida and Valladolid Railway .. . . . . 204 Tlalmanalco Railway . . . . . . „ ' . 205 San Juan Bautista and Carrizal Passenger Railway . . 205 San Andres and Chalchicomula Railway . . . . 205 Orizaba and Ingenio Railway ... . . . 206 Santa Ana and Tlaxcala Railway . . . . . 206 Cardenas and Rio Grijalva Railway . . . . . 206 Toluca and San Juan de las Huertas Railway . . . 207 Vanegas, Cedral, Matehuala, and Rio Verde Railway . 207 Merida and Izamal Railway . ..; . . . . 207 San Marcos and Nautla Railway . . . . . 207 Monterey and Gulf Railway . . . . . . 208 Cordova and Tuxtepec Railway . . . . . 208 Maravatio and Cuernavaca Railway . , . . . 208 Salamanca and Santiago Valley Railway .... 208 Monte Alto Railway . . . ... . . 209 Valley of Mexico Railway . . . . . . . 209 Puebla Industrial Railway . . . . . . 209 Mexican Northern Railway . . ; . • . . 209 Mexico, Cuernavaca, and Pacific Railway . , . 209 Federal District Tramways . . « . . . 210 Veracruz and Alvarado Railway . » ;, : ». . . 210 Total Traffic and Receipts of Mexican Railways . . . 210 Traffic and Receipts of the Mexican Railways . . . 211 Railway Subsidies Paid by the Mexican Government . . . 211 Subsidies Paid by the Mexican Government to Railway Com- panies up to June 30, 1896 . . . . . 212 Detailed Statement of the Subsidies Paid by the Mexican Government to the Railway Companies . . . 213 1. Mexican Railway . . . ... , . 213 2. Hidalgo Railway \ ' . . ". > •. . . 213 3. Veracruz & Alvarado Railway . . . • " . . 213 xvi Contents. PAGE 4. Merida & Peto Railway . . . . . .213 5. Interoceanic Railway . . . . . . .214 6. Occidental Railway . . . . . . .214 7. Mexican Central and sundry branches . . . .214 8. Mexican National and branches 215 9. Sonora Railway with a branch 216 10. Me"rida & Valladolid Railway with a branch . .216 11. Me"rida & Campeche Railway via Kalkini . . .216 12. San Marcos & Nautla Railway 216 13. Toluca & San Juan de las Huertas Railway. . .217 14. Vanegas, Cedral, Matehuala, & Rio Verde Railway . 217 15. Jimenez & Sierra Madre Railway . . . .217 16. Mexican Southern Railway 217 17. Tonala & Frontera Railway . . . . . .217 18. Monterey & Mexican Gulf Railway . . . .218 19. Tecolula & Espinal Railway 218 20. Pachuca & Tampico Railway . . . . .218 21. Maravatio & Iguala Railway . . . . .218 22. Mexican Northeastern Railway 218 23. Veracruz & Boca del Rio Railway . . . .219 24. Tula, Zacualtipan & Tampico Railway . . .219 25. Matamoros, Izucar, & Acapulco Railway . . .219 26. Lower California Railway 219 27. Monte Alto Railway . . . . . . .219 28. Tehuantepec Railway . . . . .. .219^ 1. Contractors, Edward Learned & Co. | . . '* . 219 2. Contractor, Mr. Delfin Sanchez . . . .220 3. Mac-Murdo Contract . ..... 220 4. Stanhope, Hampson, & Corthel Contract. . . 220. Public Debt 221 Statement of the National Debt of Mexico to June 30, 1896 221 Statement of the Federal Public Debt on June 30, 1896 . 222 Post-Office and Telegraph Service 223 Post-Offices in Mexico in 1895 by States . . . .223 Earnings and Expenditures of the Post-Office and Telegraph Services from July i, 1869 to June 30, 1896 . . 224 Number of Pieces Transported by Mexican Mails from 1878- 1879 to 1894-1895 225 Banks ............ 225 List of Mexican Banks ........ 225 • Situation of the Mexican Banks on December 31, 1894 . 226 Public Lands 226 j Free Titles of the Indian-town lands issued to the inhabitants from 1877 to 1895 ..... > . 227 Contents* PAGE Titles issued for unwarranted possession of Public Lands by Private Parties in 1894 and 1895 .... 227 Titles of public lands issued to Private Parties in 1894 and 1895 227 Titles issued in 1894 and 1895 to Surveying Companies . 228 Education . : , / . 228 Newspapers Published in Mexico in 1895 . . , . 228 Public Schools supported by the Federal, State, and Muni- cipal Administration's in 1895 . ... . 229 Schools supported by Private Parties * ., ... ./ . 231 Public Libraries in Mexico . . . . ; .. ',-.,. . 233 Manufacturing Establishments in Mexico in 1893 ... ,..., . 233 Summary of Factories existing in Mexico in 1893 ., .... . . 236 Navigation . - .' . .,, ..... v • 237 Vessels arrived at Mexican Ports in 1895 . . . . 238 Vessels departed from Mexican Ports in 1895 . ... . 239 Resume" of arrivals and departures from 1885 to 1895 . . 239 Foreign Passengers arrived at Mexican Ports in 1895 . . 240 Foreign Passengers departed from Mexican Ports in 1895 . 241 General resume* of Passengers arrived and departed by Port and Rail in 1895 . . . . * . ... . . . 242 Vessels arrived at and departed from Mexican Ports during the Fiscal Years 1894-95 to 1895-96 . . . . 243 Agricultural Products : Resume* of Agricultural Products in Mexico . . . 243 Conclusion . » • 244 ADDENDA . . . . . 245 Federal Revenue and Expenses of Mexico in the Fiscal Year 1896-97 . . . 245 Imports and Exports of Mexico by Countries and Custom- Houses in the Fiscal Year 1896-97 . . . . . 246 Trade between Mexico and the United States during the first nine months of the Calendar Year 1897 . . . . 247 Mexican Exports to the United States . . ... 247 Mexican Imports from the United States . . . * . . 248 APPENDIX . ... .249 Mexico as a Central American State ... . . . 249 Five States of Central America . . . . , ., . 250 Mexico ... . ... . . . ,. . , 251 Geographical Extension of Central America . . . . . 251 xviii Contents. PAGE Mexican Profiles . . . . 253 From Veracruz to Mexico by Orizaba, by the Mexican Railway . . . . . . .'•-". . 253 From Apizaco to Puebla, a branch of the same road . . 253 From Veracruz to Mexico, by the Interoceanic Railway . 254 From the City of Mexico to Morelos, a branch of the same road . , . . . . . . . 254 From Puebla to Izucar de Matamoros, a branch of the same road . . . . 255 From Mexico to El Paso del Norte or Ciudad Juarez by the Central Mexican Railroad ... . . . 255 From Aguascalientes to Tampico, a branch of the same road. 257 From Irapuato to Guadalajara, a branch of the same road . 258 From Mexico to Laredo Tamaulipas by the Mexican Na- tional Railway 258 From Acdmbaro to Patzcuaro, a branch of the same road . 261 From Piedras Negras or Ciudad Porfirio Diaz to Durango, by the Mexican International Railway . • . . 261 From Sabinas to Hondo, a branch of the same road . .262 From the City of Mexico to Cuernavaca and Acapulco . 262 From Puebla to Oaxaca, by the Mexican Southern Railway. 263 From Coatzacoalcos to Salina Cruz, by the National Te- huantepec Railway . ... . . . 263 From the City of Mexico to Pachuca, by the Hidalgo and Northeastern Mexican Railway ..... 264 Northeastern Railway from Mexico to Tizayuca . 264 Hidalgo Railway to Tuxpan . ...... • • 264 From Tepa to Pachuca, a branch of the Hidalgo Rail- way . . . . . . . . 264 From San Augustin to Irolo, a branch of the Hidalgo Railway . . . . . . . 264 Bridie-Path from Durango to Mazatlan . . . . 265 Wagon Road from Manzanillo to Guadalajara . . . 265 Wagon Road from Tehuacan to Oaxaca and Puerto Angel . 266 THE VALLEY OF MEXICO'S DRAINAGE . 266 Topographical Conditions of the Valley of Mexico . . 267 Work done by the Indians . . . , . . . 267 Work done by the Spaniards 269 Work done by the Mexican Government , . . . 274 The Tunnel . .. . . . . . . . . 276 The Canal . . . . . . . '. . . . 277 The Sewage . ... • • •- ... .279 Completion of the work . ... . . . 279 Index 407 CONTENTS OF COFFEE CULTURE ON THE SOUTH- ERN COAST OF CHIAPAS . . . . t 281 Coffee Culture on the Southern Coast of Chiapas . , . 283 I. Introduction . ... . . . . . 283 II. Future of Coffee Culture in Mexico . . . . . 285 III. Advantages and Disadvantages of Soconusco for Coffee Growing. . , , . . . "-. . . . 286 1. The Advantages which Soconusco Offers for the Culti- vation of Coffee . * ..'• . « . . . 286 A. Advantages of the Soil and Climate of Soconusco . 286 B. Cheapness of Labor in Soconusco . . . . 287 C. Proximity of Good Coffee Land to the Sea . . . 287 D. Facility with which the Expenses of Coffee Grow- ing may be Defrayed by Raising Other Crops at the Same Time on the Same Land . . . 288 2. Disadvantages of Coffee Raising in Soconusco .. . 289 IV. Conditions of Land Suitable for Coffee , . . . 291 1. Nature of the Land and its Configuration . . . 291 A. Land Suitable for Coffee . . " ', . .-. . 291 B. Layer of Vegetable Soil 292 C. Depth of the Layer of Vegetable Soil ... . 292 D. Land of Volcanic Formation . . . .* . 292 E. Virgin Forest Soil and Cultivated Soil • • . 292 a. Virgin Forest Land . . . . .... 293 b. Land Recently Cleared . . . . . 293 c. Land Best Adapted for Coffee . „ . . 294 F. Configuration of the Land . . , . . . 294 a. Advantages of Level Ground ... . . 294 b. Advantages of Hilly Ground . . . . 294 c. Configuration of the Ground Best Suited for Coffee . . . . . . * 295 2. Temperature . . . . ... . . 295 3. Altitude above the Level of the Sea . . . . 295 A. Productiveness of the Coffee-Tree in Relation to Altitude . . ... . . . . 296 B. Advantages of High Lands . . . . , . 296 xx Contents* PAGE IV. Conditions of Land Suitable for Coffee — Continued C. Altitude Most Suitable for Coffee Growing . . . 296 D. Altitude of Various Places in Soconusco . . . 297 4. Exposure to the Sun . . . .- . 297 5. Protection against the Winds . . . . . . 298 6. Humidity .... . . , » . . 298 7. Streams . . . . , . • » • • 29& 8. Sites for Building Purposes . . . '. « . 299 V. Coffee Cultivation . . . . . . , ,-''• . 299 1. Shade " . .-* . . . 300 A. General Considerations Regarding Shade . . . 300 B. Advantages of Shade . » . „ > . . 301 C. Disadvantages of Shade . . . . . . . 301 D. Rules Regarding Shade ... , . .301 E. Trees to be Preferred for Shade . . ' . . . 302 2. Distance between the Plants . V. . . . 302 A. General Considerations Regarding Distance » . 302 B. Number of Plants in Each Cuerda . . , . 303 C. Yield of Each Cuerda . . 304 D. Area Required by Each Tree . . . . . 304 E. Advantages of Long Distances . . . , 305 F. Advantages of Short Distances . . . . . 305 G. Rules Regarding Distance . . * . . . 305 3. Nursery . . . . . • • • • • 3°^ A. Advantages of a Nursery . . . . . , 307 B. Land Suitable for a Nursery and its Location . . 307 C. Seed-Plot . .308 D. Nursery from Seed . 308 a. Preparation of the Ground for the Nursery . . 309 b. Time for Planting . . .... . . 309 c. Seeds . \ » . . . . . . . 309 d. Sowing the Seed . . . . . . 310 e. Replanting . . . . '. . . . 310 f. Cultivation .... ,. . . . 316 g. Pruning . . . . . ... 311 h. Time for Transplanting . . . . . 311 E. Nursery Formed from Young Plants . . , . 311 F. Nursery Formed from Slips . . . ... 311 G. Nursery of Plants for Selling . . . .312 H. Nurseries in Ceylon .312 4. Preparation of the Ground for Planting Coffee . . 313 A. Felling the Trees « . . 313 B. Simultaneous Sowing .... ' . . . 314 C. Forming of a Plan for a Plantation . .' , . 314 Contents, xxi PAGE V. Coffee Cultivation — Continued D. Staking 314 a. Object, Advantages, and Time of Staking . .315 b. Staking in Soconusco . . . . r , 315 c. Staking in Ceylon . . . . . .'•;' 316 Laborie System . . . ...... 316 Sabonadiere System . . . . . . 316 Respective Advantages of the two Systems . . 317 E. Digging the Holes . . ."' . . . 317 a. Time for Digging the Holes . ... . 317 b. Manner of Digging the Holes . ; . •. .. 318 c. Size of the Holes . . . * . ;. . 318 d. Planting without Holes . . . * . . 318 5. Transplanting . ... . . v . '•>. . 318 A. Time for Transplanting . . / . . . 319 B. Transplanting with the Earth Adhering to the Roots 319 a. Advantages of Transplanting with the Earth Adher- ing to the Roots . . .' . • ; ' • . . . 319 b. Manner of Transplanting with the Earth Adher- ing to the Roots . . . . * . . 319 c. Quantity of Earth Adhering to the Roots . . 320 d. Size of the Plants at the Time of Transplanting 320 e. Pruning the Root of the Plant in Transplanting . 321 C. Transplanting with the Root Free from Earth . . 321 a. Manner of Planting Coffee-Trees with the Roots Bare . . . . . . . . .321 b. Disadvantages of Transplanting with the Roots Bare 322 c. Case in which Transplanting should be Done with the Roots Bare ....... 322 D. Transplanting in Slips . . . . . . 322 E. Transplanting in Ceylon .' . . . , * 322 6. Cultivation of Coffee . . . . . . . 323 A. Clearing the Ground . ... . . . 323 a. Necessity and Advantages of Weeding . . . 323 b. Manner of Weeding . . . .-. . . 324 c. Number of Weedings to be Made During the Year 324 d. Weeding in Ceylon . . , . . . . 325 B. Replanting . '. . . . - . * . . 325 C. Pruning . . ... . . * < * .325 a. General Considerations on Pruning . ^ . 326 b. Principles of Pruning . . . V- . . 326 c. Advantages of Pruning . . . . ... 327 d. Topping ... . . . . . . 328 e. Pruning . ... . . ... 329 Contents* V. Coffee Cultivation — Continued f. Rules for Pruning ....... 329 System of Laborie ...... 329 System of Sabonadiere ..... 330 System of a Practical Cultivator of Ceylon . . 331 System of the Observer of Colombo . . .331 g. Manner of Pruning . t& . . . 332 h. Time of Pruning . . . ». . . 333 D. Cultivation of Coffee in Ceylon . . . . . 333 a. Making Roads . . . -^: »: .%. . 334 b. Drainage . . . .... . -335 c. Making Trenches . . . *.. * . . 335 d. Loosening the Earth . .... 336 e. Making Ridges . . . . » . . 336 f. Irrigating ........ 336 g. Enemies of the Coffee-Tree . . . » . 336 Grubs ......... 337 Rats ........ -337 Coffee-Bug ........ 337 Ants ... ..... 337 7. Fertilizers ......... 337 A. Necessity for and Advantages of Fertilizers . . 338 B. Fertilizers Used in Soconusco ..... 338 C. Fertilizers Used in Ceylon . . . •„ . , . 338 a. Substances which are Used as Manure . . 339 Cattle-Dung . ... . .; . . 339 Bones ...... k . . 339 Super-phosphates. . .... . . 339 Pulp of the Fruit . . . : V . . 339 Prunings ..... « . V 339 Mana Grass . . . . ; . . , • * . 339 Salts of Ammonia . . . . . 340 Wood- Ashes ..... . . 340 Burnt Clay ........ 340 Lime ....... . . 340 Guano ....... *. . 340 Mixtures of these Substances . . _-* . 340 b. Manner of Applying Fertilizers to the Soil . . 340 c. Period at which the Fertilizers should be Used 341 d. Cost of Fertilizers ....... 341 8. Gathering of the Crop ..... . . 342 A. Gathering the Crop in Soconusco . . . . 342 a. Time at which the Coffee-Tree Begins to Bear Fruit ....... , . 342 Contents* V. Coffee Cultivation — Continued b. Time during which the Coffee-Tree Continues Bearing Fruit ...... . 342 c. Blossoming and Fructification of the Coffee-Tree . 343 d. Gathering the Crop . . * '* . . 343 B. Gathering the Crop in Ceylon . \ '.'"•"•'• • • 344 9. Preparation of the Coffee for the Market . * . . 344 A. Preparation of Coffee in Soconusco . • . . 345 a. Pulping . . . '.<":: ''••;••;. . > . 345 b. Washing > . . < . . *• . . 346 c. Separating the Good Coffee from the Bad . . 346 d. Exposure to the Sun . ;:.v ,, ~*' i . 346 e. Shelling . . ... • » » • • • 347 f. Dyeing . . . . ;" . . . . 347 g. Winnowing . . . , S> . » . 347 h. Sorting the Coffee . . . . • v • . . -. . 347 B. Improvement in the Preparation of Coffee in So- conusco . . . . .. < * . * 348 C. Preparation of Coffee in Ceylon . . .- • •, . . 348 VI. Profits of Coffee Culture ....... 350 i. Cost, Productiveness, and Net Profits of Coffee in So- conusco . . . * . . * -.• -. 350 A. Cost of a Plantation in Soconusco . . . .351 a. Value of the Ground . . . . * . 351 b. Expenses of the First Year . ... . .351 Preparation of the Ground . « - . . .351 Seed ...... . » " . 351 Transportation, Planting, and Weeding . .351 Other Expenses . . . | . . . 351 c. Expenses of the Second Year ^ « . .352 Preparing the Ground . . »• . . . 352 Staking . . ... ; ; . . 352 Drilling Holes . .... 4 * . 352 Transplanting . . . ... • 352 Weeding . . . . . . ... 352 Other Expenses . . . . . . .352 d. Expenses for the Third Year . .: . .»" * 352 Weedings . . . ... . . .352 Threshing Floors . , . * . .352 Pulper . . . >, • • • .352 Retrilla . . . . • * ." ' . v ' < 352 Fanner . : . « < « • . * * 352 Oxen . . . . . . . v . 352 Picking the Fruit \\ . . * . / 352 Contents* VI. Profits of Coffee Culture— Continued Other Expenses . . . . . . .352 e. Expenses for the Fourth Year . . . .352 Weedings ........ 352 Threshing Floors 1 ..... 352 Machinery . . . ;. ; . . . 352 Picking the Fruit . . . . . . 352 Other Expenses . . . . . . . 352 f. Resume" of Expenses . . . . . .352 B. Productiveness of a Plantation in Soconusco . . 353 C. Profits of Coffee in Soconusco . :. . . . .353 2. Cost, Productiveness, and Profits of Coffee in Barcenas Plantation . . . .... . 354 A. Cost of Coffee in Barcenas . . . , . . 354 Nursery and Seeds . . . . . . . 354 Stakes and Holes ..... «, . 354 Preparation of the Ground . . . . . 354 Transplanting ....... . 354 Weedings ........ -354 Other Expenses ........ 354 B. Productiveness of Coffee in Barcenas .... 354 C. Profits of Coffee Culture in Barcenas .... 354 3. Cost and Profit of Coffee in Ceylon .... 355 First Year — September, 1865 , ..... 355 January, 1866 . . . . . . . . . 355 March to December 31, 1866 . . . . . 355 Second Year — January to December, 1867 . . .. 356 Permanent Buildings . . . ... . 356 Third Year— January to December, 1868 . . '. . 356 Permanent Buildings . . . . . . • 357 Crop Expenses . . . . . ... 357 Recapitulation ...... • • • 357 VII. Conclusion ....... * • • 359 APPENDIX . . . . . 361 Causes which Determine the Climate of a Locality . , . 361 1. Latitude ........ .- * 362 2. Altitude .......... 362 3. Location of Mountain Chains ...... 362 4. Proximity or Distance from the Sea . . . . 363 5. The Inclination which the Country Bears to the Course of the Sun ....... .• ... , . 363 6. The Geological Character of the Soil ... . , 363 Contents* Causes which Determine the Climate of a Locality — Continued 7. The Degree of Cultivation of the Soil . . . . 363 8. Prevailing Winds ........ 363 9. The Quantity of Annual Rainfall ... .: • 364 Controversy about the Tehuantepec Lands for Coffee . . 364 Letter of October 15, 1893, from M Romero to the Editor of the India-Rubber World, of New York ' ,< . 364 Rubber Shade for Coffee Plantations . . ' . . . 365 Letter of October 30, 1893, to the Editor of the India- Rubber World, by F. O. Harriman, in Response to M. Romero's Letter . ;-. . . . . . 365 Another Response to Senor Romero . . . . . 367 Letter of November 9, 1893, to the Editor of the India- Rubber World, by J. P. Harriman, in Response to M. Romero's Letter . V ,. • . . . '. . 367 An Answer from Senor Romero . . . .: . . . 367 Letter of December 16, 1893, from Senor Romero, in Response to F. O. and J. P. Harriman's Letters to the Editor of the India-Rubber World . - ,• . . 367 INDIA-RUBBER CULTURE IN MEXICO * 371 Introduction . . . . . ... . . 373 India-Rubber Culture in Mexico . . . • . ...... . 377 I. Introduction « . . 377 II. Description of the Rubber-Tree — Botanical Name — Chemi- cal Analysis — Specific Gravity of Rubber — When Rubber was First Used— Vulcanized Rubber ... . 378 III. Importance of Rubber as a Raw Material . . . .381 IV. Profits of the Culture of the Rubber-Tree . . . . 382 V. Proper Conditions to Form a Plantation of Rubber-Trees 383 1. Climate and Land Best Adapted to the Culture of the Rubber-Tree . . . . . . • •'..-- • 385 2. How to Form a Plantation of Rubber-Trees . . . 386 3. The Rubber-Tree must be Planted in the Sun . ,* • 38& 4. Distance Needed in Planting Rubber-Trees ... 389 5. Care Required for the Culture of the Rubber-Tree . 389 6. Time Required for the Tree to Produce Rubber . . 390 7. Quantity of Rubber that Each Tree can Yield . .391 8. Method of Extracting Rubber without Destroying the Tree . . . . . 392 VI. Probable Cost of a Plantation of Rubber-Trees . . -393 Contents. VII. Information relating to rubber in the Province of Para, in Brazil. . ^ . . . . , . . 395 Letter of September 26, 1872, from Mr. Romero to James B. Bond, Esq., Inquiring about the Cultivation of Rub- ber in Para, Brazil . . ... . . 396 Mr. James B. Bond's Answer of October 22, 1872,10 Mr. Romero's Letter, Giving the Information Asked . . 396 VIII. Data on the Rubber of Assam, in Asia . . . . 398 IX. Statistical Data relating to Rubber ..... 400 Export of Rubber from Para from 1851 to 1870 . » 401 X. Conclusion . . . . . . . . . 402 APPENDIX ... . . 403 Letter of January 21, 1873, of Charles M. Travis, U. S. Consul, to M. Romero at Tapachula, Mexico, Dated at Para, Brazil, Enclosing Letter from James B. Bond relating to India- Rubber Culture in Brazil ..... . . . 403 Letter from James B. Bond, Dated at Para, Brazil, January 8, 1873, Answering M. Romero's Questions to Charles M. Travis about India- Rubber Culture . . . . . 403 Letter from James B. Bond, Dated at New York on February 26, 1873, to M. Romero, in Mexico, Giving him Permission to Publish his Previous Letter , . . . . . 405 Letter from Dr. Edgar Zeh to Editor of the India-Rubber World, asking for Information about Planting India-Rubber Trees. 406 Note of the Editor of the India-Rubber World, of New York, in the March 15, 1894, Number of that Paper, in Answer to a Request for Information by Dr. Edgar Zeh in Regard to Planting India- Rubber Trees in Mexico, and the Expense and Profits of the Same . .... . . ; 406 Index ............ 413 GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL NOTES ON MEXICO GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL NOTES ON MEXICO.1 (Corrected to June 30, 1897.) FOR a long time past I have felt the need of a short treatise con- taining geographical and statistical information about Mexico, to answer the many queries received on that subject by the Mexican Legation in Washington. A statistical abstract about Mexico, such as most nations publish every year, is greatly needed, especially now when the attention of business men and young men is awakening to the possibilities of Mexico. It was partly with the purpose of supplying that need that I prepared this article, which will, I hope, at least serve 1 This article first appeared in the Bulletin of the American Geographical Society of New York of December 31, 1896. A club of the City of Washington requested me, in January, 1888, to deliver a lecture on Mexico, and, as I had not time to prepare one, I consented to give an informal talk on the subject, which I did on January i6th of that year. Most of my talk was taken down by a stenographer, and was the basis of the article which appeared in the Bulletin of the American Geographical Society of New York. That Society did me the honor of electing me one of its honorary members, at the request of Honorable Frederick A. Conkling, on January 25, 1870, and I have ever since felt that I owed it a debt which I could only pay by sending it a contribution about Mexico. The pressure of my official duties in Washington on the one hand, and my inability to treat properly the many subjects connected with a description of Mexico, added to the difficulty of compressing them into a few pages ; on the other, delayed that work much longer than I desired or expected. I have added considerably to this article in the present edition, especially in that part which embraces statistical information about Mexico, and I am sure that in so far as concerns the fulness of that information and the most recent data, my article stands above any previous publication on the subject. I 2 <3eoarapbical an& Statistical Iftotes on dDejico, to call attention to that country, and awaken a desire for reading other and better monographs and books on Mexico written by more com- petent men. I have borrowed from the descriptions of others, espe- cially in what appears under the heading of Geology, Geography, and Fauna. PART I. GEOGRAPHY I. GEOGRAPHY. LOCATION, BOUNDARIES, AND AREA. Location. — Mexico is situated between 14° 30' 42' and 32° 42' north latitude, and between 86° 46' 8* and 117° 7' 31* 89 longitude west of the meridian of Greenwich, embracing therefore 18° n' 18* of latitude and 30° 21' 23* 89 of longitude. It has an area of 767,326 square miles. It is bounded on the north by the United States of America, on the southeast by Guatemala and Belize, on the south and west by the Pacific Ocean, and on the north and east by the Gulf of Mexico and the Carribean Sea. Boundary with the United States. — The boundary with the United States is fixed by the treaties of February 2, 1848, and December 30, 1853, and begins at the mouth of the Rio Grande River on the Gulf of Mexico, follows the river for 1136 miles, beyond El Paso, Texas, to the point where it strikes parallel 31° 47' north latitude, and from there runs along said parallel for a distance of one hundred miles, and thence south to parallel 31° 20' north latitude ; from there west along this parallel as far as the mth meridian of longitude west of Greenwich ; thence in a straight line to a point on the Colorado River, twenty English miles below the junction of the Gila ; thence up the middle of the said River Colorado to the intersection with the old line between Upper and Lower California, and thence to a point on the Pacific Ocean, distant one marine league due south of the southern- most point of the Bay of San Diego ; the total distance from El Paso to the Pacific being 674 miles. The whole extent of the boundary line between the two countries is 1833 miles. The boundary line with the United States runs from southeast to northwest, the mouth of the Rio Grande being in 25° 57' 14" 74*' north latitude ; while the line reaches on the Pacific latitude 32° 32' i* 34"' ; the point where the boundary line strikes the Colorado River is farther north, reaching 32° 42' of north latitude. Mexico has, therefore, on the western, or Pacific side, 6° 34' 46' 20" of latitude more than on the eastern or the Gulf of Mexico side. 6 Geograpbtcal motes on fl&ejico, Boundary with Guatemala. — The boundary with Guatemala is fixed by the treaties of September 27, 1882, and April i, 1895, and runs from a point on the Pacific coast three leagues distant from the upper mouth of the River Zuchiate, and thence, following the deepest channel thereof, to the point at which it intersects the vertical plane which crosses the highest point of the volcano of Tacana, and distant twenty- five miles from the southernmost pillar of the gate of Talquian, leav- ing that gate in the territory of Guatemala ; the determinate line by the vertical plane defined above until it touches the River Zuchiate at the point of its intersection with the vertical plane which passes the summit of Buenavista and Ixbul ; the determinate line by the vertical plane which passes the summit of Buenavista, determined by the astro- nomical observations, and the summit of the Ixbul hill from where it intersects the former to a point four kilometres beyond said hill ; thence to the parallel of latitude which crosses the last-named point, and thence eastward until it reaches the deepest channel of the Chixoy up to its junction with the Usumacinta River, following that river until it reaches the parallel situated twenty-five kilometres to the south of Tenosique in Tabasco, to be measured from the principal square of that town ; the parallel of latitude referred to above, from its inter- section with the deepest channel of the Usumacinta, until it intersects the meridian which passes at one third of the distance between the centres of the Plazas of Tenosique and Sacluc, this distance being calculated from Tenosique ; from this meridian, from its intersection with the parallel above mentioned to the latitude of 17° 49' ; and from the intersection of this parallel with the latter meridian indefinitely toward the east. The southern end of the Guatemalan line on the Pacific is in 14° 24' north latitude, while the northern end, on the Caribbean Sea, is in 17° 49' north latitude, being a difference of 3° 25' in favor of the latter. The calculated length of the southern boundary is 642 miles. Boundary with Belize. — To the southeast of Yucatan extends the territory of Belize, occupied by a British settlement under a permit granted to them by the Spanish Government to cut wood within the limits mentioned in the treaty concluded between the Kings of Great Britain and Spain on November 3, 1783, and amended on July 14, 1786. British Honduras, according to Mr. George Gil, F.R.G.S., in his book, " British Colonies," published in London in 1896, was declared a separate colony of Great Britain, under a Lieutenant-Governor sub- ordinate to the Governor of Jamaica, in the year 1862, previous to which time it had been a dependency of Jamaica. In 1884 a Governor and Commander-in-Chief was appointed, by Letters Patent, and thus the colony became independent of Jamaica. On April 30, 1859, Great ^Location, Boundaries, and Hrea, 7 Britain signed a treaty with Guatemala, within whose boundaries most of British Honduras was situated, defining the boundary of that colony. The limits between Mexico and Belize are defined by a treaty signed at the City of Mexico on July 8, 1893, and ratified by the Mexican Senate on April 19, 1897, and begin at the mouth of Bocalarchica — a strait which separates the State of Yucatan from Ambergris Key ,and adjacent islands, runs along the centre of the channel between said islands and the mainland, in a southeasterly direction, until it reaches the parallel 18° 9' north latitude ; thence northwesterly at an equal distance between two keys marked on the map annexed to the treaty, to meet the parallel 18° 10' north latitude ; thence, turning toward the west, along the neighboring bay, as far as 88° 2' west meridian, thence toward the north until it reaches the parallel 18° 25' north latitude, thence it runs toward the west as far as meridian 88° 28' $2" north, this point being the mouth of the Hondo River ; thence following its deepest channel, passing to the west of Albion Island and running up the Arroyo Azul until the latter stream crosses the meridian of the Garbutt Falls at a point north of the boundary lines of Mexico, Guatemala, and British Honduras ; and from that point following the meridian of Garbutt Falls, running in a southerly direction up to 17° 49', north latitude which is the boundary line between Mexico and Gua- temala, leaving the so-called Snoska or Xnobba River in a northerly direction and in Mexican territory. Cession of Mexican Territory to the United States. — Mexico has ceded to the United States, by the treaty of Guadalupe-Hidalgo of February 2, 1848, and the Gadsden Treaty of December 30, 1853, 930,590 square miles, comprising over one-half of her former territory. The same cession is considered in the United States under three heads — first under the boundary treaty signed in Washington on April 25, 1838, ^between the United States of America and the Republic of Texas, under which Texas was annexed to the United States in 1845; second, under the cession of the Guadalupe-Hidalgo Treaty, and the third under the Gadsden Treaty. As Mexico did not recognize the independence of Texas until the treaty of Guadalupe-Hidalgo was signed, we consider that she only gave her consent to that annexation by said treaty, and therefore that the •cession of territory made then to the United States embraced also Texas. Mr. S. W. Lamoreaux, former Commissioner of the General Land Office, published in 1896 a map of the United States, which contained in detail the different sections of territory annexed to the same in dif- ferent periods from France, Spain, Mexico, and Russia, where the Mexican annexations are clearly defined. From official data of that office, I take the following figures representing the area of each of the Mexican cessions : 8 (Beograpbical Botes on First, annexation of Texas, which embraces in whole or in part the following States and Territories : Sq. Miles. Texas 265,780 Colorado, in part 18,000 Kansas, in part 7,766 New Mexico 65,201 Oklahoma 5,74° Total 362,487 Second, cession by the Guadalupe-Hidalgo Treaty, em- bracing in whole or in part the following States and Terri- tories : Sq. Miles. Arizona 82,381 California 157,801 Colorado, in part 29,500 Nevada 1 1 2,090 New Mexico 42,000 Utah 84,476 Wyoming, in part 14,320 Total 522,568 Third, cession by the Gadsden Treaty, containing ad- ditions to the following Territories : Sq. Miles. Arizona 3*,535 New Mexico 14,000 Total 45,535 Grand Total in Square Miles 930,590 General Characteristics. — Mexico is bounded on the east by the long curve of the Gulf of Mexico and by the Caribbean Sea, and its eastern coast is 1727 miles long; on the west it is washed by the Pacific Ocean, its coast describing the arc of a still larger circle, for a length of 4574 miles ; but after passing the latitude of the City of Mexico, about the meridian 19° of north latitude, going south, the continent makes a decided turn towards the east, the Gulf of Mexico forming the northern border, and the Pacific Ocean the southern border. Mexico has the shape of a cornucopia, with its narrowest end tapering toward the southwest, its convex and concave sides facing ^Location, Boundaries, anfc Brea. ^ the Pacific and the Atlantic, respectively, and its widest end toward the north, or the United States. I look forward to the time, which I do not think far distant, considering our continuity of territory to the United States and our immense elements of wealth, when we shall be able to provide the United States with most of the tropical products, such as sugar, coffee, tobacco, india-rubber, etc.,1 which they now im- port from several other countries. The widest portion of Mexico is, therefore, its northern extremity, or its boundary with the United States. The narrowest point is the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, about one hundred miles from one ocean to the other ; and after passing it the country expands again to the south- east towards Yucatan and Chiapas until it reaches the boundary with Guatemala and Belize. Yucatan resembles but little in its configuration Mexico proper, as it is a level country formed by coral reefs and beds, and whose ruins show it to have been the seat of a high civilization and an advanced people. Although the greater part of Mexico is on the North American con- tinent proper, as the Isthmus of Panama divides North from South America, a large portion of it lies in Central America. Geographically speaking, Central America is the portion of North America embraced between the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and Panama, and of this vast territory Mexico holds about one-third. In a paper published in the Bulletin of the American Geographical Society of New York, of March 31, 1894, I dealt especially with this subject.2 The broken surface of Mexico formerly made travelling there very difficult, for which reason the country was but little known, even by Mexicans themselves, as its configuration did not allow of the building of good roads, and to travel any considerable distance it was necessary to go by mule paths, without comfortable inns, and running great risks,, owing to the disturbed condition of the country. It required, there- fore, time, expense, endurance, and an object in view to travel widely there. I was always desirous of knowing as much as possible of the country, and I have made long trips, many of them on horseback, solely for the purpose of studying certain regions, and I think that before the railway era, I was perhaps one of the Mexicans who knew 1 In his Notes on Mexico, Lempriere, a distinguished traveller and historian, says : " The merciful hand of Providence has bestowed on the Mexicans a magnificent land, abounding in resources of all kinds — a land where none ought to be poor, and where misery ought to be unknown — a land whose products and riches of every kind are abundant and as varied as they are rich. It is a country endowed to profusion with every gift that man can desire or envy ; all the metals from gold to lead ; every sort of climate, from perpetual snow to tropical heat, and of inconceivable fertility." 2 A copy of that paper is appended to this article. io Geoarapbical IRotes on flDejico, most of the country and who could, therefore, most clearly realize the difficulty of knowing it thoroughly. From this it can be readily under- stood how difficult it would be for a foreigner, without any previous knowledge of the country and ignorant of its language, to know it by a few days' sojourn there. Yet many travellers who have been in Mexico only a few days write about it on their return home, just as if they knew it perfectly, making necessarily many serious and sometimes laughable mistakes. The natural beauties of Switzerland are well known ; but to me that country is hardly to be compared with Mexico, as everything in Mexico is on a much grander scale. In the latitude in which Switzerland is situated the snow line is quite low, and, therefore, most of the peaks of the Swiss mountains, while not so high as the Mexican mountains, are covered with perpetual snow, which embellishes the country, and which, melting in summer, supplies the beautiful lakes of that country with fresh water. Therefore, only in the beauty of many snow peaks, beautiful fresh-water lakes, good roads, and fine hotels has Switzerland the superiority over Mexico. Historians, travellers, and writers of the present day compare Mexico with Egypt. There is no doubt that between the legends and romance with which the history of each of these countries abounds there is a striking resemblance. The pyramids and ancient relics in the form of buildings, images, and undeciphered hieroglyphics on stones, coins, etc., found in both countries, all contribute to the general belief that, centuries ago, the people of Mexico and Egypt were connected by some tie, were in some way of the same race and had the same ideas. To-day in Mexico, the manner of living, of cultivating the soil, and many other peculiarities in the manners and customs of the Mexican people forcibly remind the traveller of Upper and Lower Egypt.1 1 In a very bright article about Mexico by Mr. Charles Dudley Warner, published in Harper's Illustrated Monthly Magazine for June, 1897, 1 find the following sentence supporting my assertion : " In the cities he is reminded of Spain, and often of Italy (since the Catholic Church prevails), but in the country and in small towns the appearance is Oriental, or rather Egyptian. This resemblance to Egypt is due to the color or colors of the inhabitants, to the universal use of the donkey as a beast of burden, to the brown adobe walls and mud huts covered with cane, to the dust on the foliage, the clouds of dust raised in all the highways, and to a certain similarity of dress, so far as color and rags can give it, and the ability of men and women to squat all day on the ground and be happy." Mr. Theodore W. Noyes, of Washington, in a descriptive article on Mexico, pub- lished in December, 1895, makes the following parallel between Mexico and Egypt : 44 . . . The Egyptian shaduf finds its counterpart in the well sweep of Irapuato where strawberries are grown and sold every day in the year, and where irrigation is resorted to, systematized, and on a grand scale. In the absence of trees and rocks ^Location, Boundaries, an& Brea. n I, myself, although I have only visited Lower Egypt, and that as a tourist in a very hasty manner and for a very few days, was greatly struck by the great similarity that I found between the two countries and between the habits of the native Egyptian and the Mexican In- dians. The Egyptian plows are used by the Mexican Indians, and they are drawn in Mexico as in Egypt by oxen whose yokes are fast- ened to their horns, while in other countries they are fastened on their necks. Several of the agricultural products of Egypt and Mexico are exactly the same, and the way in which foods are prepared in both countries is, too, very similar ; and I also found similar traits and race characteristics between the Egyptian Copts and some tribes of the Mexican Indians. The great difference between Egypt and Mexico is that Mexico lacks " irrigation," which has made Egypt — that small corner of the earth — the most remarkable and productive country in the world. Owing to the great stretch of latitude from the Rio Grande to the Guatemala boundary, everything that grows in Egypt, and in fact in any other part of the world, can be produced in Mexico by the aid of irrigation. the Egyptian shaduf is small, is composed of prepared timbers, and the counterpoise to the well bucket is an immense chunk of dried, hardened Nile mud. The Mexican shaduf utilizes a forked tree and swings across it a long tapering tree trunk or branch, and the counterpoise consists of a large sink stone or mass of stones fastened together. Although Mexico stretches farther south than Egypt, the two countries lie, generally speaking, between the same parallels of latitude, but the altitude of Irapuato is 5000 feet above the sea-level of the Nile, so that the same degree of undress is not expected or found in the Mexicans as in the Egyptian shaduf workers. I saw, how- ever, in the neighborhood of Irapuato two Indians at well sweeps working side by side who were dressed only in white cotton loin cloths, who looked like the twin brothers of shaduf workers whom I have seen photographed on the Nile. . . . The water- carrier of Cairo is much like his brother of Guanajuato, where a long earthen jar is used. The groups about the fountains with jars of water bodily borne on the women's heads or on a protecting turban-like ring, or balanced on the men's shoulders, are also Oriental. Corn is ground between two stones in Asiatic fashion. '* Egyptian sand spouts are common. Also Egyptian types of domestic utensils of pottery. The Mexican woman with a baby at her back securely fastened in the reboso, which throws the infant's weight on the mother's shoulders, is to be compared with the Egyptian woman whose reboso covers her face while the child straddles her shoulders, holding to her head and leaving her hands unfettered as in the Mexican fashion. There are no Egyptian camels, but even more numerous donkeys, the patient burros. The Indian villages, either of adobe or bamboo, the thatched roofs and organ cactus fences, and alive with goats, donkeys, or snarling curs, are African in effect. There Aztecs picture writings resemble the Egyptian, the paper being made from the maguey instead of the papyrus. The Aztecs employed captives on great public works as in Egypt. Mexico thus has pyramids with much broader base than those of Egypt, though not nearly so high, and idols quite as ugly. Gold ornaments, beads, and other highly prized antiquities are found in the tombs as in Egypt." 0eo0rapbical Hotes on GEOLOGY. The geology of Mexico has been but imperfectly studied. In the higher ranges the prevailing formations are granite, which seem also to form the foundations of the plateaus, above which rise the traps, basalts, mineral-bearing porphyries, and more recent lavas. Hence, Lyell's theory that Mexico consisted originally of granite ranges with intervening valleys subsequently filled up to the level of the plateaus by subterranean eruptions. Igneous rocks of every geologic epoch cer- tainly form to a large extent the superstructure of the central plateau. But the Mexican table-land seems to consist mainly of metamorphic formations which have been partly upheaved, partly interpenetrated, and overlaid by igneous masses of all epochs, and which are chiefly represented by shales, greywacke, greenstones, silicious schists, and especially unfossiliferous limestones. All these formations are alike remarkable for the abundance and variety of their metalliferous ores, such as silver, silver glance, copper, and gold. Gneiss and micaceous schists prevail in Oaxaca and on all the southern slopes facing both oceans. But the highest ranges are formed mainly of plutonic and volcanic rocks, such as granites, syenites, diorites, mineral-bearing trachytes, basalts, porphyries, obsidian, pearlstone, sulphur, pumice, lavas, tufa, and other recent volcanic discharges. Obsidian (itzli) was the chief material formerly used by the natives in the manufacture of their cutting implements, as shown by the quarries of the Cerro de las Navajas (Knife Cliff), near Real del Monte and Pachuca in the State of Hidalgo. Vast deposits of pumice and the purest sulphur are found at Huichapam and in many of the craters. But immeasurably the most valuable rocks are the argentiferous porphyries and schists of the central plateau and of Sinaloa, unless they are destined to be rivalled by the auriferous deposits of Sonora. Horizontal and strati- fied rocks, of extremely limited extent in the south, are largely devel- oped in the northern states, and chalk becomes very prevalent towards the Rio Grande and Rio Gila valleys. To this chalk and to the sand- stones are probably due the sandy plains which cover vast tracts in North Mexico, stretching thence far into New Mexico and Texas. Here the Bolson de Mapimi, a vast rocky wilderness inhabited until recently by wild tribes, occupies a space of perhaps 50,000 square miles in Coahuila and parts of the surrounding States. None of the horizontal layers seem to be very rich in ores, which are mainly found in the metamorphic, palaeozoic, and hypogene rocks of Durango, Chihuahua, and the south. Apart from Sinaloa and Sonora, which are now known to contain vast stores of the precious metals, nearly all the historical mines lie on the south central plateau at elevations of from 5500 to 9500 feet. A line drawn from the capital to Guanajuato, and thence northwards to the mining town of Guadalupe 13 y Calvo of Chihuahua, and southwards to Oaxaca, thus cutting the main axis of upheaval at an angle of 45°, will intersect probably the richest known argentiferous region in the whole world. Of other minerals the most important are copper, found in a pure state near the city of Guanajuato, and associated with gold in Chihua- hua, Sonora, Guerrero, Jalisco, Michoacan, and elsewhere ; iron in immense masses in Michoacan and Jalisco, and in Durango, where the Cerro del Mercado is a solid mountain of magnetic iron ore ; lead associated with silver, chiefly in Oaxaca ; tin in Michoacan and Jalisco ; sulphur in many craters ; platinum, recently found in Hidalgo ; cin- nabar, also recently found in Morelos and Guerrero ; " steppe salt " in the sandy districts of the north ; " bitter salt " at Tepeyac and many other places ; coal at various points ; bismuth in many parts ; marble, alabaster, gypsum, and rock-salt in great abundance throughout the plateaus and the sierras. MINING. Mexico is, perhaps, the richest mining country in the world, and the production of silver — notwithstanding the imperfect methods and other drawbacks with which it has contended — represents over one-third of the product of the world, according to official statis- tics. Almost all the mountains of Mexico are of the metalliferous character, but those which seem richest in mining deposits are the western cordillera, extending from the State of Oaxaca to Sonora, a distance of about 1600 miles from northwest to southeast. Humboldt gave as his opinion that Mexico would be " the treasure house of the world." Subsequent history has, in a great measure, con- firmed the opinion of the great savant of his time. Still a more con- servative authority has quite lately asserted that only one-tenth of the mining resources of Mexico is known. This last estimate, I am sure, is inside rather than outside of the facts. Mexico has always been considered the great silver producer, and, considering her area, and taking the century as a measure, she is the greatest silver producer of the world. Silver. — The central group of mines in the three mining districts of Guanajuato, Zacatecas, and Catorce, in the States of Guanajuato, Zaca- tecas and San Luis Potosi, which have yielded more than half of all the silver heretofore found in Mexico, lies between 21° and 24° 30' N., within an area of about 13,000 square miles. Here the Veta Madre lode of Guanajuato alone produced $252,000,000 between 1556 and 1803. In the beginning of this century Humboldt found two Guanajuato mines — the famous " Conde de Valenciana " and the " Marques de Rayas " — producing annually 550,000 marks, 4,400,000 ounces, of silver, 14 Geo0rapbfcai wotes on one-seventh or one-eighth of the entire American output. From Janu- ary i, 1787, to June n, 1791, the Valenciana yielded 13,896,416 ounces of silver, its ore averaging a little over 100 ounces to the ton. Though flooded, this fine old mine is still far from exhausted. Gold occurs chiefly, not on the plateau in association with silver, but on the slopes facing the Pacific, and apparently in greatest abun- dance in Sonora, near the auriferous region of Lower California. The production would have been larger if an improved process of reducing the metals had been used, but during the whole colonial period and up to the present time, we have used the patio system, which consists in grinding the ore, stirring it until it is reduced to a fine dust and mixing it then with salt and copper amalgam ; after the paste dries somewhat, salt is added in proportion to the amount of silver supposed to be in the ore ; the material is then mixed with shovels and trodden by mules, and, after a day or two, another mixture of copper, vitriol, and salt is added ; after that it is mixed and trodden again ; then quicksilver is finally added, and then more mixing and treading. This process is repeated from five to fifteen times until the silver and quicksilver unite to form an amalgam, which is gathered into bags, and that requires about forty days. Most of the quicksilver is squeezed out and the rest is evapo- rated and run off into tubs. This method saves 50 or 60 per cent, of rich ore and, besides being very long, is rather imperfect, as it leaves a great deal of silver in the ore, and only rich ores could be treated by it ; but it was on the whole the easiest and cheapest. Some of the old mines were worked until finally they became so deep that, with the methods then used, as buckets were employed instead of pumps, and steam had not been employed as power, it was impossible to drain them. Naturally in a deep mine the water flows in from springs, and the deeper a mine becomes the more water it has. These mines were worked until it was seen that it was impossible to drain them, and then they were abandoned, even though they were rich in metals. During our war of independence almost all the mines were abandoned for the want of guarantee to life and property, and the mining industry, therefore, declined considerably ; but recently the old mines have been worked again and the production of silver has in- creased very considerably.1 1 Mr. J. A. R. Waters of the firm of Waters Bros. , Mining Engineers of the City of Mexico, said of his visit to the Jesus Maria District of the State of Chihuahu, where he went to examine the mine worked by the Pinos Altos Co. , as follows : ' ' The district is very thoroughly mineralized and is pierced by veins more frequently than any district I ever saw. The general formation is very similar to that of Cripple Creek, with the exception that it is not traversed by the great porphyry dikes that occur there and in other parts of Colorado. The country formation is largely braccia. The ore is generally free milling, and is treated with stamps and pan amalgamation, the finer ores being treated with Huntington mills. There is little waste of values." 15 Real del Monte Company. — It would be interesting to refer briefly to the ups and downs of one of the mining enterprises of Mexico — the Real del Monte — as a typical case which exemplifies what has happened with many other of our mines, namely, that sometimes they yield large profits, and soon afterwards they cause tremendous losses. The Real del Monte is located about three miles from Pachuca, a large mining centre and the capital of the State of Hidalgo, distant about sixty miles southeast of the City of Mexico. In 1739, a Biscayan, by the name of Don Pedro Jose Romero de Ter- reros, came from Santander and settled in Queretaro. He acquired a fortune of $60,000 in a small store in 1749, closed up his affairs, and started to return to his native land. On reaching Pachuca he met an old mining friend, Don Jose Alejandro Bustamante, who called his attention to the Real del Monte. In company with Bustamante he staked out the Biscaina, Santa Brigida, and Guadalupe mines and began to get the water out, but they soon exhausted their united funds. How- ever, they succeeded in raising money in the City of Mexico on hard terms and drained their properties by a tunnel, which started at Moran, on the northern slope of the mountains, and, running 9000 feet through hard porphyry rock, struck the vein at a depth of 600 feet. This was accomplished a few years later in 1759. Bustamante by this time had died, but Terreros continued the work. On striking the vein he drained it, and in 1760 began the erection of the Hacienda de Regla, to work the rich ore he was taking out. He took out $15,000,000 at a small cost, repaid his advances, built and presented to the King of Spain a man-of-war and 4700 bars of silver, for which he was created Conde de Regla. He lived in grand style in the City of Mexico, and built a palatial residence on Cadena Street. He died in 1781, and was succeeded by his son, the second Conde, who from 1774 to 1783 struggled with the water, which, as depth was attained, was very severe ; according to Ward, twenty-eight horse-whims were employed in the drainage at great expense and unsuccessfully. However, they had gotten down to 324 feet below the Moran adit on the Biscaina vein in the Guadalupe and Santa Teresa shafts. The production was $400,000 per year, drainage costing $250,000 per year, and sinking was abandoned, and the work was confined to drifting above water level. From 1801 to 1809, $300,000 per year was taken out, but the cost of extraction was severe. Humboldt visited the property, and in 1810 the war of independence broke out, and all operations were suspended. Meanwhile the water rose and the Moran tunnel caved in, and so allowed the water to rise to an enormous height, and the district went to rack and ruin. In 1822 the Conde's administrator, Don Ignacio Castelazo, made a 16 <5eo0rapbfcal flotes on report, and by his Italian mining friend, Rivafinoli, sent it to the Conde, who was living in England. That country was only too anxious to reap for themselves some of the spoils that Spain had gleaned from Mexican mines. Here was their opportunity, many became interested, and the celebrated mining expert of that day, Mr. John Taylor, the founder of the present Lon- don firm now so heavily interested in South Africa, Taylor Bros., was sent to make an examination, and in 1824 the English Real del Monte Company was formed on the following terms : — The company leased the mines and haciendas for twenty-one years : ist. The capital in- vested was to be returned from the products of the mines with interest ; 2d. The Conde was then to have one-half of the remaining proceeds yearly ; 3d. Meanwhile he was to receive $16,000 per year as an ad- vance against his portion or anticipated profits. In case of failure of this third clause the lease would be cancelled and everything revert to the Conde. As the outlay amounted to over $5,000,000 and no profit ensued, it amounted to a rent of $16,000 per year. In 1824 Captain Vetch, of the Royal Engineers, was sent out as manager. He brought three ships filled with one thousand tons of machinery, pumps, etc., and after untold trials in transportation and erection, finally got them to their destination. All this was done by English engineers, machinists, miners, and workmen, nearly all Cor- nishmen, under the direction of Colonel Colquhoun, a Peninsular veteran, who finally died of yellow fever with over fifty of his men. After unheard-of troubles they got everything by 1826 safely landed in the Real del Monte. The magnitude of the task may be understood when the almost roadless condition of the country is considered, and the bringing up of the machinery from the coast was a splendid exam- ple of British tenacity and pluck. Captain Vetch had now cleaned out the Moran adit and the Dolores shaft, and the machinery was at once erected. The stock now rose from $500 to $8000 per share. The Conde had, in the meanwhile, borrowed money from the company and made the twenty-one-year lease perpetual, the annual rent of $16,000 remaining in force. By 1829 Captain Vetch had grappled with the water question, and with an annual cost of $30,000 had accomplished what the first Count had paid $250,000 for,and extracted metal 324 feet below the Moran adit. Captain Tindall, R.N., succeeded Captain Vetch, and a new shaft (1830) was commenced on the Santa Teresa and called the Terreros shaft. It was 1140 feet to the vein and was started at four points, and was connected in 1834 by drifts run from several levels, and then raised and sunk on. The work came out as true as if it had been done from the surface, thanks to the correctness of the plans of the English mine surveyors. /IDfnfng, 17 A 54-inch engine was erected, and with it they sank to 720 feet "below the Moran adit. At this point water overpowered them. This was in 1838, and Captain John Rule, who had succeeded Captain Tin- dall, put in a 75-inch engine at Dolores, and removed the 54-inch one to Acosta. Captain Rule enjoyed a salary of ^"10,000 per year, and all other payments were in proportion. He struck two bunches of rich ore, one on the Santa Brigida, near Acosta, and the other on La Biscains, near Dolores. From these two and one at Torreros they had produced $10,481,475 at a cost of $15,381,633 or nearly $5,000,000 loss in twenty-three years. By 1846 the stock had fallen to $12.50 from $8000 a share. In 1848, Mr. J. H. Buchan arrived, representing the English stock- holders. He found water in the mines and increasing ; a heavy debt of $5,000,000, bearing a tremendous interest ; no money on hand and no ore. So in October, 1848, by order of the bondholders he turned over the business to a Mexican company — the present one — composed of Manuel Escandon, Antonio and Nicanor Beistegui, Mr. Mackintosh, and others for the paltry sum of $130,000. The haciendas, stock, and ores on hand were worth millions, but the English company could not dispose of them. This was the end of the famous English Real del Monte Company. Their Mexican successors reduced expenses, completed the adit from Omotitlan commenced by the first Conde, which, running 13,500 feet, cut the mines mo deeper and struck immediately the bonanza in the Rosario, which tradition says had previously been discovered and covered up by Captain Rule. New Mines, Topia. — We have now a great many districts that were not known by the Spaniards and have recently been discovered. No- table among them is the Sierra Mojada district in the State of Coahuila. The State of Durango has, on the west slope of the Sierra Madre mountains, the mining camps of Topia, Sianori, Birimoa, Gusanillas, Canelas, Ventanos, El Pando, Rodeo, and San Fernando ; and with the exception of San Fernando they are close together, a square, one of whose sides is forty miles, would almost cover them all. This section has all the elements to form the basis of a great mining and smelting centre, as is evident by the great deposits of galena in the Topia dis- trict ; in fact, this is the only place on the coast where lead ore is found in abundance ; and smelting, if done at all, must rely on Topia for its supply of lead ores. In no other part of Mexico are lead ores so cheap, because of the fact that to realize on them at all they must be transported on mule-back to Culiacan in the State of Sinaloa, a dis- tance of 106 miles, at a rate of $26.40 silver per ton, and from there by rail to Altata, a distance of thirty-nine miles ; and from Altata by steamer to San Francisco, or to Guaymas, and thence by rail to the 1 8 Oeoarapbical motes on smelters in the United States, very much at the same cost. La Liona mine of this district is a very rich mine, its vein being almost vertical, and is tapped from both sides of the mountain, with tunnels at right angles to the vein. Where the tunnels intersect the vein, the vein is driven on in both directions from the tunnels ; stopes are opened, and chute's for ore are put in every seventy-five feet. The vertical distance between the tunnels is 125 metres. This mine can easily produce one thousand tons per month of clean galena, and would produce that much metal if there was a market for it. There are other mines as large and perhaps better than La Liona, as, for instance, La Madrugada mine, formerly owned by Santa F£ Railroad employees, but now controlled by Mr. Charles Miller, of Franklin, Pa., connected with the Standard Oil Company. Topia is a great dry-ore camp as well. One thousand tons of dry ores can easily be mined there per month, were there a market for them, such as a commercial smelter located centrally to treat the ores of this and adjoining districts. Such smelter would have the advantage of an inexhaustible supply of good water the year round, fine iron ore, and limestone for fluxes. At Topia there are four mills for the treatment of zincy ores, and dry ores assaying below one hundred ounces silver per ton. The lixiviation process by hyposulphite of soda is employed in the four mills or haciendas, two of them employ occasionally the patio process as well. Two of the mills and two mines are lighted by electricity ; the dynamo that furnishes light for one of the mills' and both of the mines is driven by water power. Below the mills operated by water power, there is sufficient fall and sufficient water to furnish the power to operate compressed-air drills in all the large mines. The other mining camps of this district, although not so well devel- oped as Topia, are also in process of development and in a very good condition. Velardena is also in the State of Durango, but on the other or eastern side of the mountains, and is located in a comparatively new district, where the previous owners had failed. Mr. James F. Mathews purchased the Velardena property, erected a smelter after the Interna- tional Railroad Company had extended their main line from Torreon to the city of Durango, passing near the mine, and from the beginning has run five of the six furnaces almost continuously. During 1896 the Velardena smelter smelted on an average 175 tons of ore per day. Li Hung Chang and the Mexican Silver Mines. — When Li Hung Chang, the Chinese Viceroy, was in Washington, in August, 1896, he inquired of me about the production of the Mexican mines, and I, trying to be conservative, informed him that they produced about $50,000,- ooo a year. He then inquired how long they would continue yielding that amount. I answered that it was uncertain, but that, judging from present appearances, it could safely be said that it might be for one /HMning* J9 hundred years. This seemed incredible to him, and he said that I had been so long absent from Mexico — for he had previously asked me how long I had been in this country — I could not know the real wealth and abundance of our mines, and he was very positive that I had made a mistake. He assured me that the silver mines in China yielded occa- sionally something, but soon were exhausted, and it was impossible to get any silver out of them, and judging the Mexican silver mines from those he had seen at home, he was, of course, incredulous as to their yield. Some years ago, and when the Mexican mines only yielded about $20,000,000 a year, I predicted that their annual yield would reach $100,000,000, and that prediction is about being verified, as the present product exceeds $60,000,000. Gold. — Gold was used freely in Mexico before the Spanish con- quest, and history teaches us how Cortez induced Montezuma to deliver to him his gold treasury. As soon as Mexico was conquered, Bernal Diaz del Castillo, one of the cotemporary historians, tells us that Cortez inquired vefy carefully about the place where the Indians obtained their gold, whether there were placers, mines, or washings, and his agents were taken to some localities in the State of Oaxaca, where they were told was the gold supply, but, whether the Indians concealed the real location of the gold deposits, or for other reasons, the Spaniards did not obtain much gold. I have known recently of unavailing efforts having been made of persons from the United States who have tried to ascertain the localities where the Indians obtained their gold, that is — the places which were shown to Cortex in Oaxaca as gold deposits. There is a river in the State of Guerrero which flows over a coun- try with hills abundant in gold formation, which carries nuggets that the natives find without any difficulty, and it is called for that reason the Gold River. That river passes over some mountains where gold is found, and then comes to a place where a natural dam is formed, and the gold carried by the washings in the rainy season sinks when reaching that place, and every indication shows that there must be a very large deposit of gold there. A military engineer suggested, the last time I was Secretary of the Treasury in Mexico, that the bed of the river be changed by the Mexican Government, a work which did not present serious obstacles, and thus allow excavations to be made and the gold deposits found. It was thought advisable to make some preliminary examinations in the way of boring, and for that purpose the necessary orders were issued to send soldiers there, but I under- stand the project was given up and nothing was accomplished. I have no doubt that at some future time that matter will be taken up, and a great deal of gold will be found there. 20 Oeogtapbical Botes on flDejico, Our production of gold has so far been comparatively small, be- cause the mining and reduction of gold are more difficult and expensive than the same operations in silver, and our gold production has really been the amount of gold which has been found in our silver. For many years, when the amount was small, it was not separated, and for that reason old Mexican dollars have in China greater value than newly coined ones; but recent improvements have made it easy and cheap to make the separation of the two metals. Now that gold has risen so much in value, its mining is beginning to be developed in Mexico on a comparatively large scale, and I have no doubt that before long Mexico will be one of the largest gold producers of the world. Mexico is an undeveloped country, in fact there are parts of Mexico as unknown as was Central Africa a few years back. From the Sonora gold district, south, on the west side of the Sierra Madre, to the State of Oaxaca, there is a gold belt as rich as California, Alaska, and South Africa combined. It is known that in the State of Sinaloa there are gold placers and gold washings, and that they are also found in every State from there south on the line of this belt.1 The gold output of Sonora, now beginning to attract attention, is only the first contribution of Mexico to the world's stock of the yellow metal. The west side of the Sierra Madre has a belt rich in gold, and when the world discovers this fact capital will flock to Mexico to dig it out, and Mexico will become one of the first gold producers of the world, as she has been in silver. Specimens of " float " rich in gold have been brought from the State of Guerrero. These indications of gold have not been followed up, because no one has been progressive enough to advance the means necessary to prospect this belt. To prospect in a country where often water fit to drink must be carried, where food for man and beast must be carried, and where in many places roads must be cut with machete and axe, cannot be done without the spending of money in outfit and expenses. The principal gold-producing States will be Sonora, Sinaloa, Guer- rero, and Oaxaca, but in all of them gold-mining is yet in its beginning. 1 I take from a report of Mr. Cramer, a mining engineer sent to Mexico by the Geological Society of Washington, D. CM as Commissioner to explore the gold fields of that Republic, the following, which refers to only one of the many new gold fields that are being found there : " There exists an extensive ' gold placer ' situated about thirty miles from Durango in the mountain devoid of vegetation ; the rock that is found in greater quantities is porphyry. I estimate that one ton of ore will yield at least $50 of gold. " Gold is found all over the mountain, though in such imperceptible filaments that it is hard to recognize it with the naked eye ; however, every piece of stone con- tains the same proportion of gold." 21 Coinage of the Precious Metals. — Mexico has produced about one- half of the silver supply of the world. In the statistical portion of this paper I shall give full details of the production of gold and silver in Mexico, coinage, etc., and here I will only append the total coinage of gold and silver according to official statistics of the Mexican Govern- ment, which is the following : COINAGE OF MEXICO FROM THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE MINTS IN I537 TO THE EN]D OF THE FISCAL YEAR OF 1896. COLONIAL EPOCH. Pillar coin 1732 to 1771 GOLD. SILVER. COPPER. TOTAL. $ 8,497,950 19,889,014 $ 752,067,456 441,629,211 $ 200,000 $ 76o,765,406 461,518,225 INDEPENDENCE. 40,391,447 $68,778,411 888,563,989 $2,082,260,656 342,893 $ 542,893 929,298,329 $2,151,581,960 $ 557,392 45,040,628 $ 18,575,569 740,246,485 $ 19,132,961 790,522,290 $5,235,177 REPUBLIC. Eagle coin, from i July, 1873, to 3° June, 1896 $45,598,020 $ 758,822,054 $5,235,177 $ 809,655,251 $11,561,080 $ 557,581,690 $ 203,296 $ 569,346,066 SUMMARY. Colonial Epoch .. .1537 to 1821 $2,151,581,960 Independence 1822 to 1873 809,655,251 Republic 1873 to 1896 569,346,066 Total $3,530,583,277 Iron. — Iron, the most useful of all the metals, is found in such vast abundance in Mexico that, could it be even partially utilized, that Re- public would become one of the wealthiest of modern communities. One of the largest mines was discovered by Gines Vazquez del Mer- cado, in Durango, in 1562, and its appellation of " Cerro del Mercado" still preserves his name. The hill, which is 4800 feet long by uoo feet in width and 640 feet in height, is almost a solid mass of mineral, aver- aging about seventy per cent, of metal and from which could be ex- tracted more than 300,000,000 tons of solid ore ; this only to the level of the plain, beneath which it probably extends to an unknown depth. The iron is also magnetic to a high degree and its power is greater when the grain is fine. This may delay fusion, but the result is an ex- cellent wrought iron, with none of the inconveniences caused by earthy substances mixed with the iron. I have no doubt that when the coal mines are developed the iron industry will make great strides and that we will be able to manufacture most of at least the low grades of the iron goods required for our comsumption. In several other places besides our Iron Mountain we have iron with very little phosphorus, which makes first-class steel and is as good as the best produced in Cuba or Spain. 22 Geoatapbfcal IRotes on The deposits of iron in Mexico are sufficient to supply the universe for centuries to come. There is but one thing lacking, and that thing is — cheap fuel. Nature never works by halves ; those immense de- posits of iron never were put where they are without the means near at hand for their utilization. Coal exists, but it has not been mined yet on a large scale, as it will be hereafter. But even at the present time the principal supply of pig-iron comes from native ore, the output being consumed by the producers in the manufacture of iron goods. The main iron mines now being worked are located at Durango, Zimapdn, Zacualtipan, Tulancingo, and Leon. For the most part these mines are found in the midst of great forests, in consequence of which cheap fuel is found in the form of charcoal, the iron made from which being of very superior quality, free from phosphorous, and, price and other things being equal, is always pre- ferred to the imported pig. It is manufactured in charcoal furnaces exclusively. There is, however, quite a considerable amount of pig imported, principally from Alabama, and Scotch pig from England. The great drawback to importations heretofore has been the immense quantity of scrap iron, which, during the lapse of centuries, had accumulated, un- used, throughout the Republic. This, however, is becoming well-nigh exhausted ; and for that reason the demand for imported pig is increas- ing, the native output not keeping pace with the need for it. Much scrap iron also has come from railroads, another source of supply which is not increasing with the demand. Imported pig ranges in price in the City of Mexico from $50 to $60 silver per ton, the native producers aiming to keep their price just about the same. Iron Foundries. — There are in the City of Mexico, in addition to several small ones, seven large foundries, as follows : the Mexican Central Railroad foundry, the Mexican National Railroad foundry, the Artistic, the Delicias, Charreton Bros., V. Elcoro & Co., and Hipolito David. There are also large foundries at Pachuca, Puebla, Chihuahua, Durango, and Monterey, as well as smaller ones at Irapuato, Guanajuato, Zacatecas, Veracruz, Guadalajara, Mazatlan, Oaxaca, and Morelia. Copper. — Copper is now quite an important product of Mexico, and is used to a certain extent in the country, but as the supply far exceeds the home demand, it is exported to the United States and Europe. That which finds its way to this country enters chiefly in the form of matte, and is refined into casting or electrolytic copper. What goes to Europe is blister copper, or approximately so, from the Boleo mine in Lower California, where a French company is working a large group of copper mines. The point of most activity is Santa Rosalia, on the 23 Gulf of California, where the company treats the ore in its own smelt- ing plant adjoining. The matte, or black copper, is sent to Europe in the same vessels that bring out coke. The company gives employ- ment to thousands of hands directly and indirectly, owns its own steamers, and solicits workmen all along the coast. But this enter- prise, large as it is, shows the progress that has been made and the difficulties overcome by individuals. The country itself is arid and sterile, and there is little encouragement for others to prospect, or even develop, when found, apparently good prospects, owing to the natural difficulties to be overcome and the vast capital necessary to successfully carry on mining operations ; as success is hardly to be obtained except by treating the ores on the ground, as the Boleo Com- pany has done. At the same time the enterprising firm of Guggenheim has estab- lished its works at Aguas Calientes, adding very considerably to the copper product, and the increase of matte shipments from San Luis Potosi and Monterey makes a large difference from former returns. To judge from the official figures, the amount of copper produced in 1896 was not less than 22,000 metric tons, the greater production being from the Boleo mines. Quicksilver. — The production of quicksilver can only be approxi- mated from imports, as the native production is far short of the re- quirements of the country. In 1895 the amount imported was 818,704 kilos, with a value of $541,664, while during the past year the amount imported was 854,526 kilos, with a value of $574,153. The only infer- ence to be drawn from these figures is that the production in Mexico in the past year as compared with 1895 ^as not increased, and the figures of production given in the Engineering and Mining Journal of 1895 may be accepted as correct for 1896. Coal. — Fuel is perhaps the greatest and most pressing need of Mexico. For centuries the population of the whole country has used wood for fuel, until the most thickly inhabited portions of the country are completely destitute of trees. This condition of things is a very serious objection to the increase of manufacturing, as it is impossible to manufacture cheaply when fuel commands a very high figure. Coal, which has to be transported sometimes for thousands of miles before it reaches the centre of the country, becomes very expensive. At present rates the cost of wood in the City of Mexico is equal to $14 a cord, while coal ranges from $16 to $22 per ton according to grade, and one source of supply is the artificial fuel of compressed coal dust brought from England, and in use not alone on the Veracruz Railway, but in various local industries, while coal also comes from West Virginia, Alabama, etc. The distances of the sources of coal supply and its consequent cost led to the attempt of utilizing the peat deposits which 24 11,141 Pico de Ouinceo Michoacan ... . IO QCK Veta Grande Zacatecas 9,I4O 32 Geograpbical IRotes on The above are the principal mountain peaks of Mexico, the first ten being volcanoes, with their heights according to the most recent measurements : HYDROGRAPHY. The eastern Mexican coast, washed by the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, is low, flat, and sandy, except near the mouth of the Tabasco River, where at some distance from the coast appear the heights of San Gabriel, extending northeast and southwest for sev- eral miles ; but the majestic mountains of Veracruz, especially the volcano of Orizaba, visible for many leagues to seaward, form a pictur- esque background which relieves the monotony of the shore region of that State. On the Pacific side the coast, although generally low, is here and there roughened by spurs extending from the cordillera to the ocean. The principal gulfs are those of Mexico, California, and Tehuante- pec, the first of which ranks among the largest in the world. We are not blessed with good harbors on the Gulf coast. Vera- cruz is an open roadstead, and we are now spending large sums of money in trying to make it a good port. Our best harbors are on the Pacific coast, as Acapulco, which is a large one ; Manzanillo, a very fine although a very small one ; and La Paz, on the Gulf of California. By artificial means we expect to improve our harbors considerably. The development of the harbor of Tampico is remarkable. A short time ago the depth of the bar roadstead was only eight or nine feet. Now steamships drawing twenty-four feet of water enter the port. The deepening of the entrance to the harbor has been accom- plished by means of jetties, just as the mouth of the Mississippi was deepened by the Eads jetties. A very large part of the imports of Mexico enter now by the port of Tampico. The more noteworthy bays are those of Guaymas, Santa Barbara, Topolobampo and Navachiste, in the Gulf of California ; Concepcion, La Paz, and Muleje, on the west coast of the same gulf ; San Quentin, Magdalena, and Amejas, on the Pacific coast of Lower California ; and San Bias and Valle de Banderas, on the coast of Tepic. We have no lakes as large as those with which the United States is favored, and the Lake of Chapala, a beautiful spot where country houses are now being built, is the largest lacustrine basin in Mexican territory. The Valley of Mexico has six lakes, two of fresh and six of salt water. The other lakes in Mexico are Catemaco, in the State of Veracruz ; Cairel and Carpintero, in the State of Tamaulipas ; Encan- tada, in Tabasco ; Bacalar, in Yucatan ; Alcuzague, in Colima ; Cuit- zeo, Tacascuaro, and Patzcuaro, in Michoacan ; Yuriria, in Guanaju- ato ; and Meztitlan, in Hidalgo. 33 Mexico has a great many islands, situated near the coast, although not any of very great area, the greater number being uninhabited, although some of them are very fertile, and could be the seat of a large population. Among the most important are : El Carmen, the largest in the Gulf of Mexico ; San Juan de Ulua and Sacrificios, opposite the port of Veracruz ; Mujeres, in the Caribbean Sea ; Guada- lupe, about seventy-five miles from the west coast of Lower California; the Tres Marias group, about thirty miles from the same coast ; the Revillagigedo group, not far from the coast of Colima ; and adjoining the coast of the State of Michoacan, the Alcatraz Island. As I have already stated, Mexico has a very broken surface, with high mountains, causing streams to run down a very inclined plane, forming torrents with rapid cascades, which contribute to embellish the natural features of the country. These conditions, however, pre- vent us from having large navigable rivers, and furnishing a cheap way of transportation, which is one of the greatest advantages the United States enjoys, and which so largely contributed in its early days to the development of the country, making transportation to long distances both easy and cheap. While the torrents descending from the mountains afford an immense water-power — which, in the course of time, may be used as a motor for industrial purposes — they meet when they reach a valley and run smoothly there through a ravine until finally they reach the coast, and it is therefore only at a compara- tively small distance from the sea that they can be made navigable. Our principal rivers, measuring their positions from north to south, are the Rio Grande — which from El Paso, Texas, to the sea, is the boundary line between the two countries, and which used to be a large river ; but as it rises in Colorado and passes through New Mexico, and the inhabitants of both have taken for irrigation purposes most of the water that it carries, it becomes entirely dry during the dry season after the freshets, very much to the distress of the inhabitants of its borders from El Paso to Ojinaga, especially on the Mexican side, which has been inhabited for three hundred years, the people using the water for irrigation — on the other side there being hardly any population, — and now they find that their farms are entirely worthless for want of water. After passing Presidio del Norte, now called Ojinaga, the Con- chos River and other tributaries of the Rio Grande River supply it with water, although not to the extent it had before the water was taken in Colorado and New Mexico. The Mescala, or Balsas River, rises in the central plateau near the Valley of Mexico, passes by the State of Puebla to the southwest, by Mixteca of Oaxaca, and finally empties into the Pacific at Zacatula. As indicated by its name, it is, to a lim- ited extent, navigable along its lower reaches ; above the bar it is accessible to small craft, which, higher up, are arrested by rapids, VOL. 1—3 34 Geootapbtcal IRotes on Whirlpools, and a high cascade. The Panuco River rises north of the Valley of Mexico. Under the names of Tula and Montezuma it de- scribes a vast semicircular bend towards the west across the Hidalgo- uplands and collects the waters of the Huasteca of Veracruz and Ta- maulipas, beyond which it is joined by the various streams flowing: from Queretaro, and finally empties into the Gulf of Mexico at the port of Tampico. The Tampico bar, improved by jetties, is now the best harbor on our Gulf coast. The Rio Lerma or Santiago, the Tololotlan of the Indians, is also a considerable stream. By the riverain populations it is, in fact, known as the Rio Grande, while the inhabitants of Michoacan call it also Cuitzeo, from the large lake situated in their State. It rises in the State of Mexico in the very centre of the Anahuac plateau, and its farthest sourcesr issuing from underground galleries, descend from the Nevado de Toluca down to the twin lake of Lerma, the remains of an inland sea which formerly filled the Upper Toluca valley north of the Ne- vado volcano. At its issue from the lake, or rather marshy lagoon, the Lerma stands at the great altitude of 8600 feet, and during its winding northwesterly course across the plateau, the incline is very slight. In this upland region it is swollen by several affluents, some of which, like the main stream itself, flow from lakes dotted over the table-land. After completing half of its course at La Barca, the Ler- ma is still 5600 feet above sea-level. Here, some 280 miles from its source, it enters the large Lake Chapala, near its eastern extremity ; but about twelve miles below the entrance it again emerges through a fissure on the north side of the lake, and still continues to flow- throughout its lower course in the same northwesterly direction. The Grijalva and Usumacinta rivers, rising in the State of Chiapas,, after being joined by many others, some of them coming from Guate- mala, empty into the Gulf of Mexico by one of its mouths at the city of Frontera in the State of Tabasco. The Papaloapam River rises in the State of Oaxaca, passes through the State of Veracruz, and emp- ties into the Gulf of Mexico at the town of Alvarado, a few miles south of Veracruz. The rains increase considerably the amount of water in the rivers,, but as their duration is not very long this soon subsides. When the streams rise near the sea, as is the case on the coast of Chiapas on the Pacific, they become so swollen immediately after the rains that it is impossible to ford them, and as there are no bridges, it is necessary to wait until early the next day when the freshet has subsided. Springs are rare, and some of the rivers run in deep mountain beds, without receiving smaller tributaries, while the rapid evaporation on a light soil, covering porous rocks, leaves the surface dry and hot and unable to support much vegetation beyond the cactus and low grasses. Climate, 35 We are blessed with quite a number of mineral springs, although very few of them are used, most of them being at places not easily ac- cessible ; but in this regard I do not think we have any cause to envy any other country. CLIMATE. By looking at the map it will be perceived that Mexico, being inter- sected by the Tropic of Cancer and stretching across eighteen parallels of latitude, must, from its position alone, necessarily enjoy a great diversity of climate. But from its peculiar configuration this feature is affected far more by the altitude of the land than by its distance from the pole or the equator. This is especially true of the more fertile and populous section lying within the torrid zone, where three distinct climatic regions are distinguished, not according to their hori- zontal, but according to their vertical position. The warm climate has the heat of the torrid zone and prevails on the sea-coast in the sandy and marshy tracts fringing the Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific Ocean, in other low places below 3000 feet above the level of the sea, and in some of the valleys higher than that, but protected entirely from the winds. But the night breezes refresh the temperature in the even- ing and make it bearable during the day, the heat never being so oppressive as it is in summer in the more northern latitudes. This region is also much refreshed in summer by the rains, which are abundant and fall regularly during that season. The heat of the sun increases considerably the evaporation from the sea, and when the evaporation reaches the cool atmosphere of the sky, it is naturally con- densed into water and falls in this region. The rains begin generally in June, increase considerably in July, and end in November, although this varies in different regions, the rains lasting longer in those near the sea than in the inland districts. They are so abundant that they form the main reliance of the agricultural industry, and there are few regions which use water for irrigation, depending entirely upon the rainfall ; therefore, when in a year by some atmospheric phenomena, the rains are late or very scarce, we had a famine in Mexico, which can now be averted by importing cereals through our railroads, as was the case in 1893. The rains fall regularly and at fixed intervals, that is, about from one to three hours every day, and after the rain is over, the atmosphere is clear and pleasant, and in well drained places the ground becomes dry, so that it causes no inconvenience to the in- habitants. The rains have such a decided effect on the atmosphere that in most of the country the seasons are divided into the rainy and dry season, and very few realize what spring and fall mean. As our climate is so even, the trees do not lose their leaves at any given time, but one 36 <3eoarapbicai Botes on flDejico* by one as they grow old and die ; and as the leaves die they are re- placed gradually and imperceptibly by new ones, so that the phenome- non familiar to northern latitudes, of trees losing all their leaves in the autumn and regaining them in the spring, is quite new to anybody going to a temperature that has both extremes. The differences of climate depending upon the different degrees of altitude are so great in Mexico that the vegetable products of this vast country include almost all that are to be found between the equator and the polar circle. The mean temperature in the hot region varies from 77 to 82 de- grees, Fahrenheit, seldom falling below 60, but often rising to 100 degrees, and in the sultry districts of Veracruz and Acapulco occa- sionally to 104 degrees, although the heat is not oppressive as is the summer heat of the eastern portions of the United States. The vege- tation is, of course, in consequence entirely tropical. In the southern region the climate on both seaboards may be described as humid, hot, and rather unhealthy, and in places where stagnant water and marshes exist — which are often found on the coast on account of the sea water flowing in and remaining there — intermittent and remittent fevers pre- vail, and in some localities during the summer yellow fever and black vomit are endemic. These conditions could easily be remedied by proper drainage of the swamps and marshy districts. The heat of the Gulf of Mexico when the atmosphere begins to cool in the polar regions causes a depression in the barometer, and conse- quently very strong north winds, which sweep over the coast with ter- rible force, causing great havoc. They generally begin in September and last until the winter season sets in about December. As the country is narrow, the effect of the north wind is felt all over it and that is the prevailing wind. In the City of Mexico, for instance, not- withstanding its altitude and that it is protected by high mountains from the northern winds, the temperature falls when the northerns prevail on the Gulf coast, and it becomes cloudy and drizzly, and the same effect is felt, more or less, in other portions of the country. As the country narrows towards the southeast, especially at Tehuantepec, the northern wind blows with but small obstacles, and its force and effects are felt all over it. The districts in the mountains bordering the Pacific are affected in the same way as the City of Mexico. From 3000 to 5000 feet above the level of the sea is located our temperate zone, which succeeds the hot zone in a verticle position, and embraces all the higher terraces, and portions of the central plateaus themselves. The mean temperature is from 62 to 70 degrees, Fahrenheit, varying not more than 4 to 5 degrees during the season, thus making one of the very finest climates on the face of the earth. In this privileged region both extremes of heat and cold are unknown, Climate* 37 and it has several cities — Jalapa and Huatusco in the State of Vera- cruz, Chilpancingo in Guerrero, Ameca in Jalisco, and many others too numerous to mention here. As these places are generally located on the slopes of mountains and not far removed from the ocean, the evaporations from the sea form clouds which are detained in their course by the high peaks and are precipitated into rain. In this region the semi-tropical productions are abundant, and with them are often combined the products of tropical and cold regions. I have seen in my own native place, the city of Oaxaca, located in the temperate region, a farm where wheat and sugar-cane were growing on the same piece of ground. The cold region is located from 7000 feet above the sea-level up- wards, and has a mean temperature of from 59 to 63 degrees, Fahrenheit. Most of the grand central plateau is located in this region, except in such places as are in a great depression of ground and in deep ravines, where a warm temperature and tropical products are found. The rainfall is about five times less than in the temperate zone. This region, of course, produces all the growths of the cold latitudes, as wheat, oats, apples, etc., etc. The portion of the country that is most thickly inhabited lies in the central plateau, and is quite high above the level of the sea, and so sheltered from the winds and storms by the mountains as to make the climate even, temperate, and delightful. The impression pre- vails in the United States that Mexico, lying to the south and run- ning towards the equator, must be much warmer than this country ; but this is not so. Even in warm places, like the lowlands on the coast, we do not have the extreme hot weather that is experienced in summer in the United States. The sea breezes refresh the atmos- phere at night and cool it considerably, making, therefore, a very great contrast with the summer heat in this country. The medium climate of the Valley of Mexico, for instance, which is the one that has been best observed and understood, varies comparatively little between summer and winter, its greatest variations being between day and night on the same day. The climatic conditions of Mexico are undergoing great changes on account of the destruction of the forests. The country had formerly a great deal of rain and much humidity in the atmosphere, being covered with thick forests ; but with the difficulty of transporting the coal already found, the population has had to depend entirely for their supply of fuel upon charcoal, and this has in the course of time denuded the mountains, changing very materially the climatic con- ditions of some regions in the country. But in the lowlands, being thinly inhabited, the case is different, and the country is still so thickly wooded that it is impossible to pass through it, unless an open path (3eo0rapbical iRotes on is made with a great deal of difficulty, by felling very high trees and low brush and weeds. In this region abound forests of mahogany, cedar, rosewood, etc. I will later state more in detail the conditions of the fuel question in Mexico. As a whole, the Mexican climate, if not of the most invigorating nature, is certainly one of the most delightful in the world. The zone of temperate lands, oceanic slopes, enjoy an everlasting spring, being exposed neither to severe winter, nor to intolerable summer heats ; in every glen flows a rippling stream ; every human abode is embowered in leafy vegetation ; and here the native plants are inter- mingled with those of Europe and Africa. Each traveller in his turn describes the valley in which he has tarried longest as the loveliest in the world ; nowhere else do the snowy crests or smoking volcanic cones rise in more imposing grandeur above the surrounding sea of verdure, all carpeted with the brightest flowers. In these enchanting regions there is still room for millions and millions of human beings. The following table prepared by the Meteorological Observatory of the City of Mexico shows the meteorological conditions of the principal Mexican cities during several years, their elevation upon the sea-level being marked in metres and the temperature under the Centigrade scale. SUMMARY OF THE METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS TAKEN IN SEVERAL CITIES OF MEXICO DURING SEVERAL YEARS. LOCALITIES. rt _1 fc a ITS rt % 4-»-* S* 33 M H Number of years 1 1 of observation. Mean barometrical pressure. TEMPERATURES IN THE SHADE. Relative humidity. | CLOUDS. WIND. Rainfall. Average for a year. X • £ e" '£ 1 > •< j?g "S'o > OJ a) s.S Oi-o if S| 0 / 25 40 25 25 24 48 24 II 22 46 22 C 22 4 21 53 21 4I 21 7 m. 495-6 1633.0 34-2 4.0 2496. 1890. 1924. 1861. 376. 1798. i 4 i 4 10 9 10 i i *4 5 2 7 3 i i mm. 709.1 632.1 754-9 759-3 573-4 613.4 607.8 605.1 765-1 617.4 601.3 763-o 636.2 613.8 574-8 0 33-2 34-o 35-9 34-i 21.8 33-9 24.0 29-5 34-o 35-6 3°-7 35-5 33-i 27.2 0 n'l —2.8 J2-5 10.3 6.1 —1.8 12.2 2.8 10. 0 — I . I i-3 -4-5 "0.6 0 21.0 16.8 25-6 25.2 13.2 17.4 18.2 18.6 23-0 18.9 17.6 24-5 19.7 18.1 I3-7 18-3 61 62 3 60 57 8i 66 53 59 59 60 4-4 . . . „ . . . S.E. N. 1.4 mm. 34I3-5 527-3 125.2 519-2 819.1 389-0 537-0 542-2 2019.3 729.8 964-5 1654-3 861.9 602.2 436-8 567-1 1110.4 614.8 668.1 926.0 2264.0 649-3 Saltillo Coah 3-4 3-2 4-4 4.0 N.W. S.E. W. S.S.E. N.W. S.E. E. W.S.W. N i.7 2.6 i-3 1.2 San Luis Potosi, S. L. P. Pabellon Ag Aguascalientes, Ag Huejutla, Hid 4-9 5-3 4-3 ' s.w.' ' N.'N'.W'. "0.6 20 59 20 41 20 35 20 7 19 49 I567- 1850. 2460. 1976. N.W. w. .... Guadalajara, Jal 4.1 4.2 3-5 4-3 5-o 4-7 4.8 ' S.W.' ' E. E. S.W. E'.N'.E.' N. E. N.E. N.E. W. N.W. N.W. N.E. N.E. W. o 6 2 4 'o 8 1 9 Pachuca Hid .... San Juan del Rio, Que. . Mexico D F 19 26 •19 12 I9 03 18 36 17 04 2282. 2322. 2172. 3- 1541.0 15 9 J4 i i 586.4 583.6 593-2 760.4 636.6 31.6 28.6 3i-9 —1.7 0.8 — i.i iS-4 iS-5 *5-7 25.3 20.6 60 62 £ 80 Tacubaya D F Puebla, Pue Tlacotalpam, Ver 32-9 6.2 Climate. 39 KEN I 1869. CAL OBSERVATI DURING THE •pU009S J3d -oopA uinunx APO ION Prevailing direction. •puooas aad A"}I Dominan direction. JU(UIB -UB U jo Rainiest Month. S : •^ 5 .010 S txv g M B t~.H Ot^ TEMPERATUR IN THE SHAD METRIC E RED TO 0°. me •T53S 3X{} CM H • C * B . . -r-- c* ••^•ioco*O'« . . •*• -*-vo f» -»f CO •* 10 vo-^-vr, -rrocn-^-.ro-^-ro-^-. o fxoo oo M o o\oo o M M 0 D~OO SIS. O<5 iit$&i£t& SfSSSiM I 00 1000 00 M -4-VO •*« <> o \o ts OMO moo i-oo t. • fll M o ct do oo n M 14 ^M ^ txvo (?jvo vo txf«0\t-» OOOfO N-^- O-OO t>. O>OO IN VO VO OVO • • f) M OOO« t^M^ -J- <^ LT> IN 10 0 oo OvOO •* Oi •«• • • 10 »O 1 i vo^fO^-^OfOOH H co H vo O H ^"VO "$-00 W oo • M M in cocococoro'«'CO'*-co ro^cococococowcowcoc* • co ro co m-*in vr>-*-MiOMOvOOHONf)O<';-«fOvo o>o> •* "^ •*• d> M >-•' oo* rn N oo oo" w ci vo' d M o vovoo> OvWM^-r^owio rovo N vo t-. ts. to to t-,vo vo >0 Svo *rjvo iovo io vo -^od vo f^i -^vo oo'cJvOvOvo "wwvd OO M Q m t~> ON M ^- fr> 10 M «o • vo S. rn »0 txvO vo «0 »ovo lOVO UVO 10 ; ti. lovo 00*00 °10 May. Maximum temperature in winter 83.1, February. Minimum temperature in winter 39-2, January and December, Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 39. 1 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 37.8 JALAPA (STATE OF VERACRUZ). Maximum temperature in shade in summer 89.6, April. Maximum temperature in winter 87.1, December. Minimum temperature in winter 33. 8, February. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 35.3 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 32.0 QUERETARO (STATE OF QUERETARO). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 90.1, April and June. Maximum temperature in winter . . 80.4, December. Minimum temperature in winter 32.9, January. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 39.4 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 34.7 Climate. 4i GUANAJUATO (STATE OF GUANAJUATO). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 91.9, April. Maximum temperature in winter 82.0, February. Minimum temperature in winter 36.0, January. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 36. 7 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 36.7 LEON (STATE OF GUANAJUATO). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 91-6, May and June. Maximum temperature in winter 77«o, February. PACHUCA (STATE OF HIDALGO). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 80.2, May. Maximum temperature in winter 77-O, December. Minimum temperature in winter 32.4, December. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 33.3 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 28.6 REAL DEL MONTE (STATE OF HIDALGO). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 80.2, March. Maximum temperature in winter 74. i, January. Minimum temperature in winter 31.6, January. SALTILLO (STATE OF COAHUILA). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 89.6, April. Maximum temperature in winter 75-7, January. Minimum temperature in winter 12.2, February. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 32.8 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 25.6 MERIDA (STATE OF YUCATAN). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 103.6, April and June. Maximum temperature in winter 92.8, January. Minimum temperature in winter 47.8, February. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 37.1 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 38.7 MAZATLAN (STATE OF SINALOA). Maximum temperature in the shade in summer 91.0, September. Maximum temperature in winter 84.0, December. Minimum temperature in winter 15.8, February. Greatest oscillation in one day in winter 16.9 Greatest oscillation in one day in summer 17.5 MEXICO AS A SANITARIUM. Although the City of Mexico, on account of its present unsatisfac- tory sanitary conditions, of which I will treat in speaking of that city and which I am sure will be remedied before long, cannot be consid- ered now as the best place for invalids, there are many other localities in the country presenting great advantages as sanitariums. 42 Oeoarapbical fRotes on fl&ejico, The mild nature and evenness of most of our climate is very favor- able to certain diseases — especially pulmonary ones — and when that advantage becomes well known the central plateau of Mexico will be the best sanitarium for lung diseases, and especially for tuberculosis. Other lung diseases requiring a warmer climate could find desirable places in certain valleys in the temperate zone like Cuantla, Cuerna- vaca, Tasco, Iguala, and others. These very conditions, namely, the even and mild climate both in summer and winter, will make it a coun- try visited by thousands of pleasure or health seekers who wish to escape both extremes of the northern climate. Even now we would have a much larger travel from this country if we had convenient ac- commodations for travellers, but our hotels are not yet as comfortable as those in the United States. FLORA. The short and imperfect description of the climate of Mexico, made above, will show that we can raise all the products of the three different zones into which the earth is divided, and the most re- markable thing is that we can raise them almost on the same ground. By going only a few miles, for instance, travelling on horseback four or five hours from a low to a higher locality, we change from the torrid to the temperate zone, and therefore we can have the products of both with comparatively little trouble ; and by going four or five hours higher still, we change from the temperate to the frigid zone, and these are advantages of our geographical position which can be appreciated only by those who have experienced them.1 !Mr. Charles Dudley Warner, editor of Harpers Monthly Magazine, in a brilliant article published in the July, 1897, number of that periodical, gives the follow- ing description of the rapid descent from the cold to the temperate and hot regions of Mexico, which may be considered as a specimen of the scenery in many other localities of that country. In many other places, where there are no wagon-roads, but only a footpath, the descent is a great deal more rapid, often 5000 feet in four or five miles, and then the contrast is still greater. At Maltrata for instance, an Indian town about 5000 feet above the level of the sea, the natives offer their tropical fruits to the passengers of the Mexican Railway going from Veracruz to the City of Mexico, and they leave with what they have left after the train starts to climb the mountains to the Central Plateau to an altitude of about 9000 feet, and they reach Esperanza, the first station on the Central Plateau far ahead of the train, which has to •describe a long, zigzag course before getting there. I have selected the following ex- tract from Mr. Warner's article because it relates to one of the historical places of Mexico : "Cuernavaca is distinguished as the actual meeting-place of the pine and the palm. It lies only a little more than fifty miles south of the City of Mexico ; but in •order to reach it there is a mountain to be crossed which is at an elevation of over ten thousand feet. A railway climbs up this mountain, over the summit, to a wind-swept plain, in the midst of pine forests, called Tres Marias — marked by the sightly peaks of the Three Marys. By long loops and zigzags it is crawling down the mountain on fflora, 43 The Mexican Southern Railway, from Puebla to Oaxaca, descends in a few hours, by a series of fertile terraces, from an elevation of seven thousand feet to one of about seventeen hundred and fifty feet, when ths wonderful Canon de los Cues is reached, a region of cocoa-nuts and bananas. But all the valleys and terraces in March are green or yellow with wheat and corn and sugar-cane. It confuses one's ideas to pass a field of wheat, the green blades just springing from the ground, and then a field ripe for harvest, and then a threshing-floor where the grain is being trodden out by mules. This means that you can plant and reap every day in the year, if you can obtain water in the dry season, and do not wait for the regular and copious summer rains. The magnificent arboreal vegetation embraces one hundred and fourteen different species of building timber and cabinet woods, includ- ing oaks, pines, firs, cedars, mahogany, and rosewood ; twelve species of dyewoods ; eight of gum trees : the cacao and india-rubber, copal, liquid-ambar, camphor, turpentine, pine, mezquite yielding a substance the other side to Cuernavaca. Mexico City has an elevation of seven thousand five hundred feet, Tres Marias of about ten thousand, and Cuernavaca of five thousand. The descent by the wagon-road is in length only twelve miles, but the drop in that distance is five thousand feet, so that the traveller passes very quickly from temperate to tropical conditions. . . . " From the heights Cuernavaca seems to lie in a plain, but it is really on a pro- montory between two barrancas, and the whole country beyond is broken, till the terraces fall off into more tropical places, where the view is bordered by purple mountains. Indeed, the little city in the midst of this tumultuous plain is surrounded by lofty mountains. The country around, and especially below to the south, is irri- gated, and presents a dozen contrasts of color in the evergreen foliage, the ripening yellow crops of sugar-cane and grain, the clusters of big trees here and there about a village or a hacienda, and the frequent church-towers. All this is loveliness, a mixture of temperate and tropical grace, but there is grandeur besides. Looking to the east, say from the Palace of Cortez, over the fields of purple and green and yellow and brown, where the graceful palms place themselves just as an artist would have them in the foreground of his picture, the view is certainly one of the finest in the world. There is in the left the long mountain range with the peaks of Tres Marias, and along the foot of it haciendas and towers, cones of extinct volcanoes and noble rocky promontories. To form the middle-distance mountains come into the picture, sloping together to lead the eye along from one " value" to another, violet, purple, dark or shining as the sun strikes them, while on the left is a noble range of naked precipices of red rock, always startling in color. It is some two thousand feet up the side of one of these red cliffs that there is the remains of an ancient city of Cliff-dwellers — almost inaccessible now, but once the home of a race that understood architecture and knew how to carve. The lines of this natural picture, the fields, the intervening ledges, the lofty mountains, all converge to the spot the artist would choose for the eye to rest, and there, up in the heavens, are the snow-clad peaks of Popocatepetl and Iztaccihuatl, about seventeen thousand five hundred feet above the sea, volcanic creators of the region, and now undisputed lords of the landscape. In the evening these peaks are rosy in the sun ; in the morning their white immobility is defined against the rosy sunshine." 44 6eo0rapbical motes on flDejico, similar to gum-arabic, dragon trees, and the almacigo or Callitris quadvalvis, from which sandarac is extracted. Among the oil-bearing trees and plants, of which there are seventeen varieties, are the olive, cocoa palm, almond, sesame, flax, the tree yielding the balsam of Peru, and others. There are fifty-nine classified species of medicinal plants, and many more are mentioned by botanists as still unclassified by science. Of the many delicious fruits which grow in the tropical regions, only a few — the pineapple, the banana, and the cocoa-nut — are known in this country, the orange being rather a semi-tropical fruit. The others require, as all fruits do, cultivated taste, and, therefore, if im- ported here would not find a market. Even those which do come here are of very inferior flavor, owing to the fact that they are cut green so as to prevent their decay during transportation, and they, of course, have a less agreeable taste than in the place where they grow. Of the banana, for instance, we have about twenty varieties, some of which — the richest in my opinion — grow to a size from twelve to fifteen inches in length and from two to three inches in diameter. We can raise in Mexico all the products of the world because we have all climates, from the perpetual snow to the burning sun of the equator ; but it would take a great deal more space than I can dispose of in this paper, to mention all the agricultural products we can raise, and I will, therefore, confine myself to only such as I think are now of more importance. Coffee. — Mexico has many localities well suited for the raising of coffee, and the production of that berry can in the future be very largely increased. In the proper locality, namely, zone, ground, and climate, coffee can be raised on a large scale at comparatively small cost, affording always a large profit, whatever may be in the future its price in foreign markets. I have had personal experience in coffee-raising, having made a coffee plantation in the district of Soconusco, in the State of Chiapas ; and I took especial interest in visiting other plantations, both in Mexico and Guatemala, where coffee had attained a large development. My experience has shown me that the best zone for coffee is located between one and five thousand feet above the level of the sea, as coffee is not a product of the hot but of the temperate zone. On the highlands, as a rule, the quality of the coffee is better and the yield large, while the lowlands give an earlier but smaller yield. There are coffee planta- tions in Mexico, almost down to the level of the sea, which are yielding coffee, and from that to the elevation of six thousand feet, producing also a very good quality of coffee. For further information on this subject, I refer the reader to a treatise on coffee-raising on the south- ern coast of the State of Chiapas, which T published in the City of ffiora. 45 Mexico in 1874, and which contains detailed information on the sev- eral factors affecting that industry. It is interesting to know the production of coffee in Mexico, taken from some statistics for 1896 : Cordoba produces 10,000,000 Ibs. Huatusco and Coatepec 10,000,000 " Oaxaca 6,000,000 " Tabasco 5,000,000 " Chiapas 3,000,000 " Other districts 26,000,000 " 60,000,000 Ibs. Sugar-Cane. — Mexico has many localities where sugar-cane can be raised at a very small cost, and where that industry can be made very lucrative, although we hardly produce enough sugar for our home con- sumption. From the sea-level to the frost line, which ranges, in differ- ent localities, from three to five thousand feet above the sea-level, sugar-cane can be raised in Mexico to great advantage. I have seen the cane in some places, especially in Soconusco, attain a height of twelve feet and a diameter of about five inches ; and in some localities it lasts from ten to eighteen years without need of replanting, and can be cut for grinding twice a year. When it is considered that in some places, like Louisiana, sugar has to be planted, as I believe, every two years, and that it is liable to be destroyed by frosts, the advantages of Mexico for that industry are apparent. The favorable conditions of Mexico for raising sugar-cane are so great that I have seen the natives in the Indian town of Loxicha, in the State of Oaxaca, plant a small plot of sugar-cane, grind it with primitive wooden mills moved by hand power, using very primitive earthen pans, to evaporate the juice and make brown sugar — losing of course a great part of the saccharine matter in the cane, — transport the sugar, sometimes a distance of thirty miles on mule-back, and sell it at one cent per pound, and still make a profit. For sugar-cane the lowlands are the best, and the plant is essen- tially a tropical one. It will grow, however, at very considerable alti- tudes, but when planted in the mountains it takes a longer time to ripen, and soon ceases to give remunerative crops. There was in southern Veracruz a sugar-cane only six months old which had a circumference of 7} inches. Where that cane grew the yield of cane per acre was about 80 tons when twelve months old. The elevation was something like 1000 feet. It is true, however, that the bulk of the cane grown in Mexico is to be found above 2000 feet, but I am convinced that a lower altitude would produce even better results. Tobacco. — Among the tropical products of superior quality that we 46 Geograpbical notes on raise in the hot zone, I should mention tobacco, the Mexican tobacco being, in General Grant's estimation, superior to the Havana article. The natural conditions of soil and temperature are the same in Cuba and Mexico, but we had not the superior experience of the Cubans in curing the leaf until the late insurrection broke out in Cuba, in i868r when a great many Cubans went to Mexico to plant tobacco. As the land has been planted in Cuba with tobacco for nearly four hundred years, and as tobacco is a very exhausting crop, it has become indis- pensable to manure the land with guano, while in Mexico we have virgin land, and tobacco being a comparatively new industry, no guano- needs to be used. General Grant, whom I consider a competent judge, detected the taste of guano in the Havana cigars, of which ours is free, and he, therefore, preferred to smoke the Mexican cigars. In Cuba the exhausted soil cannot produce all the leaves that are required for the world's supply of Havana cigars, and the want caa only be filled through the use of Mexico leaf tobacco, the weed produced in other countries having similar conditions. The Marquis de Cabanas sent to Sumatra a quantity of seed when it became obvi- ous that the soil of the tobacco region of Cuba was fast being worn out. He sent seed also to Java and to the United States, but it was found that it was impossible to raise tobacco of the quality of that raised in Havana anywhere but in Mexico. That raised in Java from Havana seed was very coarse and rank, replete with nicotine and meconic acid, and devoid of those delicate essential oils that give the Havana and Mexican tobacco their fine aroma. The tobacco plant is a native of the tropics, and thrives best in the hot lands. It is a hardy plant, however, and will grow well in northern latitudes in the summer time. It often happens that the land in the tropics is actually too rich for the successful cultivation of tobacco. India- Rubber. — The lowlands of Mexico, especially those adjoining; the Pacific Ocean and which have a very warm and moist climate, are very well adapted for the india-rubber tree, which attains a large size and yields a considerable amount of india-rubber. We used to have whole forests of them, which fact shows that they were in their proper conditions of soil and climate, as they could outgrow the rank vegeta- tion of the tropics, and prevent the growth of most of the other large trees in the forests ; but india-rubber gatherers have destroyed most of them, and I imagine that there is a comparatively small number left. I have always thought that the production of india-rubber would before long cease to be sufficient to supply the demand, and that, therefore, the value of that article would increase with the lapse of time. Now it is to be expected that the enormous expansion during the last few years of the cycle-tire, electrical motor-car, cab, and kindred industries will lead to the bestowal of increased attention on Jflora, 47 the world's rubber supply, which is so intimately associated with the existence of these industries. Thinking that a plantation of india-rubber trees would be very re- munerative, I devoted considerable attention to that subject, and in 1872 started one of 100,000 trees in a place admirably located for the purpose, bordering on the Pacific Ocean and between two large rivers, in the same district of Soconusco. In an article published in 1872, under the title " India- Rubber Culture in Mexico," I compiled all the information on the subject that I could obtain, supplementing it with the experience that I had acquired. Unfortunately, for reasons of a political nature, I had to abandon that plantation, and when the trees- that I had planted grew large enough to yield rubber, they were tapped by the natives and entirely destroyed, but my work gave me an experi- ence which I considered of great value. For further information on this subject I refer the reader to the above mentioned article. The india-rubber trees that grow in Mexico are not the Haevca guianensis that grows in Brazil, but the Castilloa elastica, and if we have any of the Haevea guianensis I have not seen them. Enough has been written lately on rubber cultivation to show that the profits, in Mexico at least, would be very great ; indeed, 300 per cent, on the capital invested is a possible return, after five years, from cultivating Castilloa elastica in that Republic. This is a return which provides plenty of margin for contingencies. Rubber-growing is no- longer in the experimental stage, as witness the plantation of La Esme- ralda, in Oaxaca, to which further reference is made below. Culti- vated india-rubber plantations are few, for the reason that, in some degree like the coffee plant, the india-rubber tree requires a long period of continuous cultivation before making any return to the cultivator. Mexico affords excellent opportunities for the development of this admittedly profitable industry. On this point the authority of Sir Henry Nevil Dering, the British Minister to Mexico, who, in a recent report to the Foreign Office on the cultivation of india-rubber, says : " The regions most favorable for the growth of this important, yet rarely cultivated, india-rubber tree are the plains of Pochutla, Oaxaca, and also along the banks of the Copalita River where the tree is found in astonishing numbers. Few are the plantations of india-rubber trees existing in the Republic of Mexico. The principal one is La Esmeralda, in Juquila, Oaxaca, which has over 200,000 trees, eight years old." According to the same report the total ex- pense for five years' cultivation of a " rubber plantation of 100,000 trees will not exceed $25,000 in silver and the yield of 100,000 trees at the first year's harvest will bring the planter $120,000, besides the product obtained from the corn, vanilla beans, cacao, and bananas raised from side planting. The net profit on the investment, after de- 48 CteOQrapbical Botes on /IDejico. ducting the entire cost of the land and all expenses up to the first year of harvesting, will be $95,000, and each of the succeeding harvests, for twenty-five or thirty years, will bring a steady income of over $100,000." This is 400 per cent, per annum net profit on the invest- ment. These calculations are based upon the production of a five- year-old tree, but the report adds that " this product will be gradually increased every year for the next four or five years." Cotton. — We have many regions in Mexico very favorably located for the cultivation of cotton. I am aware that the cotton-growers of the United States hold that what they call their cotton belt has pecul- iar conditions for the production of their staple, which, in their opinion, do not exist in any other portion of the globe, and they believe, there- fore, that nobody can compete with them in this regard. Without any intention of depreciating the advantages of the cotton belt of this country, I am of the opinion that there are in Mexico lands as well adapted for the production of cotton as the best in this country, and in some regions perhaps better ; yet, notwithstanding these advantages, and although our wages are low, cotton is produced cheaper in the United States, and is sold with profit by the planters for one-half the price that it commands in Mexico. So great is the difference in the price of this staple in the two countries that, notwithstanding an import duty on cotton of eight cents per kilogram, or almost five cents per pound, which is equivalent to fifty cents ad valorem, we import from this country a very large portion of the cotton we manufacture. I do not overlook the fact that cotton is raised here by negro labor, which is considerably cheaper than white labor, but, even assuming that wages in this case be the same in both countries, the difference in cost is so great that some other factor besides labor must enter into the ex- pense of production. As our cotton manufactories are increasing, more especially be- cause of the protection afforded to home products by the depreciation of silver, we now produce only about one half of the cotton we manu- facture, and have to import the other half from the United States ; but I am sure that before long we shall not only produce enough for our own consumption but also for export. Agave. — The whole central plateau abounds in many species of agave, which are used for several purposes. In the eastern portion of the plateau, that is, from the City of Mexico towards Veracruz, in the region called the Plains of Apam, the agave yields a large quantity of a white juice, similar in appearance to milk, which when fermented is used as a tonic, and is an intoxicating beverage. The amount of alco- hol it contains is small — about 7 per cent., I believe — but imbibed in large quantities it is quite intoxicating. The use of this beverage, called pulque, has become very extensive in Mexico, and it must have fflora. 49 very superior qualities both as a tonic and nutritive, when many live on nothing but corn and pulque. In the mining districts, where a great deal of nervous force is expended working in a high temperature and under very unhealthy atmospheric conditions, this drink is almost indispensable, and I imagine that when a way is discovered to keep it for some time, and its medicinal qualities become better known, it will be exported in considerable quantities and used by foreign countries. From the agave of other districts a drink is made called mescal, which has some remarkable therapeutic properties, the most celebrated being made in a district of the State of Jalisco called Tequila, from which it takes its name ; and in the very dry and stony regions of Yuca- tan another species of agave grows, which seems to derive its food wholly from the atmosphere, yielding a very good fibre, much like ma- nilla, which we now export in large quantities, particularly to New York. All the agave yields a first-class fibre as raw material, either for paper or cordage — some of it being rather coarse, like the Yucatan henequen, and some of it almost as fine and glossy as silk, like pita. Henequen. — By far the most important of our fibre industries is the cultivation and preparation of the fibre known as " Sisal hemp," so called from the name of the port from which it used to be principally exported, and in the United States as " henequen hemp." The plant which produces it is a species of agave which flourishes to best ad- vantage in stony and arid land at the level of the sea. The present prosperity of the state of Yucatan, a large proportion of which is too sterile to yield any other crop, is due almost entirely to the develop- ment of this industry. The plant requires very little cultivation, and the separation and cleaning of the fibre is effected very cheaply. The yield of fibre is estimated at the rate of 1000 to 1200 pounds per acre. Pulque. — The pulque plant is indigenous to Mexico, often growing wild on the uplands, where for months and years at a time no rain falls ; and it is also largely cultivated on the Plains of Apam, a large tract of land lying in the States of Mexico, Puebla, and Hidalgo, about sixty miles east of the City of Mexico. The plants are trans- planted when two or three years old with much care, then cultivated in fields especially prepared for the purpose, each acre containing from 360 to 680 plants. Nature requires the plant to be milked, when the liquor is ready to flow, for the use of man, else the superfluity of juices will cause the growth of a thick stem from the centre of the plant, which shoots up some ten or fifteen feet, putting out branches at the top, with clus- ters of yellowish flowers. These branches are symmetrical, and the effect is like a lofty, branched candlestick. When the pulque is first extracted, before the process of fermenta- tion sets in, it is sweet and scentless, and in this state is preferred by VOL. 1—4 50 Geographical IRotes on those unaccustomed to the drink. The fermentation takes place in tubs constructed for the purpose, and to aid or expedite the process a little " madre pulque," or pulque mother, is added, which hastens the chemical change. At times fermentation is retarded by a cold spell at the vats. When the laborer draws the sweet sap with his rude siphon, made either of a gourd or a calabash and a hollow horn tip, he dis- charges the contents into a pig- or goat-skin swinging at his back. The " agua miel " in this stage is like a green water in appearance and taste. Soon carbonic acid is formed, and it becomes milky, and resembles in taste very good cider. The amount of carbonic acid contained is so great, and the decomposition so incredibly rapid, that in a few hours it would become vinegar if not closely watched. To prevent this the pulque dulce, or sweet pulque, is poured into a tinacal — an oxhide strapped to a square wooden frame, and capable of holding a consid- erable amount of the liquid. These tinacals are of various sizes, to meet the emergencies of the situation. To the sweet pulque is added an equal proportion of milk, and then a slight dose of infusion of rennet. This is not enough to coagu- late it, but sufficient to induce a slight amount of putrescence, as in cheese. The putrid odor and flavor of pulque as sold in the pulque shops is due to the rennet alone, for the belief that this is caused by the flavor of the pigskin, in which it is brought to market, is without foundation. From the tinacal it is poured into a hogshead by means of pigskins, and it is transferred to the barrels of venders from the hogsheads of the " haciendado " by means of the same skins. The plants are wholly independent of rain and storm, and are of a beautiful deep-green color. The pulque is carried every day to the City of Mexico, by special trains, in " barricas," or large tierces, and by " cueros de pulque," or pigskins filled with the liquid. The plant does not arrive at maturity or yield its sap before its eighth year. During the growth of the plant a central bulb is formed for its coming juices. This is scooped out, leaving a cavity or hole large enough to hold a few quarts. This cavity is made in the bottom and middle of the plant. The juice exudes into this cavity and is taken out daily by being sucked into a long-necked gourd on the siphon principle, by the Indian laborers, and then poured into the tubs taken to the fields and then removed to the vats. The outlay on each plant up to maturity is calculated generally at about $2, and the return is from $7 to $10, according to the size of the plant. Its period of production is about five months, and each plant supposed to yield from 125 to 160 gallons of liquid during that time. The principal regions for the cultivation of the maguey are the arid limestone chains of hills, and here, in many places, the hole for the iflora. 51 reception of the young plant is made with a sort of crowbar with a sharp point, used principally in the quarrying of tepatate, the chief building material of the Mexican capital. It is usual to aid the young plant by putting some good soil into the hole. These young plants are suckers which the mature maguey throws out on all sides, and which have to be removed before the heart is tapped for the sweet sap, which is the " agua miel," or honey water, of the pulque. The leaves of the pulque plant are long and pointed, with prickles along the edges. Sometimes these leaves are very large, and the bunches of them springing from the common stalk are enormous. The bruised leaves are made into a kind of paper — a rather tough, stiff, and hard paper — and they are also used in their natural state as a thatch for the roofs of the common huts or houses occupied by the peons. A kind of thread is also made from the fibrous texture of the leaves. A rough needle and pin are made from the thorn, and from the root a cheap and palatable food is made. Cactus. — Mexico is often called " the land of the cactus," and the multitudinous development of cactus forms in that country cannot be appreciated by any one who has not seen them in their home in the hot land. There is a species known as the giant or candelabra cactus, which has a single stem, from which spring innumerable branches, the whole plant resembling an immense candelabrum. I have seen in Oaxaca, some candelabra cacti about twenty feet in height by thirty in diameter. Some cacti shoot in single, column-like stems, others run like leafless vines, and others resemble needle cushions stuck full of needles. Cocoa. — Cocoa is produced in several localities. That of So- conusco, in the State of Chiapas, is of so excellent a quality that when Mexico was a colony of Spain it was the only kind used by the Spanish royal family. On account of the expense and difficulty of transportation, and the cultivation of cheaper quality in other locali- ties, the production has dwindled down to an insignificant amount, and now hardly enough is grown to supply the demand in that dis- trict ; but it is universally acknowledged that the Soconusco cocoa is the best in the world. The best elevation for cocoa is from 300 to 1000 feet, and the tree seldom thrives well at an altitude exceeding 3000 feet. Warmth and moisture are necessary for the successful cultivation of this plant. The State of Tabasco produces a very good quality of cocoa, although it cannot be compared with that of Soconusco. In other places it grows very well also, but for various reasons the production, instead of being developed, has dwindled down until it is not enough for home consumption, and we have to import some, especially from Venezuela and Ecuador. One disadvantage of the cocoa industry is 52 <3eo0rapbicai Botes on /IDejico, that the tree requires several years to reach maturity and to bear fruit, and few investors can afford to wait the necessary time. Vanilla. — The vanilla bean grows very luxuriantly on the Gulf coast of Mexico, and it has been for some time a very profitable production, especially in the counties of Papamtla and Misantla, in the State of Veracruz, on account of the excellent quality of the bean and the high price which it brings. It grows in a region which is subject to intermittent and remittent fevers, and sometimes yellow fever, and where labor is very scarce ; for these reasons it has not attained a greater development. I hardly think there is any locality where the vanilla vine grows better than in Mexico. Vanilla requires a hot, moist climate, and, therefore, the lowlands are best suited for its culture. Very little of the vanilla produced in Mexico is at present grown at an elevation exceeding 1000 feet. At the same time it is claimed that in some places it thrives up to 3000 feet. The vines will usually produce considerable vanilla in the third year, and they will yield considerably more during the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh years, and the production then begins to decrease. But before this time new rootlets have been dropped from the old plants, which form new vines that take the place of the old ones ; thus the plantation is kept in a state of continued production. The central portion of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec is one of the most suitable re- gions for its cultivation, as much wild vanilla is found growing in the forests there. The Mexican vanilla dealers have established five grades, namely : First, vanilla " fina," or legal, the beans and pods of six and a half inches long, or upwards, short in the neck, sound and black, and the beans which become split or open, provided they have the foregoing qualities and the split does not extend more than a third of the pod. This class is again divided into "terciada," which is composed of the shortest pods ; " primera chica," " primera grande," " marca menor," and " marca mayor," the largest of all. Second, " vanilla chica," those pods which differ from the " terciada " only in being shorter, two of them counting as one of the first class. Third, vanilla " zacate," the pods of all sizes, which are off color through being gathered before becoming properly ripe, or being over-cured ; " pescozuda," " vana," " cueruda," and " aposcoyonada," names for pods in a more or less damaged condition. Fourth, vanilla " cimarrona," the wild vanilla in good or fair condition, three pods counting as one of the first class. Fifth, the " rezacate," composed of the very short pods ; of those split all the way up to the stalk, of the badly damaged, of the very immature, and of the greatly over-cured ; of this, six pods count as one of the first class. flora* 53 After the sizing and classification are finished, the pods are tied up in bunches of 100-150, so as to weigh one pound, and wrapped in filtering paper and tin foil. Silk Culture. — The mulberry-tree and silkworm industries have a very great future in Mexico, and are destined to produce a veritable revolution in the industries of the central plateau of that country. The mulberry tree can be grown in Mexico almost to an unlimited ex- tent, especially in the central plateau, and, as wages are low, the raw silk can be manufactured at a great profit. Several experiments have been made on a small scale, more particularly in the Valley of Mexico, by Mr. Hipolito Chabon, a gentleman of French descent, and he has obtained most satisfactory results. I have no doubt that the time is not far distant when the silk industry will assume great proportions in Mexico, and we will be able to stand among the foremost silk-producing countries of the world. Cochineal. — The cochineal is a bug which feeds on the cactus ; and which, when fully developed, is brushed off the cactus leaves and roasted to prevent decomposition, being then ready for market. It is raised to great advantage in Mexico, and especially in the valleys of the State of Oaxaca. When it was the only article used to dye red it was very valuable, commanding sometimes between four and five dol- lars per pound, and it made the wealth of that State. But recent dis- coveries in chemistry have supplied other substances for dyeing which are very cheap, especially aniline, and the price of cochineal has fallen considerably, so that now it is hardly raised at all. When it had a high price, it was raised in Guatemala, and it was the beginning of the wealth of that State. It is now raised, I understand, in several other countries. Rice. — Rice grows very well in Mexico, and I have not seen any district where it is necessary to inundate the fields to favor its produc- tion, although I understand it is also raised in that way in some locali- ties. It is generally planted just as wheat and barley are in the United States, needing no irrigation and depending entirely on the rainfall. I imagine that raising rice by inundation would be more expensive, and also be dangerous, because it could not fail to affect the salubrity of the country. Chicle, or Chewing-Gum. — This article, like many others, grows wild in Mexico, where the demand that has arisen for it in the United States has begun to develop its production. For some time past the shipments from Mexico have been on an increasing scale, owing, no doubt, to the comparatively high prices which ruled early in 1896. Every year a larger extent of forests is worked for chicle, result- ing in a steady growth of the production since the gum first became an important commercial article, about ten years ago. Prior to that 54 Geograpbtcal motes on time 7 or 8 cents a pound was considered a good price, and in 1896 it was sold at 36 cents. The importation into the United States con- stitutes almost the entire production, and the amounts and values are thus officially reported by the Statistical Bureau of the United States for the fiscal years ending June 30 : 1894. 1895-96. Chicle 1,903,655 lib. 3,618,483 lib. Value $490,438 $1,167,101 Average 2$| cents per lib. 32 cents per lib. The following statement has been compiled from official data col- lected by the Mexican Government, the value of the chewing-gum being in silver : Year. Pounds. Value. 1885-86 929,959 $ 156,402 1886-87 1,254,853 353,641 1887-88 1,542,794 371,673 1888-89 2,037,783 592,810 1889-90 1,827,131 714,242 1890-91 2,457,653 1,284,682 1891-92 2,494,177 703,572 1892-93 i,757,8i3 705,167 1893-94 2,645,722 803,019 1894-95 1,668,636 679,367 1895-96 3,297,371 1,527,838 Total 21,913,932 $7,892,413 Yuca. — Yuca, or starch-plant, called manioc in South America, is a bush from four to six feet high, having tubers, like horse-radish, six to ten to every plant, and weighing from one to twelve pounds each. It is an important product of Chiapas and may be sown at any time, but it is better to do so from the stems when the rains begin, say in the month of May, by opening ditches five feet apart, and planting the cuttings, eight inches long, in them consecutively, leaving one foot be- tween. Vegetable and sandy soil is best adapted for it, although it can be planted and will thrive in any kind of land. In arid and hard soil it needs plowing. If the land has been thoroughly cleared before planting it requires but little weeding during cultivation. A year after being sown, if the soil is rich, it will begin to yield tubers which must be dug up at the time the tree begins to flower. In replanting after digging the tubers, a slip is left standing and this will bear in twelve months. Besides extracting the starch from the tubers, the leaves are used as fodder for stock. Sir Henry Bering, the British Minister to Mexico, sent recently to the Foreign Office some practical notes on the cultivation in Mexico of the " Yuca" or cassava plant, pineapple, ginger, " chicle " or chewing- Jflora. 55 gum, sarsaparilla, jalap, licorice, canaigre, and ramie, and I shall quote here from his notes on some of those products. The yuca is to the peon, in the tropical section of the Republic, what potatoes are to the poor and working people of Ireland. Yuca is a native of the country, and its rise dates back before the conquest of Hernan Cortez, and it has always formed a portion of the food of the ancient and present Mexicans, especially those living in Veracruz, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Tabasco, and Yucatan. It has been estimated that the returns of yuca cultivation are immense ; the yield of an acre contains more nutritive matter than six times the same area of wheat. Ginger. — Ginger is found growing wild in various parts of Mexico. The returns from an acre of land vary considerably, but when culti- vated under favorable conditions, the crops ought to be 4000 pounds and upward. A ten-acre patch would yield annually from $5000 to $7000. Canaigre. — Though for years canaigre has been used in Mexico, both for medicinal and tanning purposes, it has but recently attracted the attention of the outside commercial world as a valuable source of tannic acid. The result of investigations has been to create a great demand for canaigre in the tanning business of European countries, and more recently in the leather-making centres of the United States. The only supply now to be obtained of this plant is from the wild growth along the rivers and valleys of Western Texas, New Mexico, and Mexico, and a fear has been felt for some time that with the con- stantly increasing demand the present sources of supply must become exhausted. Peppermint. — Water mint (mentha vulgaris) thrives very well on the central plateau of Mexico and in some sections of the warm zone, especially along the rivulets and small lakes. There is no reason why the peppermint (mentha piper ita), as well as spearmint and tansy, should not grow in abundance in Mexico, as they belong to the same family and require the same climatic conditions. As the oil of pep- permint is very extensively employed in medicines and the arts, the cultivation of this plant will be profitable to Mexico. Cabinet and Dye Woods. — In the low, hot countries we have all the cabinet woods growing wild and a great many dye woods, some of which are indigenous to Mexico, like the Campechy wood, not being found in other countries. It would take too long to enumerate the different kinds of cabinet woods we have, and I will only say that it happens with them as with our fruits, that only such of them as have been introduced here, like mahogany, cedar, rosewood, ebony, and a few others, are known in this country and in Europe, while hundreds of other kinds as hard as those and of as fine, if not a finer grain, are found in the wild woods of Mexico. 56 <3eo0rapbical motes on /IDejico, Grasses. — In the lower regions of Mexico, especially at the sea-level,, we have various grasses which can be grown at very little expense and which make very good food for cattle, fattening them very much, and in comparatively short time. While I lived in Soconusco, I used to buy lean cattle, three years old, at $10 per head ; and letting them pas- ture on the grass, the expense being little more than that of a few men to take care of the cattle, without providing them with any shelter, pens, or anything of that kind, only giving them about once a month some salt, at the end of four or five months they became very fat and could be sold on the spot at $25 a head. The fattening grasses can be very easily cultivated, because they are of such rank growth that they do not allow any other vegetation to spring up on the same spot, and so save the expense of cleaning the ground of weeds ; which, in the hot regions is very great, as vegetation is there very rank. Alfalfa. — The alfalfa grows very luxuriantly in almost every place in Mexico, and it is so abundant there, that it has very little com- mercial value. It is nowhere dried and kept for fodder, but of course such use can be made of it. Land good for alfalfa has a very low price, and we are greatly surprised when we hear that in California the alfalfa land is worth $100 an acre. Cattle Raising. — Mexico has special advantages for the raising of cattle, not only because of its mild climate, which renders unnecessary the many expenses required in the northern section of this continent, but also on account of the grasses that grow in several localities and that constitute very good food for cattle, as I have just stated. Mexico will be, before long, a very large producer of cattle and other animals, and they will form a large share of her exports. Mexico has sent within two years about 400,000 small undeveloped cattle to the United States at about $15, Mexican silver, per head, and has also sent nearly her entire output of cotton-seed meal to the United States and Europe at about $16, silver, per ton. The meal sent to the United States is fed to cattle. The Mexican cattle sent there take the place of the better stock which is sent to Europe, causing virtually a five-thousand- kilometre railway haul against the short haul in Mexico to reach the coast. In addition we have to pay import duties in the United States. This is a sufficient evidence that a large profit could be made by fat- tening cattle with the cotton-seed meal in Mexico, and shipping the fattened cattle direct to Europe, even using the best cattle of the country. But rapid improvement should be made in the class of cattle for beef purposes. Cotton-seed meal is the feed to be relied on chiefly. The quantity of it produced already is sufficient to fatten a large num- ber of stock. The cattle should also be fed with a small amount of corn along with the meal during the last month of feeding to harden and whiten the meat, as feeding only with cotton-seed meal makes the flora* 57 meat dark, and militates against its selling value to some extent, and the corn can be easily and profitably supplied. The total cost of fat- tening a steer should not reach $15 silver. There is an unlimited de- mand in Europe for choice meats at about i2c., gold, per pound, and no import duties have to be paid. Poor classes of meat are a drug in all markets of the world. With these great advantages placed within easy reach, the producers in Mexico of grain and stock have a guarantee of ready sale at good prices for all they can produce. Inquiry was made in Liverpool about the possibilities of the Mexi- can live-animal trade with England, and it was found that the initial difficulty is the small size of the Mexican cattle, as cattle weighing 1200 pounds are considered small by the trade there, and from 900 to 1000 pounds is therefore extremely small. The smallest Texan cattle ever imported in Liverpool averaged 1226 pounds. The best Mexican steers can be made to weigh 1200 pounds if well fattened. The difference in cost of transportation on account of lighter weight is but small in proportion to the cheapness of Mexican cattle. Cattle breeders in Mexico, on the whole, have not advanced much in developing good breeds of cattle. They do not appreciate their value, nor would they pay one-half their actual cost, though they can be had from the United States at half of what they would cost from Europe. Herefords are the best breed. I am sure that the rail- roads will do all they can to encourage that industry by charging as low rates as possible, as they would thus develop an industry which in the course of time would become very profitable to them. A great need of Mexico is a reliable supply of good and healthy water through artificial means, well distributed over the stock ranges to prevent the great loss by death through lack of water, as well as the heavy shrinkage of meat and tallow, by so much unnecessary travelling of stock to water. They cannot grow fairly, much less fat- ten, and over one-half the annual increase die of exhaustion, while the value of the stock lost in one year would supply permanent water at convenient distances and prevent three-fourths of the loss and shrink- age now sustained. It has been amply proved that stock water can be secured under the most unfavorable conditions. It would be to the advantage of the breeder to import some Eng- lish short-horn bulls, with the object of breeding larger cattle, so as to make profitable the export of cattle to England, as animals should weigh from 1200 to 1300 pounds. This has been done in Texas and in the Argentine with beneficial results, and the improvement in the cattle from the latter place has been most marked during the last five years. With the proper attention, the same good results could be achieved in Mexico. The English steamers that bring a large quantity of merchandise 58 <$eo$rapbical Betes on flDejico. to Mexican ports have trouble in even securing ballast to get out of those ports, and have to traverse the Gulf and United States coasts to secure loads for the return trip. Their owners are willing and ready to supply facilities for the exportation of live stock and frozen meats if assured of a sufficient traffic to justify them in the expense, for they pre- fer reloading direct for Europe to going elsewhere for freight. The time required to return direct from Mexican ports is but little more than from New York and Baltimore, and is sufficiently short to warrant good service in transportation of live stock, and the cost would prac- tically be the same as from United States ports. The United States is beginning to export beef and stock from Galveston to Europe, which is practically the same distance as from the Gulf ports of Mexico. Mexico could export annually and easily after the next ten years 400,000 of fattened cattle, which would increase considerably the amount of our exports, and this trade would greatly assist the develop- ment of many other industries. The desired result in question could be hastened by mixing good foreign labor with the native labor. The latter would be better fed, clothed, and educated, as well as encouraged, taught, and compelled to do better work, and thus the country's physical and mental welfare would be greatly promoted. Sheep. — The same conditions apply to the sheep and wool industry. It is a great mistake for the Mexican sheep-owners to raise a class of sheep that yield each only from one to two and one-half pounds of very coarse and inferior wool, annually, while they themselves wear goods manufactured from foreign wools, and the domestic-cloth manu- facturers are also under the necessity of importing largely of fine wools. Mexico possesses natural resources for producing all the wools of every grade that she needs, with a large quantity over for export, not to speak of choice grain -fed mutton for domestic and foreign consumption. The custom of killing so much poor stock is a terrible waste of re- sources, as one well-fattened animal will render twice as much as a thin or poor one. Products of Cold and Temperate Regions. — I will not speak of the products of the cold and temperate regions of Mexico, such as Indian corn, wheat, oats, barley, and others, because their cultivation is well understood in the United States, and I could say here nothing new to the American reader, but will only state that they all grow very well in the proper regions of Mexico. FRUITS. We produce in Mexico a great many tropical fruits that are not sent to the United States because there is no market for them for the reason that they are not known here. Some of them are delicious, ffrufts. 59 and with the facilities of communication, I have no doubt that they will become known and a taste will be developed for them in this country. I will speak here only of such of our tropical fruits as come to the United States. The advantage of tropical fruits growing in their proper zone and climate is immense, as the expense of planting and cultivating them outside of their proper limits is very great and there is always danger of their destruction. Oranges. — Orange trees, like any other fruit trees, depend in Mexico on the rain, and, except in a private garden or private grounds, are not irrigated. While the orange tree is a hardy plant, it thrives best and yields the most luscious fruit in the tropics. Elevation exceeding 2500 feet is not, as a rule, desirable for orange culture. The advantages of irrigation in orange culture are great in the sub- tropical regions of Mexico. The fruit of the irrigated orange tree is of a very superior quality, while the tree itself has a longer lease of life and is less subject to attacks from insects and diseases of a fungoid nature. One of the conditions primarily requisite to the growing of a marketable orange is that the trees be watered at judiciously regulated intervals during and for a short time after the blossoming season. At- tacks from insect and fungoidal pests, which are most disastrous, and to which the trees are peculiarly subject during the blossoming period, are rendered even more dangerous by the prevalence of a considerable amount of humidity in the atmosphere which is always conducive to the development of parasitic germs or fungoidal spores. An abund- ance of moisture in the ground but a comparatively small amount in the air is the condition most to be desired during and just after the blossoming season. This is to be had by irrigation, but, generally speaking, not without it. Under irrigation, the soil is also much less subject to deterioration, owing to the superior fertilizing properties of water taken from wells and streams. Rain water, aside from contain- ing a small percentage of ammonia, which it receives from the air, only .acts as a medium to transmit the nutriment from the soil to the tree, while water taken from wells or streams holds in solution the renewing materials which are directly communicated to the plant proper. In the more elevated orange districts of Mexico, the trees should be watered about once every twenty days during the dry season. In some places our oranges are as sweet as if they had been preserved in sugar, and this, notwithstanding the fact that no attention is paid to their cultivation, that they grow almost wild, and without irrigation. I think that the distillation of orange blossoms would prove very profitable. The production of flowers per tree is given at from 22 to 55 pounds in the case of sweet oranges, and from 60 to 100 pounds per tree from the bitter variety. 60 Geograpbical motes on In flavor and productiveness the Mexican orange is unsurpassed. In the majority of the districts but little care or attention is given to the cultivation of the trees. Scientific orange culture in Mexico is practically unknown. The introduction from other countries of dif- ferent varieties of the plant for experimental purposes is just being commenced. The price of oranges in Mexico at the present time, in districts reasonably near lines of transportation, is about $n per thousand, Mexican money, on the tree. It is the practice of the producer to sell the fruit on the trees, the buyer picking, packing, and shipping it at his own expense. About one hundred trees are usually set out to the acre, the average yield being from 800 to 1000 oranges to the tree. I know of trees in Mexico which have a record of having produced 10,000 oranges. This,, however, is very exceptional. A properly cultivated and prudently managed grove at the end of five years' growth should prove as profitably as a coffee plantation of the same size, at the end of five years. The production of the orange trees begins in the third or fourth year and increases up to the twelfth, and, in some cases, to the fifteenth or sixteenth year. It is considered best to cut the fruit up to the fifth year, not permitting it to mature. A book prepared by Frederico Atristain, entitled Cultivo y explota- >cion de Naranja, and published by the Department of Fomento of the Mexican Government, contains a great deal of reliable information on the subject of orange culture in Mexico. After an orange tree has been yielding sweet oranges for many years, it very likely exhausts the substances of the earth which give the sweet taste to the fruit, and it begins to lose its sweetness, until finally, if the land is not manured, as is almost always the case in Mexico, the oranges become bitter. A recent cyclone, which lowered considerably the temperature in Florida, destroyed in one day, I understand, about 12,000,000 orange trees, thus causing ruin or serious loss to thousands of men engaged in that large industry, while the orange region in Mexico is entirely free from frosts and consequently from such dangers. Lemons. — In the hot and temperate regions of Mexico lemons grow very well. There are some districts of the country, like Soconusco, where the natives plant the lemon trees very close together, for the purpose of making a hedge or fence, and, notwithstanding that the trees have not the necessary conditions of sunlight and air for their proper development, they grow very well. I do not know of any place in Mexico where lemons have been cultivated for commercial purposes ;, but I am sure they could be made a very lucrative industry. Ifrufts. 61 Limes and Shaddocks. — Lime trees prosper very well in Mexico, bearing large amounts of delicious fruit. I have not seen in the United States any of our limes, at least such as are imported here are not like ours, and I have no doubt that if known our limes would find a good market in this country. The lime should not be planted at an altitude exceeding 1000 feet. We grow also a very large kind of shaddock, which we call " toronja," and which is not imported in this country, but which if known here would find a good demand. It grows very luxuriantly and attains at times a very large size, even eight inches in diameter, having a very thick peel. Bananas. — The banana thrives anywhere from the sea-level to an elevation of 5000 feet, and is one of the many Mexican fruits which yield to the planter an immense profit. The whole Mexican coast produces the banana spontaneously and in very great abundance. On the lands near the sea, at an elevation of 600 to 700 feet, large planta- tions of bananas can be started at a cost of five cents per plant, in- cluding all expenses. At the end of the first year, the plants begin to bear, and 1000 plants, which have cost $50, will produce $ 1000 as a minimum. The following year the yield is double that amount, and almost without expense. At the end of one year, the plant produces one bunch which is worth in the United States from 75 cents to $i gold, the cost to the farmer being not more than 25 cents per bunch in Mexican currency. After the first year, the sprouts from the old plant grow up and give double the first year's yield. There is perhaps no tropical plant easier of cultivation than the banana. The suckers having been planted out at the commencement of the rainy season, they will grow vigorously, and produce fruit in about a year. The land must be kept free from weeds, and an oc- casional turning up of the soil will prove beneficial. Before the plant throws out its flowering stem, suckers will make their appearance above the ground, and these will require careful attention. While the plant is young, all the suckers except one should be cut away, the best plan being to sever them with a sharp spade. Thus all the vigor of the plant is thrown into the fruiting of the first stem, and the growth of the one to supplant it, and, in this way, fine large bunches can be reckoned on. The second stem usually produces a finer bunch of fruit than the first, but, as the land becomes exhausted, the bunches of course decrease in size, and this shows the necessity for manure in some form or other. Bananas are used extensively as shade for young coffee and cocoa trees, and in places where an export banana trade has been established, the formation of a cocoa plantation is a very inexpensive matter, as the return in fruit from the bananas will pay for the cultivation of the cocoa until the trees are able to give a small crop. 62 0eo0rapbical Motes on The important feature, and the one upon which the success and profit of the industry depend largely, is that of cheap and certain trans- portation facilities. That requisite is easily obtainable ; for instance, there are extensive and cheap lands for sale along the Tampico branch of the Mexican Central Railroad, from which the fruit can be shipped either all by rail, or by rail to Tampico, and thence by boat. We have many kinds of bananas in Mexico, of different sizes, colors, and flavors, ranging in length from two to eighteen inches, and from one-half of an inch to three inches in diameter. The largest, which in some places are thought unfit for food, are in others, like So- conusco, considered the best ; very likely on account of their different quality. When roasted the latter are very juicy, and taste exactly as if they had been preserved in sugar. Some people on the coast live al- most entirely on bananas, this fruit forming their principal food. The banana is likewise a tropical plant, and thrives best on the lowlands. Pineapple. — The Toltecs and Aztecs knew how to cultivate the pine- apple, and when the Spaniards conquered Mexico, they found the fruit in the markets of the towns on their way from Veracruz to the great Tenochtitlan. "From time immemorial," Sir Henry Dering says, " the pineapple has been cultivated in Amatlan, a town five miles south of Cordoba, from where the ancient Mexicans used to get their main supply." Now it is grown in tropical Hidalgo, Puebla, Veracruz, Tabasco, Chiapas, Oaxaca, Morelos, Guerrero, Michoacan, Colima, Jalisco, and Tepic. " Besides the fruit being very delicious and whole- some," Sir Henry Dering says, " a fine wine and vinegar are made of the juice. The leaf furnishes a fibre of extraordinary strength and fineness, making it even more valuable than the fruit. The fibre is made into ropes, cables, binding twine, thread, mats, bagging, ham- mocks, and paper. A pineapple rope three and a half inches thick can support nearly three tons. A textile fabric as fine and beautiful as silk is made of this fibre too. It is believed that the fine cloth of various colors used by the upper classes among the Aztecs was made of the pineapple fibre. The modern Mexicans do not manufacture it much now, except in the Isthmus, where the Zapotec Indians still make a cloth from it and from wild silk. One cause for its disuse is the slow and wasteful manner in which it is separated." Pineapples will grow at elevations of from 2000 to 3000 feet above the level of the sea, but the best and most delicate fruit is produced on the lowlands. Cocoa-Nut — We have in our lowlands near the sea many kinds of palms called corozo, bearing different kinds of fruit, growing in large bunches and the fruit very abundant, being in the shape of a small egg, very rich in oils, and making also a very good food, although it is hardly used now for any purpose. The palm tree bearing the cocoa-nut grows, of course, very luxuriantly, and does not require any care after fflowers, 63 it is once planted. The cocoa-nut prefers the sea-coast and high tem- perature. The saline breezes from the sea are very beneficial to it. I have not seen in Mexico the species of palm bearing the date, perhaps because it has not been planted there ; but I am sure that we could raise it, as we have several sections with a climate similar to that of Egypt and Asia Minor, where the date palm grows so well. Mangos. — The mango is a very fine fruit, but requires a cultivated taste, and is generally disliked the first time it is eaten. It has a very large bone, although that is not the case in fine qualities, called Manilla mango, which has a very thin one and a great deal of pulp. The mango occasionally comes to the United States, but being a very frail fruit, has to be taken from the tree when very green. It does not ripen well, and, if taken when beginning to ripen, it reaches its desti- nation in a decayed condition. Alligator Pear. — The alligator pear is one of the most delicious fruits that we raise in Mexico, and is properly called vegetable butter, being a good substitute for butter. It is not eaten by itself ; the most usual way to eat it is in salad. We have several kinds and sizes of this fruit. The seed of the alligator pear is oval-shaped and quite large, about 4 inches in length by ij in diameter, and of some oily substance, which, I have no doubt, has some good medicinal properties. Mamey. — The same is the case with the seed of the mamey, a fruit unknown in the United States, having a red pulp, and a very large seed covered with a thin shell. The Indian women extract an oil from that seed and use it for their hair, and I think it must have many more useful medicinal properties. A great many other of our fruits have seeds containing substances which I have no doubt will be found, when analyzed, to be very valua- ble to therapeutics. Zapote. — The zapote is one of our tropical fruits which does not come to this country. I have just heard that the seeds of the zapote have recently been found by a Mexican doctor to be a very good nar- cotic, which does not produce the ill effects of the drugs now in use. Papaya. — This fruit, which grows in our hot lands resembles the melon in shape, pulp, and seeds, but its color is of a yellowish-red. It was considered a very common fruit, but recently it was found to be a powerful digestive, and it is already used in Europe as a medicine under the name of Papaine. Flowers. Mexico is a favored country for flowers. They grow wild in a great many places, and they can be raised at very little cost, as there is no need of hot-houses or any other expensive appliance to cultivate them. The Indians in the small towns around the City of Mexico 64 Geoatapbical Iftotes on /iDejico. make a business of raising flowers, and they sell handsome bouquets, as artistically made as any in this country, for a mere trifle. A bouquet which, for instance, in New York would cost $5 in winter, could be had in the City of Mexico all the year round for 25 cents ; and I look forward to the time when flowers will be exported in large quantities from Mexico to the United States if the protective policy of the country does not interfere. IRRIGATION. At the time of the Spanish invasion of Mexico, the Indians in those parts of the country where the population was greatest were dependent upon irrigation for a large part of their cereals, and for cotton, which played so important a part in their economy. As the same method had been employed from time immemorial in Spain, it followed that on the partition of the soil among the Spanish conquerors, irrigation became an important factor in their agriculture ; but with expansion of popu- lation large tracts of land have come to depend entirely upon the rain. In recent years Mexican agriculture has depended almost altogether on the rainfall, except in a few places well supplied with water, and where irrigation is both cheap and easy ; but the inhabited portions of the country have been depleted of their timber by the natives for the purpose of using the wood for fuel or lumber. In more recent years, the building of railroads has increased considerably the demand for wood both for sleepers and for fuel for locomotives, and the consequence is that a great change is taking place in the climatic conditions of the country and that fuel is exceedingly high. In no other country is there so much timber — a good deal of it not yet full grown — consumed an- nually as in Mexico. The consumption of timber for railroad purposes alone, not to mention that used in mines, smelters, and as fuel in cities and towns, is incalculable. Competent authority in Mexico, among whom is the Inspector of Manufactories, created for the purpose of insuring the collection of the internal-revenue tax, considers that only in the Federal District of Mexico the consumption of wood exceeds 4000 English cords daily, used as fuel in the factories, railroads, and other plants of that city. The consumption of charcoal by private families in the old-style open cooking grates is at least 500,000 pounds in the Federal District of Mexico, which is equivalent to 2,500,000 pounds of wood taken from the scanty forests of the central plateau, and that consumption would be very much reduced if, instead of those old-fashioned grates, iron cooking stoves should be used ; and to encourage their use, when I was last in the Treasury Department of Mexico, I was instrumental in re- ducing considerably the duties on the same. Another cause of the destruction of the forest in Mexico consists Irrigation. 65 in the primitive way in which the Indians raise their crops. They own in common a large tract of land, and they begin to till near their towns, commencing by destroying the forests and planting every year in a dif- ferent locality, because, more especially in the lowlands, the vegetation springs up so rank after the first year's crop that it is very difficult to keep the ground clear of weeds. In this way they clear new land every year, going farther and farther from their town, until sometimes their crops are raised at a distance of as much as thirty or forty miles from their homes. The natural result is the destruction of the forests around the towns and at some considerable distance from the same, and con- sequently the diminution of the rainfall. I was greatly struck, on my last visit to Mexico, in 1896, by the scantiness of water at an Indian town called San Bernardino, in the sierra district, about five miles north of Teotitlan, the county seat of the district, which I had visited in November, 1855, and found then exceedingly abundant in rainfall and consequently in water, as well as all the mountains north of that place, which extend for about eighty miles to the lowlands on the Gulf of Mexico. On my recent visit, however, I found a great scarcity of water : a small stream of probably not more than one-half an inch in diameter, carried in very primitive wooden troughs, was all the water the town had, and that only during the rainy season, the people being obliged to go a considerable distance for water in the dry season ; this being only one illustration of what the destruction of the woods is doing in Mexico. The city of Oaxaca, at the foot of the Sierra, used to be, in my young days, very well supplied with water, using for that purpose several streams coming from the mountains ; but during the last dry season the scarcity of water has been such as to cause a real water famine. The diminution of the rains, together with other atmospheric phe- nomena, which takes place from time to time, produces in some years drought that prevents the crops from being raised ; as the country pro- duces at present only the corn necessary for its consumption, which cannot be kept from year to year on account, of its being eaten by in- sects. This diminution was very disastrous before the railroad era, caus- ing serious famines. Since the railways were built, we import in such years corn from the United States, spending several millions of dollars in providing ourselves with that staple. All that will be changed, and we shall be able to produce cereals enough not only for home consump- tion, but even for export, when we begin to use irrigation. The con- figuration of the country allows dams that will retain sufficient water both for irrigation and manufacturing purposes, to be built at compara- tively little expense. Large tracts of land in Western Asia, Northern Africa, and South- ern Europe — countries which, according to historians, were once densely VOL. 1—5 66 Geoatapbtcai IRotes on populated and gardens of the world — are now uninhabited and barren wildernesses ; and this has been brought about by the wholesale de- struction of the forests and the absence of any law to protect them and provide for their replanting. In the United States it has been seen that not only does the decrease of the forest area lessen the rainfall, but also the fall of snow in the winter months, the consequence being; a marked decrease in the supply of water for irrigation purposes from the streams and rivers dependent for their supply on the snowy moun- tain tops. Along the Mississippi River it is a common observation of the river pilots and old steamship hands that the summers are becoming more and more dry and the streams smaller, and that the big river itself has shown a marked decrease of " navigability " every year during the past twenty years. All this is caused by the indiscriminate chopping down of the forests at the head of the principal tributaries of the big river. Statistics from Russia, Germany, Spain, Italy, Palestine, Australia, and India all prove beyond a doubt that the protection of the forests is a matter of vital importance. Mexico is not only suffering from an annual decrease in rainfall,, owing to the continual decrease in the timber-bearing area, the rainfall being more and more unequal every year during the past twenty years but the winters are becoming more and more severe, and the frosts are reaching farther and farther south each year. This is undoubtedly due to the wholesale destruction of timber now going on throughout that Republic. The Government can cope with this matter only by legislation, and having before it the example of the rest of the world, the Mexican Gov- ernment should act without delay and in a manner that would benefit, not only the present, but also future generations ; and I understand it has been studying the advisability of prohibiting the use of wood for the locomotives and sleepers. Experience has shown that in tropical coun- tries iron sleepers last much longer, and are, on the whole, cheaper than wooden ones, and our supply of coal will soon be ample enough to furnish all the fuel necessary for the railway and mining industries. One of the most profitable investments for capital in the near future will undoubtedly be the construction of reservoirs in the mountains, dams in the rivers, artesian-well boring, the erection of pumping ma- chinery on a large scale, together with the introduction of modern devices and appliances that will facilitate the successful cultivation of the soil and assure crops of all descriptions in all parts of the country where it has been proved that irrigation must be resorted to. Not only are these requirements essential for the conservation of water for irriga- tion purposes, but many large cities throughout the Republic are with- out any certain water supply ; and many that have a sufficient supply Urriaatiom 67 show by their death-rates that that supply is bad, and during the greater part of the year is the cause of wide-spread disease. Again, much is to be gained by the use of these waters for the gen- erating of power for the use of factories, mines, electric lighting, rail- ways, and street cars, even should one hundred miles or more intervene between the generating plant and the machinery it is proposed to apply to it. It seems marvellous that the Mexico of to-day — presenting, as it does, more natural resources, a greater variety of climate, cheaper labor, and better facilities for the construction of dams, reservoirs, canals, etc., than almost any other country — should be so far behind the times in a matter that has become an absolute necessity before the greater portion of its area can be thoroughly populated. The great increase in value of a piece of land after it is irrigated ought to be in- ducement enough for capital to be invested in such works. Compe- tent engineers contend that Mexico, owing to its topographical and geological features, will be found to present most favorable conditions for the construction of reservoirs, dams, gravitation canals, the erection of pumping plants driven by wind, steam, gasoline, electricity, or even water power, and also for the cutting off and bringing to the surface of the underflowing waters, which are known to exist in greater abun- dance there than elsewhere on the face of the globe, as nature has been very prodigal to it in these respects. Irrigation in arid countries is the corner-stone of civilization, and, to make a country self-sustaining, agriculture should be the first aim of its inhabitants. Agriculture must come first ; manufacturing and mining cannot thrive until the food supply is forthcoming. With the extension of railway lines and the notable impulse given to agricultural enterprise within the last twenty years, Mexican land- owners have improved more and more upon the earlier methods, and have, to an increasing extent, applied the principles of engineering science to the methodical cultivation of the large tracts into which their holdings are usually divided. The Nazas Irrigation. — Some notice of an irrigation enterprise in Mexico will show how much we are now doing in this line. The great plan of northern Mexico embraces nearly the whole of the States of Chihuahua and Coahuila, being bounded east and west by the sierras of the Pacific and Gulf coasts respectively. It consists of two watersheds, — that of the Rio Grande to the north, and the the so-called desert of the Bolson of Mapimi in the south. It is about four hundred miles wide by six hundred long, and maintains a general level of about four thousand feet above the sea, although much broken by local mountain ranges. The Bolson of Mapimi has much the same formation as the basin of the Great Salt Lake. 68 (Beograpbfcal IRotes on It receives the drainage of all the eastern slopes of the Durango sierras and the western slopes of the Coahuila ranges, but possesses no outlet. As a consequence, throughout its whole area, the rivers run into broad, shallow lakes, whence the waters are gradually lost by evaporation during the dry season. Of these rivers, the largest is the Nazas, which has a course of nearly three hundred miles from its source to where it is dispersed over the shallows, called on modern maps Lake Mayran. Sixty or seventy years ago the Nazas discharged its waters into a series of extensive lagoons, occupying what is now the fertile Laguna district of Durango and Coahuila. At that time a phenomenal and long-continued rainfall so over- charged the, then, bed of the Nazas as to cause it to open a new course, and leave the Cayman lagoons thirty miles on one side. In the course of years these lagoons were converted into a mesquite wil- derness, almost dead level, and composed of a deposit of the finest detritus, of unknown depth. The central depression of this lake-bed filled a broad valley running north and south, and surrounded by a parallelogram of mountains. The area thus comprised was about two hundred and ten square miles of pure vegetable loam, locally known as the Lake of Tlahualilo. This cuenca, or bowl, was the spot chosen about six years ago for the establishment of the great irrigation enterprise. The problems involved called for courage and high administrative qualities, as well as technical engineering knowledge. It had early developed that the lands left dry by the changed course of the river were of extraordinary fertility, and half a century ago these tracts, immediately adjacent to the river, had been taken up and brought under irrigation after the rough methods then practised. The result was that, by 1890, about 250,000 acres of this land were under ditch, and the region was producing the greatest part of the cotton grown in Mexico, as well as heavy crops of corn and wheat. The Tlahualilo basin was known to be the richest portion of this district, but the thirty miles of sun-baked desert separating it from the present course of the river presented an obstacle to utilization which proved too formidable for the cultivators of the Laguna country. In 1889 a project was formulated for carrying a ditch across the intervening desert to the head of the Tlahualilo cuenca, and converting the whole of the latter area into a huge hacienda. Preliminary survey showed that the lowest level of the basin to be irrigated was about 100 feet below the point on the river Nazas which it was proposed to dam ; that the main canal, on account of topographical conditions, would require a development of 39 miles ; and that the slope of the lands within the basin was such that about 175 square miles out of the 210 composing the basin could be advan- tageously irrigated. A company was formed to undertake the work. Urrigatfon, 69 A dam of piles and riprap was thrown across the river at a point where it is about 1500 feet wide at flood. From this dam the line of the main canal was traced to the entrance of the Tlahualilo, — a distance of 39 miles. The canal terminated in a distributing tank at the en- trance to the irrigable area, whence it bifurcated, one arm being car- ried along the western side of the basin. The rainfall in the Bolson of Mapimi is confined to a few days of heavy showers about the beginning of June and the beginning of De- cember. But up in the mountains of Durango, where the Nazas takes its rise, the rainfall at the same season is very heavy and protracted, resulting in high water in the river, which lasts for several weeks at a time. It is during these freshets that the cultivated lands in the Nazas district are irrigated. For the rest of the year they receive no water, except from occasional brief showers. In the Tlahualilo basin, a week or ten days of irrigation is all that is needed in the course of a year, the water soaking easily and quickly through the almost impalpable silt, and the hot sun forming a protecting crust which checks evapora- tion, and retains the moisture in the subsoil for a surprisingly long time. In fact, owing to their long roots, the cotton plants strictly re- quire irrigation only once every other year, but corn and wheat, of course, must receive it at each planting. The distribution of the waters is regulated by government schedule, each property on the river being allotted its proportion of water, according to priority of settlement. Each canal on the river is permitted to take as many irri- gations as it desires during the season of high waters, but in strict rotation. That is, after a property has taken one quota, it cannot re- peat the process until all the others have taken theirs, when its second quota is available. Where another property, as often happens, does not care to use all the water to which it is entitled, its further allot- ments may be used by its neighbor. The waters, on leaving the river, are heavily charged with sediment largely volcanic in its origin, and this is deposited on the lands at each flooding in the shape of extremely fine mud. Six years of experience with this property demonstrates the fact that irrigation, when applied to fertile land under a carefully planned and thoroughly executed system, where the water supply is owned by the user, puts agriculture among the least dubious of industries. The system adopted by the Tlahualilo Company is especially worthy of atten- tion, because of the notable unity of plan pursued from the inception of the enterprise to its fullest development, and of its resultant econo- mies. It was on this property that a disastrous experiment of colo- nization from Alabama took place in the year 1896, when hundreds of negroes were taken from Alabama and other points of the southern portion of the United States under the supposition that they could 70 Geocjrapbical IRotes on withstand the down-pour of the tropical sun of Mexico, and by their knowledge of the cultivation of cotton succeed in carrying out the purpose of the men who undertook the enterprise. Unused to food conditions in Mexico, especially for want of bacon and corn bread, they were infested with sickness, which caused great mortality among them, and frightened and demoralized they fled from Tlahualilo, this experiment showing very plainly that Mexican planters cannot rely for labor on the colored people of the United States. The production of cotton and corn in the vicinity of Torreon can be increased eightfold by building reservoirs in the Nazas River and its tributary canons, to hold the water back for the irrigation of the vast area of fine cotton and corn lands that are yet unproductive, simply through the non-retention of the great amount of water flowing to the sea, unused, annually, and the same result could be obtained by doing the same thing with many other rivers in Mexico. With one- fourth of the water now needed to produce a good crop, the same amount of grain can be produced by good cultivation. The reason is that by the methods now in vogue in most parts of the country, so little soil is loosened by the plow that nearly all the water runs off, where rain is relied on, and only with a great amount of rain can a crop be raised. When irrigation is used, the water required to keep the hard ground moist is entirely in excess of the reservoir, rain, and river sup- plies. This is the reason of the short grain supply and of the necessity for importing during years of drought large quantities of corn. If the ground were plowed deep and well, it would absorb most of the rainfall and create sufficient surface moisture to meet the moisture from below, which would counteract the dry action of the atmosphere on the soil and roots of the grain, which, by its luxuriant growth, would soon shade the ground, and thus contribute still further to the retention of moisture. The fact is, taking Mexico as a whole, that there is not a year so dry but that with good cultivation, sufficient grain can be raised to supply domestic demands, while all the excess above that quantity in favorable seasons should be used as feed for stock, which would supply the large quantities of lard, tallow, hard-oil, etc., now being imported, and would leave a large amount for export, together with a consider- able quantity of meat for the same purpose, thus helping to cover the balance of foreign trade and keeping our silver dollars in the hands of the farmers and stockmen, to improve and increase their lands, herds, and flocks. FAUNA. The present Mexican fauna belongs, like its flora, to the North American zone, so far as regards the plateau regions, and to the An- tilles in respect to the coast lands round the Gulf, while that of the JFauna. 7i Pacific seaboard is intermediate between the Californian and South American. In the general aspect of its terrestrial animals, Mexico is connected more with the United States, whereas in its marine forms the reverse movement has taken place. Thus the prevailing species in the Gulf of Mexico as far as Tamaulipas and Texas, and the Pacific coast northwards to Sonora and Lower California, have migrated from South America. The species in the two oceanic basins differ almost completely ; and, despite the proximity of the Pacific and Atlantic shores, their shells are quite distinct. The fauna includes three species of large felidae, the puma or American lion, jaguar, and ocelot ; among the smaller is the wildcat. Wolves are common in the northern States, and also the coyote ; be- sides which there are bears, wild boars, and bisons. A species of sloth is found in the southern forests, with five varieties of monkeys. Of the other wild animals the principal are hares, rabbits, squirrels, two or three kinds of deer, beavers, moles, martens, and otters. All the domestic animals introduced by the early Spanish settlers have multiplied prodigiously. The horses, though small, retain the spirit and graceful form of the Andalusian or Arabian stock, from which they mainly sprang. The waters of the estuaries and coast streams teem with fishes, all the numerous varieties of which differ on the two oceanic slopes, but still present a certain analogy in their general distribution. Turtles are taken in considerable numbers on the coast, and the carey, or turtle-shell, of Yucatan and Guerrero is the object of a trade valued at $20,000 yearly. The ophidians are represented by a few boas in the southern forests, and several species of snakes, some extremely venomous, as the rattle and coral snakes. The largest lizard is the iguana, whose flesh is by some of the natives used as food. Noxious insects infest the hot regions in myriads ; alacranes, or scorpions, in two different varieties, are everywhere feared, and many children were every year killed by their sting in the city of Durango before the proper antidote was found and used. Scolopendras, gigantic spiders, tarantulas, and mos- quitoes abound. Bees are numerous and their wax is an article of export, and the silkworm, though comparatively neglected, yields an annual profit of some importance. The birds of prey are eagles, hawks, and zopilotes, or turkey-buzzards, the scavengers of the coast towns, with three or four species of owls. Domestic fowl are extremely abundant. The parrots, humming-birds, trogons, and so forth, vie in richness of plumage with those of Brazil, and the Mexican songsters, the prince of which is the zenzontle, or mocking-bird, are unequalled by those of any other country. 72 <3eo0rapbical motes on Of all the Mexican fauna, two only have been domesticated : the huahulotl (Meleagris Mexicand), which is a species of duck, and the turkey, introduced into Europe by the Spaniards from the West Indies, hence by the French called " coq d'Inde." The techichi, an edible dumb dog, was soon exterminated when taxed by the Spanish authori- ties. The other farmyard animals have all been introduced into Mex- ico by the conquerors. In the Gulf of California, and especially near La Paz, and the neigh- boring archipelagoes, extensive beds of pearl oysters are fished. Some other islands in the same gulf are frequented by myriads of various species of aquatic birds, and have already yielded many hundred car- goes of guano. It is noteworthy that the Pacific islands, lying at some distance from the coast, have all a fauna different from that of the mainland. Thus the little Tres Marias group, about sixty miles off the coast of Jalisco, has a special species of humming-bird. The Revillagigedo Archipelago also forms a separate zoological zone, and the island of Guadalupe, over one hundred and fifty miles distant from Lower Cali- fornia, has eleven species of land birds, every one of which differs from the corresponding species on the adjacent continent. ETHNOLOGY. Mexico is inhabited by native Indians found there during the Span- ish conquest, by descendants of the conquerors of Mexico and other European races, and by a mixture of the two. There are so few in- habitants of African descent that it is hardly worth while speaking of them. The proportion of this population is about as follows : Of Eu- ropean descent, 19 per cent. ; native Indians, 43 per cent. ; mixed races, 38 per cent. Mexican Indians. — The native Indians found by the Spaniards be- long to several nations and tribes, having different features and entirely distinct languages. The principal of these tribes are the following^ some of which are now extinct : Otomi, Apache, Tarahumara, Chichimec, Irritilas, Tepehuan, Huaxtec, Tamaulioecs, Sabaibos, Totonac, Zacotec, Acaxee, Mixtec, Huastec, Xixime, Zapotec, Zoque*, Concho, Mahuas, Opata, Manosprietas, Toltec, Guaicuri, Comanche, Olmecs, Yaqui, Cuachichils, Xicalancs, Mayo, Tarascos, Tula, Seri, Mixe. 73 These tribes have been classified in the following families : Mexican Family ; Totonaca Family ; Sonorense Opata-Pima Family ; Mixteco-Zapoteca Family ; Guaicura y Cochimi Laimon Fam- Matlalzinga 6 Pirinda Family ; ily ; Maya-Quiche Family ; Seri Family ; Chontal Family : Tarasco Family ; Huave Family ; Zoque-Mixe Family ; Apache Family ; Otomi Family. There is a great deal of similarity between the Mexican Indians and the Malay Asiatic races — especially the Japanese branch — which gives foundation to the idea that the aborigines of Mexico originally came from Asia, or vice versa.1 Their intensely black hair and eyes, their brown or yellow color, their small stature and the slight obliquity 1 The following extracts from the San Francisco, Cal., Bulletin of June 7, 1897, confirm my views on the subject : " Information is received from Australia concerning the reports of F. W. Christian of the Polynesian Society, who has returned to Sydney after an extended tour of the islands of the South Seas, the Caroline group especially, where he has been on a suc- cessful search for ethnological specimens. These reports are of great importance to the scientific world and are said to let much light on a vexed question which has puzzled the most learned savants for years. Mr. Christian has discovered extensive traces of the Chinese and Japanese in the islands of the Pacific, and claims to have discovered evi- dence pointing to the existence of a civilization of nearly two thousand years ago, which is linked with the ancient civilization in Central America, and will probably explain the origin of the Aztec races. " Under the auspices of the Polynesian Society, according to advices from Sydney, via Honolulu, received per Coptic yesterday, Mr. Christian worked. The gentleman spent nearly two years looking for traces of the Chinese in the islands, and was lucky enough to find ancient records, specimens of handiwork and weapons which proved that Asiatic races were extensive traders among the South Sea group thousands of years ago. Evidence of a very decisive nature was secured which shows that a large trade was carried on via the islands of the Caroline group, between China and Central Am- erica, and that the ancient Chinese were more inclined to emigrate than their latter-day brethren and colonized extensively. " Extensive inquiries were made as to the traditions of the islanders, and many discoveries were made concerning the early history of the Malays with regard to naviga- tion, all proving that the Torres strait's route to the Pacific was not taken, but that voyages were made to many of the Caroline islands. ' ' The coincidence is a strange one that a despatch from Hermosillo, Mexico, dated June 6th, reports that a rock recently discovered in the mountains of Magdalena dis- trict, State of Sonora, which is covered with Chinese inscriptions, has just been visited by Sen Yup, a well-educated Chinese of Guaymas. He says the inscriptions are Chi- nese, but are somewhat indistinct. He made a copy of them, and has translated enough of the lines to show that the writing was probably inscribed on the rock at least two thousand years ago. " 74 (Beoatapbtcal Wotes on of their eyes, are features common to the Mexican Indians and the Japanese. When I first came to Washington, at the end of 1859, not having been out of Mexico before, I retained very vivid recollections of the Mexican Indians, with whom I had been somewhat closely asso- ciated ; and shortly afterwards the first Japanese Embassy came to this country and was received in a very solemn manner by Mr. Buchanan, then President of the United States. The Embassy consisted of about forty persons altogether, comprising ministers, secretaries, interpret- ers, servants, etc., and were dressed in their national gala costumes, not having yet adopted the European one. The Diplomatic Corps having been invited to the reception, I attended as a member of the same, and was greatly struck by the remarkable similarity which I found between the Japanese members of the Embassy and the Mexican In- dians, whom I had just left. It seemed to me that had I collected at random forty Mexican Indians and dressed them in the same gorgeous costumes that the Japanese wore, nobody could have detected the difference. Some of the Indian languages seem to me to resemble strongly the Oriental ones, though of course I cannot speak with authority, as I do not know any of those languages and have heard only the Chinese, Japanese, and Korean spoken ; but I am sure that if any educated and intelligent Chinese should go to Mexico and spend some time among the Indians, he would find traces in the language which would con- tribute greatly to clear up this problem. Mr. Tateno, a former Japanese Minister, who visited Mexico, found, during his short stay in that coun- try, several words that are used in Japan and that have the same mean- ing in both countries. I am aware that Senor Pimentel, a very learned philologist, who made a special study of the languages of the Mexican Indians, finds no similarity at all between them and the Chinese or other Oriental languages ; and that even the Otomi language, which is monosyllabic, he finds to have no similarity to the Chinese. But, notwithstanding that great authority, I believe that the aborigines of both continents, that is, Asiatic and American, were originally of the same race, and that there must be some relationship between their respective languages. The Indians of the different tribes do not generally mix with one another, but intermarry among themselves, and this fact contributes largely to their physical decay, and makes very difficult, at least for some time to come, the complete assimilation of all the Mexican popu- lation. The Mexican Indians are on the whole a hard-working, sober, moral, and enduring race, and when educated they produce very dis- tinguished men. Some of our most prominent public men in Mexico, like Juarez as a statesman, and Morelos as a soldier, were pure-blooded Etbnoiogs, 75 Indians,1 and fortunately there is no prejudice against their race in Mexico, and so when they are educated they are accepted in marriage among the highest families of pure Spanish blood.9 I have been a great deal among them, and my knowledge of their characteristics only increases my sympathy and admiration for them. In the State of Oaxaca, for instance, where I spent the early years of my life, I have seen Indians from the mountain districts, who, when they had to go to the capital, especially to carry money, would form parties of eight or ten to make a ten days' round trip, carrying with them their food, which consists of roasted ground corn, which they take three times a day ; stopping at a brook to mix it with water, and 1 Sir William Kingston, President of the Surgery Section in the Second Pan- American Medical Congress, held at the City of Mexico in October, 1896, in an in- terview which was published by The Gazette of Montreal, Canada, of December 2, 1896, said, concerning his visit to Mexico, among other things : " The pure-blooded Indian was seen on all sides. . . . ' ' The Spaniards would seem to have pursued the same course as was followed by the original French settlers, they did not shove aside the native Indians as useless lum- ber, to be gotten out of the way, as a distinguished Harvard professor puts it, but they treated them as people in possession of the soil, with whom it was not only right but proper to ally in marriage. I have always regarded our North American Indian as the best type of the aborigines in stature. I still believe he is, but not so in intellect. The broad, massive forehead of the native of Mexico, and his soft but prominent and intelligent eye, are evidences of mental power. . . ." * I take from a spicy article published by Mr. Charles Dudley Warner, in Har- per's Magazine for June, 1896, the following description of the dress of the poorer classes in Mexico : " Herbert Spencer might extend here his comments on the relation of color to sex. It is the theory that all the males of birds have gay plumage in order to make them attractive to the other sex, while the females go in sober colors. This is also supposed to hold true of barbarous nations. The men who dress at all, or use paint as a substitute, wear bright colors and more ornaments than the women, while the gen- tle sex is content to be inconspicuous. Needless to say that in what we call civiliza- tion, this rule is reversed. The men affect plain raiment, while the women vie with the tropical birds of the male gender. Tried by this test Mexico has not reached the civilization of the United States. The women of the lower orders are uniformly sober in apparel, and commonly wear drawn over the head a reboso in plain colors. The scant dress is usually brown or pale blue. It is the men who are resplendent, even the poorest and the beggars. The tall conical hats give to all of them an " operatic " dis- tinction ; the lower integuments may be white (originally) as also the shirt and the jacket ; or the man may have marvellous trousers, slit down the sides and flapping about so as to show his drawers, or sometimes, in the better class, fastened down with silver buttons ; but every man of them slings over his left shoulder or wraps about him, drawing it about his mouth on the least chill in the air, a brilliantly col- ored sarape, or blanket, frequently of bright red. Even if he appears in white cotton, he is apt to wear a red scarf round his waist; and if he is of a higher grade, he has the taste of a New York alderman for a cravat. This variety and intensity of color in the dress of the men gives great animation and picturesqueness to any crowd in the streets, and lights up all the dusty highways." 76 6eoatapbtcal Iftotes on sleeping on the bare ground, preferring always the open air ; getting up before daylight and starting on their journey at daybreak imme- diately after their early meal, speaking no Spanish and travelling about forty miles a day. When they reached the city of Oaxaca, they would remain there one or two days, and go back to their homes with- out taking part in any dissipation. They prefer to live in the high, cool localities, and they have their patch of ground to raise corn and a few vegetables in the hot lowlands, sometimes thirty miles away from their homes, and carry their crops on their backs for all that distance. They make very good soldiers, and military leaders have used them to great advantage during our revolutions. Professor Starr's theory that we are all on this Continent assuming the type of the Indian, is, in a measure, true. It is nothing new, for it was already indicated by an English physician travelling in the British colonies before the United States were thought of. The great task of the Mexican Government is to educate our Indians and make them active citizens, consumers, and producers, elevating their condition. Before we think of spending money to en- courage European immigration to Mexico, we ought to promote the education of our Indians, which I consider the principal public need of the country. Increase of Mexican Population. — In the beginning of the century Baron Humboldt, who visited Mexico and studied very carefully the conditions of the country, thought that the Indian race, which was then very numerous, would continue to increase and would be the pre- ponderant race of Mexico, as far as numbers were concerned, as it showed a large proportion in a census made in 1810 by Don Fernando Navarro y Noriega, and which appears in Baron Humboldt's Political Essay of New Spain. According to that census the population of Mexico was then divided as follows : European and American Spaniards 1,097,928 Indians 3,676,281 Mixed races or castes i,338>7°6 Secular ecclesiastics 4,229 Regular ecclesiastics 3,*12 Nuns 2,098 Total 6,122,354 Including among the Europeans the ecclesiastics and nuns, the population was, according to that census : — Europeans 1,107,367 or 18 per cent. Indians 3,676,281 " 60 " " Mixed races 1,338,706 " 22 Total 6,122,354 " 100 " " 77 In the census of 1875 the following results appear : — European race and descen- dants of the Spaniards ...... 1,899,031 or 20 per cent. Mixed race .................. 4,082,918 " 43 " " Native Indian race ........... 3,5 13,208 " 37 " " Total 9,495,157 "100 The increase of population in the 65 years which elapsed between the two censuses mentioned, deducting from the census of 1810 the inhabitants of Texas, New Mexico, and Upper California, who had passed to the United States, numbering 58,338, was Population of 1810 6,064,016 Census of 1875 9,495, J57 Increase of the population in the 65 years 3,431,141 From the preceding data it appears that the European race nearly doubled its population in the space of 65 years, and at the rate of i.i per cent, of increase per year ; that the mixed race trebled it at the rate of 3.25 ; and that the native race diminished it at the rate of 0.058 per cent, per annum. Families in Mexico are generally very large, often having ten or fifteen children. I remember how much surprise it caused in Wash- ington, my stating in the presence of Senor Don Jacobo Blanco, the Mexican Commissioner in the late International Boundary Com- mission, who was recently here for a year finishing his office work and maps and preparing his report, that he was the twenty-fourth child in his family, his father having been twice married. Decrease of the Indian Population. — It further appears that the In- dian population has been decreasing since the beginning of the present century, notwithstanding the fact that the Indian race on the whole is very prolific. The causes of the decrease of the Indian population in Mexico are various ; bad nourishment, insufficient shelter from the inclemency of the weather, wretched attendance in sickness, and many others, some of which I shall mention here, having contributed toward the degener- ation and decline of the race. The small-pox, owing to the carelessness or indolence of the par- ents in regard to vaccination, or their repugnance to it, causes deplor- able ravages in this race, more especially among the individuals that live at any considerable distance from the cities. Indian women, even when far advanced in pregnancy, do not ab- 78 Geoarapbfcal "Notes on flDejico. stain from hard labor, and, without any care for their coming offspring, continue grinding their corn until the moment of parturition. Then, before the proper time for taking the child from the breast, it is fed with food unsuitable for its age and difficult of digestion, which occa- sions diarrhoea or other maladies that either cause its death or at least contribute to its imperfect development. Another circumstance which causes the degeneration of the Indians is their premature marriages. In Mexico the marriageable age for wo- men has been fixed by law at eighteen years, and in the tierra caliente, or hot country, at fourteen ; but in some places Indian girls are married at twelve. Every Indian father considers it his duty to marry his children, whether boys or girls, as soon as they are of age, the parents of course making the match to suit themselves. This used to be the case not only with the Indians, but even with persons of Spanish descent. I once heard General Degollado, a very good and prominent man in Mexico, say, that the day he married he took, immediately after the ceremony was over, his bean-shooter and went to shoot birds, because he had no conception of what he had done, his parents having arranged the match for him ; but he added that he could not possibly have made a better choice of a wife. The Indians are strong by nature ; and in this is to be found the fact that so many of them reach an advanced age, in spite of their scant and poor food, their unhealthy mode of living, and their damp and un- wholesome habitations, consisting of miserable huts where whole families are huddled together. The Spaniards in Mexico. — The Spaniards are a money-making, wonderfully frugal race, since they have been battling with hard con- ditions at home for centuries. The Spaniard in Mexico is — as Richard Ford who spent thirty years in the peninsula, and who was a close ob- server, depicts him — a hardy, temperate man, well fitted, under favor- able conditions, to become a dominant influence. In Mexico, the energy of the Spaniard is remarkable. He is force- ful of word and phrase, energetic in his movements, immensely vital, tremendously persistent, and wonderfully enduring. After thirty years behind a counter selling groceries, he retires, a man of fortune ; not always large, but sufficient, and is still a man of force and ready for undertakings demanding good brain power and courage. They come over mere lads, from ten to fifteen, toil and moil, feed frugally, and sleep hardly, and they become millionaires, bank directors, great mill owners, farmers on a grand scale, hot-country planters and monopolists, for the Spaniard is born with the " trust " idea ; while his sons are too- often dudes and spendthrifts. The thrifty Spaniard toils and saves, and his ambition is to marry a. rich girl, frequently the daughter of a Mexican landowner, and so he lays the foundation for permanent wealth ; for everywhere, the world over, the man who gets the lands and holds on to them is the wealthy man. Speculators and financiers come and go like bubbles on a river, but the landed proprietor keeps a permanent clinch on humanity. There is one check to the growth of Spanish influence in Mexico, and that is the climate. All Europeans, no matter what their nation- ality, become physically modified by residence in the new world ; and nowhere is the effect of climate more noticeable than in the tropics. The children of the Spanish residents are less energetic than the parents, and the third generation are altogether Creoles. Just as the Mexican of Spanish descent is, as a rule, less energetic, not so vascular, and less vigorous than the Spaniard, so is the American less full-blooded and leaner than the Englishman. The change that takes place in the hu- man organization, transplanted from the old world to the new, is a pro- found one. English and Germans in Mexico. — The present century has seen many changes in the commercial world of Mexico ; the great English houses have almost all disappeared ; especially has this been marked in the dry-goods, or draper's business. The Germans, with superior econ- omy, if with no more of enterprise, drove the English out of that pro- fitable business, and in time themselves succumbed to the still closer methods of the Barcelonettes who gained a foothold in the business which they have successfully maintained. The dry-goods business in the Republic is largely in the hands of men who speak the French language. From the great houses of the capital go forth bright young men, trained to business habits who are established over branch con- cerns in the interior and coast towns. Their employers become their backers, and a close intimacy is maintained, to the mutual advantage of older and younger merchants. Very few of the foreigners who settle in Mexico, and especially Spaniards, are educated, as most of them hardly know how to read and write. They very seldom become naturalized Mexicans, and almost always keep their allegiance to the country of their origin. That seemed natural when Mexico was in constant turmoil, and many of the foreigners going there expected to make large fortunes by means of diplomatic claims ; but that reason can hardly hold good now, when the country is at peace, and perfect security is extended to every in- habitant. If the foreigners continue keeping their old nationality when they become permanent settlers of Mexico, some changes may be necessary in the legislation of the country affecting their condition. Americans in Mexico. — It will be very difficult for the fun-loving,, self-indulgent, Anglo-Saxon Englishman of America to compete with these self-denying Spaniards, capable of living with the nose to the grindstone twenty, twenty-five, or thirty years, eating always sparingly, 8o (Seograpbfcal iRotes on flDejico. drinking wine, but in moderation, spending no money, dressing poorly, and ever with a fortune accumulating. The American wants to cut a dash and so does the Englishman, else the English would have main- tained their commercial supremacy in Mexico. They lost it to the more frugal and economical Germans. The American is a speculator, a dreamer of golden dreams ; he lives for the eyes of other people ; he is not capable of the patience that keeps a man tied to a desk or shop for half a lifetime, making a savings bank of himself. Some Mexicans are afraid that a free influx of citizens from this country may Americanize it. This is true as to the means of trans- portation, the introduction of electric lights, improved hotel accomo- dations, and where similar improvements are concerned. But there is no doubt of the persistence of traditions and habits, and the influence of climate. It is difficult to introduce the American push and restless- ness in business, and to overcome the habits formed in many centuries of letting the morrow take care of itself. There must be the mid-day siesta, and the number of working days is reduced by several feast days, saints' days, and holidays, besides the Sundays. There is no doubt that the productiveness of nature is an inducement to very leisurely labor, and the lack of any sharp division of seasons is a sort of moral discipline, as well as a stimulus to extra exertion in summer to prepare for winter. What must be the effect upon character when this stimulus is wanting? It is possible, of course, that industry will be stimulated by the inflow of settlers from the north, and that Mexico will take on new enterprise and productive vigor ; but I think it is easier for Americans in Mexico to fall into Mexican ways and Mexican moral views than it is to convert the Mexicans to the American view of life. I do not doubt that Mexico has a great industrial, agricultu- ral, and manufacturing future, but I fancy that its power of absorp- tion, like that of Egypt, is greater than its facility of adaptation. Ruins. — We have in Mexico some of the most ancient and remark- able ruins, and although there are different surmises about the time at which they were built and the people who built them, nothing is known positively about them. The principal ones are in Uxmaland and Chichen Itza in Yucatan Comalcalco in Tabasco, Teotihuacan and Cholula in Puebla and Tlaxcala, and Mitla in Oaxaca. UxmaL — Uxmal is not far from the city of Merida, the capital of the State of Yucatan, supposed to have been built by the Mayas, and different books have been written about them, especially one by Dr. Augustus Le Plongeon, a French savant, who passed many years in Yucatan, studying its magnificent ruins, and published in New York, in 1896, a book entitled Queen Mod and the Egyptian Sphinx, in which 81 he contends that the empire of the Mayas, which had its seat at Yuca- tan, was the cradle of civilization, and that from there it went to India, Egypt, and finally to Greece and Western Europe. Palenque. — Very likely the same Mayas built the large ruins which still exist in the district of Palenque in the State of Chiapas, and in some places in Guatemala. Cholula. — The great pyramid of Cholula, made known to the scien- tific world by Humboldt, which is eight miles from Puebla, has been pictured and described. Its base is 1000 feet on each side, and it is built in two great terraces, the first being 71 feet, and the second 66 feet, in height. The top is 203 by 144 feet. So far as investigations have revealed, the great pyramid is artificial and is constructed of sun- dried brick. Teotihuacan. — Teotihuacan, an ancient city lying twenty-five miles northeast of the City of Mexico, and occupying an area of about one and a half or two miles, contains some of the most remarkable series of ruins. To the north of the ruins is a truncated pyramid, rectangu- lar in form, squared to the points of the compass, and known as the Pyramid of the Moon. South of it, at a distance of about 1300 yards, is another pyramid of similar form, known as the Pyramid of the Sun. Its perpendicular height is 223 feet, and its base measures about 735 feet from east to west. Both pyramids are united by a straight street, which starts from a circular plaza at the south side of the Pyramid of the Moon, and loses itself in the barranca south of the Pyramid of the Sun. These colossal pyramids are regarded as among the most ancient monuments of Mexico, far antedating the civilization found by the Spaniards. They are wonderful illustrations of what perseverance and time will accomplish. Now even the means which the builders used for handling the immense blocks of volcanic stone with which they constructed is unknown. Other ruins, in the character of little mounds, are found scattered over the extensive plain in which the two pyramids are situated. The street or avenue which united the latter is called the " Road of the Dead." Along its entire length, parallel to it on both sides, there is a terrace constructed of cement, clay, and broken lava, faced with a coating of mortar or plaster, highly polished, and painted red and white. Desire Charnay removed the rubbish from one of the mounds on the side facing this road, and discovered what he calls a " palace," with two large halls and various small rooms. In 1886, Senor Don Leopoldo Batres made an excavation in one of the mounds, and found two polychrome frescos painted on the wall of the building which was laid bare. The question is naturally asked, how these monuments came to be covered ? Was it by an earthquake, or by the hands of the builders themselves ? Senor Batres inclines to VOL. I — 6 82 Geoatapbical IRotes on /iDejico. the latter view, as he found the roofs of the houses perfectly preserved, while the interior of the rooms was in every case filled with stones neatly fitted into the spaces, and joined with a clayish cement to form a compact mass. His conclusion as to the pyramids is, that they are two great temples erected to two old Mexican divinities. Each pyra- mid consists of five terraces, which diminished in size until the height of 223 feet was reached. Each has on one of its sides a stairway six and one-half feet in width, which makes five zigzag turns, and leads to the sanctuary or shrine on the summit. The outer surface of the pyramids, and perhaps the interior as well, was plastered over with a mortar of lime, hard and smooth, and decorated with frescoes, repre- senting quasi-historical events and scenes. The small mounds scattered over the area occupied by the ruins were, according to Batres, dwellings and small shrines. Each con- tained from six to twelve rooms, quadrangular and rectangular in form. The cornices as well as the walls were beautifully ornamented in colors. On some as many as twenty tints had been used. The doors were rec- tangular, never trapezoidal in form, although the latter style has been erroneously attributed to ancient American architecture. They meas- ure eight feet in height by about three feet in width. The houses had neither windows nor balconies. The city was crossed by subterranean aqueducts constructed of stone, the walls of which were plastered with firm and smooth mortar. Near the Pyramid of the Moon, among the rubbish, there was a monolithic statue of colossal dimensions. It rep- resents a woman with a characteristic head-dress, and wearing a neck- lace of four strings of beads. Travellers in Teotihuacan can find countless miniature heads modelled in clay anywhere on the freshly- plowed stretches of level land that lies across the broad, straight Micoatl, or " Path of the Dead." They vary in length from one to two inches, and invariably have nothing more than a neck attached to them. They may be distinguished by this peculiarity from those that are applied as ornaments to terra cotta vases, and from fragments of "idols." The features and peculiar head-dresses that adorn these little heads of Teotihuacan vary greatly, and this diversity has given rise to, and been quoted in proof of, the migration of tribes, of the mix- tures of widely differing races, or of their succession to each other in the occupation of the Valley of Mexico. Owing to the unfamiliar aspect of some of these head-dresses, it has been asserted that they could not be even " Toltec," but must be relics of still more remote and unknown races of men. Various uses have been assigned to them, the commonest supposition being that they were in some way associated with ceremonies relating to the dead. There is probably no subject connected with Mexican archaeology, except the calendar, that has given rise to more discussion. Dr. E. B. Tylor regarded them as a puzzle, 83 and Professor F. W. Putnam has spoken of them as the " riddle of the many heads." Desire Charnay saw in some of them Chinese and Japanese masks, and even types of the white race, proving in his opin- ion how many races must have been mingled or succeeded each other on this old continent. Mitla. — About twenty miles east of the city of Oaxaca is an Indian town called Mitla, near which still remain the ruins of great edifices and palaces. The temples were built, it is supposed, by the ancient Zapotecas, and are the most interesting relics of the earlier civilizations of Mexico. The first description of these ruins was given by the Spanish priest, Burgoa, who accompanied the conquerors of Monte- zuma. The interior of the principal hall or room of the main palace is supposed to be the teocali of the high priest. The peculiar archi- tecture and elaborate and grotesque decoration can easily be observed. It is astonishing to see the enormous size of the stones used in the walls of these temples. Professor Bickmore said that he had seen nothing to equal them except at Baalbec, in Syria. At Mitla are found some clay images, mostly miniature, doubtless of gods, but some of them no doubt portraits, and some of these bore a striking resemblance to the little heads found at the pyramids of the Sun and Moon in the Valley of Mexico ; that is, some of them had the slant Oriental eyes, and others Ethiopian features, very different from any races we now know in these regions. The ruined temples of Mitla are covered with stucco, which was painted Pompeiian red. There is a pyramid also at Mitla, and there are some elaborately wrought sepulchral chambers. I borrow from Mr. Vivien Cory the following extracts of his de- scription of the ruins of Mitla. " There are four of these places ; the first is almost entirely destroyed, only some huge monolithic slabs supported horizontally upon tottering piles of broken stones re- maining ; while everywhere amongst the ruins have sprung up the grass huts of the Mexican Indians, and of the fourth or one farthest from the hamlet nothing but indi- cation of the site is left, upon which the Spaniards have reared a modern church. It is in the two palaces that lie between, each slightly raised above the surrounding country on a separate eminence, that the interest centres. " One of these is in the form of a double Greek cross, its stem running north and south, and its arms extended east and west. In the centre is the large court, surrounded on all sides by rising ground and ruined mounds of stones : there are traces still remain- ing of the foundations, that speak of four apartments built upon these mounds to face the court, but of these those on the west and south sides have disappeared ; on the east side, only two colossal pillars and a portion of the walls remain, while to the north side the whole apartment forming the head of the cross has been spared and stands almost unharmed in its original beauty and richness. The fa£ade of this apartment extends the whole length of the court, one hundred and forty-one feet, and its height is a little over fifteen feet : the material is freestone, the color a faint, dull, amber tint, soft as the light seen in the sky at evening. In the centre are three square portals and above these 84 (Beoorapbical motes on forming the head-piece to them all extends one long and narrow panel of carving, a high relief of the natural stone on a crimson ground. The whole fagade is composed of a series of these panels, from the straight line of the foundation-stone to the straight line of the summit, nine panels being on each side of the entrance, arranged in three tiers, divided by horizontal bands of the natural stone. In some of the panels, the ground retains still a faint tint of its former rich vermillion, in others, all color has subsided into the soft neutral shade of the freestone. The designs are wonderfully rich and varied, thirteen different patterns being represented on this fagade alone ; all these designs are remarkable for the straight lines in which they are executed and the absence of all curves. Throughout all the ruins, upon the walls of which appear twenty-three different models of carving, only two of these represent any curve in their design. In one of these two there is visible the form of the Arabic letter ' L ' placed horizontally, and in the other a double curve ' S,' possibly intended to represent or suggest the snake. With these exceptions the designs are of the Greek key pattern, variations on this, or parallelograms. " Behind this fagade is a narrow court, roofless as all the courts are, and empty, save for six colossal pillars standing at even distances down the centre, and giving to this chamber the name of Hall of the Monoliths. Each pillar is one solid stone, eleven feet high and eleven feet in circumference. A low stone passage leads from this chamber northward to the smallest and richest court of all, entering it at the southeast corner. There is comparatively little trace of the destructiveness of the elements or the iconoclasm of man here. The court and all the four chambers opening from it are perfect and singularly rich in carving. The court is perfectly square and the chambers are entered from it, each through one square doorway, the roof of which is formed by a huge monolith, thirteen feet long and with a richly carved face. Of these four lin- tels each has a separate design. Each of the four walls has six panels, the uppermost extending the whole length of the wall, two smaller panels being on either side of the entrance, and one long narrow one above it. Between the panels stand out in high relief the horizontal and vertical edges of the freestone, forming a symmetrical frame to each panel. " Within the four chambers the walls are designed differently, the carving running simply and evenly round the entire room in three straight horizontal bands, each band possessing a separate pattern and being about three feet in width. Beneath these bands of carving was originally, evidently, a dado of vermillion stucco, of such fine and delicate quality that the smooth and polished surface resembles marble. Portions of this delicate stucco still adhere to the crumbling walls in places and are of various colors, scarlet, black and white. In some instances this stucco seems to have been plain, simply bearing a brilliant polish, in others, there remains distinctly traced in white upon a crimson ground, a wierd, fantastic, yet handsome design, the head ; half horse, half dragon, repeated in four inch squares. This latter ornamented stucco, how- ever, does not appear except in the fourth palace, containing the Spanish church, where it is visible on the walls of one of the courts, now used as a stable for the padre's horse. Leaving the richest of the centre palaces, passing through a gap in the ruined wall on the south side, descending the elevation on which it is placed and ascending the op- posite eminence, the patio of the second palace is reached. This is almost wholly in ruins ; three of the fagades that face the court remain indeed, but the great smooth slabs with which the walls were faced have been torn away at the base, and most of the beautiful panels of carving stripped from the front. Yet it is in this ruined palace that one lingers longest and to which one's feet return, drawn by an irrisistible fascination ; for this palace contains the tomb and the pillar of death. " This subterranean vault is called by general consent a sepulchre, but there is no line of history, no record, no tradition even, left to explain to us its origin and use. It 85 may have been a torture-chamber, sacrificial hall, or tomb. The excavation is but a little below the surface of the court, now carried down so deeply that the light is wholly ex- cluded. From the entrance there is enough to fill the interior with a sad, gray twilight. The vault is in the form of a simple cross lying north and south ; its walls are massive and heavily decorated with panels of carving let into their sides, while it is roofed by enormous monolithic slabs that reach from wall to wall. In the centre of the cross, just where by descending a few steps one enters the tomb, stands the pillar of death, round which, the Indians say, should a man clasp his arms he must shortly afterwards die. Does not this very tradition, handed down perhaps through the long file of count- less years, seem to indicate that this pillar was some ancient stone of sacrifice to which human victims were bound or chained, and from which death alone released them ? As one gazes at the massive column, that one man's arms alone could not entirely en- circle, the eye notices an indentation round the base where the column sinks into the floor. The stone is corroded and worn away as by the long friction of ropes or chains. " Most of the panels do not consist of actual carving, though they produce that effect at a few yards' distance ; they are formed in reality by small slabs of the freestone cut perfectly square and inserted edgeways into the wall, the remaining edges standing out at various distances from it and thus forming the different designs. This, although a work of infinite patience, does not necessarily presuppose a high stage of civilization, no instrument sharper than hard stone being required to cut the slabs of soft freestone ; and that only a stone instrument was employed by the workers seems indicated by the fact that, in the large panels where the stone is actually carved, the edges are not sharp, but rounded, as if made with a blunt tool. The effect of the panels of inserted squares of stone, however simply produced, is that of the most finished and clear-cut carving and the designs themselves are rich and elaborate. There is no crudity, no harshness in them, no suggestion of the primitive savage's scratching on his native rock ; but rather that of Greek work on some Athenian temple. The patterns have a complicated elegance and distinction of line that can only be produced by a people of cultivated mind and eye. " Evidence, too, of what high grade of civilization in some ways at least they must have arrived at, lies in the gigantic stones that they have placed as lintels over their doorways and which in their immense weight and bulk have defied the greed or rage of all the succeeding races to remove or destroy. The mystery here is the Egyptian mystery of the Pyramids ; that these enormous blocks of stone are resting here in po- sitions and elevations where it would require all the modern knowledge of mechanics, engineering skill, and mechanical appliances to place them ; and, as in Egypt, so here the mystery will never be solved, as the builders have passed hence and left no clue. The solid stone rests there upon its supporting pillars before the eye as it has rested for a thousand years, but how the perished hands lifted and placed it there remains its own inviolable secret. ' ' Leaving the palace court by the south side and following the road to the dry and stony bed of a wide river, if one turns aside here a little to the eastward he finds him- self facing a Zapotecan mound, a solid base composed of earth and stones, in which are visible at intervals large slabs of cement, portions of terraces and tiers that originally formed its sides. Ascending this, from the summit one can overlook the whole valley." LANGUAGES. About one hundred and fifty different Indian languages are known to have been spoken by the Mexican Indians. The Spanish monks accompanying the conquerors and who went to the country soon after- 86 0eo$rapbical Iftotes on flDejico, wards compiled grammars and even dictionaries of some of these languages ; but the Indians falling into a semi-barbarous state after the conquest, having lost their civilization and literature, their lan- guages have either disappeared completely or become very primitive, and it is ascertained that some of them have become entirely extinct. The Spanish is, of course, the language of the country and most of the Indians speak it, although very imperfectly and incorrectly ; only a small portion of them speaking no language but their own. The chief languages spoken in Mexico proper, excluding Chiapas and Yucatan, are as follows : Nahuatl or Mexican (Aztec) with Acaxee, Sabaibo, Xixime, Cochimi, Concho and other members of the same family. Seri, Upanguaima, and Guaima. Papago, Opata, Yaqui, Mayo, Tarahumara, Tepehuan, Cora, etc. Apache or Yavipai, Navajo, Mescalero, Llanero Lipan, etc. Otomi or Hia-hiu, Fame, Mazahua, etc. Huaxtec, Totonac. Tarascan, Matlaltzincan. Mixtec, Zopotec, Mixe, Zoque*, Chinantec. Seftor Don Manuel Orosco y Berra wrote a treatise on the language of the Indian tribes in Mexico entitled " Geography of Languages," which describes the languages of the races who inhabited Mexico, and Sefior Don Francisco Pimentel enlarged upon that work, making philological comparisons, and from the data collected by both authors Senor Don Antonio Garcia Cubas a distinguished Mexican geographer made the following synopsis of the Indian languages spoken in Mexico. SYNOPSIS OF THE INDIAN LANGUAGES OF MEXICO, FORMED ACCORD- ING TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF DON FRANCISCO PIMENTEL. NOTE. — The sign * indicates that the classification is doubtful. GROUPS. FAMILIES. LANGUAGES. DIALECTS. ist Order. — Languages polysyllabic, polysynthetic of sub-flexion. I. i. Mexican, Nahuatl or Azteca f Conchos, Si- 1 naloense, * Ma- t MEXICAN. *2. Cuitlateco Ise, Ahualulco, Pipil, Niquiran. 2 3. Opata, Teguima or Teguima Sonorense i 4. Eudebe, heve or hegue, dohme or dohema- g 6. Pima, nevome ohotama or Otama j Tecoripa. « 7. Pepehuan .... 1 Sabaqui. Various. m 9 to 12. El Yuma comprising Cuchan, Coco- maricopa or Opa, Mojave or Mahao, Die- gueno, or Cuneil, Yavipai, Yampai, and yampaio 15. Julime GROUPS. FAMILIES. LANGUAGES. DIALECTS. MEXICAN-OPATA. 1st Order. — Languages polysyllabic, polysynthetic of sub-flexion. II. SONORENSE OR OPATA-PIMA. {Varogio or Chi- nipa, Guaza- pare, Pachera, and others. {Yaqui, Mayo, Tehueco or Zua- que. f Muutzicat, -< Teacucitzin, (Ateanaca. Various. 19 Chora, Chota, Cora del Nayarit 20 Colotlan . . . 21 Tubar. 24. Acaxee or Topia, comprising Sabaibo, Tebaca, and Xixime, the last of doubtful classi- fication III. COMANCHE SO- SHONE. 25. Comanche, Nauni, Paduca, Hietan or Getan. 26. Caigua or Kioway. 27. Shoshone or Chochone. 28. Wihinasht. 29. Utah, Yutah or Yuta. 30. Pah-Utah or Payuta. 31. Chemegue or Cheme-huevi. 32. Cahuillo or Cawio. 33. Kechi. 34. Netela. 35. Kizh or Kij. 36. Fernandeno. 37. Moqui and some others spoken in the United States Various. IV. TEXANA OR COA- HUILTECA. Various. V. *KEKES Zuffi. {Kiwomi or Ki- vome, Cochi- teumi or Qui- me, Acoma and Acuco. Various. 40 Tesuque or Tegua 43. Zuni or Cibola VI. MUTSUN. 44. Mutsun. 45. Rumsen. 46. Achastli. 47. Soledad. 48. Costeno or Costanos and other languages of California VII. GUAICURA. 49. Guaicura, Vaicura or Monqui. 50. Aripa. 51. Uchita. 52. Cora. 53. Concho or Lauretano VIII. COCHIMI-LAIMON. 54 to 57. Cochimi, divided into four sister lan- guages, viz. : Cadegomo and the languages used in the missions of San Javier, San 58. Laimon or Layamon IX. SERI. 61 . Upanguaima X. TARASCA. XI. ZOQUE-MlXE. 64 Mixe Various. 66 Tapijulapa 88 Oeograpbical Iftotes on /iDejtco. GROUPS. FAMILIES. LANGUAGES. DIALECTS. XII. Four TOTONACA. 2d Order. Languages polysyllabic polysynthetic of juxtaposition. 68. Mixteco Eleven Twelve 71 Popoloco XIII. Two. fc g 75. Amusgo 8 Two 5 irf *78. Chinanteco H 2 o XIV. PlRINDA OR MA- Various TLALZINCA. a M Ng 3d Order. — Languages Polosyllabic Synthetic. (4 81 Punctunc H B* fc, 84 Chanabal Comitcco Jocolobal O a 86 Chorti or Chorte « 87 Cakchi Caichi Cachi or Cakgi •< 88 Ixil Izil V) XV. 89 Coxoh MAYA. 5 91 Zutuhil Zutugil, Atiteca Zacapula W a M 93. Tzotzil, Zotzil, Tzinanteco, Cinanteco 94 Tzendal Zendal . . 2 H O i 08. Huaxtcco Various i •< *99. Haitianof Ouizqueja or Itis, with their af- finities, Cubano, Borigua and Jamaica h XVI. *ioo. Chontal doubtful in its morphologic char- Q CHOI^TAL. 1 XVII. M DERIVATIVES OF g NICARAGUA. M jjj n § XVIII. f North American- Apache, Mexi- can Apache, I Mimbreno, < h jo, Xicarilla or Faraon, Lipan [ Mescalero. 4th Order. — Languages cuasi-mo- nosyllabic. XIX. 4 Q Various. 108. Jonaz or Meco. (Perhaps the rest of the ancient Chichimeco) population. 89 POPULATION. We have until recently taken a regularly correct census of our population. The first reliable census was made in 1795, under Revil- lagigedo's viceroyalty, the second in 1810 by Don Fernando Navarro y Noriega, the third one was estimated by Mr. Poinsett, United States Minister in Mexico, in 1824, and the others have been taken by the Mexican Government. The following is a statement of the general results of our various censuses : Years. Inhabitants. 1795 5,200,000 1810 6,122,354 1824 6,500,000 1839 7,044,140 1854 7,853,395 1869 8,743,614 1878 9,384,193 1879 9,908,01 1 1886 10,791,685 1895 12,570,195 The population of Mexico appears to be, from our last census, taken in 1895, 12,570,195, which would give 16.38 for each square mile ; but from my personal knowledge of the country, I am quite sure that it is not less than 15,000,000. It is very difficult to take a correct census in Mexico, because there is not the proper machinery in operation for that purpose, and especially because a great many districts are inhabited by Indians, who are impressed with the fear that if they inscribe themselves in the census they will be taxed or drafted into the military service, and they try to avoid registration. A great many of our people live in such remote districts that they are practically cut off from communication with other portions of the country, and in fact are almost isolated ; and this constitutes still another difficulty in the way of taking a correct census. These people generally raise everything they need for their living, as well as for their clothing. They also raise their domestic animals, and wear either cotton or woollen clothes, manufactured by the women. The configu- ration of the country, which makes transportation very expensive, to- gether with the very sparse population, has caused their isolation, and this explains why some agricultural products which are very cheap in other countries are very dear in certain districts of Mexico, as prices can be easily controlled, there being no possibility of competition. While sugar, for instance, costs 25 cents per pound in some districts, it can be had in others for one cent. This fact shows also that a year of good crops was often a real misfortune to these districts. 90 Geoarapbical IRotes on The upper lands being the healthiest, most of the population in Mexico is settled in the central plateau ; a relatively small portion lives in the temperate zone, while the torrid zone is very thinly popu- lated. I imagine, at a rough calculation, that about 75 per cent, of the population make their abode in the cold zone, from 15 to 18 per cent, in the temperate zone, and from 7 to 10 per cent, in the torrid zone. From the synopsis of our censuses, inserted above, it appears that the population in Mexico has duplicated during the last century, and although that increase does not keep pace with the increase in the United States, because this has been really wonderful, it compares favorably with the increase in other countries. Mexico also, as a new country and one full of possibilities, ought to have increased its popu- lation more rapidly, but its slow progress can be accounted for in several ways. Under the head of Ethnology I enumerated the different races inhabiting Mexico and stated the number of inhabitants belonging to each, and I gave at length the reasons for the slow increase of the In- dian population, which is the largest in Mexico. I will only add here that while the Indians lead a very abstemious and simple life, marry while very young and generally have a family of several children, they are at the same time subject to epidemics. Notwithstanding that the race on the whole is sturdy and little subject to disease, the mortality is very large among the children for want of proper nutrition and care. The losses caused by our civil wars could not at all explain the slow increase of our population, and the only way in which I can account for it is that they are not so well prepared as the people of the United States and other more advanced countries, to bear the discomforts of life and climate, and that, therefore, they cannot bring up all the children born in the family, among whom there is annually a great mortality. Classification of Mexican States. Under the Spanish rule Mexico was divided into several provinces, the Spaniards trying to divide the provinces in accordance with the different nationalities of the aborig- ines found there, and each province possessing a very large extent of territory. After our independence and when we established a Fed- eral government, each province was made a state, and since then some of the largest states have been divided into two or even three smaller ones. In the chapter on Political Organizations I shall give further information on this subject. The Mexican states are classified in several ways, and generally as Northern, Southern, Central, Pacific, and Gulf States ; but it is difficult to make a proper division of them, because there are several included in two denominations. I will, therefore, divide them into Northern States, calling so those bordering on the United States ; Southern States, population. those bordering on Gautemala and Belize ; Gulf, Caribbean Sea, and Pacific States, those bordering on their respective waters ; and Central States those which do not belong to any of the above denominations, although I do not consider this a proper classification, because the State of Tamaulias included among the Northern States, and the States of Tabasco, Campeche, and Yucatan among the Southern States, are all on the Gulf of Mexico, and are, therefore, Gulf States, the latter being also washed on their southern side by the Caribbean Sea, and the State of Sonora, classified as a Northern State, borders on the Pacific ; the State of Chiapas, included among the Southern States, also borders on the Pacific, and, therefore, is, like Sonora, also a Pacific State. Our last official census, taken in 1895, gives the following results by States, which I compared with the census of 1879. AREA AND POPULATION OF THE UNITED MEXICAN STATES. STATES. AREA IN SQUARE MILES. POPULATION POPULA- TION PER SQUARE MILE. CAPITAL. POPULA- TION. in 1879. in 1895. Southern States bor- Northern dering on States Tern- At- Guate- bordering lories. Central. Pacific. lantic. mala. on the U. S. Tamaulipas 32,585 24,324 62,376 87,820 76,922 35,214 18,091 10,075 27,230 29,210 35,392 25,003 22,881 2,273 31,855 33,681 2,951 38,020 ",374 8,920 2,774 9,250 12,207 3,558 i,595 25,323 24,764 140,137 203,284 130,026 225,541 "5,424 302,315 90,4*3 104,747 205,362 542,918 744,000 295,590 661,534 65,827 983,484 186,491 140,430 190,846 834,845 427.350 159,160 7^,579 784,466 203,250 138,988 516,486 422,506 204,206 309,607 235,638 266,831 191,281 297,507 90,458 134,794 313,678 855,975 882,529 417,621 889,795 55,677 1,107,863 256,414 103,645 294,366 1,047,238 548,039 159,800 838,737 979,723 227,233 570^814 452,720 144,308 42,287 484,608 6-3 13-1 3-7 3-0 2.4 8.4 5-o 13-3 "•5 29-3 24-9 IB* 24.5 34-8 7-6 35-i 7-7 92.1 61.6 57-6 90.7 80.2 63-9 104.6 22.5 18.2 12.8 0.7 1046.7 Ciudad Victoria. . Monterey 14,575 56,855 19,654 18,521 8,376 36,720 16,631 27,036 7,882 18,173 32,641 6,204 32,287 I9i3°5 83,870 14,205 31,619 42,165 39,337 52,189 8,554 23,648 9I,9I7 32,790 6^676 40,026 16,266 4,737 i,259 339.935 Nuevo Leon Coahuila Saltillo Chihuahua Hermosillo Merida . . Chihuahua Campeche 5. Juan Bautista.. Tuxtla Gutierrez . Talapa . . Tabasco Veracruz ' Oaxaca Dhilpancingo Morelia Jalisco Guadalajara Sinaloa Aguascalientes... . \guas Calientes. . Durango Guanajuato Pachuca Guanajuato Hidalgo 3uernavaca Toluca Puebla Puebla . . Tlaxcala Tlaxcala San Luis Potosi... Zacatecas >an Luis Potosi . . Zacatecas Tepic Tepic . . Lower California. . Federal District . . 58,345 463 J.47I 30,208 351,804 ^a Paz and Lnsenada de Todos Santos . . 3ity of Mexico . . . Totals 767,226 9,908,011 12,570,195 92 <$eograpbical "Rotes on flDejico. RELIGION. All Mexicans are born in the Catholic Church, that being the pre- vailing religion of the country ; but there is no connection between Church and State, and the Constitution guarantees the free exercise of all religions. While Mexico was a colony of Spain and for many years afterwards, the catholic religion was the only one allowed in the country, and anybody professing any other would expose himself to great hardships if he avowed that he was a dissenter, especially while the Inquisition was in existence. The clergy became one of the principal pillars of the Spanish dom- ination in Mexico. In the early part of the present century the Church was flourishing, and it was the high-water mark of clerical pros- perity. The humble Mexican priests did the hard laborious work, while the Spanish-born ecclesiastics filled the great bishoprics and other great posts and lived at their ease, and the great convents in their most lucrative positions of control were practically in Spanish hands. Huge convents occupied a considerable part of the site of the City of Mexico, Puebla, Morelia, Guadalajara, Quere'taro, and other cities. The incomes of the convents were derived from endowments, amounting to a large sum. To support the high ecclesiastics, great sums were derived from tithes. The archbishop of Mexico had an income of $130,000 a year; the bishops of Puebla, $110,000; of Michoacan, $100,000 ; and of Guadalajara, $90,000. Meantime, the parish priests, who bore the brunt of Christian work among the masses, were living on very moderate sums. The Church erected in Mexico buildings which are remarkable for their dimensions and taste.1 1 Mr. Charles Dudley Warner in the Editor's Study of Harper's Illustrated Monthly Magazine for July, 1897, speaks in the following way of the church edifices in Mexico : " Somebody of authority, by the way, ought to explain why Mexico has so many church edifices that go to the heart of the lover of beauty, and why the United States has so few that are interesting. Aside from the great Gothic monuments in Spain, Mexico surpasses Spain in interesting ecclesiastical architecture. It has more variety, more quaint beauty, more originality in towers and fa9ades. The interiors are gener- ally monotonous, and repetitions of each other. The Spaniards, in an age of faith, built churches, convents, monasteries, all over the county, in remote and unimportant Indian villages, and as far north as their patient ministers of religion wandered, even to the bay of San Francisco. In these edifices the Spanish ingenuity and enthusiasm prevailed, but they were largely executed by Indian builders and artists ; and if there is Sarasenic feeling shown, there are also, especially in ornamentation, traces of that aboriginal artistic spirit which, long before the Spanish conquest, executed both in stone and in pottery singularly attractive work. Even within a hundred years of our own time Indian genius has been distinguished. Those who think that this genius is only exhib- •(Religion* 93 Not all the great dignitaries of the Church exhibited an unchristian selfishness, for many often spent their income in pious and charitable works, and in prosecuting missionary undertakings among the Indians of the remote distances. The wealth of the Church was loaned out at a moderate rate of in- terest to landed proprietors, who formed the moral support of the Church among the laity and whose influence was prodigiously strong. The wealth of the Church was mostly in mortgages, while it held a large amount of real estate. In the City of Mexico and other places, the clergy owned a large portion of the real estate and held a great many mortages, and, to its credit be it said, was not at all usurious, ex- acting only a fair rate of interest and being hardly ever oppressive in dealing with delinquent debtors. After the Revolution which effected the independence of the country, the ecclesiastical life began to cease having many of the attractions it had before. While many men became friars from genuine inclination and vocation, not a few went into the religious life because it gave them support without hard labor, and because it was one of the best careers opened to young men at the time. The nunneries sheltered a great many pious women, who effected some good as educators of the young, as almoners for the wealthy, and as nurses of the sick. There were abuses, of course, but on the whole the religious life afforded a refuge for many thousands of good women who felt drawn to works of charity and usefulness. Rich young girls were often over-persuaded to enter the convents, by avaricious and scheming priests, but such abuses are common to all religions. The Liberal party thought that the best way to destroy the Church influence in Mexico was to suppress convents, both of friars and nuns, because they ited in bizarre forms, and in such small details of design and color as the potter can attain, should see at Queretaro the work of Tresguerras, architect, sculptor, and pain- ter. Any modern architect, who is led away by straining after effect in a grotesque combination of distinct Greek styles with mediaeval and early English, having no note of originality anywhere, could study with profit the simple elegance — as simple as the Old Louvre — of the Bishop's Palace in Queretaro, or the wood-carving in the church of the sequestered Convent of Santa Rosa. In my remembrance there is not, on such a great scale, any wood-carving in the world equal to it in freshness and largeness of execution and in beauty of design. It could not have been all done by the hand of Tresguerras, but it was all from his designs and under his superintendence. Of course, as to civic and ecclesiastic architecture, climate and lack of popular taste for the beauti- ful put limits upon our architectural work, but it is worth the while of the American architect to consider whether he cannot learn more from our sister republic below the Tropic of Cancer than he is likely to get from the well-studied structures of Europe. In many petty and poverty-stricken Indian villages are charming towers and curious fa£ades which would be a most valuable education in the principles of taste to any American community." 94 Geograpbtcal Iftotes on were considered a nest of superstition, and they thought that the best interest of the country required to close them. During our civil wars the clergy contributed large amounts to the support of the conservative governments, which it often established. It is thought that in 1853, General Santa Anna abandoned the Con- servative Government, which he then presided over, because the Arch- bishop of Mexico did not give him all the money he required to carry on the war waged against him by the Liberal party. The wealth accumulated by the Church of Mexico was used for the purpose of supporting the conservative governments, whose policy was to keep the statu quo, and was therefore opposed to progress of any kind. The Church became a very prominent factor in politics, and could upset and establish governments at its pleasure, fomenting the many revolutions which were constantly breaking out. It was thought necessary, therefore, to destroy the political power of the Church before we could establish and maintain peace, and that work was done by what we call our Laws of Reform, issued in 1859, which established a complete independence between the Church and the State, and were intended to completely end the domination of the Catholic Church in civil affairs in Mexico : the Church property was confiscated, so that even the houses of worship are now the property of the government ; all convents of friars and nuns were closed, all religious ceremonies — such as processions and wearing a distinctive dress, — were ordered to be confined to the interior of the edifices ; the cemeteries were secularized, and marriage made exclusively a civil contract. No religious instruction or ceremony is allowed in the public schools, and never is a prayer offered as a part of the program of a national celebration. In an article, which I published in the North American Review^ of January, 1895, entitled "The Philosophy of the Mexican Revolutions," I dwelt especially on this subject, and to that article I refer the reader who may desire more detailed information. The Liberals were not the first to dispose of the Church property and revenues, as the Spanish Government, under the rule of Godoy, in 1805 and 1806, to secure funds to form a redemption provision for the royal vales or credit notes, pounced on the property of the Church in Mexico, and that, later on, when the Mexicans rose in their war for independence, the royal authorities took another part of the Church's wealth to fight the patriots. The bigoted Catholic element which used to be decidely opposed to any liberal government and was always conspiring to overthrow it, has since the downfall of Maximilian, become satisfied that the condi- tion of things has changed having accordingly changed their course, and now there are thousands of progressive catholics in Mexico sincerely devoted to their Church, who see only danger and eventual •Religion, 95 disastrous defeat in the adoption of a program of reaction. They go with the times and support the administration of Gen. Diaz because, on the whole, it suits them, and manifests no hostility to their con- scientiously held convictions. The pope's influence seems to be directed to assuaging ancient rancors, and to the calming of passionate resentments, which is a great deal better for the Church. Protestantism in Mexico. — The Liberal party proclaimed as an inherent right of man, freedom of conscience and the free exercise of one's religion ; but the question was really only a theoretical one, since excepting a few foreigners, no one in Mexico had any other religion than the Catholic. The clergy, the Church party, and all strict Mexican catholics were greatly opposed to the intro- duction of Protestantism, because protestants were looked upon as heretics whose purpose was to divide the Mexican people into dif- ferent sects, disturbing their religious unity, which they considered a source of national strength, and ultimately aiding in what some Mexicans fear is the aim of this country, that is : the final absorption of Mexico. When the struggles between the Liberal and the Church party terminated in favor of the former in 1867, with the withdrawl of the French army from Mexico and the downfall of Maximilian, the time came to put into practice the principles of the Liberal creed, and protestant organizations in the United States sent missionaries to Mexico for the purpose of establishing and propagating the protestant religion there. The Mexican Government could not refuse to allow the missionaries the free exercise of the Protestant or any other faith, because that right was guaranteed to all men in our constitution, and also because it has been a principle for which the Liberal party had been contending during many years. But we went, then, further than allowing the Protestants the free ex- ercise and preaching of their religion, and as I am in a measure respon- sible for that step, I think it proper to give my reasons for the same. My opinion has never been favorable to missionary work, because al- though I recognize that some religions have higher moral principles than others, I think that on the whole they are all intended to accomplish the same purpose, that all are good, when practised in good faith. It has always seemed to me that Christian missionaries sent to heathen countries would be looked upon in the same manner as would be heathen missionaries sent to Christian countries. But even supposing that it should be proper and desirable for the Christian religion, on account of its high morals and principles, to send missionaries to heathen countries for the purpose of converting them to Christianity, that principle would scaracely hold good in Christian countries of different denominations, and Catholicism is a Christian religion — what- ever abuses it may have committed, — and I think the natural tendency 96 Oeoarapbical wotes on of all religions when they are predominant is to absorb and misuse power ; but that Protestants should send missionaries to a Catholic country seems to me inconsistent. In principle, therefore, Mexico is hardly the proper field for Protestant missionaries, notwithstanding that there is a great deal of room for improvement there, in so far as religious matters are concerned. After having witnessed the terrible consequences of religious intol- erance and political domination of the Catholic Church in Mexico, I was of course greatly impressed with the condition of things existing in the United States, where all religions are tolerated and none attempts to control the political destinies of the country. I thought that one of the best ways to diminish the evils of the political domination and abuses of the clergy in Mexico was to favor the establishment of other sects, which would come in some measure into competition with the Catholic clergy and thus serve to cause it to refrain from excesses of which it had been guilty before. When, after having lived for ten years in the United States, from 1859 to 1868, I returned to Mexico and took charge of the Treasury Department there, just at the time when the religious question was being solved, I, therefore, favored the establishment of a Protestant community as planned by Mr. Henry C. Riley, since made a Bishop, a gentleman of English parentage, born in Chili, who had been educated in London and New York and was graduated with high honors at Columbia College, New York, who spoke equally well English and Spanish, and eagerly desired to establish a Mexican National Church in competition with the Roman Catholic, in which undertaking, I understand, he used his own funds. He proposed to buy one of the finest churches, the main church of the Franciscan convent, which had been built by the Spaniards, located in the best section of the City of Mexico, and which could not now be duplicated but for a very large amount of money ; and with the hearty support of President Juarez, who shared my views and who was perhaps a great deal more radical than I was myself on such subjects, I sold the building which had become national property after the confiscation of the Church property, for a mere trifle, if I remember rightly about $4000, most of that amount being paid in Government bonds which were then at a nominal price. The magnificent building sold to Dr. Riley's community was bought recently by the Catholic Church to restore it as a Catholic temple, for the sum of $100,000, as I understand. My assistance was rendered to the Protestant cause for the reasons that I have stated, and not because I had adopted the Protestant faith ; therefore the action of the Mexi- can Government in the matter at the time I speak of, was all the more praiseworthy. Dr. Butler bought about the same time another part of the same convent of San Francisco, where he established a Methodist Church in a very creditable building. 97 It is true that a great many Mexicans, namely the Indians, do not know much about religion and keep to their old idolatry, having changed only their idols, that is, replaced their old deities with the images of the Saints of the Catholic Church, but it would be difficult for the Protest- ant missionaries to reach them. The Spaniards labored zealously to make the natives adopt the Catholic religion, and although they suc- ceeded wonderfully, it was a task too difficult to fully accomplish in the three centuries of the Spanish domination in Mexico. I do not think that the American Protestant missionaries in Mexico have made much progress, and I doubt very much whether Mexico is a good field for them ; but they are satisfied with their work, and they think that under the circumstances, they have made very good progress. The number of Catholic churches and chapels in the country was, in 1889, 10,112, while the number of Protestant places of worship was 119. On August 12, 1890, there were in the municipality of Mexico 320,143 Catholics and 2623 Protestants. The American missionaries, and especially Dr. Riley, whom I con- sider a very benevolent and unselfish man, have established Protestant schools and asylums for children, spending considerable money in main- taining such institutions. Of course poor parents were glad to send their children to the Protestant schools and asylums when they could not afford to keep them at home or send them to more desirable places, and these Protestant institutions were of a very benevolent character and worthy, therefore, to be encouraged. Parents in such cases de- clared themselves to be partial to Protestantism, but only for the sake of having their children accepted in the Protestant schools and asylums, and this made the Protestants think they were making a great many converts. Now and then a Catholic priest would renounce Catholicism and accept Protestantism, and such occurrences were always considered as great triumphs for the Protestant cause, but although in some instances such changes have been made in good faith, in others they were made for selfish purposes, and they never had any great weight with the community. I have no prejudice against Protestantism ; on the contrary, I ad- mire greatly many of its principles, and in speaking on this subject I consider myself perfectly impartial and unbiassed. In February, 1888, the Evangelical Assembly, representing the vari- ous Protestant denominations and Evangelical Societies conducting missionary operations in the Republic of Mexico, was held in the City of Mexico. They claimed that, notwithstanding the difficulties of language and climate and the other obstacles with which they had to contend, they found that they had over 600 congregations, 192 foreign and 585 native workers, over 7000 in the day schools, and about 10,000 7 98 (Beoarapbical motes on in the Sunday-schools, 18,000 communicants and a Protestant commu- nity of over 60,000 souls. Ten small publishing-houses are turning out millions of pages each year, and their church property is valued at nearly a million and a quarter dollars in silver. POLITICAL ORGANIZATION. Mexico was the largest and richest American colony of Spain, and for this reason it was called New Spain. The City of Mexico grew during the Spanish rule to be larger than Madrid, the capital of the Spanish Kingdom, the population of the country being estimated in 1810, just before the independence movement began, at 6,122,354- while the public revenue of the whole colony amounted to the very large sum of $20,000,000 yearly, the only exports of the country being silver and gold, and commodities of great value in small volume and weight, such as cochineal, vanilla, indigo, and a few others. Mexico, accomplished her independence in 1821, and since then has had two Federal Constitutions, both modelled after the Constitu- tion of the United States ; two Central Constitutions, which organized the country into a centralized republic, and two ephemeral empires, one under Iturbide, lasting ten months, from 1822 to 1823, and the other under Maximilian, established by French intervention, lasting from 1864 to 1867. Mexico is now organized, under the Constitution of the 5th of February, 1857, with its several amendments, into a Federal Republic, composed of twenty-seven states, two territories, and a federal district, and the political organization is almost identical with that of this country. The powers of the Federal Government are divided into three branches — Legislative, Executive, and Judicial. The Legislative is composed of a House of Representatives and a Senate ; the mem- bers of the House are elected for two years and the senators for four, the Senate being renewed by half every two years. Representatives are elected by the suffrage of all male aduks, at the rate of one mem- ber for every 40,000 inhabitants. The qualifications requisite are to be at least twenty-five years of age and a resident of the State ; and for senators thirty years. The Executive is exercised by a President elected by the electors popularly chosen, who holds his office for four years, without any provision forbidding his re-election. He has a cabinet of seven mem- bers, namely : Secretary of Foreign Affairs, of the Interior, of Justice and Public Instruction, of Fomento, which means promotion of Pub- lic Improvements, and includes public lands, patents, and coloniza- tion ; of Communications and Public Works, of the Treasury, and of War and Navy. No Vice-President IK elected, but by an amend- ment to our Constitution, promulgated April 24, 1896, in the per- Political ©roanisation. 99 manent or temporary disability of the President, not caused by resignation or by leave, the Secretary of State, and after him the Secre- tary of the Interior, shall exercise that office until Congress elects a President pro tempore. In case of resignation, Congress, accepting it, elects a President pro tempore, and in case of leave the President re- commends to Congress the person to fill that office. The Federal Judiciary is composed of a Supreme Court, consisting of eleven Judges, four substitutes, one Attorney- General, and one Fis- cal, chosen for six years; three Circuit and thirty- two District Courts. The States are independent in their domestic affairs, and their governments are similarly divided into three branches : the Governor, the Legislature, and the State Judiciary. As we adopted the federal system rather to follow the example of the United States than to suit the conditions of Mexico, that system did not work with us so easily or so satisfactorily as it works here ; and the tendency is rather to centralization and to the increasing of the powers given by the Constitution to the Federal Government. . In the article above mentioned published in the North American Review, for January, 1896, entitled, "The Philosophy of the Mexican Revo- lutions," 1 I dwelt particularly on the results of our having copied al- most literally the political institutions of the United States, and gave a general idea of our political condition. Political Division. — When the federal system was established in Mexico, in 1824, each of the old provinces under the Spanish rule was organized as a State, and our Constitution of October 4, 1824, enumer- ated nineteen States. After the war with the United States we lost Texas, New Mexico, and California ; but since then as I stated in the chapter on population some of the larger States have been divided into two, or even three States, as was the case with the old State of Mexico, out of which were formed the three present States of Mexico, Hidalgo, and Morelos. Our present Constitution, of February 5, 1857, enumerates twenty-four States ; but we now have twenty-seven. The tabular statement published above, under the head of " Popu- lation," shows the number of States which form the Mexican Con- federation, their area, population, and capital cities. Army and Navy. — During our civil wars, and for some time later, we had to keep a very large standing army, and our army acquired re- cently a very high degree of discipline and efficiency. The Liberal party always favored the reduction of the army, while the Church party favored a large army, as our old regular army, on the whole, took sides with the Church. Soon after the restoration of the Republic, in 1867, the Mexican army consisted of : Infantry, 22,964 ; engineers, 766 ; ar- 1 This article will appear in this volume under the head of " Historical Notes on Mexico." ioo 6eo0rapbfcal IRotes on tillery, 2304 ; cavalry, 8454 ; rural guards of police, 2365 ; gendarmerie, 250 ; total, 37,103 ; and was commanded by n Major-Generals, 73 Brigadier-Generals, 1041 Colonels, Lieutenant-Colonels, and Majors, and 2335 Commissioned Officers. The total righting strength, including reserves, is stated to be 132,000 infantry, 25,000 cavalry, and 8000 artillery. Every Mexican capable of carrying arms is liable for mili- tary service from his twentieth to his fiftieth year. Notwithstanding that General Diaz is himself a soldier, he has fol- lowed the policy of the Liberal party of reducing the army as much as possible, and in his report of November 30, 1896, in which he informs his fellow citizens of his results of his sixteen years administration, he gives the following figures, showing the reduction he has been able to accomplish in the army since 1888 : The army had, in 1888, according to President Diaz's report, the following personnel : Major-Generals 16 Brigadier-Generals 84 Commissioned Officers 1,205 Non-Commissioned Officers 2,566 Soldiers 29,367 Total 33,238 In 1896 the personnel had been reduced in the following numbers : Generals 24 Commissioned Officers 166 Non-Commissioned Officers 299 Soldiers 8,170 Total 8,659 The Mexican navy is now in its inception, as it consists of a fleet of two dispatch vessels, launched 1874, each of 425 tons and 425 horse- power, and severally armed with a four-ton muzzle-loading gun, and four small breech-loaders. A steel training ship, the Zaragoza, of 1 200 tons, was built at Havre, in 1891 ; four gun-boats are building, and a battle-ship and cruiser are projected ; five first-class torpedo- boats have been ordered in England. The fleet is manned by ninety officers and five hundred men. EDUCATION. In 1521, the City of Mexico fell into the hands of the conquering Spaniards, and exactly eight years after that event there was established in the City of Mexico the College of San Juan de Letran, for giving secondary education to intelligent Indians as well as to the sons of the jEfcucation, 101 invading race. Thus, ninety years before the landing of the Pilgrims, the City of Mexico had its " Harvard." Universities Established by the Spanish Government. — The first vice- roy of New Spain, as Mexico was called then, fourteen years after the conquest, petitioned the King of Spain to permit him to found a university in Mexico, and, anticipating from his knowledge of the good-will of the Spanish-rulers that the desired permission would be given, the viceroy took the responsibility of establishing certain classes in the higher learning, a fact which does not support the commonly held theory that Spain has always been the enemy of edu- cation and of popular enlightenment. Owing to the slow means of communication in those days, and the legal steps necessary to be taken in the mother country, the university was not formally established until 1553, or eighty-three years before Harvard College was opened. The great event of setting on foot the university came under the enlightened rule of the second viceroy, Don Luis de Velasco, who did so many great things for Spain's new dependency. Later on, in 1573, there were founded in Mexico the colleges of San Gregorio and San Ildefonso, the latter still open, but modernized into the national preparatory school, a really great institution in that city of many schools. A few years later, long before the i;th century had dawned, came the founding of two more colleges and a divinity school, so that in the first sixty-five years of Spain's control in Mexico no less than seven seats of the higher learning had been established on secure foundations. No wonder that Mexico's capital became known as the Athens of the new world, producing men of great learning, such as Don Juan Ruiz de Alarcon and such notably erudite women as Juana Inez de la Cruz. The extensive library of " Americana," belonging to Don Jose de Agreda, of that city, containing over 4000 books, many of them invalu- able, attests the literary, antiquarian, scientific and artistic activity of the Spaniards who planted there in a short space of time so much of learning and such vast institutions dedicated to the instruction in all the higher branches of knowledge. At the outset the University of Mexico gave instruction only in mathematics, Latin and the arts. Medicine and surgery were not esteemed highly during the middle ages, and it was not until long after the revival of learning in the Renaissance that the physician came to be considered as a true man of science. So it is not to be marvelled at that the University of Mexico waited until 1578 to establish a chair of medicine — the first in the new world discovered by Columbus. The first chair of medicine was a morning class, and a single professor carried his students through a four years' course unaided. In 1599, a second medical professorship was added ; in 1661, anatomy and surgery 102 Geocjrapbtcal iRotes on were added, and, consequently dissection was authorized. At the outset the viceroys appointed the professors, but after a time the candidates for chairs had to win the coveted prizes through competitive examinations. The early students were not railroaded through. They had to study four years to obtain the diploma of a bachelor of medicine ; then went out into active life, and, on gaining practical knowledge, received, passing a fresh examination, the diploma of licentiate of medicine, and, later, that of doctor of medicine. School of Medicine. — In 1768 a decree was issued for the establish- ment in the City of Mexico of a royal college for surgeons, similar to institutions in Cadiz and Barcelona. This college was a very com- plete one, instruction being given in anatomy and dissection, in physiology, operations, clinical surgery, and medical jurisprudence. There were graduated also from the college all the dentists, bone- setters, phlebotomists, and midwives. A knowledge of Latin was not essential to receive a medical degree until 1803. In 1821, Mexico having achieved her independence, the same care- ful watch over education continued, and in 1833 a general revision of educational institutions was ordered under the administration of Don Valentin Gomez Farias a leader of the Liberal party and the univer- sity was closed, because it was considered to have conservative tend- encies, and a general board of education organized, which, among other things established what was called the School of Medical Science, with ten professors, giving a remarkably complete and modern course. On account of a revolution which occurred in 1834 which overthrew the Gomez Farias Government, the new school of medicine was closed, and the old university reopened ; but, as the officials of the university, on making a careful study of the conditons of the new school of medicine rendered an impartial report, setting forth its manifold ad- vantages it was decided to keep open the institution. The incessant revolutions and consequent changes of government brought many evil things to pass, and the medical professors at times found themselves without salaries, and nobly devoted themselves to their classes without remuneration. They at one time were deprived of their building and literally thrown into the street. Better times came, however, the successive governments began to give substantial aid to the school, and in 1845 ^ to°k the name it still bears, the National School of Medicine. After more vicissitudes, many movings and trials which bore hard on the enthusiastic professors, the National School of Medicine finally was located where it now remains, in a part of the enormous edifice belonging formerly to the Inquisition. In the chaos of succeeding revolutions the salaries of the professors were often unpaid, but the devoted men of science struggled on, lEfcucatfon* 103 assisted by wealthier students and contributing often out of their own slender means to keep the school alive ; but, in 1857, a better era commenced, and not since then, with rare exceptions, have there been any interruptions in financial aid from the various governments. All the other institutions of learning suffered the same fate and were ex- posed to similar ups and downs. School of Engineering. — Our mining college is the best in Spanish America, and it was established when engineering was hardly taught, and endowed by a portion of the taxes levied by the Spanish Govern- ment on mines. Its edifice is one of the best built by the Spaniards in their colonies, and still stands as a great monument, embellishing the City of Mexico. The above given facts will show how early did Mexico open great schools for the higher education, and how solicitous was the Spanish government to maintain them. But, three centuries of devo- tion to learning, antedating the war for independence, planted there firmly a love of knowledge which is now exhibited in the great government schools, in a city full of students, in innumerable pri- vate schools, in the well-filled public primary institutions, in night schools for adults, and in the thirty-five bookstores of that city. Mexican Technical Schools in the Present Time. — The edifice of the first University in America, founded by the Spanish crown in 1551, is to-day occupied by the National Conservatory of Music. The National Academy of Art, ancient Academy of San Carlos, stands where Fray Pedro de Gante founded, in 1524, the first school of the New World — a school for Indians. The Normal School for males, with its six hundred pupils and its first-class German equip- ment, occupies the old convent of Santa Teresa, (1678). The Normal School for females has fourteen hundred pupils, an expensive building of 1648. The fine old Jesuit College of San Ildefonso, erected in 1749 at a cost of $400,000 is now filled with a thousand pupils of the National Preparatory School. The National College of Medicine is housed in the old home of the Inquisition (1732), an edifice whose four hanging arches at each corner of the lower corridor are famous. The building was taken for its present purpose in this century, the Holy Office dying in America with the Independence, but the medical col- lege was established by royal decree of 1768. It has now several hundred pupils. San Lorenzo (1598) is now the manual training- school where poor boys are gratuitously taught lithography, engrav- ing, printing, carpentry, and many other trades. The similar institution for girls is of course modern, dating only from 1874. The National Library, with its 200,000 volumes, dwells in the splendid sequestered Church of San Agustin. The National Museum occupies part of the million-dollar building erected in 1731 for the royal mint. And so on io4 6eo0rapbical motes on flDejico. through a list that would rival that of any other country. The School of Mines and Engineering, however, stands as one of the first. Its magnificent building of Chiluca, the nearest to granite the valley affords, was built for it by Tolsa in 1793, and cost three millions. The institu- tion named the Colegio de la Paz, better known as the Vizcainas is one of the principal establishments for the education of young women, founded in 1734, at a cost for construction alone of about $2,000,000, subscribed by three Spanish merchants, who also provided funds for its support. These funds, when insufficient to meet expenses, are sup- plemented by the Federal Government. We have also a very high grade Military School located at the historical grounds of Chapulte- pec, which educates fine soldiers. As late as 1824 Humboldt declared, " No city of the New Con- tinent, not excepting those of the United States, presents scientific establishments so great and solid as those of the capital of Mexico.'* Except as to the buildings, of course, so much could not be said to- day, as wealth and numbers have made other countries take more rapid strides in higher education. Some of the universities of the United States pay even $10,000 a year to professors and they there- fore can secure the best talent. From the time of the Spanish domination in Mexico to but a few years ago, the Mexican Government considered itself bound to give to the people free secondary education, and for this purpose colleges for all literary and scientific professions were established in the City of Mexico, and each State did the same in its respective capital, in so far as its means allowed it, so that anybody who intended to follow a scientific career could do so without any expense to himself. The result of the free technical schools has been that most of the young men of well-to-do families in Mexico follow a literary career and that does not cost them anything, and we have more lawyers, doctors, engineers than we really need for the country. Reorganization of the Technical Colleges. — We had before 1868 sev- eral higher colleges and in each of them the same careers were taught, as law, medicine, engineering, etc., but in the reorganization of our national colleges which took place in that year, it was thought proper to establish a special college for each career, and a preparatory col- lege for such elementary studies as would be required for all careers, such as elementary mathematics, physics, chemistry, etc., etc., so that we now have in the City of Mexico, supported by the Federal Govern- ment a special school for engineering, one for law, one for medicine, another for agriculture, etc., etc., but each State generally supports one technical college where all literary careers are taught. Primary Education. — Comparatively little attention was paid to the primary education, and the public schools were so deficient that 105 parents of some means did not send their children to them, but to private schools where they were better attended to. The fact that the elevation of the people depends on their primary education has caused common schools to be established in the country, and now the States vie with each other for the purpose of establishing the best system of common schools and increasing their number. The Mexican Government has been too much disturbed since its independence to earnestly promote the education of the Indians. I consider that one of the first duties of Mexico is to educate the large number of Indians which we have, and when that is accomplished the whole condition of the country will change, as it will be able in a few years to increase by several millions its productive and consuming population. In 1896 the Federal Congress of Mexico passed a law which was promulgated on June 3d of that year, making primary education obliga- tory on all the inhabitants of the Federal District and Territories, and placing public education under the control of the Federal Government, having been before under the respective municipalities. In almost all the States education is free and compulsory, but the law has not been strictly enforced. Primary instruction is mostly at the ex- pense of the municipalities, but the Federal Government makes frequent grants, and many schools are under the care of the beneficent societies. School Statistics. — Statistical reports on public instruction for 1876 showed an aggregate of 8165 primary schools, with an attendance of 368,754 children of both sexes throughout the Republic. Reports for 1895 show a total number of public schools for both sexes through- out the Republic amounting to 10,915, in which are instructed 722,435 scholars, at an aggregate cost of $5,455,549-6o. The proportion of children of both sexes attending the school is, with respect to the general population, nearly five per cent., and that of the children of school age, actually attending school about 27 per cent, with an aver- age yearly outlay per capita of $7.55. The entire number of private schools for both sexes, including those supported by religious and civil associations, is 2585, with a total attendance of 81,221. Adding these to the preceding figures we have an aggregate of 13,500 schools with an attendance of 803,656 scholars. The number of schools in the country for professional technical education is 136, attended by 16,809 pupils of both sexes. In the Federal District there are 454 public primary schools with an attendance of 44,776 pupils, and 247 private schools with an attend- ance of 19,334 pupils. In the matter of education Mexico now stands upon a plane as high, if not higher, than any of the Spanish American Republics, out-ranking even Chili and the Argentine Republic, both of which greatly surpassed her in former years. io6 Geoarapbical IRotes on /IDejico. The statistical part of this paper will contain detailed information about the number of schools established in each State, their cost, etc., during the year 1895, which complements the information embraced in this chapter. Libraries. — Many great and noteworthy public and private libraries attest the ineradicable love of learning characteristic of the Mexican people. In 1894 there were in the Republic the National Library, with 200,000 volumes, and 102 other public libraries. There were in that year 22 museums for scientific and educational purposes, and 3 meteo- rological observatories. Our National Library at the City of Mexico collected all the books possessed by the libraries of the different con- vents when they were suppressed by the National Government, and has therefore a very large number of rare and valuable books. Newspapers. — The number of newspapers published was 363, of which 94 are published in the capital : 4 in English, 2 in French, and i in German, showing that the Press has not attained there the great de- velopment that it has in this country. THE VALLEY OF MEXICO. The Valley of Mexico is one of the finest spots in the world. Sur- rounded by high mountains — almost at the foot of the two highest in the country, Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl — with a very rare and clear atmosphere and a beautiful blue sky, especially after a rain ; it is really a centre of magnificent scenery. The rareness of the atmosphere makes distant objects appear to be very near, and when looking from the City of Mexico at the mountains which surround the Valley, one imagines that they are at the end of the City, while some of them are at a distance of forty miles. The view of the Valley from Chapultepec Hill, which is about one hundred and fifty feet high and distant about three miles from the City, towards its western extremity, where our military school now is and where the President has made his summer residence, is one of the most beautiful with which the earth is endowed. I have seen the Bosphorus, Constantinople, the Bay of Naples and other spots in the world which are considered to be most remarkable for their natural beauty, but T think the view of the Valley of Mexico from Chapultepec can be advantageously compared with any of them, if it does not excel them all. Six lakes are within the limits of the Valley, — Chalco, Zochimilco, Texcoco, Xaltocan, San Cristobal, and Zupango, the two former being of fresh water and the others of salt water — and, as they have no natural outlet the City of Mexico has been deprived for some time of a proper drainage and its health has been affected very materially thereby. But the colossal undertaking of making an artificial outlet is ttbe Cit^ of Aegfco. 107 now practically finished. In an article which I published in the Engineering Magazine in January, 1895, I dwelt especially on the work done during four centuries to accomplish that great end.1 The prevailing wind in the Valley of Mexico is northwest and north-northwest, which blew 250 times during the year 1883 ; while the southern winds, which are very dry, are rare, as they only blew 5 1 times in that year ; but at the same time they have greater velocity than the others, and the greatest relative velocity of the winds is 3.0. The west and northwest winds are very damp. At the present stage of industrial development, speaking especially of the Valley of Mexico, the question of a cheaper combustible is the one of supreme importance. In the absence of water-power of im- portance and permanence of volume, the only solution of the problem so vital to the growth of manufactures there lies in procuring abundant and cheap fuel. THE CITY OF MEXICO. The City of Mexico, located in the western end of the valley, on the Anahuac plateau, at an altitude of 7350 feet above the sea level in 19° 26' north latitude and 99° 07' 53* .4 longitude west of Greenwich, covering about twenty square miles, is one of the most ancient cities of this continent, was the capital of the Aztec Empire, of the Spanish Colony of New Spain and now of the Mexican Republic, and of the Federal District of Mexico. Mexico dates either from the year 1325 or 1327, when the Aztecs, after long wanderings over the plateau were directed by the oracle to settle at this spot. For here had been witnessed the auspicious omen of an eagle perched on a nopal (cactus) and devouring a snake. Hence the original name of the city, Tenochtitlan (cactus on a stone), changed afterwards to Mexico in honor of the war god Mexitli. The eagle holding a snake in her beak and standing on a cactus upon a stone, is the coat-of-arms of the Mexican Republic. With the progress of the Aztec culture the place rapidly improved, and about 1450 the old mud and rush houses were replaced by solid stone structures, erected partly on piles amid the islets of Lake Texcoco, and grouped around the cen- tral enclosure of the great teocalli. The city had reached its highest splendor on the arrival of the Spaniards in 1519, when it comprised from 50,000 to 60,000 houses, with perhaps 500,000 inhabitants, and seemed to Cortes, according to Prescott's, " like a thing of fairy crea- tion rather than the work of mortal hands." It was at that time about T2 miles in circumference, everywhere intersected by canals, and connected with the mainland by six long and solidly constructed causeways, as is clearly shown by the plan given in the edition of 1 That article is appended to this paper. io8 <3eoarapbfcal motes on Cortes's letters published at Nuremberg in 15 24.' After its almost destruction in November, 1521, Cortes employed some 400,000 natives in rebuilding it on the same site ; but since then the lake seems to have considerably subsided, for although still 50 square miles in extent, it is very shallow and has retired two and a half miles from the city. During the Spanish rule the chief event was the revolt in 1692^ when the municipal buildings were destroyed. Since then Mexico has been the scene of many revolutions, was captured by the United States Army after the battle of Chapultepec, on September 13, 1847, and by the French Army under Marshall Forey in 1863. But since the over- throw of Maximilian, and the French Intervention in 1867, peace has been established and it has become a great centre of civilizing in- fluences for the surrounding peoples. The City of Mexico is 263 miles by rail from Veracruz on the Atlantic, 290 from Acapulco on the Pacific, 285 from Oaxaca, 863 from Matamoros on the frontier with the United States, and 1224 miles from El Paso. Mexico is the largest and finest city in Spanish America, and at one time larger than Madrid, the capital of Spain, forming a square of nearly 3 miles both ways, and laid out with perfect regu- larity, all its six hundred streets and lanes running at right angles north to south and east to west, and covering within the walls an area of about ten square miles, with a population now of 539,935. The present City of Mexico is almost twice as large as the old one, it having increased towards the northwest, and, strange to say, the new portion is not laid out as regularly as the old one. All the main thoroughfares converge on the central Plaza de Armas, or Main Square, which covers 14 acres, and is tastefully laid out with shady trees, garden plots, marble fountains, and seats. Here also are grouped most of the public buildings, towering above which is the Cathedral, the largest and most sumptuous church in America, which stands on the north side of the plaza on the site of the great pyramidal teocalli or temple of Huitzilopochtli, titular god of the Aztecs. This church, which was founded in 1573 and finished in 1657, at a cost of $2,000,- ooo, for the walls alone, forms a Greek cross, 426 feet long and 203 feet wide, with two great naves and three aisles, twenty side chapels, and a magnificent high altar supported by marble columns, and surrounded by a tumbago balustrade with sixty-two statues of the same rich gold, silver, and copper alloy serving as candelabra. The elaborately carved choir was also enclosed by tumbago railings made in Macao, weighing twenty-six tons, and valued at about $1,500,000. In the interior, the Doric style prevails, and Renaissance in the exterior, which is adorned by five domes and two open towers 218 feet high. At the foot of the 1 Reproduced in vol. iv. of H. H. Bancroft's History of the Pacific States, San- Francisco, 1833, p. 280. Ube Cft^ of jfl&esiox 109 left tower was placed the famous calendar stone, the most interesting relic of Aztec culture, which is now at the National Museum. The east side of the plaza, is occupied by the old vice-regal resi- dence, now the National Palace, with 675 feet frontage, containing most of the Government offices, ministerial, cabinet, treasury, military headquarters, archives, meteorological department with observatory, and the spacious halls of ambassadors, with some remarkable paintings by Miranda and native artists. North of the National Palace, and forming portions of it, are the post-office and the national museum of natural history and antiquities, with a priceless collection of Mexican relics. Close to the cathedral stands the Monte de Piedad, or national pawnshop, a useful institution, endowed in 1744 by Don Manuel Romero de Terreros with $375,000, and now possessing nearly $10,- 000,000 of accumulated funds. Facing the cathedral is the Palacio Municipal, or City Hall, 252 feet by 122, rebuilt in 1792 at a cost of $150,000, and containing the city and district offices, and the mer- chant's exchange. Around the Plaza San Domingo were grouped the convent of that name, which contained vast treasures buried within its walls, the old inquisition, now the school of medicine, and for some time the Custom House, which has now been removed to the city boundary. In the same neighborhood are the Church of the Jesuits and the School of Arts, which is, in the language of Brocklehurst, " an immense work- shop, including iron and brass foundries, carriage and cart mending, building and masonry, various branches of joinery and upholstery work, and silk and cotton hand-weaving." Other noteworthy buildings are the national picture gallery of San Carlos, the finest in America, in which the Florentine and Flemish schools are well represented, and which contains the famous Las Casas, by Felix Parra ; the national library of St. Augustine, with over 200- ooo volumes, numerous MSS., and many rare old Spanish books ; the mint,1 which since 1690 has issued coinage, chiefly silver, to the amount of nearly $3,000,000,000 ; the Iturbide Hotel, formerly the residence of the Emperor Iturbide ; the Mineria, or schools of mines, with lecture- rooms, laboratories, rich mineralogical and geological specimens, and a fossil horse, three feet high, of the Pleistocene period. 1 The Spanish Government intended during last century to build a spacious, costly, and magnificent mint in the City of Mexico, and its plans and specifications were approved by the king, but by a mistake of the clerks in Madrid, they were forwarded to Santiago, Chili, instead of being sent to the City of Mexico, and it was in consequence built there. The building was so fine that, not having any mint at Santiago, it was used as the Government House, and it is now the Executive Mansion .and Departments, and it is called " La Moneda," an abbreviation of "La Casa de Moneda," which is the Spanish name for mint. no 6eo0rapbfcal IRotes on /iDejico, Among the twenty scientific institutes, mention should be made of the Geographical and Statistical Society, whose meteorological depart- ment issues charts and maps of unsurpassed excellence. Owing to the spongy nature of the soil, the Mineria and many other structures have settled out of the perpendicular, thus often pre- senting irregular lines and a rickety appearance. Before 1860 half of the city consisted of churches, convents, and other ecclesiastical structures, most of which have been sequestrated and converted into libraries, stores, warehouses, hotels, and even stables, or pulled down for civic improvements. Nevertheless there still remain fourteen parish and thirty other churches, some of large size, with towers and domes. San Francisco Street is the leading thoroughfare, and is rivalled in splendor only by the new Cinco de Mayo Street, running from the National Theatre to the cathedral. It would take a great deal more space than it is convenient to give in this paper, should I attempt to make a longer description of the City of Mexico which, being one of the oldest on this continent and the largest and principal one during the three centuries of the Spanish rule, it has quite a number of remarkable buildings and monuments and a very important history, a great deal of romance being connected with it. The City of Mexico is not only the capital of the country, but the real head of the Republic ; and the aim of all other Mexican cities is to follow in its footsteps and imitate as much as possible the City of Mexico, which to them is a beau ideal and a real paradise. The City of Mexico is now literally encircled with a belt of fac- tories— cotton, paper, linen, etc., packing houses, brick works, cork factories, soap works, etc., and cheaper fuel will add largely to their number. They have been able to show profits under the load of a dear combustible, and they will welcome the introduction of any fuel, which will enable them to work even more successfully. Climate. — From the official reports of Professor Mariano Barcena, Director of the National Meteorological Observatory of the City of Mexico, of the weather conditions in 1895, it appears that there were 121 cloudy days. But the rains were mostly at night or late in the afternoon, of short duration, and immediately succeeded by sunshine showers. Long periods of rainy weather are unknown there. The total rainfall for the year, less than twenty inches, will convey a fair idea of the dryness of the climate. The mean temperature in the shade for 1895 was 60 degrees, the highest being 65, reached in April, and the lowest 53, in January, a temperature rather which avoids both extremities. The mean temperature for the summer months were : June, 64 degrees ; July, 62 ; August, 62 ; September, 61. The table on page 112, prepared by the Weather Bureau of the City Ube City of /IDejico. m of Mexico, contains the average annual climatological data of that city from the years 1877 to 1895. More detailed data about the climatological conditions of the City of Mexico during the year 1896, prepared also by our Weather Bureau, is appended on page 113. Mortality in the City of Mexico. — During the year 1896 the total mortality in the City of Mexico, under a recorded population of 330,698, was 15,567, not including 1275 still-births, equivalent to 4.70 percent. The principal diseases which caused that mortality were those affecting 1 A BRIEF HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE METEOROLOGY IN THE MEXICAN REPUBLIC. Priest Jose Antonio Alzate stands in the first place among those who have culti- vated the meteorological science in our country, being he who first devoted himself to its study, and made regular observations during more than eight years, as he himself says in his De scripdon topogrdfica de Mexico (1738 to 1799). Of these observations, he, unfortunately, only published those belonging to the last nine months of the year 1769, in his famous Gaceta de Literatura de Mexico, 1788 to 1795. He also published many articles describing some phenomena and instruments, climates of towns, value and usefulness of observations, as he had done in others of his publications : Diario Liter- ario de Mexico, 1768 ; Asuntos varios sobre Ciencias y Artes, 1772 to 1773 ; and Ob- servadones sobre la Fisica Historia Natural y Artes litiles^ 1787. He was the first in determining the height of the City of Mexico. After these labors of Father Alzate, we find in the journal El Sol regular series of observations published, daily, from the I4th of June, 1824, to the I4th of January, 1828. Dr. John Burkart in 1826 ; Sr. Francisco Gerolt from 1833 to 1834, at the School of Mines ; Sr. Jose Gomez de la Cortina, Conde de la Cortina, from 1841 to 1845 ; the members of the Geographical Section of the Army Staff from 1842 to 1843 » the Astronomer Sr. Francisco Jimenez in 1858 ; the School of Mines in the years 1850, 1856, 1857, and 1858; Sr. Ignacio Cornejo, M.E., at the same school from 1865 to 1866 ; and Sr. Juan de Mier y Teran at the " Escuela Preparatoria " from 1868 to 1875, respectively, made some meteorological observations. A series of observations from 1855 to 1875 were made at the Hacienda de San Nicolas Buenavista, and another one at the city of Cordoba from 1859 to J863, by Dr. Jose Apolinario Nieto ; Sr. Carlos Sartorius at the Hacienda del Mirador (State of Veracruz) ; Sr. Miguel Velazquez de Leon, and his sons, Joaquin and Luis, engi- neers, from 1869 up to the present, at the Hacienda del Pabellon ; Sr. Gregorio Bar- reto from 1869 to 1880, at the city of Colima; General Mariano Reyes, Sr. Jose Maria Romero, engineer, and Sr. Pascual Alcocer, from 1870 to the present date, at the city of Queretaro ; Sr. Lazaro Perez from 1874 to 1885, at the city of Guadalajara ; Sr. Isidore Epstein at the City of Monterrey, 1855 ; Sr. Vicente Reyes, a civil engi- neer and architect, at the city of Cuernavaca, 1873, 1874, and 1876 ; Sr. Joaquin de Mendizabal Tamborrel, an engineer, at the city of Puebla, 1872 to 1873 ; Sr. Augustin Galindo at the same city, 1875 ; Professor Manuel M. Chazaro at San Juan Michapa (State of Veracruz), 1872 to 1873 ; Priest Pedro Spina, S. J., at the city of Puebla, 1876, and perhaps many others from whom we have no notice, have devoted them- selves to making meteorological observations. The " Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica " the most ancient scientific society in Mexico, distributed, in 1862, some instruments and instructions to observers. Finally, on the 6th of March, 1877, being President of the Republic, General 112 6eo0rapbical Botes on > 2 t 2 Q S w g ** ^^ O •6 o • o CO CO CO CO oo o w^ ffS'ssagg's g"a ** • • • O- o>vo ro u->oo oo Aw.sjsyrstfts1^ jjga^j'ss^ « - 2 2 30O>*u^» o MO*O**OC*UP>'^ moo «B . oo o^^j *o Moot^» *p^>xc!w^l?^'fe"W^^ *3 «r> a B & in O ° •s 8 % O i MfONv • • •* "^ ^ ^w^,-r OOOO co O Z fo 2 M 4 WO « * « ? ° «. 5 ^^ . " rovd - 0> ^- IN -i-vo «o OOOO WO 2 2«2 lOiOO^O* IOVO WO^t^tn *\OH O^W . vjvo ff ft ^"" M * **" ** OOOOM02 f>z dddd o d eo Q O •*« 00 •*• Q \O O \O VO ^OO MHt^MVOH ^- 0 t^oo M vo 0 VO 1000 •* -*-00 OOMH «0>r ' tvo e o ^ ro CO -*• . . . . OOOOOO«j . 2 IN 10 M fOQNCO O « OOO O^OVOOO « M iOOva>«0-^-« -*M WOO rovo cO^- »> moo oo OO fffl''ll^^'0a>"?frfS< O O O O O O co 2 " ^> Z U4 Geogtapbical IRotes on /JDejico, the digestive and respiratory organs, the former amounting to 4472 or 1.35 per cent, of the population and the latter to 3904 or 1.18 per cent, of the population, and both causing 8376 deaths or 53.81 per cent, of the total number of deaths. Deaths by typhus and typhoid fevers and small-pox, which are supposed to make such great ravages in the City of Mexico, were in reality insignificant, the deaths by the former amounting in that year to 480 or 0.14 per cent, of the population, and the deaths by small-pox were, in the Federal District, embracing the City of Mexico and twenty-three suburban towns, 217 or 0.047 Per cent- of the population of the District which is 473,820. Small-pox only attacks the very poor people, and, strange to say, also foreigners, even in case they have been vaccinated in their country, and to be free from small-pox they must be vaccinated in Mexico. The months of the greatest mortality during the same year were from February to May, and of the smallest the month of August, show- ing that the unhealthy months are the dry months, that is before the rains set in. The mortality in the City of Mexico is indeed very large, and it is due principally to two causes, first, the want of proper drainage and sewerage for the refuse of the city, a trouble which is now almost com- Porfirio Diaz, and by the suggestion of General Vicente Riva Palacio, then Secretary of Public Works, the Central Meteorological Observatory was established. From that date up to the present, an uninterrupted hourly observation is regularly taken during the day and the night in the Central Meteorological Observatory. Some mag- netical observations have also been made, and the Observatory is now thought of be- ing removed to a more suitable spot. After the establishment of the Central Meteorological Observatory, some official or private meteorological stations have also been established as follows : Aguascalien- tes (Institute del Estado) ; Guadalajara (Escuela de Ingenieros), observer, Augustin V. Pascal ; Guanajuato (Colegio del Estado), observer, Genaro Montes de Oca ; Leon (Escuela Secundaria), observer, Mariano Leal ; Mazatlan (Observatorio Astronomico y Meteorologico), observer, N. Gonzalez ; Oaxaca (Colegio del Estado), observer, Dr. A. Dominguez ; Pachuca (Institute del Estado), observer, Dr. N. Andrade ; Puebla (Colegio Catolico and Colegio del Estado), observers, Priest P. Spina and B. G. Gon- zalez respectively ; Queretaro (Colegio Civil), observer, J. B. Alcocer ; San Luis Po- tosi (Institute del Estado), observer, Dr. G. Barroeta ; Toluca (Institute del Estado), observer, S. Enriquez ; Veracruz, observer, G. Baturoni ; Zacatecas (Institute), J. A. Bonilla. Dr. Manuel Andrade, of Huejutla ; Dr. Matienzo, of Tampico; Father Perez, of Morelia ; Father Arreola, of Colima ; Father Castellanos, of Zapotlan ; Sr. Pascual Borbon, of Tacambaro, are enlightened observers to whom the Central Me- teorological Observatory is indebted for their valuable co-operation, and also to the telegraph operators of the " Telegraph system," who send, daily, some weather obser- vations to this office. The staff of the Central Meteorological Observatory is now as follows: Director, Mariano Barcena ; Vice-Director, Jose Zendejas, C.E. ; Second Observer, Francisco Toro ; Assistants, Rafael Aguilar, Francisco Quiroga, Angel Robelo, Jose Torres, and J. I. Vazquez. 115 pletely remedied, and the second, the unhygienic way of living of the poor classes, among whom takes place the largest mortality. The very large number of still-births which occurred in the City of Mexico in 1896, almost exclusively among the poor classes, shows the little care that the poor women take of themselves, and is enough to ex- plain the present large mortality. RAILWAYS. For many years the government earnestly endeavored to further the construction of railroads in Mexico, but the broken surface of the country made the building of these roads very expensive. Until 1873 the means of internal locomotion were mainly limited to a few wagon roads, over which travelled twenty-four regular lines of diligences, under one management ; and bridle-paths from the central plateau over the sierras and terrace lands down to a few points on both coasts. In 1854 the first railroad was finished, connecting the City of Mex- ico with Guadalupe, about three miles in length, and another from Veracruz to Tejeria towards the City of Mexico about twelve miles in length ; these being the only railroads that were built, up to 1861. During the French Intervention the French army extended the Tejeria road to Paso del Macho, about thirty-five miles further, to the foot of the mountain, so as to be able to transport their army, with the shortest delay possible, out of the yellow-fever zone, toward the central plateau ; and an English Company, which had a grant for a road from the City of Mexico to Veracruz, which was supposed at the time to be the only one that could be built in Mexico, extended the Guadalupe road to Api- zaco in the direction of Veracruz and not far from Puebla. No construction of consequence was done immediately after the French Intervention, because the country was generally in a disturbed condition, although several efforts were made in that direction by President Juarez, under whose administration a new and very liberal grant was given to the Veracruz railway company. The Veracruz road was finished in 1873, during SeSor Lerdo de Tejada's Presidency, and when General Diaz became President in 1876 he earnestly pro- moted railroad building ; and we now have two trunk lines connecting the City of Mexico with the United States — the Mexican Central to El Paso, Texas, with a branch from San Luis Potosi to the port of Tampico, and another from Irapuato to Guadalajara, which has re- cently been extended to Ameca, towards the Pacific ; and the Mexican National to Laredo, Texas, with several branches. Another trunk line from Eagle Pass to Torreon and Durango, which it is intended shall finally reach the Pacific, has also been built by Mr. C. P. Hunt- ington and his associates. There is besides a line from Nogales to Guaymas, built and owned by the Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe n6 0eo0rapbical IRotes on Company ; and these four lines connect us with the main systems of the United States, our lines being in fact extensions of the United States railway system. We have now two lines from the City of Mexico to Veracruz, the old Veracruz road passing by Orizaba, and the Interoceanic, which runs from Veracruz by Jalapa and the City of Mexico and is intended to reach the Pacific. All of our roads, excepting the one built by Mr. Huntington, have had large subsidies paid by the Mexican Govern- ment, and in one case, that of the Veracruz railroad, the subsidy paid was $560,000 per year, for twenty-eight years, or about $57,471 per English mile, although the average subsidy per mile, according to President Diaz's report, dated November 30, 1896, is $14,380. The Tehuantepec railway, running from Coatzacoalcos on the Gulf of Mexico to Salina Cruz on the Pacific, about one hundred and thirty miles in length, has been built at great expense and at a great sacrifice by the Mexican Government. I published in the Engineering Maga- zine for March, 1894,' an article stating the different efforts made by the Mexican Government to have that road built, and the advantages that we expected from it as a highway of trade between the Atlantic and the Pacific. The Mexican Government has recently made a con- tract with Messrs. E. Weetman, Pearson & Son, of London, for the building of good harbors at both ends of the road, and when that is accomplished we expect that a great deal of eastern trade will pass through Tehuantepec. With the exception of the Tehuantepec road, we have not yet any road running from the Atlantic to the Pacific, although several are in process of construction. The descent of the mountains is on the Pa- cific slope a great deal more difficult than on the Gulf coast, where the large centres of population are located near the Gulf, and this explains why none of the roads have so far been able to reach the Pacific Ocean. Our railway system extends now, in the direction of Guatemala, as far as the city of Oaxaca, where we are only about five hundred miles away from our frontier with Guatemala. In other directions, our sys- tem reaches the principal cities and commercial and mining centres of the country. The total mileage of railway in 1895 was 6989} English miles. President Diaz, in his above mentioned report gives, the total mileage of railways in Mexico as 11,469 kilometres or 7126 miles ; and in his message to Congress on April i, 1897, he stated that the railway mile- age had been increased by 238 kilometres 550 metres, finished and received by the Government, and 248 kilometres built, but not yet re- ceived officially^ making a total mileage of 11,955 kilometres 550 metres, or 7.429 miles. 1 This paper will appear in this volume. 117 President Diaz's Railway Policy. — President Diaz deserves a great deal of credit for his efforts to promote in Mexico, material improve- ments, and especially in railroad building. When he came into power, in 1877, public opinion was very much divided as to the policy of allowing citizens of the United States to develop the resources of the country by building railroads, working mines, etc. Our experience of what took place in consequence of the liberal grants given by Mexico to Texan colonists made many fear that a repetition of that liberal policy might endanger the future of the country by giving a foothold in it to citizens of the United States who might afterward, if circum- stances favored them, attempt to repeat the case of Texas. President Lerdo de Tejada seemed to share such fears judging by his policy in this regard. But President Diaz, as a broad-minded and patriotic statesman, believed that the best interest of the country required its material development, and that it would not be advisible to discrimi- nate against citizens of the United States, as that country was more interested than any other, on account of its contiguity to Mexico, in developing the resources of our country by building an extensive system of railways, and would, therefore, be more ready than any other to assist in building them. He trusted, at the same time, that when the resources of the country should be more fully developed, it would become so strong as to be beyond reach of the temptation by foreign states or individuals. The results of the work done in Mexico so far show that General Diaz acted wisely, and proved himself equal to the task before him. Many in Mexico, and myself among the number, thought that, as the railroads were such lucrative enterprises, especially in a country endowed with so many natural elements of wealth as Mexico, it would not be judicious to give their promoters any pecuniary assistance, in the shape of subsidies or otherwise, the more so as the finances of the country were then in a critical condition, and it would not be wise to increase its burdens by large pecuniary subsidies in aid of private en- terprises. My opinion in this case was based mainly on what I had seen in the United States, namely : that long lines of railways are built in this country without any pecuniary assistance from the Govern- ment, and that when the Government subsidized any one line it be- came a source of great dissatisfaction and very unpleasant questions, which are yet unsettled. We feared also that such large subsidies as were asked by the railway promoters would amount in the end to so large a sum as to make it impossible for Mexico to pay it, discrediting the country. But in this case General Diaz's view seems to have been the right one, in so far as that it afforded a great inducement for the immediate building of large trunk lines of railways, which, without subsidy, might have been delayed for several years. He thought it us 0eo$rapbical iRotes on worth while to spend large sums of money for the purpose of having railways built without delay, rather than trust to the fluctuations of confidence and credit in the foreign exchanges, that would enable the prospective companies to obtain the funds necessary to build their roads, trusting, at the same time, that the material development of the country promoted by the railroads would yield revenue enough to pay all the subsidies granted. Fortunately all railroad subsidies contracted by Mexico have been punctually paid, and their amount forms now a large item of our national debt. To pay some of them the mistake was made of negotiating a sterling loan on Europe, to pay a silver debt ; but even in that way the transaction is not altogether a bad one. General Diaz's policy was to give a railway subsidy to anybody asking for it without investigating the responsibility of the concern, with the idea that if the road was built the country would get the benefit of the same, and if it was not built nothing would be lost, as there was in all grants, a clause to the effect that if no building was done within a given time, the grant should by that mere fact be for- feited, the forfeiture to be declared by the Administration. The system of subsidizing railways has a great many drawbacks, but at the same time commands some decided advantages, like giving the government the strict supervision over the roads who have to sub- mit to it for its approval, tariffs for freights and passengers, the free carrying of the mails, the duty of the company to present to the government a yearly statement of its traffic, receipts, etc., and other similar advantages. In all grants to subsidized railroads there is a stipulation that at the end of ninety-nine years the road-bed would revert to the Mexican government. President Diaz 's Statistics on Mexican Railways. — Before I close this chapter I think it will not be out of place to quote some remarks of President Diaz concerning our Mexican railroads, which occur in his above-mentioned report. " In 1875 we had 578 kilometres 285 metres of railway, in 1885 we had 5915 kilometres, in 1886, 6018 kilometres, in November, 1888, 7940 kilometres, in June, 1892, 10,233, an our service is now as good as that of any other country. The first tele- graph line built and owned in Mexico by a private company, liberally assisted by the government, extended from Veracruz to the City of Mexico. On November 5, 1851, the first section was inaugurated from the City of Mexico to Nopalucan, and on May 19, 1852, to Veracruz. In 1853 another company established a line from the City of Mexico towards the north to Leon in the State of Guanajuato, and in 1865 a line was finished to San Luis Potosi. In 1868 and 1869 a private company, called the " Jalisco Company " established the line between the City of Mexico and Guadalajara, which was soon afterwards extended to Manzanillo and San Bias. After the restoration of the Republic in 1867, the Mexican government began to <3eo0rapbical Botes on flDejico, build lines to the principal centres of population of the country, and in 1890 it bought the Jalisco line, and in 1894 the Veracruz. From 1869 to 1876 the States of Michoacan, Oaxaca, and Zacate- cas established several lines in their respective jurisdictions. When General Diaz became President in 1876, the National Telegraphic Lines only had 7927 kilometres. In 1885 the Federal Goverment transferred to the States, without any cost, all the telegraphic lines which were considered of local inter- est, keeping only such as could be called trunk lines. In 1893 we had 37,880 English miles of telegraph lines, of which 24,840 belonged to the Federal Government, the remainder belonging in about equal parts to the States, private companies and railways. The following statement, which I take from the Anuario Estadistico de la Republica Mexicano, 1895, shows the telegraphic lines belonging to the Federal Government, to the States, to private companies and to railroads : Federal Lines 43,416 k 780 m State Lines 5,544 °68 " Private Company Lines 4,73° 980 " Railroad Lines 9,?6i 61 r " General Total 63,453 k 439 " On November 30, 1896, the total mileage of our telegraph lines was, according to the President's report of that date, 45,000 kilometres, 27,962 English miles, and that amount was increased, according to the President's message of April i, 1897, to 45,259 kilometres, 28,123 miles. In 1891 the operations of the various lines throughout the Republic involved the transmission of 1,050,000 messages, of which about 800,- ooo were private, and the remainder official. The receipts from this branch of the public service amounted to $469,305 collected at 767 offices ; the expenditure included for repairs an average of $3 per kilometre, and for salaries a total of $671,431. The proceeds of the Federal telegraphic lines were, according to President Diaz's report of November 30, 1896, as follows : Fiscal Year, 1883-1884 $239,051 " " 1890-1891 462,076 " 1893-1894 : 524,634 1895-1896 537,308 In the statistical portion of this paper will be found a detail state- ment of the earnings and expenses of the national telegraphic lines of postal Service, 123 Mexico for the 27 fiscal years which elapsed from July i, 1869, to June 30, 1896, and such data as it is possible to obtain for the ten years which elapsed from July i, 1869,1.0 June 30, 1879. Cables. — Up to 1887 there was no communication between Mexico and foreign countries. In 1880 the Mexican Cable Co. built their cables from Galveston to Tampico, Veracruz and Coatzacoalcos, on the Gulf of Mexico, and a telegraphic line from Coatzacoalcos to Salina Cruz, on the Pacific, which was extended to Central and South Amer- ica. Cables had been laid between Jicalango and El Carmen and be- tween the rivers Grijalva and Coatzacoalcos, and now through those cables we are in direct communication with the United States and Europe. POSTAL SERVICE. Our postal service has improved considerably of late. It was until recently quite imperfect on account of the difficult and expensive ways of communication. It used to be slow and so expensive that it was almost prohibitory, and up to 1870 the single postage of a letter, weigh- ing one quarter an ounce was 25 cents, and double for any distance ex- ceeding sixty miles. After Mexico entered into the Universal Postal Union, in 1870, the postage of letters for foreign countries was reduced to 5 cents, and that reduction made it necessary to reduce the home postage from 25 to 10 cents. Recently it has been reduced again from 10 to 5 cents. There were in the whole country, in 1883, one head post-office at the national capital, 53 first-class post-offices, 265 second class, for the most part inefficient, and 518 postal agencies, little better than use- less. The entire service as it was being rendered at 837 stations. The evils resulting from the very high postage were further aggravated by the insecurity of the mails. The revenue of the postal department in that year amounted to $817,244. The total number of post-offices and postal agencies in 1893 was 1448, and the mail pouches are now transported on railways over a total distance of 10,000 kilometres, or more than 6000 miles. Over the re- maining distances in the interior the mails are conveyed either by stages or by foot or mounted carriers. President Diaz gives in his report of November 30, 1896, the follow- ing statistics about our postal services : Post Offices. Postal Agencies. 1877 53 269 1888 356 719 1892 356 1430 1895 469 ,..1471 1896 471 1500 124 Oeograpbical IRotes on /IDejico. President Diaz states in his same report that the total number of pieces distributed by our mails in the year 1878 was 5,169,892, while in the year 1896 the number increased to 24,000,000. For the purpose of communicating with foreign countries, especially before railroads were finished, the Mexican government granted large subsidies to steamship companies, running especially between Mexican and United States ports, and their amount increased considerably the expenses of our post-office department. In the statistical part of this paper I shall insert the statement of the earnings and expenses of the postal service in Mexico, in the twenty- seven years elapsed from July i, 1869, to June 30, 1896. PUBLIC LANDS. The Spanish government considered itself the owner of lands in Mexico, and it granted them to private parties under certain very liberal regulations. The Indians having been the original owners, and needing the lands to raise their food, and textiles for their clothing, could not be entirely deprived of them, and a large portion of the land was left to each municipality to be held generally in common by the inhabitants of the same. Large tracts of land remain, however, which had not been granted either to the Indians nor to the Spanish settlers, and these we called vacant lands — Terrenes Baldios. The Mexican government succeeded Spain in the ownership of public lands, and with a view to make them available for colonization an easy system to dispose of them at a comparatively low price was established. The greatest difficulty was to find the public lands, as they had never before been surveyed, and a great many were occupied without title by private parties. As such survey would be very expensive, the Mexican government devised a plan of contracting that work with private companies, paying them with one-third of the land measured,, and in that way large portions of the public lands have been surveyed. It appears from President Diaz's report to his fellow-citizens, dated November 30, 1896, that up to 1888 private companies had surveyed 33,811,524, hectares of public lands, for which they received in pay- ment for their work one-third or 11,036,407 hectares. In the four years from 1889 to 1892, 16,820,141 hectares of public lands were surveyed by private companies, of which 11,213,427 hectares belonged to the government, and in that way in less than ten years it was possible to survey 50,631,665 hectares. Out of this amount the government sold to private parties and to colonization companies 1,607,493 hectares, and to private companies who were in possession of public lands held by them without any title, which we call demacias, 4,222,991 hectares. At the same time the government has been trying to divide the lands held in common by the Indian towns between the inhabitants of the flmmigration. 125 same, and up to 1888 it had distributed in that manner 67,368 hectares among 2936 titles, and from 1889 to 1892 180,169 hectares among 4560 titles. In accordance with the provisions of our public land laws we sold to private parties, who pre-empted the lands for purchase, which we call "denuncio," 3,635,388 hectares among 1504 titles, and from 1889 to 1892 1,353,137 hectares among 1218 titles. From July i, 1891, to August 18, 1896, 9,677,689 hectares of land were surveyed, of which 6,504,912 hectares belong to the government, and the balance, 3,I72j777 hectares, belong to private companies. Every year the Department of Fomento publishes under authority of law a price-list of public lands, which have different prices in each state and are sometimes divided into three classes ; the first, second, and third having each a different price. The following is the official price of public lands fixed by the Department of Fomento for the fiscal year 1895-1896 : STATES PRICE PER HECTARE STATES PRICE PER HECTARE $2.25 1. 80 1. 00 2.25 2.00 1. 00 I.OO 3.35 1. 10 2.25 2.25 3.35 2.25 4.50 I.OO $1.10 3-35 3-35 2.25 I.IO I.OO 2.50 I.OO 2.25 2.75 1. 80 2.25 5.60 2.00 0.65 Campeche Puebla . . Oueretaro San Luis Potosi Chiapas Sinaloa Chihuahua Sonora Tabasco Guanajuato Tamaulipas Tlaxcala . Jalisco ....... Yucatan Mexico Zacatecas Michoacan District federal Morelos Territore de Tepic New Leon Territory of Lower Cal. . . In the statistical part of this paper I shall insert some data about the sales of public lands by the Mexican government from 1867 to 1895, and a statement of the titles issued from the years 1877 to 1895. IMMIGRATION. It has always been the aim of the Mexican government from the time of the independence of the country, to encourage the immigration of foreigners, because Mexico being so large and the population so scanty, it was considered a necessity to promote the development of the country, to increase the population by inducing the settlement of foreigners, and different laws have been issued for that purpose. Since the restoration of the Republic new laws have been sanctioned to encourage colonization, which allow colonists and the companies bringing them free importation of their personal goods and such articles 126 Oeoarapbtcal Betes on as they may need for their subsistence and welfare for a reasonable term of years, exempting them at the same time from all kinds of taxes — federal, state, and municipal, — excepting only the stamp tax, and also exempting them from military and other personal service, and some- times even going so far as to give a bounty for each colonist brought to the country. Under such laws several contracts were made with differ- ent companies, and 32 colonies have been planted in different sections of Mexico, of which 13 have been established by the government and 19 by private parties. In 1892 there were only 1266 families with a total number of 10,985 colonists. On the whole, the efforts made and the expenses incurred by the Mexican government in the establish- ment of those settlements of colonists, have had but unsatisfactory results, but they have paved the way for future experiments on a larger scale, especially if undertaken by private parties, and with only such assistance from the government as can be rendered by liberal legisla- tion. The principle obstacle which has prevented us from having a large immigration is our low wages. Those who immigrate are generally poor wage earners, who want to better their condition, and they could not go to a country where wages are a great deal lower than in the United States, or even in Europe, as they could never compete with the native labor of our Indians. We have now a surplus of labor and a deficit of capital, and cannot have a large immigration until such conditions are changed. What Mexico needs is capital to develop her resources and give employment to labor, and then immigration will flow in as naturally as water seeks its level. Mexican credit will be established, so far as im- migration is concerned, when her natural resources are developed, this being the only safe and reliable basis of such credit, and this will never be developed until those who have capital to invest are acquainted with the unparalleled opportunities for safe and profitable investment in Mexico. This will only be accomplished by plain, blunt, matter-of- fact and well-informed press agents, who lay before people who have money to invest the plain facts of the case. Immigration from the United States. — I have often been asked for my opinion of the chances of Americans going to settle in Mexico, and have always answered that while Mexico is desirous of attracting good settlers, and while that country undoubtedly offers great inducements to foreign settlers, especially to those having some means, there are serious drawbacks which ought to be pointed out to the prospective immigrant from the United States, as a warning against a possible failure and disappointment. The comforts of life in the rural districts of Mexico, where a settler from this country has the best chances, are scanty compared with simi- Ummfaration, 127 lar districts in the United States. The difference of race, language, religion, and education between a young man brought up in this country and the small Mexican farmers, are enough to create difficulties at first sight insuperable to any young man from the United States who settles there. If he establishes himself in a district inhabited only by Indians these difficulties are considerably increased. If the settler prefers the hot lands, which are the most fertile and productive, the severity of the climate is such as to challenge the courage of the bravest. The mosquitoes of several varieties, the flies, and many other insects are very annoying, besides the sickness inherent to such climate. The question of labor is another great difficulty in the way, because, while it is cheap and abundant in the cold regions, it is generally scarce and unreliable in the hot lands. The conditions of the two countries are so very different that the change experienced by one brought up in this country who goes into Mexico, is very apt to discourage the strongest and most sanguine, at least in the beginning, as the lapse of time makes anybody adapt him- self to existing conditions and to appreciate the advantages of his new home. The land question is also a serious objection. A large portion of the public lands have already been disposed of, and comparatively little of the public and private lands have been surveyed, and cannot easily be had in small lots. The large land-holders are unwilling to divide their estates, and the Indians holding large tracts of land are very reluctant to part with them at any price. Coffee raising is undoubtedly one of the most profitable undertak- ings in Mexico, but at the same time it has serious drawbacks. It takes from three to four years before the trees begin to yield, and the planter must be provided with sufficient means to defray not only his personal expenses, but also those of the plantation, like houses, machinery, cultivation, etc., without receiving any proceeds until the third or fourth year. Besides, if he makes any mistake in the selec- tion of his land, his profits will be considerably reduced. The gen- eral impression prevailing in Mexico is that coffee is the product of the hot lands, where the coffee trees need shade ; but a plantation in such lands would cost a great deal more money to make and to keep, and would yield smaller profits than one located in the temperate zone, that is, just below the frost line.1 1 The same views were expressed in Mexico to the State Department by the United States Consuls, and even published in the Consular Reports for August, 1894, vol. xlv., No. 167, pp. 628, 629. " Consular advices received at the Department of State warn Americans about emigrating to Mexico, with a view to permanent settlement, with insufficient means or without informing themselves in a reliable way as to the prospects for earning liveli- <3eograpbical Botes on For the American common laborer who looks to his day's pay for his living, Mexico is unquestionably not the proper place to go. He cannot compete with the Mexican laborer, whose usual pay is from 38 to 50 cents a day in silver, and he boards himself. For the man who has no means, unless he is especially qualified in some particular branch, and knows something of the language, and will work harder and longer hours, it is no place. There is room for the steady, sober, industrious mechanic or miner or tradesman who will adapt himself to new conditions and surroundings, leave all social, political, and other ambitions behind him, and who will attend strictly to his own business. Those who are safest in going to Mexico are those who have a little capital, say from $2000 in gold and upward, which will give them about twice that amount there; who can look around and decide what they propose to do, and where they want to settle. There is an excel- lent field for the small general farmer of the New England or Middle States type, who will raise a little of everything. Butter, potatoes, hogs, poultry, corn, vegetables, and small grain find a ready sale at good prices. I have seen the common article of corn, which is nearly always a sure crop, sell at from $i to $1.25 per bushel, Mexican money. It is always best for the mechanic or miner to first secure a job before going to Mexico, and work for wages several months, and in the meantime study the situation, get acquainted with the language, the customs, and the people before going it alone. The manner of living there and the customs of the people are totally different from those of the United States. Those going there will have to work harder and longer hours than in the United States, but they can save money. Ten years ago Americans went to Mexico to make money and return to the United States ; to-day they go to find homes. I know several Americans who would not live in the United States again. The climate of Mexico permits a man to work every day in the year. The cost of living and clothing is cheap, and a dollar in Mexi- can money can be made to go as far there as a dollar in American money in the United States, and a dollar there is easier to get. In mining, Mexico offers inducements superior to any other coun- hoods. While there are undoubtedly good opportunities in Mexico for enterprise, frugality, and thrift, it is like other countries, a land of varying conditions, and it often happens that disappointment is the result of emigration undertaken upon insufficient or misleading information, or without resources, which are always necessary for success in a new country. Many Americans have been induced by alluring statements as to the cheapness of coffee raising, etc. , to emigrate to Mexico within the past year, and some have lost their, all by so doing. For these reasons Consuls desire to caution Americans against the representations of speculators, who are always on the watch for the unwary." public Debt 129 try ; and whether a man has a thousand dollars or a million he can go there and make money if he exercises ordinary precaution and judg- ment, and if he makes up his mind to stand the discomforts of the country. It is a good country for the prospector, too, because there are no seasons against him, and there are many new fields entirely un- touched; but he needs money enough to get there with and enable him to obtain the proper kind of outfit, and time to familiarize himself with the requirements of the law and select some district in which he wants to operate. For the small capitalist, or for a small syndicate, there is no finer field for the organizing of small legitimate companies for the purposes of opening and working old abandoned mines, which are filled with debris or water, and which it will pay to clean out and work, and of which there are still many to be had. In times gone by they were abandoned because of the refractory condition of the ores, or lack of machinery, or want of transportation, all of which conditions have been removed. There is also a fine opening for capital for the exploration of the new gold-fields in the vicinity of Guadalupe y Calvo, in the range between Sonora and Chihuahua, in the State of Guerrero, and in many other localities. There are in various parts of Mexico educated, experienced, and thoroughly reliable Americans to be found, who have lived a long while in the country, and know the language, the laws, and the people, and would be willing to give reliable information to young Americans wishing to go there. PUBLIC DEBT. The public debt of Mexico is represented by bonds drawing differ- ent rates of interest, some payable in gold and others in silver. In 1825, very soon after our independence, we contracted two loans in London, both for 10,000,000 pounds sterling, which we mainly used for buying war-ships and war material. On account of the disturbed con- dition of the country, the interest on that debt could not be paid punc- tually, and the bonds naturally fell to a very low nominal price. In 1851, after the war with the United States, we refunded that debt in new bonds, the interest of which was reduced from 5 to 3 per cent, which we expected to pay punctually, but the disturbed condition of the country made it impossible for us to do it. Finally, in 1888, the debt was readjusted and gold bonds bearing 6 per cent, interest issued, and as we have paid since punctually the interest, they have reached par. We had issued bonds from 1849 to 1856 to pay claims of English, French, and Spanish subjects under certain conventions signed with those countries, and such bonds were exchanged at different rates for the 6 per cent, gold bonds of our foreign debt. VOL. I — Q 130 Geograpbical notes on To build the Tehuantepec Railway we negotiated in London, in 1888, another gold loan for 3,000,000 pounds sterling at 5 per cent, interest. The subsidies granted to railway companies were payable in sil- ver, with a percentage of our import duties, but as they amounted to a considerable sum their payment reduced the revenue considerably, and the Mexican Government contracted in London in 1890 a gold loan at 6 per cent, interest, with which it paid the subsidies due up to that date to most of the railway companies. We had to issue besides in 1850 what we call domestic or interior bonds, at 3 and 5 per cent, interest in silver, and we had other indebt- edness of several kinds, caused by loans and other sources when the revenue of the Government was not enough to pay its expenses. All such debts have been consolidated into new bonds of 3 and 5 per cent, interest, payable in silver. Such railway subsidies as were not paid out of the proceeds of the loan of 1890 have been paid with bonds drawing 5 per cent, interest, paying both capital and interest in silver. It is very onerous for Mexico when it is on a silver basis to pay in gold the interest of its foreign debt, because we have to buy gold at current prices, and it costs us now more than double its current price. When silver was about 50 cents on the dollar, as compared with gold, 6 per cent, interest of our foreign debt, cost us 12 per cent., and of course the further silver is depreciated the greater will be the cost of paying the interest of our gold debts. President Diaz gives in his report of November 30, 1896, the follow- ing data about the cost to the Mexican Treasury of buying exchange to place in London the funds to pay us the gold interest on our foreign debt : Fiscal year 1888-1889 $ 729,178.17 " 1890-1891 2,314,477.77 1891-1892 3,225,246.77 1892-1893 5,101,223.57 In the second part of this paper I will give a detailed statement showing the different kinds of bonds and obligations which constitute the Mexican debt, and here will only give the figures of the total amount, which are the following : Sterling Mexican debt $114,675,895.49 Debt payable in silver 88,549,111.80 Total $203,225,007.29 It is not possible to fix the exact amount of the debt of Mexico, either in silver or gold, because of the daily changes in the price of 131 silver ; but as silver is the currency of the country, when the Mexican dollar is worth 24 pence in London, the amount of our debt in silver would be equal to our sterling debt, that is : $114,675,895.40 added to our debt will make a grand total in Mexican silver of $317,900,902.78. BANKING. Banking in Mexico is in its incipient state. The National Bank of Mexico, established in the City of Mexico in 1882, with its branches in the principal cities of the country, has a monopoly for the issuing of notes in the capital which is only shared by such banks as were in ex- istence before the National Bank of Mexico was chartered, like the Bank of London, Mexico, and South America, established during the French intervention in Mexico and recently remodelled under the name of the Bank of London and Mexico. The Mortgage Bank of Mexico enjoys that privilege also. On June 3, 1896, a general banking law was issued by the Mexican Congress, which establishes the conditions under which banking insti- tutions can be organized ; but, of course, that does not affect the rights of the National Bank and other banks in the City of Mexico which had been chartered before the date of that law. Formerly, owing to the expense and dangers of transportation, it was difficult to transport money from one place to another, and there- fore exchange between cities in Mexico was very high, sometimes even ten per cent, from one city to another in the country. The rate has been reduced considerably since the railroads were built, but it is still quite high. To draw money from the City of Mexico to the City of Oaxaca, for instance, and vice versa, costs now one per cent, each way ; when money is required to be sent to smaller places the expenses are much higher, as it is necessary to send a man to the nearest town where the money can be placed by the banks, and pay to him a large commission — the expenses sometimes reaching ten per cent. To keep up this rate of exchange the National Bank makes its bills payable at a certain place so that they cannot be paid at any other. Banking is very profitable in Mexico. The following is a statement of the earnings and dividends of the National Bank of Mexico, which began with a capital of $3,000,000, increased since to $6,000,000, hav- ing now a reserve fund of $5,500,000, and is owned almost exclusively by Mexicans, being the fiscal agent of the Government : NET PROFITS. DIVIDENDS. 1801. . $1,813,623 23 per cent. 1802 ... 1,839,418 23 " 180-;. . 2,355,464 29 " " 1804. 1,961,801 24 " " * vt 1805. . 2,2OO,626 27 " " 132 Geograpbtcal Botes on The following is a statement, from official sources, of the earnings and dividends of the Bank of London and Mexico. Up to 1891 it had a capital of $1,500,000, which was then increased to $3,000,000 : NET PROFITS. DIVIDENDS EARNED, PER CENT. DIVIDENDS DECLARED, PER CENT. 1880.. $243,246 16 IO 1800. . c6q im 16 2O vw 1801. . 7O3 $22 46 2O 1802 780 067 26 16 i8cn . 618 6 t N m M ottmmi-i co tcococo o w OO ttmO M M or-^co moo M N N co r^co m r>>O co i^- O OO O t t~» O O co M M O O N t m r^ co 00 co NCOCOCO r->. o tec mo m • o co t N t 9* r-C i-T rC r^ r^ t-Tco" i-T mco" o" Q" 00" mo m N PL* t t m N eooo t t N M oOmOcONoom O mo co co O N O >- t Mv°^ "*O^ m m O^ m cfcfcotttcOinOM in t co M o m O 6 in m coco co t b "F- >-> N w M co M N N M 1 1 co O w to O t^ w co comOco M tOOcO N t u »rt r> o' "-Too" 00" t co o'co" M" N" m N* t r-C t N"O" p, co N O co O Oco M Q o O m co m m mo" r^co'oo"1 O r^ o" t O t^ N to ^ O M N oo t mco tmococoNco r^N mco co r^-co M o M co r-^co Oco M cottcOMco tmi-tco mN co to mco o O eooo CON CON r-^o m r^ o M i-» eo m co N Ix» N eo O eo t OO O t™* O M O O t N in m N r^ co r^o co or-mM CON cotw NO oow O mco'co" eoi-Tr-^co to OtM~ Oco"o" t cf i~^ r^ o coo o O oo t N t^co in m r^ r» r^co M m r^ eo r^ o r*^ t co t^ O M N r^» O M t N ** co co m r**. in ci r^» t rC o" o" oo" O o" IH" w" M" co O O N" in o" eo CO*" o" eo t-T o" MMMMMNdNNNNNNNtt mO O M in «fr too N M 1-1 r^ N r^o t O mco r^ coo O O co r^ eo r^co o N O coo rt coco r-^o N o O co co o co co t 1 N tO O CO O O" eo cf N" N"O" t O O«co tOO eoO coo or-«ootcoM coco O m r^« M o i-t N Oco M ocoO cotco OOO co *3 £ M M o t OO Oco coco tmco N r^o^-r- «--j ONOONMONCOOMi-iOOCONOOOt , ..i Oco eo m O O t^O co N M o Oco O in m m N" co O" O t^ coco co O OO O f^ M coco co N co r^ N O co cjC MOONr-^omNt r^co OO M N tN or-«t *"* t~t t coo" m m r^ r-^ i-^co" o r^ M" to" r-^co" co M" cf m MHMMMMMMMMMNN M CO CO t^ CO m co r^o I-OOCON OOr^eo>-«tmo to r^ eo N to to tr^w N inr-^r^teoM intmom totO r^eoO O mr^-inN OO O OO tec mo \n O too" N" f^ M"CO" i-To" eo in oo" o" M" O~ o"o" N" mw r^OO Noo M too o coco o m N o co NO ef N" N" co t co t co t o M" M" o" N" r>^ o" co* N" o" « COCOCOtONCOt co o O M w eo t mo r-.co o O M N eo t mo rAcd O O t^» r-. r^« r-* r-» r-. r^. i^« r*^ r^co co co oo co co co co co cocococococococooococococococococooocococo iiiiiiTTiiiiTiTiiT-TiT r^co o O w N co t mo f^co o O M N co t mo r>. OOO r^-r^r~>.t-»r^r^r^r-*i>i r»co co co co co co co co COCOCOOOCOCOCOOOCOCOOOCOCOCOCOCOCOOSICOCOCO •Revenue an& Expenses. 141 vS : 3j*2 g, o> 1H o. $11 I * $$. ? I I &£ 8^ 1 3 :** 00 £.JO ft S.03 J feo -• f m* I* * ft ii Is' " 1 1 IPS- °n?.o> .•* "LW. 0? M 8" "i |; 8 : I I 142 Statistical IRotes on S S^'S.tfS.S'S 2 £"2 a oo"ocT d" pT N ro ^ ^ 10 ^ H^OO" ro to tC & 1000" ** \O~co \Ocooo H" ^ 10 ~MP»^iO ro N 00 IO PI rOOO • O •* tx tx. tx tx rx. e» « ON-^-roO -^vo^ \q_vq_ ro •£ ~ " ~ " • •* o •<»- M H N vo 1000 co t^ o r-\O 10 w M of *o"co o" o' o" o" o" o'^'oo'co' (Scoaocooo z.! K ]l i 8883-88888888 SS^ c^o M 0> 5> ^-l w o ro " ro •*•*•* «£ 10 in*o cT cT M" .- ^o to *o o" eT w" cT 10 N vo •*• M rx 10 « M ^ ^ M ro>O &ioo vo " OOO COOO -*lOt^rOOOO o" ro •* cT to ro >? pT M'OO' - ro cs c woo ^ p »o 10 M t\ , iovo Q-^0 M co S 10 rooo ro i<- « ^ o>O>OP» IO^-«OM e« p» ro^t-PI - «o-*-*oo « inoo 00 10 >o c> O>oo PlvoOroiOtxroOv vO > M oo t-«v t^ tx O txvo 10 ^- ro 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 && 8 S E £ S> 8> 8- S> 8 § ^!?^ 8 8 cc.orororororo, ^ oorowMHMMMHM 1000 oo oo oo co oo « wooo « vo oo;oo oo oo « oo oo oo oo oo co « oo co co ^ 8 2vS fLSS 5- HVO M P ro ro PC 1010 ro iov6 M M K V «< ? to loco NOf-wcoQioQioOioOioQ tx t^ t^oo oo oo oo o. q. ON q, o q. o< o^ o. q. q. q. q. q. q. q. q. q. q. Q* O '-' W ro -*f 10*0 f>-co O O M N ro -^- ir>O t>-oO O\ O M N co ^j- ID . \O t*N.t>-t-^r>»t^t^t^.tN.t-s. h-vOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO O^OCJ^OC^O* tf) TOoococwooooooooobooooSSS^OT^c^^^^^^^^^^ 13 \O 'O t^t^.t-^t^fN.t-^.t^.tN.I^ t^OO OOOOOOOOOOOOCOOOOO O^O^OO ^H oooococ»oooocooooooo6n 81 Public services 1,81 1,045 3° Nominal i,955>301 94 Total $5 1,229,748 08 Import Duties. — Our tariff is a highly protective one, as we have always maintained a very high rate of import duties, almost prohibitory for a large portion of our population, which under such a system are practically excluded from the use of foreign commodities, to the ma- terial detriment of the fiscal revenue, the public wealth at large, and the advancement of the masses of our people. The causes which have induced such a high tariff are twofold : first, that, in a great measure, protective ideas have prevailed ; secondly, and especially, the need of revenue, and the idea that the higher the rate of duties the larger would be the revenue collected. A new source of protection has been cre- ated by the depreciation of our currency, which acts as a powerful protection to our home commodities, in favor of our manufacturers to the disadvantage of the great body of consumers. The protective policy in Mexico has been so deeply rooted that notwithstanding that I lean to freer trade, and that I have been three times at the head of the Treasury Department, and once for five years, I never was able to modify substantially that policy, because the con- dition of the Treasury was so precarious, that it would have been very rash to attempt any radical change on the face of a great reduction of an insufficient revenue which would have brought about disastrous re- sults. For the same reason I was unable to do away with the obnox- ious alcabala tax. Our present tariff is divided into the following sections : ist, animal industry ; 2d, agricultural products ; 3d, metals and its manufactures ; 4th, fabrics ; 5th, chemicals, oils, and paints ; 6th, wines, liquors, and fermented drinks ; 7th, paper ; 8th, machinery ; 9th, carriages ; loth, arms and explosives, and nth, sundries. 144 Statistical notes on Additional Import Duties. — The additional duties collected by the Custom-houses are ij per cent, of the amount of the import duties, which is levied for the respective municipality ; 2 per cent, of the same duties, for harbor improvements ; and 2 per cent, in revenue stamps, making in all 5! per cent, of the import duties. The custom-houses collect besides the import duties, tonnage and light-house duties, and pilot fees. Export Duty. — Our export duties are levied upon cabinet and dye- woods, india rubber, cochineal, coffee, henequen, ixtle, indigo, fequila, jalap, tamarind, tobacco, mother-of-pearl, orchilla, vanilla, zacaton, and onyx. The following statement shows the amount of export duties col- lected in Mexico from the fiscal year 1881-1882 to 1894-1895, ex- pressing the commodities in which they were collected : STATEMENT OF THE RECEIPTS FROM EXPORT DUTIES IN MEXICO FROM JULY I, l88l, TO JUNE 30, 1895. FISCAL YEAR. RECEIPTS. COMMODITIES TAXED. 1881 1882 $122,462 24 144,597 93 179,439 97 161,811 47 107,484 80 106,859 63 114,869 04 81,849 25 98,386 12 86,859 86 96,560 48 91,475 54 1,045,105 44 1,227,719 24 Orel Orel Ore za tiilla, w lilla, w rilla, w caton, ood. ood, henequen, coffee. Dod, henequen, coffee, skins, chewing gum, ixtle, vanilla. 1882 1883 1883 1884 1884— 188=, 1885-1886 1886—1887 1887—1888 1888-1889 1800—1801 . • . • 1891 1892 1802 1893 • • 180^—1804. . Amount of Import Duties. — It is very difficult to give a correct state- ment of the receipts of the Mexican custom-houses before the year 1875. I append, however, one made from the reports of the Secre- taries of the Treasury of Mexico, especially those of July 25, 1839, and September 16, 1870, and completed from the years 1839-1851, with data obtained from the Comercio exterior de Mexico^ D. Miguel Lerdo de Tejada. From the fiscal year 1875-1876, the Statistical Bureau of our Treasury Department began to publish detailed and correct statements of the custom receipts, and I append one embracing the fiscal years from 1875 to 1896 which shows how largely our im- port duties have increased. In the ten years elapsed from 1878 to 1888 the increase was over 67 per cent, as compared with the corre- TRevenue anfc Expenses. 145 spending period from 1869-1879, and the increase in the last seven years, 1889-1896, was 16 per cent, as compared with the previous ten years, both periods making an increase of nearly 100 per cent, over the first ten years of said statement : CUSTOMS RECEIPTS FROM 1823 TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 20, 1875. 1823. From April ist to September 30 the receipts were $971,345 77, which for a year of 12 months would be $1,942,691 54 1825. From the ist of January to the ist of August, 1825, the receipts were $4,472,069 37, which for a year of 12 months would be 7,666,404 63 1825-1826 From the ist of September, 1825, to June, 1826, $6,414,383 26, which for a year of 12 months would be 9,621,574 89 1826-1827 7,828,20844 1827-1828 5,692,026 70 1828-1829 6,497,288 93 1829-1830 4,815,418 25 1830-1831 8,287,082 92 1831-1832 7,335,637 76 1832-1833 7,538,525 47 i833-J834 8,786,396 94 1834-1835 8,920,408 28 1835-1836 5,835,o68 51 1836-1837 4,377,579 52 From July i, 1837, to December 31, 1838, $4,258,411 10. Corresponding to one year of 12 months 2,83^,940 73 1839 5,577,890 67 1840 8,309,918 65 1841 6,597,912 32 1842 6,034,342 29 1843 8,507,478 79 1844 8,254,141 96 1845 5,814,048 69 1846 6,747,932 35 1847 1,394,609 52 From January i, 1848, to June 30, 1849, J8 months. . . 6,660,037 96 From July, 1849, to June, 1850 6,338,437 50 1850-1851 5,337,o68 62 From July i, 1851, to June 30, 1852 6,108,835 2^ 1852-1853, according to the calculations of M. Haro y Tamariz average from the preceding five years. 4,906,533 17 146 Statistical Wotes on dDesfco. 1853-1854, according to the report of M. Olazagarre (l855) 8,399,208 93 1854-1855, according to the report of M. Lerdo de Tejada (1857) 8,096,208 85 1855-1856, according to the report makes the receipts for the first six months amount to $3,379,761 35, which for the year is 6,759,522 7° 1856-1857, average for the six years previous 6,854,061 78 1857-1858 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1858-1859 6,854,061 78 1859-1860 6,854,061 78 1860-1861 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1861-1862 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1862-1863 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1863-1864 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1864-1865 " " " " 6,854,061 78 1865-1866 " " " " 6,851,06178 1866-1867 " " 6,851,061 78 1867-1868, according to the amount of the receipts. . . . 9,566,360 99 1868-1869 " " " .... 9,606,491 73 1869-1870 7,824,525 57 1870-1871 10,014,277 60 1871-1872 8,430,211 oo 1872-1873 11,833,117 52 1873-1874 13,981,795 42 1874-1875 11,821,533 49 Total $367,725,836 01 Average in one year $7,07!, 650 69 Internal Revenue. — The Federal Treasury of Mexico depended up to 1867 mainly upon import duties, and as it was not safe to have only that source of revenue, when I occupied for the first time the Treasury Department, I introduced a system of internal revenue through the use of stamps, which met with a great deal of opposition at the time, but which has finally been developed very largely, yielding now almost as much as the import duties. The receipts during the six months from January ist to June 3oth, ^75, amounted to $1,097,- 668 28, which in a whole year would make, duplicating it, $2,195, 336 56, while in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, the receipts amounted to $18,078,952 54, or nearly eight times as much. We have had since 1861 a comparative large source of revenue called Federal Tax, which up to 1892 was 25 per cent, of all the reve- nues collected by the States and Municipalities in Mexico. That rate IRevenue ant) Expenses* 147 \O M HOO ro O 10 ro tx M vnoo 1000 lx tx N ro w oo O ro "-d- 04 -*-oo w tx « CO vo txoo OOOOHVSrOTfO'OtxOHOOroO'OOOOOOO' •* \r> o - -*• txoo O< « ro •*• -*-vo o> M H o> OM» ^vo ro o Ooo tx tx ^ 10 o>vo 10 tx H tx O M ON M rOVO rOVO W> •**• 0s 1O tx 0) 1O rO "3- ON fO N M ON rO tx rO J. ll T3 C I OS O O OO g< ON O>OO -^- O>VO tx rO 1OOO rON 1-1 ONONtxM IO txc< W O*O O SOtxO txvo tx H txVO vOCNlOOONWOONO' O H « CT» O ^" tx txoO lOIO^O^OONt^OVO COfO tOVO O IOOO CO ro o» in ^ Ovoo ^.Nwc«NiOM\OM5i-.wONON moo M o covo tx vooo o OMVOOO H moo <«-io« o N oovcoo txoo o< tx tx « moo •^•c* ON^o^mio^ 0*00 voio-^w tx^o ** w mvo ro M o* H ^- tx ro <^vo_ q. >o q. •*; o^ ^oo^ 10 q. -*\o^ ^. M^ 5^ ro H^ H_ M^ •* c«_ cr c> « M^ H" M* m looo*' iCw'^ioo^mM tCw H"^ txoo*" -rON rotx>OtxO w ^^ o^ <> "^ M -<*-VO M ro O-OO « o 1003 vo ^t- ooo. O. 1 ro M^ H^ ro -J ^ txvq. •+ 0, txvO_ „__ ^ «. ro 10 <>oo^ »Md« •*; 3OOO»MOONONrOON rt-OO ONlxlOlOtxONONCNl O O*" txVO O> CO ro<* O O O*iow roixtxrotxf^rx^o ro^iowvooo ^10 M txroroOMOM -^OVO O ^-H-0- ^00 vo O M M oo ^- iovO ^ H! s M oo 00 'J^Soi^S^^^ • ON O*vO O^ O IO O O M : N *° 2"^ t^ 5 ? S\S o'^ 2"c3 ^S ^a & fo ?rc . WMMMMMM O O O M ^ ro in txoo w O^fOOf^O O^txwvo O^O ro fO^O ro t%vO \O romu->cow mtxo ^M o txmw M M o COMOO tx o»Z> ^- mo M ro M ONOO vo tN.^M low O o*1^ 0>txN lO^t-vo 10M H« txSf> •8. S5 g% % ? o1 ? 3 §§ vS ^ S ft S8 5S ^%^§ io\S K^S^ OO^OO^OC3_ N_ ro ej_ ro 10 tx lovo^op^ O; q; _ . ^ ^ ^ ^ covo" t-TtT'^hro'M'ioo'^ hTvo" M" 10 1000* rovo" ^oo" 10 •^vo'vo'vo* ro O w 00 ro t* txv6 IOVO vi vo oo 10 « iovO ^txMvg «OOOO Q -00 tx iovo tx « tx tx N tx r>vo M rOMMNMMMlotx IOVO O iOWOv^*- iovo vo O M H txro ^-vo tx w w M c txoo tx ro e o> M c £« M 10 e» lx II K5J 8* ON JO M *§ M A 1- M • €\ vd " i *j So? ro^ °£3 H-5 £<» r 2J °C<£ CO M" i g 550,040 58 I55i004 06 II 0? N 8 M-d" O^vo** ^ i 0 H I 3 J2 1 TJ 1| a-s K S § |]| oT^ tx 10 ro ^ I ?T o 8* 0 oo.'S. M 0 in £o w M" ro O ^i- M tx 10 'S «» «» P. B i : •S : : : 0 ; ; g, : ; : : «T i v£"3- row 10% *c3 *J* ON 10 lx 10 3 ro ro 1OVO* lx cT S — 1884 1884-1885 Average per an- num in five years $1,841,982 12 $2,857,229 60 $4,699,211 72 $415,666 27 8.845 $4,283,545 44 1885 1886 $2,761,886 56 3,930,429 16 4,654,190 93 5,108,911 59 5,575,o67 62 $3>II5,759 85 3,587,339 96 3,324,937 53 3,679,493 52 3,791,695 27 $5,877,646 41 7,517,769 12 7,979,128 46 8,788,405 ii 9,366,762 89 $428,390 78 638,011 29 728,431 31 771,601 95 799,721 78 7.288 8.486 9.000 8.777 8.538 $5,449,255 63 6,879,757 83 7,250,697 15 8,016,803 16 9,567,041 ii 1886-1887 . 1887-1888 1888-1889 Average per an- num in five years $4,406,097 17 $3,499,845 23 $7,905,942 40 $673,237 42 8.516 $7,432,710 98 $5,624,340 94 5,402,495 76 6,625,265 53 9,164,063 10 10,098,795 63 12,519,676 93 $3,865,650 49 3,969,987 88 4,431,022 65 5,216,547 31 5,47I,I73 92 5,559,255 61 $9,489,991 43 9,372,483 64 11,056,288 1 8 14,380,610 41 15,569,969 55 18,078,932 54 $853,834 28 868,161 60 945,076 71 1,120,760 85 1,146,419 41 1,196,053 14 8.955 9-263 8.548 7.190 6.616 $8,636,157 15 8,504,322 04 10,111,211 47 i3,259,849 56 14,423,550 14 16,882,879 40 1891—1892 1807-1804. . . 1895-1896 Average in six $8,239,106 31 $4,752,272 98 $12,991,379 29 $1,021,717 67 7.865 $11,969,661 63 Total in 21 J years. $85,397,032 94 $70,849,428 66 $156,246,461 60 $12,950,384 83 8.288 $143,799,908 39 Direct Taxes. — The third source of revenue of the Mexican Govern- ment are direct taxes collected in the Federal District, which includes the City of Mexico. They are levied on real-estate, scientific profes- sions, commercial and industrial establishments, and work-shops. The real-estate for the purpose of this tax is divided into rural and urban, the former paying a tax of 12 per cent, on its rent when occupied, and 3 per cent, when not occupied, and the latter paying 8 per thousand of its registered value. Taxes on professions vary from 50 cents to $20.00 a month. The tax on commercial and industrial establishments is regulated by law. The commercial establishments, which pay license taxes are commis- IRevenue ant> Bjpenses. 149 sion agencies of all kinds : banking firms ; dry goods, groceries, wines, furniture, and jewelry stores ; insurance companies ; restaurants, hotels, and boarding-houses. Among the industrial establishments are em- braced especially railway, telegraph and telephone companies ; cotton, woollen, and silk mills ; factories of all kinds ; iron smelters ; printing, engraving, and photographic establishments ; coffee, corn, and flour mills, etc., etc. When the alcabalas were abolished a direct tax was established upon some of the articles which paid the largest sums, namely : pulque, wheat flour, and domestic brandy distilled from molasses. I annex a statement showing the proceeds of Direct Taxes in the Federal District during the last twenty-seven fiscal years. RECEIPTS FROM DIRECT TAXES IN THE FEDERAL DISTRICT DURING THE TWENTY-SEVEN FISCAL YEARS ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. FISCAL YEARS. GROSS RECEIPTS. COLLECTION EXPENSES. PER- CENTAGE EXPENSES. NET RECEIPTS. $485,451 73 502,146 64 471,228 78 477,654 75 524,494 76 531,149 09 Ii35°,7°5 56 516,510 80 538,300 09 559,217 21 592,688 44 634,498 92 674,973 66 753,579 80 830,010 26 1,092,656 37 1,023,349 52 1,040,143 1 6 1,074,489 54 1,125,202 97 1,213,458 49 1,306,746 37 1,369,225 30 1,436,875 70 1,445,270 81 I,497,25I 9° 1,620,480 35 $55,48l 65 53,924 28 50,034 37 5J,939 °5 57,205 69 56,663 64 69,957 24 47,685 23 37,970 oo 51,160 08 52,126 21 52,26o 50 53,i6i 23 98,264 24 I0°,937 9° 89,892 38 91,464 07 84,861 27 121,011 50 97,635 14 IOO,I34 87 103,740 02 104,320 34 115,817 86 110,290 73 108,255 57 110,347 13 11.42 10.74 10.62 9.90 10.90 10.67 5.18 9-23 7-05 9-15 8.79 8.23 7.87 13.08 12.16 8.23 8.97 8.16 11.26 8.68 8.25 8.06 ?.3O .81 $429,970 08 448,22*2 36 421,194 41 425,715 70 467,289 07 474,485 45 1,280,748 32 468,825 57 500,330 09 508,057 13 540,562 23 582,238 42 621,812 43 655,315 56 729,072 36 1,002,763 99 931,885 45 955,281 89 953,478 04 ,027,567 83 ,113,323 62 ,203,006 35 ,264,904 96 ,321,057 84 !388',996 33 ,510,133 22 1070 1079 1881 1882 1884 1885 1886 1887 1887 1888 1888 1880 1889 1890 1802 i8cn 1894-1895 $24,687,760 97 $2,126,542 19 78,760 82 $22,561,218 78 835,600 69 8.65 Totals and Annual averages of the first five years $2,460,976 66 4Q2,I95 33 $268,585 04 53,717 01 . $2,192,391 62 438,478 32 11.14 Total of the second five years Annual average $3,495,882 75 699,176 55 $263,436 19 52,687 24 $3,232,446 56 646,489 31 7-54 $3,485,751 °8 684,550 38 $356,750 08 71,350 02 $3,129,001 oo 625,800 20 Annual average 10.42 Total of the fourth five years $5,355,841 56 1,071,168 31 $484,864 36 96,972 87 $4,870,977 20 974,195 44 9-05 Total of the fifth period of five years Annual average $6,771,576 67 I,354,3I5 33 $534,303 82 106,860 76 $6,237,272 85 1,247,454 57 7.89 Total of the sixth period of two years Annual average $3,117,732 25 1,558,866 13 $218,602 70 109,301 35 $2,899,129 55 1,449,564 78 7.01 150 Statistical IRotes on /iDejico, > in\o o ooo n in i ! t M, « t «5°° « ' &• t^OO M tN.00 CO i h-. moo M tovo •**• O to m to to to ••*• m O Oco N to m O moo o ONe^m 'C0?. ° °° °, *° c>0° ""*" " M'VO" m m -*f m H" M"o6"vo~ vo" 4 OOj M^ 1 to O t^ M co CO M tOOO tt tills m •* -fxmi-ioo t ^5-1^ 10 Os 00 M ON T»-CO CM mo O oo M o M" m o^ tC o" c> M" Tfoo'vo" r" "-' -" R 1 in \ M mints , H r-* rnoo ^*-oo &\o <5^o vo" <> H oo t^ c> •«? t^vcT en M" ^oo" en in M" r^ js. -^- cs int^.cocoPO'-- o o»w M w r** ^oo ro o» w txco t^. o oo N o t^* O^OO HOO WMOO^OOO ro inoo t"sQ mO O>H -^HOO t^vo ^"\O O & t « ^.A^ « SS S. ?^H > «» " ov'S 8^%1'S? 'S ^0*"mM"oNtCcvrT?io ^Tvo*" mvo" tC cToo" ^f ^ O*"oo" nToo" w" m ON tx M" •*vo r> t^ N ON csi ts. ONVO oo moo mvo t-»vo t^vg M vo o> o* t-. moo to M « cvi w «vo io-^-^-r>.ioq.ON-tMoo »om tovo «o « M M o >o M 5S2>^§t<8,s \o O'O**-) N •^•fs.M w t-^oo co in w co o^ co o**vo" rovo^otTooTvo^ in o" ^vo"»o^ t^ CO W g M 00 ^CO m N^^ M VO^ O^ CO CO w CMn t* ^ t^ n hT oT'O* co t^ o^ 0** t^ "- ~~\ in in covo h*. M co m to M vo t^ mvo toco « is m moo «o«t^«-^--*ococoioMirimci 10 tOC >- cf M" o^ cf (^ 'M^Sffm'S-o^g.^REm; to •«»• t^o oo vo « oo vo •*• Mmtoio mvo M H ON •*• -^ N OO^ ^ ^CO ONOO t>. M to -^ cT ef m -^ tCvo" m •m Km^ vo woo m m *o ^t-co m M" H"VO" H t^ m to vo •<»• 1 j V: \i''i j M :g: 1 j 11 -: a| jflli I s I O« " • I in --3 H "-1 8ajS H c S 2 «2!32rt£ o 13 o TRevenue an& Expenses* hsfOrOM uic* ci -j- w ts. ro t»» ro fO O *O "+\O w *O covo oo *"*• M o* O 58|}&H.'5<|8S!§ftR4?p.||S%S&||^ So- Slnfrf &f s i £# s£ J? :?3 ££ co R s £§ 8 £ o-c? « m o vo ts. co O « ts^o m ts •*• tsop^ M •* o O^mo^mo^c^co M-eTcoM'"cferindcfcoinod>-*M'incoco •^vo* •£ co M" M'CO'VO' 6" J "')?! M-3- , o^oo" c>fn tCro COOO ^ M w O^^O ONVO W H m^O • ^ M N M r •* « ^-oo o o m m o o •*vc vo ts covo o cotsw tsts^H o oco oo •^•ts-^-^-mM mmw O MVO w N cow -^ ovo oco co M M ovo co ts o m o M coco ^vo M m o ^vo invo co tsvo o M o ^ o ooo 0 " vo w in in co m tsoo tsw M tso ISM w ^w dinomw oin^o O ts^-ooo omwooNvS ovo MOOVO mmcoocoo moo co COCO •*• M Nvq^^O^mts,Tt; •*00_VO_00 •* f COVO CO •* Tj-VO M O ts ts vo" •* tC cToo" •^vo'co' o' fTvo"" ocxTocT co • 10 \n\o o^Ooo tNO^o ^10 IOH txfOVON O 1OOO t>.M t^^^O'O O N rOW ONM t^^M OH tx ^OO (^ Ou^ c* « m ? l^f vi S^ S a i^ mvs H I ^if o m u co oo * ;is" O*" •«? «" ss-s JflfSlttlWlWit* vo -vo c . Hp^mro.oo inoo 0s O ts rovo tsoo O tsvS fOM . O» «*H ^T mil H H ts V«- (i. omovwo- vo^ in q in w_ o*'oo'vo"" din oo vo M O m W H«M cooo « m -vo O 9,00. '*9^o^'tlO 'v°,q_ '' ,_.. , » HT»H'^w' t-TvcT tsvo" doo'oo' cf 06" -^ « M mm . H mmMtoNMH is cooo tsts.fOM .M«M^-« o>vo ^ M vo co o in ON ONOO VOVOMVO .«N-*onnininNO>5N m M oo co •*• mvo •OOHO^OMOOOOCINVO 8"" ^? «^co" tsvo*" co I tsocTvo" M" co cToo'co' d ^ M" o mo ^-wm Icowmoo o m M co ? is M m O tsVO COM ,ONM-4--*MMMtx -4-VO « *t 1 1 °, .o^ ocT 4m OMVoisowm «Mvots.oHcoooovo^- ts O^*- OOO M •* • M CONOOCO O OM Is % O <»; tsoJ 4^n -j- «_ • q_ M_OO_ ts is o ts is o^ q_ S. **w"mM"w"ts I ooo" o •*? d m o"vo" o' o co ts(M-*-<*-O .00-<«-0 OVO ts.vO M m •*• O OVO VOCOM .CO«COCOMMMMts •+*$ O CO ^ co^ ^ co tQ in . 1 1 1 « N, -d ««H MHw HHOO 'Wro«v OCO^-«Mts.H «COO- COOO tsv II m o ^ H to O O O* O* Vm8;c?5>^Sv3 &$$$$&'$ 5.|||5§^ vo vo c o ( t (oo •• « -- I1E:IS4& Pfi§flg 151 £ 152 Statistical motes on /iDejico, 10 0\ 00 a | H w S & vo N M ro t^ tx ro ro o" O ro f-. M M tW t^ ts. 10 z^i. •£*g&3 100 -o^oo v8 Si N ro to tx ro'ro 0 oo oovo fill ^^9 vo1 ro o" vo O O d ^* t^ Ov r*« M •«*• in M rooo f^ in o -*vo « £>oo cf o; roo\ K q. etoo^oo. 10 *+oo^ 5. inoo^oo. oo" M" r>vo"vo' rooo" t^ O*" ro cT c> &* rovo"" in in 6>oo" M" N O O^oo M (Mro- M^ ^00^^ TJ- S 10 tx in « in -£vo^ q. ^ cT -* vo oo -*- ^*- ? I ^SS^^RSTOSsSSW'SfiR £ °& IO IOIOWCO CONtN W^WMtN t"^N^ M cT^ oo M m tx , NOro ro 10 c g> •< vo o •* c N •*• t^vo -*-vo iovo •* M M^-MM« t^O^J- -^-O O Tt-N MOM«vO t^-^-M iovO 06 " cvo ro <> f> N M : Jo io MIOOO MCOltl«MNMVO irnd" IcfiOhTo^^fO OMN »NOvN O» -v-oo t^~ • o •* g> M rotxt-..roroOoO • o •* •*• •*• mcx Expenses, 153 156 :S\S*i t^° 00 S1 8 CO CO VO'CO I C 10 . 0s O\ $7,617,955 3,378,695 CO VO M COVO CO COOO W CO txOO lONOOCOtxM •t^'^-COM '" " "' " ' o-vo" tCd-io»CincrtCfT«n o-vcf r^^MMt--i-iromooovooN^- mmmwco cowvo N^ t M inco 38 9, 3, Tf oo oo N ON ON •*• « « roQ% *M H tf*z M G1 O O^H ^-M COCOO*IOOOO W It*>t1x ^-COC>W covo w vo C-N CO O vo vo 0s t^VO OHiotN.iOOKxMQ'^'*-tO>» *O O* O O>W\O wvo COM (S O^O^ t^vo cj^ ON t^vt^ O^ O; co co tx ^^^^^r-*-^ ,> $9,443,36 2,580,07 10 O M r^v5 10 co M M 1 Sl^ co^O M .« 5 S MVO 894,79 239,28 to O O O vo ^" O N O^ O\ N M (S 10 :-5S . ^ covo 70,001 38,093 oo~ cf M cf '. tC tCvd" in H 8 <5 « .n iO O* O I t^ • M oo o> ^ O K o> M" tC ef tx CO 00 t^oo^-^woNin o> ONOO t^ • m o M co vo Inoovo . vovg M c) 2 v| i-T tC t^coino' o cor^M covo o ^coino' f-oom MIO OOt^»»»H>ol ONOO" tTvo" >noo . « r-» (^ co H . oo M •«• ^ O "^ "^ 00 VO -00 H M 10 oo" N" '. tC rCvcToo" f> tT -00 N N $4,913,354 1,332,451 :A O.3 S Q,S s E »9o " O »S M o4S- Statistical IFtotes on STATE AND MUNICIPAL FINANCES. The best way in which I can give the state and municipal revenues and expenses in Mexico, is by inserting the detail amounts of the last twelve years of the revenues and expenses of each of the Mexican States, and a similar statement of the revenues and expenses of the municipalities of each State. That statement gives also the revenues and expenses of the City of Mexico, which have increased very con- siderably of late. In the year 1867, after the restoration of the Re- public, they only amounted to about $800,000, while in the year 1895, they had increased to $3,395,638. (These statements are on pp. 150-153.) FOREIGN TRADE. The foreign trade of Mexico was necessarily very small before the railway era, because transportation was exceedingly high on account of the broken condition of the country, and only articles of great value and comparatively small weight could be profitably exported, while the price of foreign commodities became very high, both on ac- count of transportation charges and high import duties. Therefore, only rich people could afford to consume foreign commodities, and the exports of Mexico were practically reduced to silver and gold, and to a few commodities having small bulk and great value. The normal cost of transportation on merchandise from the City of Mexico to Veracruz, a distance of one hundred Mexican leagues or 263f English miles, used to be, before the railroad connecting both places was built, $68.75 Per ton °f 220° pounds, or more than 26 cents per mile and ton ; and in extraordinary circumstances, as during the French Intervention in Mexico from 1861 to 1867, the freight was as high as $330 per ton, or over $1.25 per mile and ton. Therefore, no article could be transported unless it was very much needed and it commanded a very high price. The result was that not only the for- eign but also the domestic trade was reduced to its smallest proportions, and that the people raised just enough to provide for the wants of themselves and their immediate neighbors. A fact that may seem in- credible is, that for the same reasons, among the farmers, a good crop was considered a great misfortune. Since the railways have revolutionized transportation, our products, especially agricultural commodities, have begun to be sent to foreign markets, and their exportation is increasing considerably. As yet the precious metals, especially silver, are the main exports from Mexico, representing during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, 61 per cent. of our total annual exports ; but other commodities are now exported, and they are in a fair way to exceed, before long, the value of our silver exports. I have no doubt that with the opening of our railroads, if our exports continue to increase in the same proportion as they have Urafce. '55 recently done, Mexico will be able to supply the United States with most of the tropical products now consumed and not yet produced here, and even with others, that would find a market if they could be cheaply transported. The same difficulties which prevented us from having correct ac- counts of our public revenues and expenses, and which I have stated in speaking on that subject, made it very difficult for many years to have correct statistics of our imports and exports. Imports. — I could not give even a tentative statement, which I could vouchsafe, of our total imports and exports from 1821 to 1867, but the statement of the receipts of our custom-houses from 1823 to 1875, which appears on page 145 gives an approximate idea of our imports, considering that the receipts amount to about from 50 to 60 per cent, of the value of the imports. I append a detailed statement of the imports and exports in Mexico during the years 1826, 1827, and 1828, and the total imports and exports during the year 1825. From the fiscal year 1872-1873 our Statistical Bureau began to make its reports, and I have concised them in the three annexed state- ments comprising most of those years, up to the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896. The commodities are divided in their respective classes in accordance with the different schedules of the tariffs then in force. MEXICAN IMPORTS AND EXPORTS FROM 1826 TO 1828. MERCHANDISE. 1826. 1827. 1828. Imports. $2,384,715 934,295 1,432,578 5,017,700 122,968 2,888,066 728,236 90,779 1,430,039 264,424 91,910 63,499 912 444 $2,180,191 493,760 844,732 6,913,126 107,108 2,867,320 489,402 55,ioo 495,743 3",074 103,047 22,816 4,517 i, 080 $1,711,051 245,901 398,003 3,417,766 38,654 3,244,498 306,614 20,260 130,638 332,819 57,i87 44,123 3i8 Wool . . . Silk Cotton Mixed Wines liquors groceries Haberdashery Medicines drugs and perfumeries • Books blank and printed paper China, fine and ordinary, crystal and glass. Furniture, of wood and metal Machines and instruments for mining, science and the arts Furs Gold and silver . . . Total imports . - $15,450,565 Total impo $5,847,795 1,356,730 76,440 367,164 $14,889,016 rts in 1825 : $ $9,669,428 912,049 1,076,528 513,769 $9,947,832 19,093,716. $12,387,288 1,483,746 448,747 169,005 Exports. Cochineal. . .... Indigo, vanilla, jalap, and sarsaparilla . . . Other articles of indigenous products $7,648,129 Total expo $12,171,774 rts in 1825 : \ $14,488,786 5,085,235. 156 Statistical "Rotes on flDejico. 10 t>* 00 CM t>. 00 g. in co T 0 CO CO ? co' CO £ CO Oco o»n Oco M m O* OOMCOCOM -^-voOOm oc> comt^Mco coO COCOCOWO m co M M" co OincoOMCOMNMM CT> O>vOOC- 1 O M oo OO Ot^minO r>. m oco in t M vn t moo oo O in oco t co oo en O O en too o" M" m t en O i-^ en O O M" H" w" Oini- 0 cni^ <>•«*• OM O Ooo W vO N 0 t^O m oo VOMCOOOOO CMOOO uv-o or^rfo^c* O O^ "" t>.cnu->ir> tM tnOoo r>oo o* ^" ^ oo ^ en M M en r^ O t^ i-" rt-O w r^ uicomcocQenMen ''t'OsO^t'^i^Omo^ M M f» ^co sDooNco co « t>i t>. O en en d IOM rfoo o O>MvO r M co •^•co N wen O oo O^O M oo m r-» en O>O ooenwo en •* enooo enao N oo Ooo O w « TJ- « \o O vnco O m oo n- O eno w O O t-t O co t^co t^co M M ooo xnt^ rt- o MMCOO oenenMrooenir O en r-> M 0*0 Ooo ow>-ic>t^ vn mo O en cnoo oenu^xn \ en O M oo 0 • OO O Tt1 Tt-O . a »n enco N • \O w en O w oo co O 00 O O ^l-OO OOWO O W WCOOOO enM o-^eno M m TT\O -^- M o M in en - t^inxnMvo O O NMcn t>.vnOOco oo ^- mwi-i \O O r r oo r r m en en in en eno NMr^enenO O cnoe» en m CO co O C* CO N CO TtCO rt tO TfNONOOO W N COW TJ-OO N en f* t O too MOwr^Nttcn •-" »« « M Ooo encomr^OmOOMMini^OOO't O N t^l^-ON t en M w en mo r^ M mo r^NtenN « o t^r^mi^. cnvoi-icnor^enmrfinOmOinNO O -* OOOen o o O t ino O coNine^OOO Ommwenenen oo N « M eno in O mmenw ^2-5^'s^s'S.s§) I s s:.§-11 R — 8 S _r * ^1 -* 82^ «T S -5 8 U 8 J i .5 ,9 M ei en f u->o roo O> O 168B|S§ ti 2^ S3 158 Statistical notes on flDejico. < ifc •^ ts.vq_ cj q. M"OO^ ^ t^oo" II $8 ro o> w to to fai " tC cooo" zl -e 1 * *£ ° J « IO cooo^ q. ' Hi £ vo' «ooo ro ^ 4 CO N O H ^t- M H a -s vo t^ O •*• <*- vo « VO vo N «00 000 H " o t** o^ to M VO t^« O^ H O\ t ^-vp^ ro tovo_ ^ ON cToN m< ' lOOO ^* ^ CO sv5«; r* ro •*£ CO 3^ ej_ »O « ON CO H *<*• N tx t^ O 10 _vo v « "H •-f ^ H SI vo vo o txoo oo t-» M •<(• M VO CO O> N vq. H co osoo voq. VO OO N O^VO CO tv M M 0>M f. 0000 O M M O M MM to CO t^ O> M vo ro vq^ to co o> M^ c^ q vfT'ro fx io M M" o" M T(- O VO VO «$• M ^f CO IO 1O O> N O H M Q\ 0\ •<*• ^OMMVOOO CO NMO»*'-«*'w]« 00^ IO ^ O ^ t-^oo *- o • vo VO H O CO C^ O CO •^ ^- IO IAVO O | t>. •^ tx -^ tx CO O^' tx O M OO M M ^f M 10 vo to ro o> M o <> ro • H^vcToo % S.S tx *O. O 10 o> -«?op" M" to c vo oo to ^%SrR JWH « r^ •^•owio-^-ioo 00 VO TJ- N 0>00 N i ro to M rooo 0 vo vo_|oo 4 vo to tv M O M t^ CO M tx t- CO H •* N 10 10 CO « CO ON CO 10 O 10 •*•<»- M 5}- 00 • IO W *O . co c 0 " 3- VO CO CO mu f COVO' rov i H * 2 558, 8 dVO N rrs ? v8 ains ucts ufact i. Ani Animal A nimal Animal 4S5.S41 |*4: il ^t ' co OvjH45Oaj(J ^.0 o Urafce, 159 I append a statement which shows the imports and exports of Mexico during the two fiscal years 1894-1895 and 1895-1896, both by countries and by custom-houses, and the imports and duties by coun- tries in the fiscal years 1888-1889 and 1889-1890. Exports. — It would be difficult to make a correct statement of our' exports previous to the fiscal year 1867-1868. Their amount was very small for reasons already given, and as they principally consisted in silver, and almost all the silver coined was exported the coinage of which we have exact records, can be taken as the amount of exports, with the addition of from 30 to 40 per cent., representing the silver both in coin and bullion smuggled. I give a correct statement of our exports of agricultural commodities from the fiscal year 1877-1878 to 1895-1896, and also a statement of our exports of other commodities from the fiscal year 1886-1887 to r 895-1 896, which shows the rapid pace at which they are increasing. The exports from Mexico are embraced in the following articles : FRUITS. MINERALS. Chapopote. Coal. Copper in bars. Gold and silver coin. Gold and silver bullion Lead in pigs. Onyx. Opals. ANIMAL PRODUCTS. Bones. Cattle. Chihuahua terriers. Donkeys. Goats. Hair, horse. Hair, rabbit. Heron feathers. Ores of silver, copper, and Hides. ra^ and tanned. lead. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. Beans. Hoofs. Horns. Horses. Mules. Bitter almonds and various Ox grease. fruits, kernels. Chick-peas. Cocoa. Coffee. Honey. India-rubber. Molasses. Piloncillo (brown sugar). Sugar, all grades. FIBRES. Henequen. Ixtle. Mallows fibre. Pita. Ramie. Sotol. Wool. Sheep. Skins of sheep and goat, dressed and undressed. MANUFACTURES. Cotton, linen, worsted and silk domestic shawls (re- bozos). Guadalajara earthenware. Maguey, brandy (Tequila and mescal. Preserved sweet meats. Rag puppets and dolls. Rags (all sorts). Bananas. Cocoanuts. Lemons. Limes. Oranges. Pine apples. Walnuts, Nuevo Leon. Tamarind pulp. FORESTRY. Cabinet woods, mahogany, moral, lind-aloe, tepe- guaje, cedar, sandal, eb- ony, and rosewood. Dye woods, brasil, camphor, moral, and other varieties of logwood. Orchilla. SUNDRIES. Copal, chick, and sundry resinous substances. Jalap, and other medicinal herbs. Mother of pearl shells. Pearls. Wax, artificial flowers and Tortoise shell from the Gulf figures. of Cortez. Woollen and worsted Mexi- Vanilla. can plaids or blankets Zacaton brush and broom (Zarapes). grasses. 160 Statistical IRotes on /IDejico* 3 co^ M ON Ojttt'O i. ^ *• - V V ». ^ •• ~ - - •- pi i. i- » M VO VO 1O M OO tx « •**-,> ONOO OO O CO ^* tx M tx. TJ-OO 10 ^ CO O u-l 10 tx. N OO W IOV3 N CO«N«-*MO;M^(S vo O, N_ O; MM ro 10 ^foo' co M" co 10 t- OO M 10 OGONiOMiotxio -^-vo ON O1 t-x t^ covo ^•^•t^^-mo NOOvovO W ^t-O* « ON txvo N \0 ¥• COVO •+ kvo CO iO 10 ^- Tl-00 Ot>-M ON(N ONCOON 4S tx CO CO -5" CO ONOO VOMIO VO«P)(NVOC)ONCOON05COOO -*vo rx. t^vo^oo^ N vo -^- O tx. 10 CO u^ 10 " lovcToo' t^i oo' iovo' tC co o' o' &00 M" M" o^vo' ONVcfo" «' co •COMONOOt^'N'*' •* tx t^ 5 •* MM t^v£5 JO ^VO ^.MMlTXSt-NOMOO $90,8 ^*" O* tx O CO O^ vcTvo" i-T 00 tx M 10 ^^-^o^S^^-RS •4- CO M M VO ^-VO -*00 O IOCOIOONO-OVO N O M fxoo ON M 10 10 i I^ONONWOO txlOM COfx^-Q CO-^-lOCOO ' txvp^ ^^o^ONq^iococ^q^-* o^vc3_ t>. 100 'N"oNO"M"»H"cON'txN'cOO*"cO1 ON ^J-OO COOO -^ COVO IO W ou3 IS IllU I t oo . vo VOOO^O.t^ •*; 0, fj; . 0_ vcf ef cf ; H" § vo N COIN 10 M o « 00 t^ _ . C^ CO H MONCO IT- o : I v CO M * •^00^ q_ IN vo ON M^ i ON tC ON " o" co ef " 3 OO vo • CO W tx.oo OO ON ON 0) 0s ON 3 00 10 • vo ro I-^vo -^- M co M CO yjTo M_ • co q^ q. •* •* co q_ M_ M^ 8 g|||| g tx,MOOOO O COlOONO i COCTVOVO ^-1ON ^lO' 10 cooo" oo' o' co 10 M' i ro ro l~» M ^ £,« *0 vS *1 |1 "vb~ M~ »o i 10 «n « w o illl! M t^ m M « to H ro iiti VO M to (M M 10 H 1000 H m to I to M ». oo M \o t^ ro H ' § §4 $2, I I il il 2 g S S & I & .s s i iki-A, "3 g I § ^ov^^* ^o ^ o ^ •j I foreign 163 oo CO I O °° »__ w 81 AL UE por est ce mm Ssfij 8i5P s 1s s-sre^ to ro tx txv 10 f*5 M" pTo SJ8S& •si $30,2 ?&?&& H H tx CO tx «™°,t ^& >0 0 10 0s ^ H 10 VO CO M M f^vo *O O* f ill g I illlN a j I MM I i MM! J 3 * i i::;l s, iiiiil s.! S, ^gvli -2 55 isSJ5^ .S * * 00 00 00 00 00 ^ bo „, II 164 Statistical IFlotes on ON 00 o CO W I g 00 {ih H ef 4 H «" .c H vo to COVO W M l/> W OHO 1OCO CO « &« iD CO OO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 00 IOVOVO V) t> l + l x- CO O IO 0 0 rO ?o'VS) M" co 6" co O"CO M CO CO C> CO CO ON O CO N txvo' O* CO « NO IX O ? ON^3-^0 ! O- 10VO to j 4vo" «" to ' toco to^- •^CO'VO" w" SiiSf mco ^00 0 v o CO CO CO CO $8 •S s, P-OM I"! IIS ^3 O -5-S<0 I liii I- I lit rt .ti « * « S S NO" « « 2 y- - P ^"S S| .253 -fl fSS Ki |1 ^•Sss II s - ^^ •| lh£ e S«^ = ..«?.~ - bg§« g| lisil S-c- - £> § rt 8 B H* ' H C *• is S, fves's- *!iJ!l>;Ki w ^"Stfc, J> 5 "*• ?»15Slif jforetgn 165 N ON 00 TO JUNE 30 % EXICO FROM JULY US AND OTHER META RTS FROM PRE PO $ tCtCcocoM'iOM'tC c?ocT •^co'oo M 10 CO 10 f. CO O 10 tj CTv t-. VO *5 «2 t « * * VO VO H O H 8828 : 8 8 S 8 oo txvo tx 10 oo 10 N O 10 t^CTV^lOW 6^ H" 10 c? co MMN^VO CON O O 10 ^*" O OOOONO o 0 oo 0 t** 8O 00 O 0 fO'O vo t c 8.S i-co * COVO W t^ M NOONCMO covo oo w txvo , OOWO^OOOO *>nigi o \O t^Or^O MOO NOOVO 0 iOw ION C^O N txVO H O ro °, 1 1 0- ">» H, N, H,°° t O N M- O H t>- H - ^ O O COOO OO N CO ts, <^- w MVO m M in txonoo ls°; &*& O *"' I 8 2,441 oo 2,177 oo 1,024 96 M fx 8eS«3 H 00 CO SftfL H tCc? « vo o 0 oo CO •* TJ- f^ t^ CO COOO 00 O O H -^-OO ^OO H \O CO M "^OO co too vo o »\ H ^»c» 8 8>!?8 58 8$ VO C»OO U1VO CO Cf> m ro co ro « o P« 8O O w O O O Ooo m-* Ooo o c 10 ^ * . 10 •* cT co cC ; *• i J-5I i 1 66 Statistical motes on flDejfco. M OO OIOPO^UIM O O 0 OOO QiT O^OMOONko^iOfOOOOOWOM H H OO I t^ 1O I"** ( 8N88. o 00 00 W 00 VO 1O M CO Cf « " H°° $20, ? SB 8 K8 8 8 o w 0*^0*0 co" co 10 t^. tC A oo"-* CT-WMM NN in oo £ !? S <& & $8 2 S^ 5J, O MOO coio 1/100 t*» O H 10 • P.v5 0.00 O ON£ o : ft'S : & SM 0 • ««• ON • r^ >o 10 •^ I oo" -^ I oo" en cf 8 rSSo "2 »O M H VO ID ON t-> VO M V vo « co 10 oo 10 •*• vo >o * <& •**•?* ? ID ON t-> VO M O 0) tt 3 • t9 0 o tx « « vo vo. "^9 2 ° 9 9 ^ ^ "** ^" 9 *° *S £? S S" 3" vOOO^'OOtxvO'O'^'QC^Ot^'OOO — r\otOcoHO«Ot>.oocOHir>O^\OH^* s & ? I $ > t :3 1 1 f f ^ a 3 1 1 2 S 8 8 3- 8 8 E IO CO M H •* (N O 10 CO OO OO CS1 •* g. 8 K 8 8 ON CO 10 M 0) O w CO CO CO CO M" A 2 8 8 8 o\ 8 8 8 8 o H oo" 858 & S; «& S; I S3- lOlOtxCOlOQ COOlO 1000 VOOO«HCOOONCOOOO> M 1O1OH 52 8 r VO. vo_ « 00 " o CO o, 5-oT8 a 8 . 5 . H\O (N VO O^Ct O>H CO C0«0 lO &txonaoor*-*- txcoovo ONVO 01 O CO « ON O O 8* S 'a vS 8 I i -a 3 s s 168 Statistical IRotes on /iDejico, 88 :5o8S?8 n-';$2 Q t*+ • ^* O \O *o " ssays 0 « o; o co H HI Oi N N « * CO n vo O M o> ro O rx m o m 885- 82^; CO O fo 00 08 so 104,343 60 6,576,120 09 8 &8 5-8S MUOfcOOOfflfctfaSwa 8S8 fxoo in tx . ro o O> »x Mura-M •\OOOO-* M" co ; d» vooo - 88 co I o" « o- * I ft t^ N i .M .CO tx^NO «O »t^CO VO CO »O 0 -0 • t^OO ro CO O o O •* vo • vo r>. o « • M fxVO • * 2 8 : 3,8 vo" o> •£ IO M VO in tv 5 IHl ISf Iforeian Urafce* 169 SSro? 5.M rxo- <» *8 P I 88 8 •^ 1 I 88 fa ft (S o 1 w ro 3 $ :8 tx 88 00 i 1 :| I II ro 0\ O • 0 w 1 j 1 vS : 8 8 8 8 vo oo 1 iS 8 §5 CO cT \ ? - m ! ? <«• 1 A 8 M 8 8 •<*• J ro 1 « i « 8 8 1 Cx VO § i £ : i 1 rx •» : tx £ 8 i 8 8 % 1 I 6* 0 « in 5- tx * s K m o1 00 1 «• «O .S a Izlj 'vo •OO>'CMC«O»tx'o>-«-Ko^ " 8" 8 • moo $5? -vS* • • «ovo a I H -i-co M "• M • •'VMM •1O^*04H • m • • oo *r w • «ooo^ tx tx . q; ft •vHl.s'i'g * CO N O * : :$: r&^Si,^ :«888 8 : 4,000 oo 4,635 oo 515,193 74 44,983,086 37 S^ffJ? 8 '888 f> • ON tx • oo -too - OOO P> K « oo 10 IN o -88 -t^«txo • • *8 8 :? : :^>8S8 :? : 8 8. :? : :*ftl4i ^~ fO .VO . - <£VS NOO • H cT : o : : >o o" tC 4 : « ro.w * .cocjvovo .01 . * . . « * «2 . M H IO 8 : 8 :? :8SSvS8 : : |8 O> I oo" I •* 1000" ro I I I N :S? : 82 S^ : : : 88 :S : I o co • •* N W • IS 4,709 33 3i523 78 9,594 59 9,706 oo 8tx O •*• Q M 0 0 0 >noo M o •^•^•vo >o 888 :B : |?|l|i cT 10^0" I ^? I O 1 oo I ijijl^^^ fl 1 170 Statistical Botes on fl&ejico. TRADE BETWEEN MEXICO AND THE UNITED STATES. It is quite difficult to make a correct statement of the trade between Mexico and the United States, because the official data of both govern- ments never used to agree, especially on account of the different cur- rencies prevailing in the two countries. As we have the silver standard, all our public accounts are kept in silver, and that makes our exports appear twice as large in value as they really are, when stated in the money of the United States, while we give our imports in the value of the country from whence they come, that is their gold value. That fact, which has often been overlooked, has caused the prevailing idea that there is a very large balance of trade in favor of Mexico, because the exports of United States commodities in Mexico amount to a given figure a year, the imports to this country of Mexican commodities amount to over double that figure ; but it must be borne in mind that the former is in silver while the latter is in gold. For instance, accord- ing to the Mexican Bureau of Statistics the imports into Mexico of merchandise from the United States in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, amounted to $20,145,763, while the exports of metals and com- modities from Mexico to the United States during the same year amounted to $79,651,695, the proportion being almost four to one ; but if the imports are doubled as they ought to be, because the Mexican currency is silver, they amount to $40,291,526, and if the exports of Mexico into the United States, calculated also in silver, are reduced to gold, they will amount to one half or $39,825,847.50. In corroboration of this statement I will mention the fact that ac- cording to the data of the Statistical Bureau of the United States Treasury Department, the exports to Mexico of commodities and pre- cious metals from the United States during the last fiscal year, end- ing June 30, 1897, amounted to $23,535,213 while the imports into the United States of commodities and precious metals amounted to $30,- 714,366. Since March 1893, however, the Statistical Bureau of the United States Treasury Department, has reduced to gold the silver value of the Mexican metals and commodities imported in this coun- try, and its data come now nearer to the mark, as in the year 1896 it gives the total exports of merchandise from this country into Mexico as $19,450,256, while the total imports of merchandise from Mexico into this country are $17,456,177. The figures of our exports appear very large in the Mexican re- turns, because our merchandise is sold in gold markets, and their gold price is reduced to silver, and increased in the same proportion in which silver depreciates. It is not therefore the amount of merchan- dise which has increased so much, as that the price has been swollen in reducing it from gold to silver. In that regard the returns from the United States Statistical Bureau are more in conformity with the facts. witb tbe mnitefc States, 171 Another cause of the discrepancy between the statistics of both countries is that the Statistical Bureau of the United States Treasury Department had not, prior to March 3, 1893, any data of commodities exported to Mexico by way of the frontier, as there was no law which provided for the collection of such data, and a very large portion of the trade between the two countries is carried on by the frontier, especially since the railroads connecting both countries were finished.1 That deficiency was only in relation to the exports, as the imports were duly declared for the payment of duties, and therefore the statistics of the United States necessarily were deficient and incom- plete about the exports to Mexico of United States commodities, and that accounts in a great measure for the discrepancy between the official data published by both governments, and for the great dis- crepancy between exports and imports which appear in the statistics of the United States for those years. From the preceding remarks it will be understood why there is such a great discrepancy between the data of the respective Bureaus. It is very difficult to make a correct statement of the trade between the two countries previous to the organization of the Bureau of Statistics of the United States ; but I found in a book published in Washington in 1860 by Mr. Carlos Butterfield, entitled " The United States and Mexican Mail Steamship Line and Statistics of Mexico," a statement of the imports and exports between Mexico and the United States from 1826 to 1858, taken as he states from official data of the United States Treasury Reports, which I will use. That statement is complemented by two tables furnished to me by Hon. Worthington C. Ford, Chief of the Bureau of Statistics of the Treasury Department. The first contains a statement of the trade be- tween the United States and Mexico, during the forty-six years from 1851 to 1897, and the second is a full statement of that trade, includ- ing gold and silver during the same period. (Pages 174 and 175.) I have prepared besides from the official publications of the Bureau of Statistics of the United States Treasury Department, a detailed statement of the commodities imported into the United States from Mexico, and exported from the United States to Mexico during the 1 For these reasons the statements of the Statistical Bureau of the United States, previous to the fiscal year ended June 30, 1892, contained the following foot-note : " In the absence of law providing for the collection of statistics of exports to ad- jacent foreign territory over railways, the values of exports to Mexico, from 1883 to 1893 inclusive, have been considerably under-stated. Since March, 1893, there has been a law in force for the collection of exports by railways. According to official in- formation from Mexican sources, the value of imports into that country from the United States during the year ending June 30, 1888, was $19,264,673, including pre- cious metals valued at $38,362. Prior to 1866 the figures include gold and silver im- ported and exported. For 1866 and subsequent years, merchandise only." 172 Statistical motes on years 1858 to 1897, which is complete so far as the records of this government go, and contains very valuable information. I will give first a partial statement prepared by the Bureau of Sta- tistics of the Mexican Government of the total imports to Mexico and the imports from the United States of America from the fiscal year 1872-1873 to 1895-1896, and then another detailed statement prepared by the same Bureau of the total exports from Mexico and the exports to the United States of America from the fiscal year 1877-1878 to 1895-1896. From said data it will be seen that the trade of Mexico with the United States is increasing very rapidly, notwithstanding the difficulty thrown in the way by high protective tariffs. Only a few years ago, as will be seen by the appended statement, our largest trade was with Great Britain, the United States occupying the second place, while now the United States occupies the first place, both in amount of our exports and imports.1 Value of exports during the fiscal year 1872-1873 with their desti- nation. Great Britain $12,479,547-75 United States 11,366,530.76 France 4,604,417.38 Panama (New Grenada). . . 1,579,015.12 Germany 802,643.83 Spain and the Island of Cuba 752,891.91 Guatemala and Honduras. 80,999.52 Italy 17,389.00 Belgium 4,784.00 Ecuador 2,931.75 Total $31,691,151.02 TOTAL IMPORTS TO MEXICO AND IMPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES FOR THE FISCAL YEARS, 1872-1873 TO 1895-1896. IMPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES. TOTAL IMPORTS. Value. Value. 1872—1873 . . $5 231, 255 $20,166,013 1873— 1874 5,946,614 23,282,299 l874-l87°5s>44fi 5,639,69-3 1840.. . 2,216,719 2,090,869 4,307,588 1850 2,135,336 2,012,827 4,148,163 Total $102,245,303 $85,610,237 $187,855,540 Average $4,080,812 $-3 424 400 $7,514,222 174 Statistical IRotes on STATEMENT SHOWING THE COMMERCE IN MERCHANDISE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO, BY YEARS AND DECADES, FROM 1851 TO 1897. YEAR ENDING JUNE 30. EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES. IMPORTS INTO THE UNITED STATES. EXCESS OF EXPORTS ( — } OR IMPORTS (+). Domestic. Foreign. Total. Free. Dutiable. Total. i8w $ 1,014,690 1,406,372 2,529,770 2,091,870 2.2537368 2,464,692 3,017,640 2,782,852 2,252,162 3,309,379 & 567,093 878,557 1,029,054 1,043,616 668,236 I,237,°97 597,566 529,973 667,580 2,015,334 $ 1,581,783 2,284,929 3,558,824 3,135,486 2,921,604 3,701,789 3,615,206 3,312,825 2,919,742 5,324,713 $ 27,666 20,564 4,148 111,405 17,508 79,966 62,307 246,894 234,112 586,016 $ 693,120 534,700 751,952 826,451 887,242 773,792 964,566 861,607 1,009,972 1,317,415 $ 720,786 555,264 756,100 937,856 904,750 853,758 1,026,873 1,108,501 1,244,084 I,9°3,43i $ -860,997 -1,729,665 ig-3 l8^4 .... -2,197,630 — 2,016,854 2 848 031 j8t:6 - 2,588,333 -2,204,324 - 1,675,658 -3,421,282 1858 Jsfo Total 10 years . . X86i $ 23,122,795 $ 1,559,062 1,840,720 7,441,579 7,765,133 13,819,972 3,701,599 4,823,614 5,048,420 3,835,699 4,544,745 F 9,234,106 1 651,364 340,454 1,579,045 1,505,464 2,530,867 871,619 572,182 1,392,919 1,047,408 I,3I4,955 $ 32,356,901 $ 2,210,426 2,181,174 9,020,624 9,270,597 16,350,839 4,573,2i8 5,395,796 6,44i,339 4,883,107 5,859,700 $ 1,390,586 $ 253,703 289,011 446,070 385,037 369,915 402,568 402,779 482,228 5II,3I9 522,907 $ 8,620,817 $ 632,409 441,977 2,597,812 5,743,408 5,850,959 1,323,524 669,157 ,108,439 ,824,845 ,192,758 $ 10,011,403 $ 886,112 730,988 3,043,882 6,128,445 6,220,874 1,726,092 1,071,936 1,590,667 2,336,164 2,715,665 $-22,345,498 $ -1,324,314 -1,450,186 -5,976,742 -3,142,152 -10,129,965 -2,847,126 -4,323,860 1862 j863 1864 !86s !866 1867 !868 1869 -2,546,943 -3,144,035 1870 Total 10 years.. $ 54,38o,543 $ 5,044,033 3,420,658 3,941,019 4,016,148 3,872,004 4,700,978 4,503,802 5,811,429 5,400,380 6,065,974 £11.806.277 $ 2,568,080 2,122,931 2,323,882 1,930,691 1,865,278 1,499,594 1,389,692 1,649,275 1,351,864 1,800,519 $ 66,186,820 $ 7,612,113 5,543,589 6,264,901 5,946,839 5,737,282 6,200,572 5,893,494 7,460,704 6,752,244 7,866,493 $ 4,o65,537 976,117 1,156,257 3,065,140 3,026,661 3,863,302 3,920,633 3,756,191 3,723,281 3,981,402 4,852,659 $ 2 ,385,288 $ ,233,571 ,846,663 ,211,025 ,319,703 ,311,292 ,229,939 ,448,073 ,528,221 ,511,819 2,356,934 $ 26,450,825 $ 3,209,688 4,002,920 4,276,165 4,346,364 5,174,594 5,150,572 5,204,264 5,251,502 5,493,221 7,209,593 $-39,735,995 $ -4,402,425 -1,540,669 i 988 736 1872 -1,600,475 -562,688 - 1,050,000 -689,230 i875 1876 1877 1878 1879 !88o - 1,259,023 Total 10 years.. j88i $ 46,776,425 $ 9,198,077 13,324,505 I4,370,992 11,089,603 7,370,599 6,856,077 7,267,129 9,242,188 10,886,288 12,666,108 518.501,806 5 1,973,161 2,158,077 2,216,628 1,614,689 970,185 881,546 692,428 655,584 600,608 619,179 $ 65,278,231 $ 11,171,238 15,482,582 16,587,620 12,704,292 8,340,784 7,737,623 7,959,557 9,897,772 11,486,896 13,285,287 $ 32,321,643 $ 5,643,! 76 5,310,796 4,211,328 5,334,689 5,i73,44i 6,808,757 9,928,122 11,042,772 13,825,242 15,536,100 $ 16,997,240 $ 2,674,626 3,151,103 3,965,795 3,681,797 4,093,580 3,879,215 4,791,718 6,287,117 7,428,359 7,154,815 $ 49,318,883 $ 8,317,802 8,461,899 8,177,123 9,016,486 9,267,021 10,687,972 14,719,840 17,329,889 21,253,601 22,600,915 $-15,959,348 $ -2,853,436 -7,020,683 - 8,410,497 -3,687,806 +926,237 +2,950,349 +6,760,283 +7,432,117 +9,766,705 +9,405,628 x882 1883 !884 1885 .... 1886 j887 1888 1880 . . 1890 Total 10 years . . 1801 .. $102,271,566 $ 14,199,080 13,696,531 18,891,714 12,441,805 14,582,484 18,686,797 22,726,596 512,382.085 5 770,540 597,468 676,920 400,344 423,422 763,459 694,468 $114,653,651 $ 14,969,620 14,293,999 19,568,634 12,842,149 15,005,906 19,450,256 23,421,064 $ 82,814,423 $ 23,364,519 23,702,496 27,145,469 21,560,011 12,903,789 13,819,698 13,990,017 $ 47,108,125 $ 3,931,473 4,405,029 6,409,630 7,166,995 2,731,999 3,636,479 4,521,555 $129,922,548 $ 27,295,992 28,107,525 33,555,099 28,727,006 15,635,788 17,456,177 18,511,572 $+15,268,897 $+12,326,372 +13,813,526 +13,986,465 +15,884,857 +629,882 - 1,994,079 -4,909,492 1892 1893, iSoc . , 1806 1897 TWi1 7 years.. $115,225,007 5 4,326,621 $119,551,628 $136,485,999 $ 32,803,160 $169,289,159 $+49,737,531 Treasury Department, Bureau of Statistics, September 4, 1897* WORTHINGTON C. FORD, Chief of Bureau. ZTrafce witb tbe Iftnitefc States. 175 STATEMENT SHOWING THE TOTAL COMMERCE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO, BY YEARS AND DECADES FROM 1851 TO 1897. YEAR ENDING JUNE 30. EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES. IMPORTS INTO THE UNITED STATES. EXCESS OF EXPORTS (-) OR IMPORTS (-f). Mer- chandise. Gold and Silver. Total. Mer- chandise. Gold and Silver. Total. I85I 1852 $ 1,581,783 2,284,929 3,558,824 3,135,486 2,921,604 3,701,789 3,615,206 3,312,825 2,919,742 5, 324, 71 3 $ 2,652 3,255 i,734 528 1,200 450 $ 1,584,435 2,288,184 3,560,558 3,136,014 2,922,804 3,702,239 3,615,206 3,315,825 2,992,546 5,354,073 $ 720,786 555,264 756,100 937,856 904,75° 853,758 1,026,873 1,108,501 1,244,084 1,903,431 $ 1,083,993 1,093,942 1,411,885 2,525,334 1,978,080 2,7I4,923 4,958,984 4,368,964 4,095,890 5,032,441 $ 1,804,779 1,649,206 2,167,985 3,463,190 2,882,830 3,568,68i 5,985,857 5,477,465 5,339,974 6,935,872 $ +220,344 -638,978 -1,392,573 +327,176 -39,974 jgeo i8n O •* o co S S. 0 co O o SvS o*2 Jo-vF cVS of S 3 £? ££0? £ £?« 8 M M w -*vo vo »i. mvo vo mvo oo o covo. o_ t> foo>« rovo o oo • - COOO VO M O O W cooo oo m S> m m " mvo oo co t-^vo co co m x •*• i>.vo ooo m covo M oo cj^ M_ M. q. M. cj^ q f^ <£ o" ^ t*> o m tx • w O -m M.« M o ^-oo ooo ^- m o oo O co m •«$• o in o t** ^ OOMoo^om ovo M oo ovo cocom -. o_ t^vo_ M.OO co •+ o_ 0.00. 'j co^foroinw CDM ^••'t'ln co covo NCOMMM ^-wv I '. '. M" I I I I o" "fob" covo" •£ oT m o co o" rx rCvo" in M" COOO^OO^MCO^-^-MOMO^ M in •*• •* m o M" d"oTM~ erM"coo"o"cT ^-vo" m moo m^ot^O^^MOm ooo COM M ?.vo O M oo t>. (S CO tx o t^ M ^ m o oo ovo txmo cooo t^ovo tsovo «>-oo o t» m (NOOoocor^oooMOm -*oo oo oo co mvo o •* t~ M m o •* <> o^ m m o m o M^ M^OO^ . o tx M^VO^ vo" tC in tC M" co co tC moo" M*mco^o"coM'tCorommM'»4' inoo" O in covo t^OO vo -^"Ovo M -^-COMOO OVO t^M ovo I^IOM NVO •*--<«-m« M commcoco^- txoo t^ co o m o^oo m mvo^ o M m m ) M M • CO O O O I M ^«- • 00 VO M tx -MMO txVO 0 M" M" I o" o tx o" ooo" -^oo" covo" co o"oo" tC o •*? ovo" cooo" o .MM •«• co covo o moo vo t^ m ^- M 6 m 3 vo o M CO^.M mM*M ^oo ^^*" ^vo m o o ^ ovo vo vo co m co co • o co m "i-vo m co mvo m «n^ co •* t^ covo M ro o ooo -* t< M . t^ -«s-vo vo_mM **;o;fOM.M ooo^ t«.»>.o omt>.rxM -*co ooo • M" -^ o M* O »H" co cTvo" o"^^o"tx<^mM><^oo"co o"oo" o" m * co ^ •«- o ^ o o co o co ^- •? o M o mvo in co m « vo vo o . • . . • »OOVOOMO tsvo O ts M OO ^*OO M O covo COVO O O -^ wj. . . .inoMvooocoooMvoooMmom-^-o ^vo o Q . . . . o txoo_ «^«.^:1Q^M,*5'<*:^ O_vp^ q_txin-^o t^mM § I I . .MOOOM^-oomovo mcoMQovooo f~vo mvo o mo -*MOO rot^t^t-sm cooo m O OVO *OVO OM -*T»-M O O •*• O covo -»fOO O O OVO OO m tx covo" •£ o M" o" o" -*oo" o" o" co ooo" •«J:-«?mcomfrM"coo"tCo vom o ooMMOMm^MOooMvooot^ocoMO M MO rovo •*• tN o o comtxoooo t>.oo invo m ^*vo mr^mMOO c^mM 0 moococoo ino ow. • 00 M VO M t>. O CO Ot^QOTCOOO ^00 00 O OVO ^ O M VO CO <"vo mo ^M mt^mt^O movo •*comoeo ovo o O m ovo in roo" o" co o'vo'oo" in o" M" w* o rC tCoo" M" o'oo" COOO O M O ^ CO CO O ^-00 CO O M M O C-- 30^ o^ ovo^ o t^ co >-ooo^ o q_ m M" eT o" o" covo" vb" 06" cf co rCoo" Sm-4- o . ^mmoovo-movo" j m o rooo « coo' «C M o o 4vom co M o • «N o t>. mvo co •«• o M covo oo m o 1 1 I i I t- «2 x| I si o S'~ 3 "5 a 4) O T3 „>. a g"5 P. "o c i II C++ I 11 tf s"g I fl f. 6 v „- 8-3 II I 11 •a *1 i p 1 :ss "C -a u ^ •c ^2 o, «ru I, If "s* -3 i ss .y-c 6*8 fe^ •Sg -S-f O g O 3 •eA a ^t" *O\O CO ts, ^ O* M M M ^t"NO C4 t^- **• O C* d IOCJ W fO&lOW WiOs tXiOO o o^rorx^-o SOO>C>ON moo r^ o m ir> ooo v5 co o* t^ oo O tx w O t^ li z m s w -> _ ^ \ in M" <-OOt>> tv\O OO O> r> v. mv O O**O t^OO CO W 0 t^» tx to -*vO o roooo 5 ro - . M. 0.00 *00 00 O co o< rovo "O o^vo •«*• co to rx co r^ t^oo P» t^t».coO N »oto-* VO t^ O COQO t^M M O O^ CO O» « t^Q MOO -*VO •* O O^ to CO tx to o co cooo 10 O oo o^vo t^H HOO ooovo ioiototx o^vo to co t cf oo~ iocoo"iocT cyM~c? toob" c? ef nT tC •«? -^ tC invo" (T •»? •*? • lOWM-^-l-l tN «VO«COlOMMOVO«tOtxCOM 5oo NOO too * M oj r«. I O;oo_oo <> O. cooo^ •<*• •<*• covo_ M^OO^ to -^vo t^ o 01 •«- 1~» vo" M" oT oTvo" Q'VO'VO' oT co M" co O* O\ O^vo" &CO^O tCvo"vo"oo* °° ° « ° *0 « M ooN M o coiob>t-.t>:oS.M*^ 10 t-» -^- O_OO_ O^OO CO O) O> 0) "t^^lOM" 10 O CO O 00 °°, 'J. "„ t» O H 01 • M -^ ^CO Q *Q "*" H, t ,vo"M'o"t> OOtxOQA •O»Mt*sMCO ^*"OO O^ COOO to O> • M IO O* 00 O>vS O • ON M O VO tO O f^Op 10 M •* CO • VO VO M O>W lO-txOlvOMVOCO O>vO 01 Ot 01 00 • VO CO O> co M- : of « jf co £ o> M vo ««» o : ^ ^vo' VQ O*00 « • •* COVO M •«• O O>00 00 M COVO . tx •* IO COO»^*IO • O "*t-M M fN^*-t^^-Q>^tOr^ * -^-VD 0* ",^^0 M^ . 10 0. to 01^ covcT to M" oT tC 10 iCvcrvcT tC I d" cf M" O W .*NO1IOO|VOO^M01COCOCOO .COCOO* « 10 •<»• tx -*• COOO COOO CO M_ 4 . VO H M_ Ov O M 01 CO Tf tOVO t^CXJ Q> O M 01 CO •* tOVO txOO O» O M OJ CO lOVO VOVOVOVOVOOVOVOVO t>.t«.t^»xtxtxtxt-xt> tvoO OO OO OO ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo ctured cotton. ured cotton. value of unm alue of unma 128,875 was t 7,197 was th Of this amount Of this amount 1 1 11 II II •8 t V V II I I 3 S > * IO to vo S. o" r> R ^ ^ ^ Of this a Of this a Statistical IRotes on /»ejico. 1 8 § v! Q RAW OR UNMA ACTURED. heat eat- oo r-. O H m >o o . M C* • M i^ i d" o'«r M IU>HN- "* m« rood" infTo> too" M">O" t tc O t^vo N ooo oo ro tx COOO ^-OO OO m \rt 1O ef M''©' ro ro cS cS fn «f 6" 'O'M' Ooo M^ )MMCoo to«O to « r*» O M M M txM ts.M\O t^ IO M 0) M^fotNN iovo^ "^.ojo^ «f c? >noo" o'^ doooo «-" rowtxChiJ-^rO^-M ON O fO^ O> N «OOO <») N ro N « M vo o M ^NVO uit^mmCTim ro\O •* c?v •<«• »o « O -*oo ^- «o O c; 0.00 o; •* 1000^ o ••;•,«•_ M O O cvo^vo^oo «N. M \o t " " " " " " > • mvo t i-vo I 'i <£ S i 3 2 ! 1" 1 I, g £ ;| £3?^ ool^£$K?$#o?vS';S'$><£ -^ | « >OI1/^v'«'rON«-»«-10N>r)O\OCIOOfO«0 4) g o ::::::: ft*? fr*fc>!*g 5 £g g£$g£g -g 'S b 4»1 =:n k :::::::::::::::::::::::::: » - & « m- u P S 1, :::::.::::::::::::::,::: ,«. rt ^TJ ^3 «H 5 K ;.;;;;;;;;;;;;............ 8 r StTJ »•« •;t In"1 O H N CO •*• 10\O t>CO ON O M M CO oo oo do oododooodbdbooopop op'op'co'op'op'op'op'op'op'op'oo oo oo oo witb tbe TUniteJt States. 179 1 fffft «a 5 < Q a u H roo H vc oo tvOvroroO O vO «-• f»OO «O O> M vo rovo 03 M CO f> O M OiOtxtvOvroro ••*• N VO Ix ^ -^ ^ ro rO N O*VO txVO tx M N 1OOO 1 ro o> »ovo_ 10 i-^oo_ |^.lQfi.u2fiO.l9r2'*;H,w, f2 * ^oo" *£o^c^ro^erM"i-r iovcT M'OO' ^ o" •*£ o* co cToo* rooo" lov 00 tx M ro N vo OM 0,0>0 txOO tx »O>6 1C in TOO 0 c^^roroc^ojioioq. H_OO_ ro o c^o^ ro 10 q^ tx m tx N_ CO ^O^iOiO^fiorod'd' ^M" T? 06^ ro (O fO T oTvo" H^VO" Ix cT O^ oT 00 O> M >OVO O VO « « txOO w »0 O> O ^ lx IOVO OO O O' 1OOO fO tx H fOMNtxM^-^tx txoO VO vS 00 0.0^ 0> q. tx S^ 0< N_To « tx s 1- s Rf 18 1| of 8 £ R M cT M ci" tx -^ tx eToo'vo' tx M"VO" ^oo" fo o* ^ o" ^ tx ^vo" rovo" 10 00 l-l •* H 1000 w M 10 IOOO * O O> CO tx IOVO VO VO OO VO O O> O>OO N COVO COMtxtxN COfOrOM w M C1 M d rO«oO C o oo ^ lO fvVO CO OO H ts»Mio-^-Nw\ M OO M VO N IOVO O>OO H O N tx M N CO M 10 -r,OQ 00 •* O tx tx M •^> o ro •<• M^ qoo^ R^ O O H rooo 10 ' "° M-VO1 g'^V OO CT* O w 0* fO -4" IOVO txOO O> O w N fO •*}• IOVO txOO O^ O M Cl m 10 iov£ \ovovovovovovovovo txrvt^txt^txfxtxtx txoO 00 00 00 oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo bar. I! i8o Statistical Iftotes on •HSidNVHDHaiv jo sxaoaxa ivxox •asia -NVH3HH W NOIHXOJ jo sxaodxa ivxoi •HSIC1NVH3 -a aw Dixsawoa JO SXHOJXH IVXOX •jo snaax OVJONVW ONV aooM. •JO SBHHXDVJ -OMVW aNV OD3VHOX •sassviow CINV Hvons uapModung "iio ivaaNiw ONI -iVNiwrmi «0 P» COVO •* •* IX ON.CO VO ON tx O CO ON H ON 01 N ••*•«*• _5 COCO 01 O « "*• net tx, 01 ON ro w ONCOO O woo O cooo tx O- O Th ON coco « CO ix IX -3- M VO 1000 01 ix CO M f-. M 10 ONCO 01 10 •*• tx 01 •* CN IOVO eToN-'t-o'w'o'o'o'co'ioii'co'oNpFco -£vo' £. o mo oTvo" w" oT tC HwoiwoooitxiotxON ^-oo 10 11 -*vo •* co o O-vS iovo txoo oo CO ON CO 01 M O vN CO 10 CO 3-00 00 VO IO01 O- tx 01 CO •*• txOO w -<»• IO cf 10 w" «" <> dlvo" ^^^ ^ ^^ ^ ^ •* 10 tC «ovo" »o vivo in t>.vo tC M" mo w « H txCO COVO IO M-VO VO H CO w "c5 1OOO COCO ON r^- ON ON txvo M VO Cx ON >0 CO CO •* O ^J-CO VO M ON ^- ON O ONCO v25 01 ".VO Cl CO^ IO w_ O^Vj ^ ONtCiOii"o'o>ioo"'>i'orortx T? co' oTrocftOONO-ONi-rQ' coco vo" «VO M 10^-txO COtxtxON-VwVO 0 « • m 10 M ^-o t^o NOO f^f^o c> O VO O H O O^OO •* CO O^ O to O* - -«; t>.00^ t.00 eT •^ CO fOVO OO^t'O>NOOOwO1»HCl lO^O OO CON -4-M lO-^^O* Q co M •«• o>n m ti.\o oo ro t~. co -* rn o!^- ro M co t--vo cooo co O vo o_ i^^oo^ fj^vo^ o- o> o H loooo ioo>ooo •*'(r>xQtr>u2'-^'^:rJt^ " 10 cT 10 iovo" CTco^cT^roo"'ii'o>coM' i^vo" ^i" H -*• ^.^0 P)loS>Ot^MON . t>.oo vo t^\o 10 r>. txoo co 1000 M" «" eT VO ON txVO O WOO H txM COtxMOl COlOlO-^-W W 1OOO CO O H 01 ! ts. -*• CO -£ O O.OC; COO? CO « V «_ S V0_ q; ON oloo. O^ ^» IO C± •* •*; 8 ct Vk O^ M W ^ COOO N H C( ^ . .. ^ . co t^ M" w" iri co co*o" ^ co cT ^vo^ co cooo"* t^ c^co^oo*" xootT M* co w* co ^ CNH MinroroincoTrc loco^ 10 to M^ «_ ^^m^KSc^cofofSS M HCO^dHHHH H _J COVO IN, H M W COCO '••t'CO M CO •*^- '^ 1OVO O C< OO CO 04 lO^O t*--. -^ .~ O roooo u">M M OO O*t-*-- ••^•oo O u^'^'-^-OJVO HVO « WOO •<*• ro 8 * i5 t°i *9 't^ T ^ H^ ^^ *S ^ t^ t00^ ^ °^ t *0 ^^ 1 •r \O* 0^*0" t-svo" iC»^'*»?^cOM*cr'*«?''*^ &c& ^oo" »H* o" *-o "-"foo^ co co of C C-lt*-*0 MIOITJOI COOO ONCO CO CO^O t>- O VOOO M lO^OOO HOC O* D iovO O M \o rooo roco oo O^O txtxQoo rocoroiow w IOCOM co O 0» C>»OCOO H O ^04 OOOlOO^OOO W ONOO H IOOO C* »O CO IO <% s Sa?Hs^ i-^^Kss ^ISll'Sfeftf a o] ^ ^ ^ ^" ? $ S'S-s^" s £ £ A s-s y £ ^ « a ? £ £ rxcn-COCOHO-4-NVON -wvo . . . 10H .«>COt-xCOWM-«*-0 -^-10. • • ......... Tt- (N • ONOO 01HCO01t>>CO*w01 • • • IO O> CO IOVO 10 •»»• . O tx COOO O •*• O ^t-CO rxOMtxfltxtxIOCO woNlxOw^-lOlO IxvO W tx O COOO O w txVO ^- W ON N CO O*lOfxONwW .txON10ONW(NOOCO txco (M VO 00 txVO CO w tx r^ 4vo" to 4vo'vo~ I w'vo'vo" o'vo' ^ o'vo" cooo' iovo" M1 co c? iovo" co ^ w v5 01 . Moi«N«- t>. «-O rot^oo tomiOM M vo M vo oo N oo H r^ M OO"OO »OM t^fO "" >OO"O "" R 5 ^ 5. VT1 IT) M M tO OO H •* M 00 5? B o* tv •*• \o co to ^ OO cc-vv Q-*vfi txM t^MH ^-m Z H o>fnvo H M rOTN §°° wn •<*••«*• txUINONMOtx M r^ ro ^- m M- M t> fe J?^-^ S'S o? S 8 ~, o, o, M. « « « « en ^^groc^MOcjO 182 Statistical fRotes on 1 1 cfl It rJ ^ H ^J [Q v$ a! gf Total imports of merchandise. Other merchandise. Wood, un- manu- factured. We nul and ses. "S-S P In M ID t^VO >*• 10 rC cJ ^? M" ro M" cooo" cf NO* fOOO Q ^•OVO COCOOv co •* TI-VO vo >- txvo M txv " vSSf l> fO oo co rx M < f CO >*• «" H OVO 0 OMVO M f«U "g ™ «r.a 3 5% f^^^^S S B> «•» « H invo rovo M iov5 •» Ova tx cT M" in cf •* witb tbe THnite& States* 183 af H « ii - D £ H *< Boo S HJN 2-sf 3 2 ,8833 GU OTH si 1! n Jo OTJ M too^ 10 no > tx rovo txvo tx 10 O> •*• t»- C^VO O •*• » ro cooo »o 10 covo ? £ s ^ s5 a s5 t0?^.0^ *1 ^ °1 "t! c^ co ro co ro 10^0* •*noo mfoiOM\ovo ts.00 CO NO 1O tx O Is* O * * cooo* »o CO O O t-» 100O 10 . ... " ro •* 10 ^ Cx *X . o> U- »OCO(MOO vo M ro •* '' •* oo ^ _ _ tnoo'vo' tC cToo" ^ o"vo" •* •* O fOQvO 10 ^ O o 0 t>-o>OrOH lot-. >o«\o ^sO lOTt-w tx VO OO t^OO 1O 1O M CO W t^OO IOVO 04 OO H IO 1O . O 0 10 OVO" CO CO •o>o «»H-M-N-H- HMCT ro «C tCo ^•n • ro 10 j j °°°o fn ^ cooo"oo" i.84 Statistical IRotes on Increase of trade during the year 1896-97. — The data given in the chapter on Foreign Trade contain detailed statements of the amount of commodities and precious metals exported from Mexico into the United States during the last ten years, and I refer, therefore, to the same, those desiring more detailed information on that subject. I give, however, a statement of the leading merchandise imported from Mexico into the United States, during the last fiscal year, com- pared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, embracing only such imports as are not specifically stated in the data taken from the official reports of the United States Statistical Bureau, and which appear on pages 176 and 177. The following data, also taken from the last official report of the same Bureau, shows a comparative increase of trade. LEADING MERCHANDISE IMPORTS FROM MEXICO. FISCAL YEAR FISCAL YEAR 1896-1897. 1895-1896. Henequen, tons 62,839 51,167 Value $3,809,415 $3,339,180 Ixtle fibre, tons 6,313 12,207 Value $335,841 $717,585 Oranges, value $258,340 $212,913 Tobacco, Ibs... 749,560 93,197 Value $297,262 $28,025 Mahogany, feet 8,791 10,654 Value $321,800 $414,817 Coal, tons 99,760 72,056 Value... $218,456 $146,813 I also append a similar statement of some of the articles exported from the United States into Mexico during the last fiscal year, com- pared with the previous one, ended June 30, 1896, embracing only such exports as are not specifically stated in the data taken from the official reports of the United States Statistical Bureau, appearing on pages 178 to 183, and which I also take from the last official re- port of the same Bureau. When it is taken into consideration that the Mexican imports from the United States during the last fiscal year were made on a falling silver market, the annexed statement shows a con- siderable financial strength. EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATES TO MEXICO. ( Fiscal year 1896-97 and preceding year.) 1896-97. 1895-96. Cattle, no 690 1,112 Value.; $29,186 $39,509 Hogs, no 22,164 i7,54o Value $263,083 $206,807 witb tbe Unites States, 185 1896-97. 1895-96. Agricultural implements $130,825 $119,838 Books, maps, etc $161,143 $107,384 Carriages and cars .'... $615,468 $687,425 Coal and coke, tons 219,111 121,269 Value $643,715 $377,469 Bicycles $73,117 $24,278 Fruits and nuts $72,654 $78,497 Hops $55,6io $8,289 Hardware $2,874,283 $2,455,400 Leather $16,456 $24,014 Crude petroleum, gals 7,090,853 6,779,059 Value $349,021 $392,510 Refined petroleum, gals 836,628 631,147 Value $174,107 $142,761 (Includes lubricating oil.) Cotton-seed oil, gals 1,616,407 1,588,504 Value $320,496 $337,892 Paraffin, Ibs 2,888,475 2,975,476 Value $144,805 $163,644 Tallow, Ibs 997,216 1,783,788 Value $36,561 $77,050 Hams $28,976 $29,487 Butter $40,089 $33, 169 Wool, Ibs 1,698,952 2,605,150 Value $140,609 $238,316 Tropical Products Supplied by Mexico to the United States. — It will be interesting to state in what proportion Mexican imports of tropical pro- ducts figure in the total imports of said commodities into this country. From 1892 to 1896 the annual average of importation of vanilla beans into the United States was 205,197 pounds, of which Mexico fur- nished 142,727 pounds, or 6pJ per cent. Mexico receives for her vanilla crop, annually, $640,000 gold. Mexico's average annual exportation of coffee to the United States for the past five years was 28,927,410 pounds, or 4.8 per cent, of the total American purchase of coffee, Brazil furnishing 70 per cent., Central America 7.6 per cent, Venezuela 6.4 per cent., and the British West Indies i.i per cent There is plenty of room for the Mexican coffee-growing industry to expand. Mexico's fine flavored, mild coffees are steadily gaining in favor in the United States. In henequen, or sisal grass, Mexico takes the leading place in the im- port trade of the United States, selling, of the total received there, 98.1 per cent. The average annual importation for the past five years was 50,129 tons, of which Mexico furnished 49,195, Cuba 277, British Aus- tralia 386, and all other countries 271. Mexico received a yearly aver- age, during the five years, for her henequen, of $4,218,267, gold. AIL of which went to the State of Yucatan. 1 86 Statistical Motes on In sugar, Mexico holds but an insignificant place in the American importation, which showed an annual average, during the past five years, of 3,827,799,481 pounds, Cuba furnishing 46.5 per cent, and Hawaii 7.9 per cent. We could expand very largely our sugar production and supply this country with almost all of that product, but as sugar is produced in Louisiana and as Hawaii is likely to belong to the United States the protective policy of this country will not allow us to supply the United States with that commodity on a large scale. Mexico is sending on an average every year, 1,400,000 pounds of wool to the United States. In 1892 she exported but 190 pounds. The United States takes, annually, an average of 50,493,000 pounds of goat skins, of which Mexico furnishes 3,007,000, or 5.9 per cent. Of other hides and skins the United States imports 167, 993,000 pounds, Mexico's share being 4.3 per cent. The cattle trade of Mexico with the United States increased consid- erably under the liberal provisions of the Wilson Bill, which taxed cattle with 20 per cent, ad valorem. The following statement shows how large the increase of that trade was under that bill : CATTLE EXPORTED TO THE UNITED STATES. Years. Number. Gold Value. 1892 1,438 $ 7,740 1893 2,597 16,376 1894 1,469 n,857 1895 148,431 720,864 1896.. 216,913 1,481,954 (Fiscal years ended June 3oth.) Mexico has been for at least two years the most important source of supply to the United States for cattle purchased abroad, Canada furnishing, in 1896, cattle to the value of but $18,902, and the United Kingdom $6,684. The cattle trade is one in which American, as well as Mexican capital is embarked, but it will be considerably diminished if not completely destroyed under the highly protective tariff. COINAGE. In the chapter on Mining I gave a concise statement of the silver and gold coined in Mexico from the time of its discovery by the Spaniards to the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, and it appears from the same that the total coinage of silver amounted to $3,398,664,400. According to the report of the Director of the Mint (page 347) on the " Production of Precious Metals in the United States during Coinage. 187 the Calendar Year 1895," the last one out as this paper goes to press, the total production of silver of the world from 1493 to 1895 is $10,- 345,688,700, the Mexican coinage being over one-third of the whole. It must be borne in mind that that statement embraces, so far as Mexico is concerned, only the silver coined, and it does not take into consideration the silver used in the arts, which used to be a considerable .amount, as almost every well-to-do Mexican had forks, spoons, plates and other table ware and household articles of solid silver. It does not embrace either such silver as was smuggled in bullion, which, consider- ing the large extent of the Mexican sea coast, its scanty population and the general demoralization during our civil wars represents a very large amount. It can, therefore, be safely stated that the production of silver in Mexico, not coined, represents at least from one-fourth to one-third -of the amount coined. Therefore, the production of silver by Mexico may be safely estimated at from $5,000,000,000, to $6,000,000,000, which is about one-half of the total product of the world. The following statement shows the am6unt of silver coined by the several mints of Mexico from their establishment to June 30, 1895, stating the years in which the coinage was made : COINAGE BY THE MEXICAN MINTS FROM THEIR ESTABLISHMENT IN 1535 TO JUNE 30, 1895. PERIOD OF COINAGE. MINTS. COINAGE. 1868-1895 Alamos $ 22,828,869 1863-1866 1,321,545 1811-1895 62,465,756 1846—1895 Culiacan 46 4^8 160 1811—1895 Durango .. 67 128 q66 l8l2-l8o<; 64,127,846 l8d4.— 184.0. . 4,375,062 1812—1895 307,364,150 1852—1895 • . • 19,659,506 1 5^^—180^ 2,453,110,110 l8^7 180^ Oaxaca .. • «;,76i,o45 1827 1893 San Luis Potosi. ... ... . 1 13. 143. 3^8 l8lo—l8l2 1,551,248 1827—1830 Tlalpam I,l62,66o 1810-1895 . . . 350,341,499 Total $3,520,779,189 I give a statement of the production of gold and silver in Mexico in the fiscal years 1879-1880, 1889-1890 and 1894-1895, which shows 1 88 Statistical IRotes on a considerable increase in each of those years, and this statement only represents such amounts of the precious metals as were either exported in bullion or taken to the mints, and not the production that is other- wise disposed of. PRODUCTION OF GOLD AND SILVER IN MEXICO IN THE FISCAL YEARS 1879-1880, 1889-1890 AND 1894-1895. 1879-1880. 1880-1890. 1894-1895. Kilo- grams. 1 Value. Kilo- grams. Grams. Value. Kilo- grams. I 3, O Value. Gold coined . . . 772 622 598 032 $ 521,826 420,131 e 219 524 $ 243,298 457,6n 807 6,217 260 35i I 545,237 4,199,305 Gold exported Total 1.394 630 94i,957 1,037 743 700,909 7,024 611 4,744,54* Silver coined, Silver exported Total 587,034 74,302 804 310 24,018,529 3,040,079 594,606 362,418 £ 24,328,326 14,828,361 675,277 747,283 55i 490 27,628,981 30,575,104 661,337 114 27,058,608 957,025 223 39,156,687 1,422,561 041 58,204,085 Total of gold and silver $28,000,565 $39,857,596 $62,948,627- The following statement gives the exports of the precious metals from Mexico during the same years embraced in the preceding table. EXPORT OF PRECIOUS METALS AND MINERALS FROM MEXICO IN THE FISCAL YEARS 1879-1880, 1889-1890 AND 1894-1895. VALUE IN MEXICAN DOLLARS. 1879-1880. 1889-1890. 1894-1895. 59,66o 10,935,353 34,887 164,113 4,139,645 6,394,662 13,204 96,592 457,611 220,567 760,683 420,132 Mexican gold coined Foreign silver coined 314,537 16,783,317 141,033 23,084,489 1,810 7,259^959 485,326 17,077,119 50,866 18,803,876 Mexican silver coined 3,040,079 581 Manufactured silver 368,872 803,058 785,009 Argentiferous zinc. 21,539,896 38,621,290 52,535,854 Coinage* 189 It may be interesting to state the amount of silver exported and coined in Mexican mints from 1874 to 1896, which is the following : EXPORTED. COINED. 1874.— 7 C $16 038 21^ $10 386 0^8 IQ 454 O54 1876—77 21 415 128 1877-78. . 2O 8^ O74 22 084 2O3 1878-79 IQ.-I-JQ JCI 22 l62 988 1870—80. . 20 307 ^6^ 24 Ol8 52O 1880-81 17 774. QIO 24 6l7 3Q5 1881-82 in 700,704 25 146 260 1882—83 28 441 212 24 083 922 i88q-84. . •22,242 77O 2K 377 37Q 1884-8"; •32 77O QOO 2C 84O 728 1885-86 20 160 8"?«; 26 991 805 1886-87 7 Ol8 44 3O3 ggc ft A ft /r R * 87 $ 6 1878 1870. . . '^OI'r& 1879-1880 21 5°l4°° •§1 19,020,089 1880-1881 376 1881 1882 ii 607 888 Average in five years $1 787 $l8 374 086 ft Q ft £ ft a 1883-1884 67'8i5 1884 1885 1885 1886 i 800 873 ft *rt ft - a 1887-1888 ft ft « ft $17 188 76^; 1888-1889 22 686 337 804 860 8 874 4^7 1,282 151 Average in five years $7 583 644 180-3— 1804 $ie_28Q 38l Total in the twenty-two years $85 808 033 $688 471 479 Average for the twenty-two years. . . $ 19,502,140 $ 6,519,027 $ 3,904,496 $ 1,368,279 $31,294,158 MEXICAN GOLD EXPORTS. Our production of gold used to be very small for reasons already given, but the present high price of that metal is increasing consider- ably our output of the same. The exports of gold from Mexico in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1896, amounted to $5,800,000, as declared by the Mexican Bureau of Statistics, but even this statement is not correct, as it needs the follow- ing additions, shown by experience and reliable authorities : about 15 per cent, for gold exports made without any return, 2 per cent, for undervaluation, 0.5 per cent, used in the arts in Mexico, i per cent., possibly more now, with the increasing prosperity of the country, re- tained in the banks, 2 per cent, in circulation, making a total of 20.5 per cent, to be added to the official return, which brings up the produc- /IDejican (Bolfc ]££portefc. 191 tion of gold in Mexico to $6,989,000 for the year 1896 and even this figure is considered very low. Mexican Gold Exported to the United States. — The United States is our principal market for the gold we produce. The following statement furnished to me on February 6, 1897, by the Director of the Mint of the Treasury Department of the United States, contains the imports of gold bullion, ore and coin into the United States, as reported by the Collector of Customs, from 1891 to 1895, and from the fiscal years ending June 30, 1892, to June 30, 1896. " IMPORTS OF GOLD BULLION, ORE AND COIN FROM MEXICO INTO THE UNITED STATES AS REPORTED BY COLLECTORS OF CUSTOMS. YEARS. ORE. BULLION. COIN. TOTAL. 1801 . $ 222 088 $1 IQ2 183 $067 OI5 $ I 781 286 1892 .... 711 6?2 T 714 /i/in •ago 711 2 806 823 1803 507,647 I 566 728 265 315 2 33Q 6QO 1804. . 673,^8'? I,o64,72I qg 376 I 776 68O l8o5 QQ7 221 2 4.7* 206 34 217 q 4.66 7^d. Total $•2 112 211 $7 Q7"3 ^68 $1 O85 634 $12 171 217 " For additional information see Report on Production of Precious Metals, 1894, page 248, and the same report for 1895, page 289. "Yours, R. D. Preston, *' Mint Bureau, February 6, 1897." " IMPORTS OF GOLD ORE, BULLION AND COIN FROM MEXICO INTO THE UNITED STATES AS REPORTED BY COLLECTORS OF CUSTOMS. FISCAL YEARS ENDING JUNE 30. ORE. BULLION. COIN. TOTAL. l8Q2 & 246 840 «ll 336 5Q3 $ 542 4QQ $2 125 Q4I l8Q3 886 284 I,Q23,565 3OO OI2 3 IOQ 86l 1804 502,023 I,2IO,757 116,823 1,820 6O3 l8q5 810,066 1,635,852 36,835 2,482,753 l8q6. i 108 830 2,826,327 72 482 4 OO7 648 Total $3 554 O6l $8, 033,004 ii 068 651 gl-j ece 806 44 Treasury Department, Mint Bureau, February 6, 1897." Mr. Preston completed the above information with other data ob- tained from private parties in the following manner : communicated to me in a letter dated, February 6, 1897, enclosing the two preceding statements. " I would add, for your information, that from returns received by this Bureau, from private refineries, and the deposits of foreign bullion at the Mints and Assay Statistical IRotes on Offices of the United States during the calendar years 1894 and 1895 the amount of gold credited to Mexico was reported to be as follows : , 1894. Reported by private refineries as extracted from Mexican ores and bullion ....................................................... $2,360,765 Gold bullion deposited at the United States Assay Office at New York. . . 735,787 Deposited at the Mint at San Francisco ............................... 290,713 Total ....... ....................... ..................... $3,387,265 1895. Gold extracted from Mexican ores and bullion by private refineries ....... $3,843,783 Gold deposited at the United States Assay Office at New York .......... 560,775 Mexican gold bullion deposited at the United States Mint at San Francisco 504,745 Total The preceding official data from the United States Treasury Depart- ment was not complete, as will appear from the following table pre- pared by the Bureau of Statistics of the Mexican Republic : GOLD EXPORTED FROM MEXICO TO THE UNITED STATES. CALENDAR YEARS. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1896. Gold ore $ 16,700 53*769 497,400 $ 100,595 45.390 279,699 126,184 $ "3,548 9i,936 99,415 257,761 $ 5,767 177,089 1,606,152 144,515 $ 87,695 109,421 4,368,898 $ 324,305 477,505 6,851,564 528,460 31,231 3,026 Coined Bullion *. . . . • Mixed1 31,231 3,026 Sulphite According to information from Mexico $ 567,869 $1,781,286 $ 551,768 2,806,823 $ 562,660 2,339,6oo $1,933,523 1,776,680 $4,600,271 3,466,734 $8,216,091 12,171,213 According to information from the United States Differences + $1,213,417 + $2,255,055 + $1,777,030 - $ 156,843 + $3,955,122 $I,I33,537 Gold ore.,,.... FISCAL YEARS. 1891-1892. 1892-1893. 1893-1894. 1894-1895. 1895-1896. TOTAL. $ 31,289 4i,259 474, J 56 $ 145,785 74,798 115,642 271,913 $ 55,799 121,915 116,994 256,547 $ 8,889 150,544 3,687,872 $ 160,555 147,981 4,608,959 $ 402,317 536,497 9,003,623 528,460 80,947 31,332 •Coined Bullion1 80,947 3!,332 Sulphite According to information from Mexico According to information from the United States $ 546,704 2,125,941 $ 608,138 3,109,861 $ 551,255 1,829,603 $3>847,3°5 2,482,753 $5,°29,774 4,007,648 $10,583,176 13,555,806 Differences + $1,579,237 + $2,501,723 + $1,278,348 - $1,364,552 — $1,022,126 + $2,972,630 1 From the ist of July, 1894, the " Bullion " includes the value of the gold contained in the mixed ore. This instance shows how difficult it is for the commercial statistics of both countries to agree, even when the merchandise is entered with the same value in both as in the present case. 193 RAILWAYS. The following table contains a list of all the railways, exclusive of the tramways, built in Mexico up to October 31, 1896, prepared by the Department of Communications of the United Mexican States : OFFICIAL STATEMENT MADE BY THE DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS OF THE MEXICAN GOVERNMENT OF THE RAILROAD MILEAGE IN OPERATION ON OCTOBER 31, 1896. (i) The initials at the beginning of each line of this table stand for the guage of the railroads ; S. for standard, N. for narrow, and B. for both. NAME. DATE OF CONCESSION. LENGTH. FROM AND TO. 420»375 76 233,558 88 6,337,225 38 1890. 1,527.20 609,382 4,702,142 48 723,928 i,436,3i7 68 287,233 92 6,425,694 08 1891. 1892. 1,665.11 1,824.83 867,657 1,091,785 5,625,668 51 6,183,149 29 742,993 73I,425 !,470,940 51 I,439,57I 60 277,929 oo 340,532 80 7,374,538 02 7>963,253 69 l893. 1894. 1,846.64 1,859.83 860,187 898,484 6,130,347 06 6,440,713 23 792,025 945,434 1,443,793 73 1,576,801 33 407,627 52 408,510 72 7,981,768 3I 8,426,025 28 I895. 1,859.83 1,047,038 7,145,041 44 1,030,911 1,828,072 61 522,751 63 9,495,865 68 1896. . !,869.6o 1,231,025 7,646,257 99 1,259,623 1,934,612 78 627,149 62 10,208,020 39 Total.. 18,938.99 8,472,169 $61,057,704 64 9,171,011 $I7i376,300 87 $31856,561 Qi $82,290,567 42 Mexican National. — The Mexican National obtained its first con- cession from the Mexican Government in 1877, but it was amended from time to time thereafter, until all the amended grants were grouped in the concession approved July 5, 1886, under which the road is now operated. The old companies did not print any reports, and there is no data running back further than the time when the bondholders took possession of the property at the foreclosure sale, which occurred in the City of Mexico on May 23, 1887. I give a statement of the traffic 197 and earnings of the road from 1873 to 1895, taken from the Anuario Estadistico de la Republica Mexicana in 1895, which was compiled with data furnished to the Mexican Government by the company. CENTRAL RAILWAY AND BRANCH FROM TULA TO PACHUCA. M FREIGHT. Pi ^ PASSEN- PASSENGER MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL w GERS. RECEIPTS. RECEIPTS. RECEIPTS. > Tons. Kilos. 1881. 303,543 $ 62,27O 2O 7,012 436 $ 33,413 44 $ 95,683 64 1882. 49^985 442,726 54 202,304 993 1,289,387 24 I,732,H3 78 1883. 653,669 726,830 09 167,356 565 2,876,906 29 3,603,736 38 1884. 761,687 ,111,906 96 190,423 972 2,662,684 86 3,774,591 82 1885. 694,894 ,111,062 54 331,700 260 2,484,325 68 3,595,388 22 1886. 769,655 ,185,662 53 255,027 in 2,754,613 02 3,940,275 55 1887. 797,693 ,251,743 98 356,448 976 3,721,358 13 4,973,102 ii 1888. 756,560 ,337,734 10 519,261 394 4,554,830 53 5,892,564 63 1889. 683,147 ,436,301 06 576,324 408 5,081,628 68 6,517,929 74 1890. 736,730 ,487,086 60 694,966 914 5,212,261 40 6,699,348 oo 1891. 753,276 ,512,415 42 1,005,447 237 6,167,092 56 7,679,507 98 1892. 735,363 ,442,310 99 1,100,364 029 6,534,507 42 7,976,818 41 1893. 792,025 ,443,793 73 860,186 545 6,537,974 58 7,981,768 31 1894. 945,434 ,576,801 35 898,484 071 6,849,223 95 8,426,025 30 1895. 1,030,911 ,828,072 61 1,047,037 836 7,767,793 03 9,595,865 64 Total 10,906,572 $17,956,718 70 8,212,346 747 $64,528,000 81 $82,484,719 51 MEXICAN NATIONAL RAILROAD. M ptf PAS- PASSENGER FREIGHT. MISCEL- TOTAL 3 LANEOUS W P SEJNGERS. RECEIPTS. Tons. Kilos. RECEIPTS. RECEIPTS. 1873. 247,547 $ 17,425 65 $17 425 6* 1874. 584,075 40,446 oi 298 860 $ 298 86 •*• / »T°^O ^0 40,744 87 1875. 486,788 43,027 18 221 140 221 14 43,248 32 1876. 486,000 43,437 24 698 245 709 41 44,146 65 1877. 565,572 52,759 84 346 499 275 75 53,035 59 1878. 529,333 71,193 68 3,209 097 3,845 61 75,039 29 1879. 535,806 74,277 07 8,102 920 15,329 07 89,606 14 I880. 466,897 9!,505 23 18,191 400 41,983 90 133,489 13 1881. 903,049 124,452 13 26,234 150 47,320 oo 171,772 13 1882. 900,855 225,267 21 105,549 146 229,586 51 454,853 72 1883. 1,071,835 341,614 87 140,185 779 366,320 26 707,935 13 1884. 878,878 517,316 80 254,804 ooo 743,423 74 1,260,740 54 1885. 839,573 492,822 92 177,179 000 803,291 20 1,296,114 12 1886. 891,711 538,359 97 132,661 000 I,0l8,0l8 51 1,556,378 48 1887. 884,541 537,520 17 307,435 ooo 1,120,950 34 1,658,470 51 1888. 907,113 691,915 03 370,300 527 1,880,684 24 2,572,599 27 1889. 929,685 864,309 90 430,166 055 2,640,418 14 3,504,728 04 1890. 937,527 887,437 19 487,598 563 2,684,550 59 3,561,987 78 1891. 998,617 994,951 69 515,164 143 3,057,891 oo 4,052,842 69 1892. 1,012,786 973,768 72 605,545 610 3,643,784 47 4,6i7,553 19 1893. 935,167 972,488 57 571,524 780 3,191,146 37 4,163,634 94 1894. 576,574 865,698 53 527,440 000 3,246,375 07 4,112,073 60 1895- 926,516 1,005,515 55 642,535 071 3,426,841 93 4,432,357 48 Total 17,496,445 $10,467,511 15 5,325,390 985 $28,152,266 ii $38,609,777 26 198 Statistical IRotes on o H Ox 00 00 M 1 W co w g§ H M S rf en w S § § I <§ M o 0 CO {^ "o S, 8 en en & £• M CO en M CO en 3 in 8 1 r>. 04 m m in I CO ^ o CO CO ^ en in *cT M M CO M o_ m CO 04 in M S en h-T «Q of 04* r? \r> en *£. 04 CO ON £ 0 0 m M R 04 rt w f^ rt m in i*^. CO rt ^i* ^ O *"f" Q ON O >n en CO in * Q o_ f->. 04 Jx, r> in co" o" ^ o" en M" M" M" M 04 M O en r- — J- f*N, 04 O q. W m ^ O^ M CO ^ 04" of oT CO 04 £. en en in vO g. ot §» 04 en 00 0 rt vn en en en oo o 04 vO O m M f £ ^ rt ON CO en O M rt CO M 1 I 04 04 in 04 en o ON 04 en § °°« en ON vn CO CO ON en £. % CO* M M in O 04 vO 04 04 04 s en o\ CO M en s in O en M 1 o r^ M en o 04 M 0^ 1 CO M in ON <£ C* 04 vS I CO in CO in in <& fl ei M* rt en rt m rt U O m s in in en oT en CO s to H en CO M ON 0 en rt Q J^ i CO M 3; ^t I en en 04 O vd" m in vS ° 8 1 S ^« O^ M t--» q_ H en <£ ^ en M O 0 en M ft s 0 in co »n M rt CO CO «^ f^ O CO Q^ d ^ M 04 in m M M CO 0 in en ON rt O o " m ON J* co" vO" o" o~ en co" o" rC <£ rf M o^ 04 * 8 ? in M M rt 0 «C M ^ en M J M rt 8 ON gj 0 en co" rt ON in in 04 SN 0 en s in ff in en O I M 1 R J s CO rt in I 2 s rt rf in g 04 CO in en M 'I CO !L 3 04' O CO en ON en en s> oT s O CO CO CO $ in S 04 CO in en 2 en 1 ~ CO CO CO 01 en in M 0 . M M en S ? 0 04 <£ ^ 04 • • ; i ^ i • § rt £ X W Jg ; : • o* IS s 8 c OH r-J 0 rt E . C/j li 1 J n "e3 W * ^ P^ ^ r^ o S G • S 0 ^ 3 | M OH X & w *" i 1 4j rt c rt I 13 H QB 2 >2 -g V H ! Passenger % X W Telegraph Miscellan« "o Operating S -M C3 rt So W g •£ 1 1 1} 1 199 I also append a statement of the freights, passengers, express, tele- graphs, and miscellaneous receipts, as well as the expenses and earn- ings of the road from the year 1889 to 1896, taken from the last official report of the companies. It will be noticed that the traffic and receipts of this road, like the Central, have been steadily increasing from the time at which it began to be operated. (See table on page 198.) MEXICAN INTERNATIONAL RAILROAD COMPANY, GROSS EARNINGS IN MEXICAN MONEY. YEAR. NO. OF PASS'G'RS. PASSENGER RECEIPTS. FREIGHT. FREIGHT RECEIPTS. TOTAL RECEIPTS. Tons. Kilos. From Dec. 3d, 1883- 1884 1885 h 15,942 9,853 10,411 9,796 41,170 53,194 59.327 64,641 60,967 74,577 77,456 102,858 111,480 $ 32,408 45 25,881 44 29,242 61 32,516 71 125,848 48 140,676 05 149,258 43 170,304 oo 181,378 14 219,624 38 208,551 86 276,514 04 313,904 13 15,129 50,896 55,877 86,889 Il6,56l 180,544 222,856 216,465 390,802 335,200 376,734 469,641 525,951 723 181 079 772 273 270 211 739 838 769 430 859 874 $ 37,575 oo 118,177 80 144,311 09 189,184 86 459,906 57 691,477 04 894,944 35 956,546 91 1,836,958 51 1,743,140 42 1,873,974 91 2,197,463 36 2,453,223 54 $ 69,983 45 144,059 24 173,553 70 221,701 57 585,755 05 832,153 09 1,044,202 78 1,126,850 91 2,018,336 65 1,962,764 80 2,082,526 77 2,473,977 40 2,767,127 67 1886 1887.. 1888 1880 . iuwy . . 1800 1891 1802 . . 1803. . 1804 180"? 1806.. Total.. 691,672 $1,906,108 72 3,043,552 018 $13,596,884 36 $15,502,993 08 MEXICAN INTERNATIONAL RAILWAY. (STATEMENT FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY.) YEAR. AVERAGE KILOMETRES OPERATED. GROSS EARNINGS. AVERAGE EARNINGS PER KILOMETRE. AVERAGE EARNINGS PER MILE. l88d 24.5 . 2O $103,307 98 $ 42 I 49 $ 6l2 37 1885. 273.58 153,916 18 562 59 9O5 39 1886 273 ^8 185 I^O 25 676 76 1,098 II 1887 273.58 237,394 13 867 73 1,396 43 1888 57-1.07 656,781 41 1,144 28 1,841 47 1889 636 34. 011.608 51 1,412 73 2 3O5 64 1890 637.38 1,126,366 41 1,745 64 2,839 77 1801 658.30 1,197,856 55 1,819 69 2,924 O2 1802 . . . . . 746.37 2,095,726 14 2,807 89 4,518 67 1893 922.19 2,050,934 01 2,226 15 3,579 04 1804 Q22.IQ 2,169,121 47 2,352 14 3,785 29 "vt 1805. . 947.23 2,664,126 08 2,812 54 4,526 28 1806 I Oil .02 2,900,925 33 2,869 30 4,617 69 Total 8.I2O.Q3 $16,453,304 45 $21,738 93 $34,95° I7 Mexican International. The Mexican International, which has been built without any subsidy from the Mexican Government, was opened for traffic in 1883, and its traffic and receipts, like the other two roads, have steadily increased. I append two statements of this road; the 200 Statistical Motes on /IDe£ic 10,843 58 11,221 56 4,728 22 10,312 75 4,774 50 4,952 oo 5,540 00 12,782 20 13,042 10 14,031 56 14,300 50 I4,5i8 77 17,999 04 1883.. 237 360 435 384 121 182 168 504 612 750 168 972 720 813 344 400 ooo 000 000 ooo 197 64 300 82 363 10 350 18 IOI 12 152 oo 140 oo 420 oo 510 oo 728 36 400 oo 528 oo 561 oo l88d 188*.. 1886 1887 1888 1880. . 1800 1801 . . i4Q 7^0 Q2 $1 50,429 06 $200,168 98 SALAMANCA AND SANTIAGO VALLEY RAILWAY. 1889 4,709 $ 1,486 51 132 270 $ 304 26 $ 1,790 77 1890 18,836 5,946 04 529 080 1,217 04 7,163 08 1891 25,432 8,554 ii 3,324 430 7,237 67 15,79! 78 1802... 21 Q23 8 020 50 2.815 94O 5,325 03 13,345 62 1803 22 674. 77 I Q 44 3 38O 060 8,910 74 16,630 18 1804... 27 406 8 74O QO 4 142 690 9,584 17 18,325 07 1805 3O.OQ4 10,376 66 7,799 050 13,969 73 24,346 39 Total.. 151,164 $50,844 25 22,123 520 $46,548 64 $97,392 89 •(Railways, 209 MONTE ALTO RAILWAY. YEARS. 1892 180-7 PASSEN- GERS. PASSENGER RECEIPTS. FREIGHT MISCELLA- NEOUS RECEIPTS. TOTAL RECEIPTS. Tons. Kilos. 3I,O8O 30,888 31,913 39,041 $ 2,652 89 3,260 28 3,318 14 4,005 14 4,006 6,135 6,221 5,430 000 ooo 000 000 $1,330 13 1,965 72 2,002 79 1,410 85 $ 3,983 02 5,226 oo 5,320 93 5,415 99 l8Q4 l8qs... Total. . 132,922 $13,236 45 21,792 000 $6,709 49 $19,945 94 VALLEY OF MEXICO RAILWAY. l8qi... 1,423,652 $ 99,615 09 9,108 ooo $ 5,912 38 $105,527 41 1802 i 63q 873 Iiq,37q 76 21,154 ooo I2.3IO 35 131 6QO 17 180-?... 1,6^7*135 IIO,l6o 6O 24,361 ooo 21,497 48 131,658 08 1804 l8q«5 . . Total.. 4,700,660 $329,155 45 54,623 000 $39,720 21 $368,875 66 PUEBLA INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY. 1801.. . 15 i 380 $23 234 66 $ i 308 oo $24. 632 66 1802 125,766 20,052 34 I 23Q OO 21 2QI 34. 1803 155 112 24. O§2 55 i 380 oo 25 462 55 1894... I9O 480 31 62O 62 3 I4.Q 37 34 760 QO 1805 226 275 36 264 oo 14 25O OOO II 122 ^5 47 ^86 "35 Total.. 849,013 $135,254 17 14,250 000 $18,288 72 $153,542 89 MEXICAN NORTHERN RAILWAY. i8qi... 4,870 $14,802 61 94 726 ooo $ 740,122 98 $ 754,92s SO 1802 . 4 3OQ 14 802 61 m?8i 825 I 337 8*3 47 I 352 656 08 1803 .. 4 088 13 087 oo 176 801 QI3 1*334 ^24 47 I -147 6l2 37 1894 1895 4,274 13,420 18 151,744 929 1,149,069 15 1,162,489 33 Total.. 17,601 $56,113 30 601,054 667 $4,561,570 07 $4,617,683 37 MEXICO CUERNAVACA AND PACfFICO RAILWAY. 1805. . 17 209 &IO 214 84 84 4^4 OOO $130 662 86 iftl4O 877 7O 210 Statistical IRotes on FEDERAL DISTRICT TRAMWAYS. YEARS. PASSENGERS. PASSENGER RECEIPTS. FREIGHT. MISCELLA- NEOUS RECEIPTS. TOTAL RECEIPTS. Tons. Kilos. 1873. 1874. 1875. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879- I880. 1881. 1882. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. Total. 3,760,653 3,088,808 3,597,197 3,545,589 4,455,595 4,605,223 5,084,669 6,165,461 7,675,829 9,851,614 10,101,302 9,926,621 9,407,751 10,841,928 11,121,575 12,185,031 13,533,217 14,457,203 15,585,919 16,164,644 15,622,879 15,844,425 18,281,729 $ 232,347 92 240,277 12 286,248 25 278,068 94 357,262 43 360,175 98 390,298 10 458,547 60 586,167 20 703,422 06 775,550 34 717,264 90 690,457 87 746,107 46 810,974 85 881,646 36 981,922 98 1,028,871 57 1,002,224 50 1,023,617 85 990,265 03 1,028,430 01 1,194,335 17 $ 16,421 10 29,628 70 23,644 10 19,289 15 14,179 54 6,752 49 8,089 47 19,020 46 52,547 54 87,584 95 90,644 72 114,307 69 63,423 48 134,133 77 155,972 22 171,418 II 203,011 13 247,868 09 206,601 54 194,358 01 217,905 64 230,935 43 229,571 08 $ 248,769 02 269,905 82 309,892 35 297,358 09 371,441 97 366,928 47 398,387 57 477,568 06 638,714 74 791,007 01 866,195 06 831,572 59 753,881 35 880,241 23 966,947 07 ,053,064 47 ,184,934 ii ,276,739 66 ,208,826 04 ,217,975 86 ,208,170 67 ,259,365 44 ,423,906 25 .... .... 224,904,862 $15,764,484 49 $2,537,308 41 $18,301,792 90 VERACRUZ AND ALVARADO RAILWAY. 1885 «JQ O?8 $18 4^1 or $ . $ 18 451 01 1886 07 772 18 67^ 04 882 500 4,042 OO 23,615 04 1887. . 2Q.Q7I 16,677 46 14,316 16 30,903 62 1888 58,127 33,174 25 26,549 26 59,723 51 1889 63,328 36,779 93 8,500 412 31,779 57 68,559 5° 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1805 72,292 74,317 73,249 73,705 32,964 87,291 42,128 89 39,304 87 47,831 14 47,298 50 44,294 74 53,050 84 11,500 16,845 14,498 22,976 20,197 22,764 892 178 000 000 000 103 34,829 14 44,831 36 51,025 73 49,955 98 56,927 90 69,450 61 76,958 03 84,136 23 98,856 87 97,254 48 101,222 64 122,501 45 Total.. 642,094 $397,664 67 118,164 085 $384,607 71 $782,272 38 Total Traffic and Receipts of Mexican Railways. — Before concluding this chapter, I append a statement of the total traffic and receipts of the Mexican Railways from 1873 to I^95> taken from theAnuarw Esta- distico de la Republica Mexicana of 1895, compiled in the Department of Communication of the Mexican Government from data furnished the same by the respective companies, in compliance with the provis- ions of their grants. 211 RAILWAY SUBSIDIES PAID BY THE MEXICAN GOVERNMENT. I append a statement of the railway subsidies paid by the Mexican Government from the beginning of railway construction to June 30, 1896, which is entirely correct, as it has been obtained from the ac- counts of the Federal Treasury of Mexico. I insert after that state- ment a detailed account of each of the railways to whom subsidies have •^•MHMOOHTt-mOfO'* O\O >OP) •.txM O t*. M -* M tx « tN.00 VO \0 M M ts, •*- OVO 00 O fO fs N 0 tx & a is .ei 1000 cf op* en co. -^ COM" I fO •* M\0 '. cnoo" tC tf «" i-T »x 10 2 q. ^2 •*• »o o O ^.roOiN ^-Tt-M cooo M O er> Qv ^VO^ JO j* fp j* S?5SSI&5EEI £sg ?S i« : S • : * :•« : :Js : :i :1 : i- aii B« C rt o * 111 mfl ll Bw «T3 .5 J g rt M «^v?* .u-'raro v^i^j^^fri1^ B B«N r^^^T3 Jt B«*i G rt 212 Statistical IRotes on dDejico, 00 • v§ :tf : : : : : oVS^SS^S-S^ iS^g^S^^S wS,8§ Mt^NO^o^Mfoo • rovo o> a* in M « o t^N 8^5 " "8?His ro fn tOO io « I tx 0> lO _vo votn^.MioM T >o •* • cT ^%8 a^SS 8 o $g.8 8 8$ 5- M o o ^ o wo ooo^-*-»nioo ovo_io <*ao r?i i "" '" " !S W 2 2§ \o H H r*H L&»1 :«3»^ :-H K i ri s :§,g :§2^ : gi : s^^ ;^i«-§a C rt 1) fil^lJiJ :'S^ ^aulrtg" :^-cg ^lIlllHIS '^ 'rt'Scja-CpioC, incite SSJfil5« o gog^ S«2^ B c rt«bOtirtortcrtrtrt iBBHlin 213 been paid, stating the number of kilometres built, the amount of sub- sidy due for the same, and the manner in which the subsidy was paid, that statement being the most complete that has so far been published : R£SUM£. — Amount paid in Cash $ 46,896,901 95 " " Certificates of Construction (convertible in five per cent, bonds) 21,711,513 92 " " Bonds 31,127,00000 " of Balance due (payable either in cash or Bonds), 8,008,24438 Total amount of Subsidies, as per corresponding concessions, $107,743,660 25 The Tehuantepec Railway cost of construction is herein included, in order to give a complete statement of the Government's pecuniary outlay for the construction of railways in the country. As the $13,500,000 amount of the five per cent. Bonds paid on account of the construction of this line to the contractors, McMurdo & Co., represent a gold indebtedness, if reduced at the rate of 24 pence per dollar, the above total cost of railway construction should be increased by an equal amount, say $13,500,000 Mexican currency— or a grand total of $121,243,660.25. DETAILED STATEMENT OF THE SUBSIDIES PAID BY THE MEXICAN GOVERNMENT TO THE RAILWAY COMPANIES. 1. MEXICAN RAILWAY. — (From Mexico City to Veracruz.) Subsidy as per original concession, $560,000 per annum, during 25 years, equal to $14,000,000 oo Paid previous to October 21, 1890 10,187,315 79 Balance in favor of the company, on October 21, 1890, as per special agreement of the same date $3,497,878 80 <)% deduction, for cash payment, according to the second clause of said agreement 314,805 41 Total payment 14,000,000 oo 2. HIDALGO RAILWAY. — (From Mexico City to Pachuca, Hid.) Subsidy, $8000, per kilometre, as per concession $1,232,088 oo Paid on account thereof in cash $931,296 37 In 3$ and $% Bonds 300,791 63 Total payment 1,232,088 oo 3. VERACRUZ & ALVARADO RAILWAY. — (Coast Line between the said ports.) Subsidy due the Company, $6000 per kilometre, as per con- cession $440,000 oo Paid on account thereof, in cash $394,000 oo In 3# Bonds 46,000 oo 440,000 oo 4. MERIDA & PETO RAILWAY. — (Between the two named towns, State of Yucatan.) Subsidy, due the Company, $6000 per kilometre, as per con- cession $648,000 oo Paid in cash $577,445 85 In 3$ Bonds 70,554 15 Total payment 648,000 oo 214 Statistical IRotes on 5. INTEROCEANIC RAILWAY. — (Narrow gauge, from Veracruz to Acapulco, Pacific Coast.) Subsidy due the Company $5,57O,5H 12 483'?& Kilometres at $8000 $3,866,469 12 gi.ium « <« 6500 526,50000 140. *&&• " " 6000 840,000 oo 38.115. « ' unsubsidized Construction bounty earned, as per concession on the Mexico & Cuautla division 137,542 OO Construction bounty earned, as per concession on the Jalapa & Veracruz division 200,000 oo 5,570,511 12 Paid in cash $2,896,938 oo In certificates already paid for, out of the 3$ of the Cus- toms Receipts 2,673,573 12 Total payment 5,57O,5ll 12 6. OCCIDENTAL RAILWAY. — (Between points in the States of Sina- loa and Durango.) Length of the road, according to the concession 1373 kilometres, subsidy at the rate of $8000, per kilometre, as follows : From Altata, (Port on the Paci- fic Coast, Gulf of Califor- nia), to Culiacan, capital of the State of Sinaloa 6i.il! kilometres constructed From Culiacan to Durango and Fresnillo cities 600 A Branch to Guaymas 536 " " Mazatlan 237 i,373 Subsidy due for the first 6i.iH kilometres already built $495,416 oo Construction bounty according to concession $1000 per kilometre 61,927 oo Total amount due and paid for to the Company $557,343 oo 7. MEXICAN CENTRAL, and sundry branches. — (Trunk-line, from Mexico City to El Paso del Norte, on the Rio Grande River.) Subsidy due in accordance with the corresponding charter was $26,609,003 50 As follows : for 1970. !°-°- kilo- metres of the trunk-line, of which 107 kilometres were subsidized at $1500 per kilo- metre $ 160,500 oo And 1,863..!°° kilometres at $9500 per kilometre 17,704,200 oo $17,864,700 OO For 258.M2 kilometres of the 215 Gaudalajara branch, which reduced as per special contract of Feb. 25, 1887, to 2I8.M2 kilometres at $9500 per kilo- metre $2,076,510 oo For 653.M2 kilometres of the Aguascalientes & T a m p i c o Branch, at $9500 per kilo- metre 6,208,250 oo For 25 kilometres of the San Bias & Guaristemba at $9500 per kilometre 237,500 oo 8,522,260 oo For 23.111 kilometres of Silao & Guanajuato Branch at $9500 per kilometre 222,043 5° Total payment $26,609,003 50 This total amount, was settled and paid for in accordance with special agreement entered into by and between the Department of Pub- lic Works and the Company, on August 23, 1890, as follows : Lands, art-works, drafts and plans, etc., due by the Company as per settlement effected December 22, 1881 $ 34,204 39 Rebate off the subsidy corresponding to 6600 kilometres of parallel lines, between Zaca- tecas & Guadalajara, as per agreement therefor 52,800 oo Rebate off the subsidy on 50 kilometres of the line, between Tantoyuquita & Tampico, as per agreement 75,ooo oo Cash received by the Government of the State of San Luis Potosi, on account of the old branch line to Tampico 48,000 oo Certificates of construction paid at various Cus- tom Houses out of the 8$ of the receipts of the same, during the fiscal years 1881-1890 7,108,070 80 Paid with bills of exchange on London out of the proceeds of the loan negotiated in 1890 14,335,732 06 25$ discount on $19,820,793 01, amount of the balance acknowledged in favor of the Com- pany, according to the above mentioned agreement, (August 23, 1890) 4,955,196 25 Total payment $26,609,003 50 8. MEXICAN NATIONAL, and branches. — (Trunk-line from Mexico City to Laredo, Tamaulipas.) The Company constructed 173 7. Mi kilometres for which the Government owed the fol- lowing subsidies : — 216 Statistical IRotes on /IDejico. On 1444. MA kilometres of the trunk line, at the rate of $7000 per kilometre $10,108,315 oo On 273. M& kilometres of the trunk line, at the rate of $6500 per kilometre 1,774,500 oo On 20 kilometres of the Salto Branch at the rate of $8000 per kilometre 160,000 oo Total amount of subsidy due $12,042,815 oa The above amount was paid in certificates of construction for. .$11,929,870 oo of which the sum of $8,746,722 60 was paid at several Custom-Houses during the fiscal years 1882-1895, and the balance of $3,183,147 40, was converted, by special agreement between the Treasury Department and Messrs. Lionel Carden and H. P. Webb, as representatives of the Company in 5$ Bonds. The balance of $112,945 which in the preceding statement, appears as pending of payment, was accepted by the Company, as the value of the Government's shares in the Salto Branch. 9. " SONORA RAILWAY." — (From Guaymas, on the Gulf of Califor- nia, to Nogales, on the boundary line.) Subsidy on 422 $11 kilometres at the rate of $7000 per kilometre, $ 2,956,184 oa Paid to the Company, cash $ 2,071,310 60 Fine against the forfeiture of the concession. . . 100,000 oo 3# Bonds in accordance with the provisions of the law of September 6th, 1894 784,873 40 Total payment $ 2,956, 184 oa 10. "MERIDA & VALLADOLID RAILWAY," with a branch. — (Be- tween these two towns in the State of Yucatan.) Subsidy due on io8.1M kilometres at $6000 per kilometre $642,008 oa Paid for as follows, cash $ 597,608 oo In 3$ Bonds (law of September 6th, 1894). . . . 44,400 oo Total payment $642,008 oa 11. "MERIDA & CAMPECHE RAILWAY," via. Kalkini. — (Between the capitals of the States of Yucatan and Campeche.) Subsidy due on 135. 1B28 kilometres at $6000 per kilometre, $810,915 oo Paid to the Company in cash $766,91 5 oo In 3$ Bonds 44,000 oo Total payment $810,915 oo 12. "SAN MARCOS & NAUTLA RAILWAY." — Between San Marcos station on the Mexican Ry. and Nautla bar on the Gulf of Mexico.) Subsidy due on 75 kilometres at $6000 per kilometre $450,000 oo Paid to the Company as follows : Cash $ 70,500 oo In special 5$ subsidy Bonds 349,000 OO In 3$ Bonds according to the provisions of the law of September 6th, 1894 500 oo Rebatement of subsidy on 5 kilometres running parallel with the " Interoceanic Ry 30,000 oo Total payment $450,000 oo •Railways, 217 13. " TOLUCA & SAN JUAN de las HUERTAS RAILWAY." — (Between the capital of the State of Mexico and the San Juan estate.) Subsidy due on 15.^!^ kilometres at $3500 per kilometre $55,023 50 Paid to the Company, cash $46,250 oo In 2% Bonds (law of September 6th, 1894) 8,773 5° Total payment $55,023 50 14. " VANEGAS, CEDRAL, MATEHUALA & Rio VERDE RAILWAY." — (All townships within the State of San Luis Potosi.) Subsidy due on 65. M£ kilometres at $5500 per kilometre $357,5OO oo Paid to the Company, cash $341,000 oo In $% Bonds (September 6th, 1894) 16,500 oo Total payment $357,500 oo 15. "JIMENEZ and SIERRA MADRE RAILWAY." — (Through the Hidalgo District, State of Chihuahua.) Subsidy due on 5.M£ kilometres at $8000 per kilometre $40,000 oo The whole paid to the Company in 3$ Bonds (Law of Septem- ber 6th, 1894. 16. "MEXICAN SOUTHERN RAILWAY." — (367 kilometres from the City of Puebla to Oaxaca.) Subsidy due under agreement of May 4th, 1892 $11,248,805 10 First annuity of interest paid to the Company in conformity with the original concession of April 2ist, 1886 $880,800 oo Conversion of the remaining 14 annuities, as per the above named agreement, in special Bonds denominated of the ' ' Oaxaca Trunk Line" 8,558,888 55 Bounty paid to the Company, as per original concession, in Bonds (special) 1,809,116 55 Total payment $11,248,805 10 Of the total amount of special Bonds issued, $10,368,000 oo Cashed 1, 108,000 oo Outstanding 9,260,000 oo 17. "TONALA" (State of Chiapas, Pacific Coast) and " FRON- TERA RAILWAY." — (State of Tabasco, on the Gulf of Mexico.) Subsidy on 50 kilometres at $8000 per kilometre $400,000 oo Paid to the Company with 6$ Bonds, valued at 90$ of their nominal $444,444 oo The balance shown in the preceding statement in favor of the Company for $44,444.00 proceeds from the want of a Bond of less value than $1000 of the corresponding issue. Statistical IRotes on /IDejico, 1 8. "MONTEREY" (Capital of the State of Nuevo Leon) and " MEXICAN GULF RAILWAY."— (Port of Tampico.) Subsidy on 624.*!°. kilometres at $8000 per kilometre $5,534-572 24' Wholly paid for in $% Bonds, issued under the law of Sep- tember 6th, 1894, with the exception of a balance of $572.24, which, on account of the want of bonds of less value than $1000, is still pending of settlement. Of the original issue of special Bonds given to the Company in payment of the subsidy, $235,000 is still pending of con- version. 19. " TECOLUTLA " (a bar on the Mexican Gulf) and " ESPINAL RAILWAY." — (Both in the State of Veracruz.) According to the original concession, the subsidy granted to this Company was on 19 kilometres at the rate of $4500 in cash per kilometre ; but under a new agreement, dated January, 2Oth, 1892, it was settled as follows : 9 kilometres at the rate of $4500 each in cash, $40,500 oo 10 kilometres in Bonds at $6000 each 60,000 oo Total payment $100,500 oo 20. "PACHUCA" (Capital of the State of Hidalgo) and "TAMP- ICO RAILWAY." — (On the Mexican Gulf.) Subsidy on io.M° kilometres at $8000 $80,000 oo Totally paid in Bonds, in accordance with the law of Septem- ber 6th, 1894. 21. " MARAVATIO " & " IGUALA RAILWAY." — (Towns in the States of Michoacan and Guerrero, respectively.) Subsidy on 50 kilometres at $3000 in cash and $3000 in special Bonds, under 10% discount off their nominal value, and paid for, cash, $112,000 oo Bonds 166,000 oo Total payment $316,666 so1 22. " MEXICAN NORTHEASTERN RAILWAY." — (An extension of the " Hidalgo " Ry. to Tizayuca, in the State of that name.) Subsidy on 50.^1° kilometres at $6000 $300,540 oo Paid for, in cash $294,000 oo In 3$ Bonds 6,540 oo Total payment $300,540 oo 1 Some of the total payments in this table do not correspond to the amount of sub- sidy due, because in some of those cases other payments have been made, like bounty, of which no account appears in the respective statement. In some cases a bounty was offered provided the road was finished before the time fixed in the respec- tive grant. IRailwags. 219 23. " VERACRUZ & BOCA del Rio RAILWAY." Subsidy acknowledged on n.Mi kilometres at $8000 per kilo- metre $92,032 oo Paid for, cash $83,000 oo In 3% Bonds 9,032 oo Total payment $92,032 oo 24. " TULA, ZACUALTIPAN " (State of Hidalgo), and TAMPICO RAILWAY. Subsidy on 70. ° ° ° kilometres at $8,000 per kilometre $560,000 oo The whole amount paid for in $% Bonds, of which $285,000 were outstanding on the 3Oth of June, 1896. 25. " MATAMOROS IZUCAR " (State of Puebla) and " ACAPULCO RAILWAY." — (On the Pacific coast.) Subsidy under contract of March 22d, 1895, on 40 kilometres. . $988,776 49 Paid as follows : cash, for the amount of 2% in- terest annuities paid to the Company in conformity with the original concession ... $111,370 62 In 5$ Bonds, according to the above con- tract 877,405 87 Total payment $988,776 49 26. "LOWER CALIFORNIA RAILWAY." — (From the town of San Quintin to a point on the " Mexican Central," Chihuahua.) Subsidy on 20 kilometres, payable in 6$ Bonds at the rate of $8000 per kilometre, the said Bonds, afterwards converted in conformity with the corresponding law of conversion, were taken by the Company under 10% discount off their nominal value $177,777 77 27. " MONTE ALTO RAILWAY." — (Starts from the town of Tlalne- pantla, on the Salto branch of the " Mexican National," towards Alizapan and Villa del Carbon.) Subsidy on 10 kilometres at $6000 per kilometre, payable in 6# Bonds taken by the Company at the rate of 90$ of their face value $66,666 66 28. TEHUANTEPEC R. R. — (Between Coatzacoalcos on the Gulf of Mexico, and Salina Cruz, on the Pacific coast.) COSTS OF CONSTRUCTION TO THE MEXICAN GOVERNMENT. I. CONTRACTORS, EDWARD LEARNED & Co.— (Contract of June 2d, 1879.) 35 kilometres, of which only 25 were paid for, at $7500 $187,500 oo The Learned contract was rescinded by the Mexican Government on August i6th, 1882 ; but by agreement ad- justed with J, Tyng, as representative of the contractors, who received the following payments : 220 Statistical motes on December 2ist, 1882, $125,000 oo July Qth, 1883 ....... 403,618 44 July igth, 1883 ...... 101,068 48 July 1 2th, 1888 ...... 1,075,726 go 1,705,413 82 Total amount paid to Learned & Co .................... $1,892,913 82 Of which amount the sum of $230,413.82 represents interest accrued at the rate or 6% per annum ; so that the 35 kilometers built by these contractors actually cost $14,083.25 per kilometre. 3. CONTRACTOR, MR. DELPIN SANCHEZ.— (Agreement of Oc- tober sth, 1882.) This contractor received from the Govern- ment the sum of ................... $1,079,135 40 For the purchase of material, which he only accounted for the amount of $908,- 910.50 the balance of ...... . ....... $170,224 90 Having been donated to the contractor ac- cording to special agreement of April 25th, 1888. The same contractor received in 150 weekly installments of $1900 each during the fiscal years 1885, 1888 ____ $285,000 oo Mr. Sanchez delivered as constructed 74 kilo- meters which were paid to him at the rate of $25,000 each ................ $1,850,00000 $2,305,22490 3. MAC-MuRDO CONTRACT. — (Agreement approved by Decree of October isth, 1888.) For the completion of the construction and the furnishing of all the rolling material, etc., and for which the Con- tractors received inpayment in $% Bonds, special issue, principal and interests payable in sterling currency, £2,700,000 .................................. ... $13,500,000 oo This contract was rescinded on the I3th of January, 1892, when the contractors, in settlement of accounts, sur- rendered to the Government the sum of about $2,000,- ooo as surplus proceeding from the sale of the said bonds, and delivered, more or less, 250 kilometres of the lines as built or repaired within the stipulations of the said contract. STANHOPE, HAMPSON & CORTHEL CONTRACT. — (Made under Decree of December 6th, 1893.) For the construction of 59 kilometres and the completion of all the necessary works for the preservation and working of the whole line, for the fixed sum of, ...... $1,483,035 oo Total cost of the line $19,181,173 72 public Debt. 221 PUBLIC DEBT. In the first part of this paper I gave a brief statement of the differ- ent loans and liabilities which constitute the Mexican debt, and that statement will make it easy to understand the different issues and denominations of our bonds. Here I append a detailed statement of the National Debt of Mexico, up to June 30, 1896, submitted to Congress by the Secretary of the Treasury on the i4th of December, 1896, and a further statement containing the same data in a more concise form. STATEMENT OF THE NATIONAL DEBT OF MEXICO TO JUNE 30, 1896. Bonded Debt, Principal and Interest payable in Ster- ling currency. Six per cent, interest bearing Bonds for the Loan of 1888, with . . % sinking fund, Capital and Interest $51,908,786 50 Six per cent, interest bearing Bonds for the Loan of 1890, with . . % sinking fund, Capital and Interest 30,068,710 25 Six per cent, interest bearing Bonds for the Loan of 1893, with . . % sinking fund, Capital and Interest 15,325,561 50 Five per cent, interest bearing Bonds for the Construc- tion of the Tehuantepec Railway, 1889, Capital.... 13,500,000 oo Six per cent, (non converted balance) Bonds of the Loan, contracted in London, 1851, Capital 134,153 12 Total amount of outstanding Bonds, payable in Sterling currency $110,937,911 37 Bonded Debt, Principal and Interest payable in Mexi- can Silver currency. Three per cent, interest bearing Bonds of the Interior Consolidated Debt, Capital and Interest $52,464,927 60 Five per cent, interest bearing Bonds of the Interior Re- deemable Debt, first series, Capital and Interest. . . . 19,995,689 48 Five per cent, interest bearing Bonds of the Interior Re- deemable Debt, second series, Capital and Interest. 987,127 15 Subsidy Bonds, non converted balances, for sundry works and railways, Capital 9,792,865 75 Total 83,240,609 98 Railway Construction Certificates, pending of conver- sion, Capital 219 17 Balance-certificates corresponding to the fiscal years comprehended between 1882 and 1894, Capital pend- ing of conversion 329,221 91 Total amount of bonded debt, payable in Mexi- can Silver currency 83,570,051 06 Grand Total of Bonded Liabilities $194,507,362 43 Liabilities from various sources, and in forms, other than Bonds, payable in Mexican Silver currency. To Railway, Harbor Works and Drainage of the Valley of Mexico, Contractors $ 501,741 02 To Unpaid for Appropriations in the Budgets for the fiscal years between 1891 and 1896 612,337 82 To other credits pending of settlement : on account of the same Budgets 600,894 63 To Balances in Account-current due various Contractors with some of the Executive Departments 315,818 95 To sundry, cash or otherwise executed, Deposits, as guarantee for pending contracts 2,681,662 95 To provisional certificates issued on account of the 1888, 1890 and 1893, Sterling Loans 3*7381684 12 To cash or other values pending of classification in the corresponding accounts • 74i434 57 To cash Receipts on account of credits, other than fiscal and pending of payment to the corresponding offices. 32*829 68 To Balance due to Mint-Lessees 48,214 89 To outstanding Bins Payable 111,186 28 Total Amount of Liabilities from various sources and in forms other than Bonds. . . . 8,717,804 91 Grand Total of the Mexican National Debt $203,225,067 34 222 Statistical motes on /l&ejico. 00 5 E o *3"a gj J!!Il?if :J|J:f|g|!l •fl^1? ^o'e :*S :."H §* « 8 2 g o'g 8 w i?a i II §• H •?• u a S j-S o 8-« SS^i |§^2 u'o'o'S'o g ^00000 Mi4i4i2i30< ' c yJ.*J I'c J"c'| 0fS'S J I o ftrtuts ^s^aC rtrt«3 U W0QCJPQ t3cflPQw(X, UOPQO post*®fflce anD Ueleatapb Service* 225 POST-OFFICE AND TELEGRAPH SERVICE. I append a statement containing the number of post-offices, and postal agencies in each of the Mexican states in 1895, and the num- ber of postal pieces transported by Mexican mails from the years 1878-1879 to 1894-1895. (See page 225.) I have prepared a statement of the earnings and expenditures of the post-office and telegraph services in Mexico during the twenty- seven fiscal years elapsed from July i, 1869, to June 30, 1896. It was not possible to obtain full data of the earnings of the telegraph lines during the first ten years of that period, on account of the defective way in which the books were kept by the Federal Treasury of Mexico. With that exception the data embraced in the following statement is correct, as it has been taken from the official accounts. (See p. 224.) POST-OFFICES IN MEXICO IN 1895 BY STATES. STATES. OFFICE POSTAL AGENCIES. TOTAL, Aguascalientes ... 5 5 .. 10 Campeche 8 3 .. n Chiapas 7 24 .. 31 Chihuahua 24 58 . . 82. Coahuila 25 26 i 52- Colima 2 9 .. n Durango 19 42 .. 61 Federal District i 8 10 19 Guanajuato 27 38 .. 65 Guerrero 13 31 . . 44 Hidalgo 19 43 . . 62 Jalisco 35 83 . . 1 1& Lower California 7 17 .. 24 Mexico 14 21 . . 35 Michoacan 22 59 .. 81 Morelos 9 9 . . 18 New Leon 18 33 .. 51 Oaxaca 22 39 .. 61 Puebla 27 77 i 105 Queretaro 7 10 .. 17 San Luis Potosi 18 34 .. 52^ Sinaloa 16 28 .. 44 Sonora 14 75 .. 89 Tabasco 5 1 6 . . 21 Tamaulipas 17 36 . . 53, Tepic 7 13 .. 20 Tlaxcala 9 7 .. 16 Veracruz 36 82 .. 118 Yucatan 16 40 .. 56 Zacatecas 20 23 i 44 Total 469 989 13 1471 224 Statistical IRotes on EARNINGS AND EXPENDITURES OF THE POST-OFFICE AND TELEGRAPH SERVICES DURING THE LAST TWENTY-SEVEN FISCAL YEARS, FROM JULY I, 1869, TO JUNE 30, 1896. FISCAL YEARS. POST-OFFICE. TELEGRAPH. BOTH SERVICES. — TOTAL. Dr. Expenditure. Cr. Earnings. Dr. Expenditure. Cr. Earnings.1 Dr. Expenditure. Cr. Earnings.1 1869-1870. . . 1870-1871... 1871-1872... 1872-1873... 1873-1874... Total in five years. . Average per annum. 1874-1875... 1875-1876... 1876-1877... 1877-1878... 1878-1879... Total in five years.. Average per annum. 1879-1880. . . 1880-1881... 1881-1882... 1882-1883... 1883-1884. . . Total in five years.. Average per annum. 1884-1885... 1885-1886. . . 1886-1887... 1887-1888... 1888-1889... Total in five years. . Average per annum. 1889-1890... 1800-1891 . . . 1891-1892... 1892-1893... 1893-1894... Total in five years. . Average per annum 1894-1895... 1895-1896. . . Total in two years. . Average per annum Total in the 27 years . . . Average per annum $ 132,399 06 I54i574 9° 340,324 63 457»I53 J9 491,199 48 £ 120,120 24 167,348 85 265,440 22 474,819 ii 523,583 09 $ 29,212 73 84,150 oo 48,379 7? 72,418 96 174,504 32 $ 1,809 53 $ 161,611 79 238,724 90 388,704 40 529,572 15 665,703 80 $ i,57S,65i 26 $ i,55i,3" Si $ 408,665 78 $ 1,984,317 04 $ 315,130 25 $ 310,262 30 $ 81,733 16 $ 396,86341 $ 641,836 35 480,299 37 530,032 95 682,076 21 867,789 75 $ 549,820 14 455,473 12 441,329 10 590,384 36 679,392 06 $ 190,366 06 161,795 66 134,830 02 241,200 oo 259,095 86 $ 832,202 41 642,095 03 664,862 97 $ 1,789 is 1,126,885 61 $ 3,202,034 63 $ 2,716,398 78 $ 987,287 60 $ 4,189,322 23 $ 640,406 93 $ 543,279 76 $ !97,457 52 $ 837,864 45 $ 892,856 73 983,606 17 873,201 78 840,354 70 878,519 75 $ 702,080 39 833,830 87 704,766 47 795,122 86 698,019 36 $ 348,290 24 196,542 94 570,155 25 916,657 53 677,729 50 $ 101,064 69 135,144 02 174,301 24 219,384 91 239,051 45 $ 1,241,146 97 1,180,149 IJ 1,443,357 03 1,757,012 23 1,556,249 25 $ 803,145 08 968,974 89 879,067 71 1,014,507 77 937,070 81 $ 4,468,539 13 $ 3,733,8i9 95 $ 2,709,375 46 $ 868,946 31 $ 7,i77,9H 59 $ 4,602,766 26 $ 893,707 83 $ 746,763 99 $ 54^875 09 $ 173,789 26 $ 1,435,582 92 $ 920,553 25 $ 1,411,183 03 751,227 37 943,33* 74 956,701 47 1,049,880 10 $ 642,660 19 672,329 80 739,732 65 793,873 74 880,530 93 $ 618,829 54 622,858 67 718,821 70 799,074 24 820,072 05 $ 180,820 77 155,442 82 197,478 87 275,856 95 329,493 13 $ 2,030,012 57 1,374,086 04 1,662,154 44 1,755,775 7i 1,869,952 15 $ 823,480 06 827,772 62 937,2" 5* 1,069,730 69 1,210,024 °6 $ 5,™2,324 71 $ 3,729,127 31 $ 3,579,656 20 $ 1,139,092 54 $ 8,691,980 91 $ 4,868,219 85 $ 1,022,464 94 $ 745,825 46 $ 7I5,93I 24 $ 227,818 51 $ 1,738,396 18 $ 973,643 97 $ 1,126,436 69 1,196,329 63 1,342,437 « 1,278,587 20 1,250,855 82 $ 994,"2 87 1,084,153 40 1,127,563 18 1,153,401 20 1,213,309 46 $ 872,316 89 972,164 06 1,045,726 44 1,073,105 81 954,864 48 $ 388,926 07 462,076 59 501,802 33 528,881 96 524,634 33 $ 1,998,753 58 2,168,493 69 2,388,163 55 2,35I,693 OI 2,205,720 30 $ 1,383,038 94 1,546,229 9Q 1,629,365 51 1,682,283 *6 1,737,943 79 $ 6,194,646 45 $ 5,572,540 " $ 4,918,177 68 $ 2,406,321 28 $11,112,824 13 $ 7,978,861 39 $ 1,238,929 29 $ 1,114,508 02 $ 983,635 54 $ 481,264 26 $ 2,222,564 83 $ i, 595,772 28 $ 633,201 36 1,228,784 30 $ 1,337,691 40 1,062,415 99 $ 531,949 48 1,025,347 29 $ 547,308 67 622,340 69 $ 1,165,150 84 2,254,131 59 $ 1,885,000 07 1,684,756 68 $ 1,861,985 66 $ 2,400,107 39 $ 1,557,296 77 $ 1,169,649 36 $ 3,419,282 43 $ 3,569,756 75 $ 930,992 83 $ 1,200,053 7° $ 778,648 38 $ 584,824 68 $ 1,709,641 21 $ 1,784,878 38 $22,415,181 84 $19,703*305 05 $14,160,459 49 $ 5,584,009 49 $36,575,641 33 $21,019,604 25 $ 830,191 92 $ 729,752 04 $ 524,461 46 $ 328,471 14 $ 1,354,653 38 $ 1,236,447 30 1 The totals and averages per annum in the colums marked u Earnings" and " Total Earnings" only embrace seventeen years, as the returns for the first ten years being very incomplete are not computed. 225 NUMBER OF PIECES TRANSPORTED BY MEXICAN MAILS FROM 1878-1879 TO 1894-1895. FISCAL YEARS. NUMBER OF PIECES. 1878-1879 5,992,611 1879-1880 5,786,790 l88o-l88l 6,141,790 l88l-l882 6,732,504 1882-1883 10,640,5 16 1883-1884 10,488,5 18 1884-1885 1 1,905,209 1885-1886 13,289,591 1886-1887 16,504,034 1887-1888 27,429,018 1888-1889 43,052,800 1889-1890 95>852»939 1890-1891 111,406,893 1891-1892 . 116,778,853 1892-1893 122,821,359 1893-1894 35,818,148 1894-1895 24,773,636 Total 665,415,209 Printed matter, samples, and parcel post articles in the year 1894- 1895, weighed in grammes, 1,107,755,679. The notable reduction which appears in the last two years is due to the fact that in the preceding years all correspondence was counted, namely : such pieces as were received and sent, and such as came in transit, while in the last two years only are accounted such as were sent. BANKS. The following statement contains a list of all the banks existing in Mexico up to December 31, 1895, and their respective condition : LIST OF MEXICAN BANKS. STATE. LOCATION. NAME OF BANK. DATE OF CHARTER. Federal District. Chihuahua. . Mexico City Chihuahua City., Yucatan. Merida Durango . . Zacatecas. . New Leon. Durango City . . Zacatecas City. Monterey National Bank of Mexico International and Hypothecary Bank of Mexico Bank of London and Mexico. . Mexican Chihuahua Bank .... Chihuahua Mining Bank Chihuahua Bank Chihuahua Commercial Bank. . Yucateco Bank Yucatan Mercantile Bank Durango Bank Zacatecas Bank New Leon Bank. . February, 1882. May, 1883. October, 1886. September, 1888. September, 1888. December, 1889. December, 1890. February, 1890. March, 1890. June i, 1891. December, 1891. February 18, 1892 226 Statistical Iftotes on /iDejico. SITUATION OF THE MEXICAN BANKS ON DECEMBER 31, 1894. NATIONAL BANK OF MEXICO. BANK OF LONDON AND MEXICO. INTERNA- TIONAL AND HVPOTHECARY BANK OF MEXICO. CHIHUAHUA MINING BANK. MEXICAN CHIHUAHUA BANK. CHIHUAHUA COM- MERCIAL BANK, ON FEBRUARY 15, 1895. Social capital.. .. Unpaid capital. $20,000,000 00 $3,000,000 oo $5,000,000 oo $ 600,000 oo $610,000 oo $600,000 oo Accumulated Reserve funds.. Emergency 1,796,100 51 1,100,000 00 34,500 oo 105,000 oo 108,600 oo 5,000 oo Real estate Cash 2O 630 086 8Q fi f Cash in hand . . . Guarantee ad- 11,962,994 35 8,892,749 25 1,581,974 I9 1,167,942 29 281,713 84 229,199 13 Advances on mortgages Debtors' cur- rent accounts. Bills in circula- tion 12,605,302 02 5,318,895 69 2,788,527 85 1,854,417 78 264,538 80 94,124 oi 786,198 62 222,115 58 Mortgage bonds in circulation. Deposits and creditors' cur- rent accounts . 21,768,776 96 8,811,024 66 1,642,378 91 458,877 30 465,519 05 75,559 32 CHIHUAHUA BANK, ON JANUARY 15, 1895. YUCATECO BANK. YUCATAN MERCANTILE BANK. DURANGO BANK. ZACATECAS BANK. NEW LEON BANK. Social capital... . $500,000 oo $1,000,000 oo $ 750,000 oo $500,000 oo $600,000 oo $600,000 oo Reserve funds. . Real estate, fur- 5,666 25 22,654 71 I7,7l6 89 3,396 88 6,500 oo 8,278 82 Cash , Cash in hand... Guarantee ad- 109,113 ii 1,346,715 63 1,001,457 81 603,039 90 565,032 52 08 106 17 600,323 71 Debtor's current accounts Bills in circula- 285,441 59 172,391 75 426,601 32 322,927 09 339,306 74 118,521 26 Deposits and creditors' cur- rent accounts. 30,277 86 313,246 10 510,835 92 445,667 79 701,065 74 191,928 26 PUBLIC LANDS. I append four statements of the titles of public lands issued by the Mexican Government. The first one embraces a resume' of the titles issued without cost, and under the act of December 14, 1874, of the Indian town lands held in common, called in Spanish " Ejidos " to the respective inhabitants of the said towns, from 1877 to 1895 : the second embraces a resume of the titles issued in 1894 and 1895 for public lands held by private parties as portions of public land bought from the government but which were in excess of the respective titles, which we call in Spanish " Demacias " : the third one embraces a resume of the titles of public lands issued to private parties in the years 1894 public Xanfcs, 227 and 1895 : and the fourth contains a resume" of the titles issued by the Mexican Government to surveying companies for one-third of the land respectively surveyed by them in 1894 and 1895, according to law and the respective contracts. FREE TITLES ISSUED UNDER THE ACT OF DECEMBER 14, 1874, OF THE INDIAN TOWN LANDS TO THE RESPECTIVE INHABITANTS FROM 1877 TO 1895. YEARS. TITLES. AREA. Hectares. Ares. Cts. 1877 I 195 72 2 195 259 1,932 383 774 254 1,524 2,237 1,130 499 i,449 452 791 273 85 3,572 128,144 5,ooo 5,629 14,616 6i,497 13,068 20,662 2,999 20,547 100,627 68,086 6,516 15,807 17,709 6,262 6,160 06 7i 94 00 29 14 56 18 93 85 73 65 3i 74 30 59 7i 03 oo 41 56 oo 69 13 94 08 12 98 16 32 86 22 95 08 49 65 1878 l87Q i860 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 l88q . l8qo . 1801 AUVA 1802 1893 1894 1805. . Total 12,422 496,994 79 64 TITLES ISSUED FOR UNWARRANTED POSSESSION BY PRIVATE PARTIES OF PUBLIC LANDS IN 1894 AND 1895. YEARS. Number of Titles. AREA. VALUE. Hectares. Ares. Cts. iSO-l 17 10 34,78i 69,557 98 33 04 21 $21,554 91 20,254 12 180=;. . 27 104,339 31 25 $41,809 03 TITLES OF PUBLIC LANDS ISSUED TO PRIVATE PARTIES IN 1894 AND 1895. YEARS. Number of Titles. AREA. VALUE. Hectares. Ares. Cts. 1804 . 21 19 86,385 59,265 63 24 26 84 $140,067 72 81,883 95 iSoc 40 145,650 88 10 $221,951 67 228 Statistical IRotes on flDejico. TITLES ISSUED IN 1894 AND 1895 TO SURVEYING COMPANIES FOR ONE-THIRD OF THE LAND SURVEYED BY THEM. YEARS. Number of Titles. AREA. Hectares. Ares. Cts. 32 29 484,257 243,576 30 ii 70 81 I So*. . 61 727,833 42 51 EDUCATION. The following official data received by the Census Bureau of the Mexican Government contains the number of schools in the different States of Mexico, supported by the Federal, State, and municipal ad- ministrations, and the number of students attending the same. That statement does not include the States of Mexico and Veracruz, which are among those having the largest number of schools and attendance. I also append a statement of the number of schools supported by private parties, with the number of pupils attending the same and their cost ; and finally a detailed statement of the public libraries ex- isting in Mexico, and newspapers published in the country, taken from the publication of the Census Bureau in 1895. NEWSPAPERS PUBLISHED IN MEXICO IN 1895. Aguascalientes 10 Campeche 4 Chiapas 4 Chihuahua 19 Coahuila 6 Colima 13 Durango 7 Federal District, City of Mexico 115 Guanajuato 14 Guerrero 6 Hidalgo 3 Jalisco 43 Lower California (Territory) 5 Mexico ii Michoacan 30 Morelos 5 New Leon 8 Oaxaca 5 Puebla 17 Queretaro i San Luis Potosi 6 Sinaloa 14 Sonora 12 Tabasco 14 Tamaulipas 20 Territory of Tepic 6 Tlaxcala 2 Veracruz 24 Yucatan 18 Zacatecas 12 Total 454 These are published in several languages, namely : English 12 German I French 2 Spanish 439 Total. Dailies 44 Semi-weekly 33 Tri-weekly 5 Weekly 185 Semi-monthly 79 Monthly 87 454 Bi-monthly 3 Quarterly 5 early 3 Unknown 10 Total 454 229 •JEUOIS •AJBpuooag CO M M CO tx^O O O fO IO O IO H HOO 04 txO 01 M t*»O*MOO in N HOO H •<-t^C»>«*-t-.M H MVO M 000 N H moo M 5j- invo f» M er> N « Ch Oi N H M HUH fO« 1O •<<•«« C«VO MMfO«M MNfO^N >O*«HVOO VOMC4 Oi M w »^ 'S3X3S tpOg 300^. 1 * : S 2"S H si 11 •S3X3S ipog t : S3 S3 :HH in i 230 Statistical "Rotes on /ftejico. 9 i § Sri u *O>O IN OO \ cT H tCi-T t^ u^vo" M" jf'O" ^ tC r?) fT fT jjoo" CO 4 oo" cT tj" ro H" M fOCOt^O b lOt^O^^ OOO ^ fn S VO VO 01 -^ O^CO t^ CO oo__ »o q. tx M^ 5_ H_ tvoo^ «, t fQ 10 rooo q; •- ci O vo ro M o oo * O. *• o p^ rooo_ «o c^ r^ o^ .c o t-'vovocom o 10 o> M M 0)iOt^Mioiorot^*-< COONO rt-vo OO O> >O tx Tt- tx O r> 0 ^ O •* ro «ovo^ M^ «. O, T "2^, <^!0 -- ro « •« ^O •« 1000 ro moo M O >ovO Mr>ro M tx\O OOO OO ro tx IOCO OMON^-MrO-^-MMMON H «j ft « « H S q*; S 8; S |p SiJ « « "8 » S 8 I? o 4-O M M M (N !N ^o:^:?;^^^.^ H" OOQM^rO^M-MC4NO»VCMMOMVOOWrONHlOO M ON^ONM O rOM ONOO OOOOOOOMVOO lOVO O ^" t^ Is- N, ^°°. ^ *i ^ >-,vo, t fi.00-00,al Vs*! °^ *i l^! CT, ^ *t *° M •£ o d-vo" tf O *>OOO O>00 O> fO M tN. 10 IO •*£ M txVO^O^O-^M VO rv N p) 10 10 , , N CO H O^ CO N N M tN. t M,°°, <* PI 10 M CO •ISI- 10 o t>. OMO covo r^ co ^i- PI \O •* M •*• O> *VO H Tj- OOCOPl^-rOPlOO t^ o:rt- das " S?J>8 §- g «-^^ § fil §11 811 lli 2 S3 §.g.a-g S 5 g-g J3^ ?£ 6 g 8 g^'S '-'-':!0C • C in i| 1 : § H public ^libraries. 233 ij rf O^ mONO -^ ir>inN»D-O to CO CO ^* • 10 M xr> o O N O r- 1 . . . 8.: : "I: | o ^--^-rO U U U U 234 Statistical iRotes on i ' c 1 1 c estate of deceased persons. Is. itions. -8J C 'X! o^'_ § * ssi- •S 3 O |N •a-s -g C/3 ,5 &2 Sc/3c/} •OO OiovnmOu^OOmo^rfTj-MdcaeiO^t1 *2£ 88 $& :••::: : . O CO O . M M CO CO M ....... *^4 | r-^OOoo Qooor^como f^O O »n rj-o t^ O *f> N wO'^-c^ OcocoNMWcor^MMMO moo o N O s£! §§ eoOco owvnwooo COO *J-COO cnoco u->acOTi-o 1 Cl M » w co m 1 X :::::::: g> ::::::::: t : : & a- in s § • • ts •:;•:;;;; ;^; ;;;: ;0::o; ;| : 0-Sj :g : : ^Z. : : : : : c g- :•» :|'S • . cj ...... LifcRARiE Ha'J c3 £ g -X >~>!J3 • &H ^^ OH t£3 CLi ^^SS-^g " -g s Sg" *i .2 -ts "o ^ (2 ;^ S OQ P-> -2 *2 C/3 C/3 S 8 McoOOm ^O>r^ O--OO * M 04 .. : : t^ : o Q C4 - M t* GO ^" en 0s! O ^* cn o O r^* cT rf ci" cT : 1 i'll-sililii j| lUULliH; . Puebla • • • g M -.PL, • o • -w •»*::§:::;:: : : c 8 § 2.2 G^ 3 S,g- > §42 9-^J « I : :^ 8|i ||5 § |: ||i" | §1 Sill ^ ' '1 | :S : o : S o f-t ^[>^pL(^HtsJ^ J ::::-«:::::§:::::::::::::: • • • • 'o « * ' en . . . Palafoxiana : JJ|*JP| j jllali || : il^JI^I S)g0'o)caU S^^NS N^^Wfe^^fecS 2rt.ti2S'-'-» 0) 3 dill' : : S H P! 1s - - - 8 ^H S d 0 >^ N i-J I 236 Statistical IRotes on /iDejico* •^ C< N w N \OH\OMHH M S ™*ad«0 'OJ9 'S3JU 'SJpUq •sui3 UOM03 h? :::::::::::: M ::::::::::::-:: : 0 5- o 0 M % 0 O * w g o g EH •AJ9HOJ -3|DBJO pUB 92[B3 VO M tx to H g K H i/3 (4 5 •oooieqox 8 :::::::* ^^ ::::::::::::: :^° :: « * F FACTO s MMARY 0 •sjDnp -Old |BOiui9q3 S i i i i i i i i i iM i i i 5 i i i i i i i i i i i i i tD tf) •»9g to •iBDzawr . . . .•*•• 'MtOHQiO^ • * * fO tO • *O •*« •* N t^ • fO^O VO : « •Apuwg QSffff£l«&SH^S^^&«a * 1 •SIUUI U9T • • -TOOMpUBUOMOO H H • M rt a STATES. : : :::::::: :::::::: ::::::: :u tJ £ : •:•':: '• ':"§ • ^ "rt 1 Bavrtgatton. 237 MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS IN MEXICO IN 1893. I take from Les Finances des Etats- Unis Mexicains of Mr. Prosper Gloner the following table, which purports to give the number of some of the manufacturing establishments in Mexico during the year 1893. Mr. Gloner acknowledges that his table is very deficient, as he says in a note that appears at the foot of it that he failed to receive the data from 117 districts in different states of Mexico, and that besides the manufacturing establishments mentioned in his table there are in the City of Mexico the following : (See page 236.) Carriages and wagons 1 1 Wax works 28 Agricultural implements 9 Wall paper i Coloring substances 2 Mineral and soda-waters 4 Carriage varnishes 2 Jewelry boxes, etc 9 Mucilage and paste 1 1 Card-board 6 Scientific instruments I Playing cards i Pianos, organs, and harmonicas 4 Passementeries 6 Type foundries i Gold and silver ribbons 2 Perfumeries 6 Hats 49 Musical instruments , 6 Total 159 NAVIGATION. The total number of vessels, both steamers and sailing vessels, which arrived at and departed from Mexican ports during the year 1895, appears in the following statement. I also append a statement showing the number of passengers who arrived in and departed from Mexico by sea and rail during the year 1895, mentioning both their nationality and the port of their arrival. The number appears exceedingly small when compared with the very large number coming from Europe to the United States ; but I feel sure that before long we will have a large immigration. 238 Statistical Ittotes on 00 H "*7 II MlOHfOH ^X^^iS; vo H" * H" -vS: OMOtx. £,£?» .VO »ocn II II tX-NVO JOXON I VO ^- CO C* 1O tOOO IO M •^> i ioo>roH\o -^-M ioo>rt- rvo" -^ H" vo" fTJTt-M ^~; Ol-i-^- ro ^t>« OO^ISIN H »ooo M 8SS 8 8 >V8S.^ i r*^ 10 oN .VO" tC M*( i ro N tC pT « vo ^ 10 M iovo M o rj-vo HHrorOMM 10 M iovo M o N IH oo >o t^ vo vo^OODTj-rO NroroO I!! H IRavigatioru 239 o H O H ON H 1C £00 24,193 IN BALLAST 1 S> 8 M ^S °5- in ON o o" en (M 5- m ro ro O^ O^ in t^vo O^ •*• ej. H»_ N ON •3- M $ 11 O-glCOVO^MM ON MM«H« O N 1 o If? *&V I I I llll ilillli 1 3 H jj§-s a«-J5- cT cT VC? 2 SE 8 U |5g : S "'H^I §,11- ^^ oo" «" 1 ^ " i? AILING VESSE c o H mvo • oo m ONNO H N t-~ t^ O •*• in ON N • 0) txNO ONVO^ CTJ "^ fO r^ 04 ON. o in I m MM 1 f 4-3 > & |S|- " "SS 8.S5- 8 6 CJ |pf -51^1 PC s . c inwooroo OOOOOM S^mMroin ONt^misM 1 H H P-K SfS-iTS, cf 11 Tj- 5- M ef 2 to M g O msy?^w*s 110,494 CQ Z n C 8£^8388S'S/5. O inoo o> • ^vs°| in in in in i -^ in in in in t^oo ON Q^ 00 00 00 OO mvo t^oo ON 00 00 00 240 Statistical motes on •SUOflBU JSlpO •JOpBAJBg •umiSpg rs A HEY COME FROM. •BOrjJ BJS03 •AUBUIJ3£) ::::::::§ M ::::::::::: H ' •^u^no :::::: °° : & 8 H • • Oi • « • 10 • VO • V? o\ •p.** S £ § r. 00 M •sajBig P^Jiufl « J?|J&»6 § 58S£"£>^°-J> I EXICAN PORTS IN •aiBdg -uorpsu iaqjQ •suBiquioi03 •s^anj, •suBujsny M . Q §: 2 M — £ M. 3 & NATIONALITY. •streifBji •asaaiqQ ii!"'°s*Mf *tN O^ •:::-Sf » * I «" •s PACIFIC PORTS. IIlH****^** CO 0 ro tx fx •H •o •SOBUU30 : " "S J % g jcoo co sr w •qou^ H « t^ CO IO t :«co^ « S < OH •HSR3U3 H M VO OO jj M S s> M CO * CH M CO O X % •suBntqO IO H '3 P^ •nmuamy H w 10 tt°° *ft § OHOOOHtOHOOM t-, CO VO .2 •SUBDIX3IM :M w S^jg- CO S j«g- « J«^g S •SJ9 SuassEd fO jaquinu ^Bjo^ " M ^JJ^g- § RJS^-IP^S^ 1 i liiijyini T3 S H sliiilaii 1 241 •SUOI18U «q4Q •uredg SS?? I € •suBujsny •screissn-jj •qsiusdg •suuouauiy jo jaquinu pjox £ oag rt'O o- 0 : •O U U KI^M «1 O fi 3 to2"5> I £ •* tx •<• M M »O * !!|l I^-I ICJ :;f:4Il:i 3 « 242 Statistical Motes on •SUOIJBU JsqjQ %« vS ^ UOpBAJBg 9 ? 5 •mn*pa * " * •tiqmoro i i a •BDIH^SOO « " 1 « § •*I*'I H H « 3 - ! ill! : o i 1 ?|S| < •AnniUaO iar 8 o •«*• * "i Mi Q •BlBu»,Bn0 J8 08 CO § " RS| ^cocf « L •mSPoWl P 0?S f ° 5 i c ; . « •uredg 14 1 ! 1 m 13 03 rt -UOUBU iaqjQ OO ro 2" K ; 1 ^ 8, •suBiqmopo COM * « c "8 •O JO B 73 H OO 5? tv : "~* fe u> " SI1J X 2 & 0 P. •SuBU,snV JD ^2 5 j 1 i; >> J | — '»« 1C ! M OO i" f = j i i 1 1 •o 'SK Susssiid jo jaquinu pjox ££ i o \ &- - 1 i s \ i i Arrived Departed I ^ 2 c P - Navigation, 243 VESSELS ARRIVED AT AND DEPARTED FROM MEXICAN PORTS DURING THE FISCAL YEARS 1894-95 TO 1895-96. ARRIVED. DEPARTED. Steamers. Sailing vessels. Steamers. Sailing vessels. Ves- sels. Ton- nage. Ves- sels. Ton- nage. Ves- sels. Ton- nage. Ves- sels. Ton- nage. Total navigation in the fiscal 4,078 4,47i 3,083,050 3,300,444 5,497 5,723 345,923 395,041 3,399 4,378 3,026,964 3,242,711 5,566 5,856 332,720 390,765 Total navigation in the fiscal year 1895-1896 393 217,394 226 49,118 979 215,747 290 58,045 AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. I take from the Anuario Estadistico de la Republica Mexicana of 1895 the following table, which gives the total production of some of our agricultural staples, although I feel perfectly satisfied that they are very much under-rated in said table, because of the difficulty in obtain- ing complete data about our agricultural productions, both for want of a proper machinery to collect it, and because manufacturers conceal the extent of these products for the purpose of avoiding taxation. I think if the figures in said table are duplicated they will be nearer the true production. RESUME" OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS IN MEXICO. ARTICLES. BUSHELS. POUNDS AND OTHER MEASURES. VALUE. Cereals : Rice 27,174,320 59 $ 1,400,299 40 Barley A 702 2^Q •i c87 682 65 Indian corn 71 QOO 5o8 7e 605 383 21 Wheat IO O34. "328 I"?, 273.7QO 5O Leguminous : Chickling vetch (Arvejon) 2CT ''qo •aaft 771 40 Beans 4. 3IQ 8*34. 7,260,123 25 Chick-peas 774 ^51 932 608 60 Lima beans c6l I5Q 624. 53O 22 Lentils 34. 12^ 64,44.1 25 Root plants : Sweet potatoes 2 om 8^4. 8 Co 461 5O Huacamote . . 2^ Q3Q 108,348 82 Potatoes 29,472,894 45 879,430 15 Solanaceous : Dried pepper 9,724,44*? 08 1. 73I»857 67 Green pepper I OO7 O4Q 7^8 TOO QO Cane products : 5,924,612,232 56 25,692,281 25 Sugar 316,531,239 02 10,283,994 38 Brown sugar 152 3OO QO3 231 2 OO 7cgc CA ii 200 6 Qf, 26 ooo 16 16 2295 oo 7C2Q 77 Tepeaca 17 4.OO 10 82 07 200 2 NORTHEASTERN MEXICAN RAILWAY. LINE FINISHED. NORTHEASTERN RAILWAY FROM MEXICO TO TIZAYUCA. 19.000 11.80 O.OOO O OO 2264.76 743O, 56 Canal II 400 7 10 19 ooo II 8O 2266 01 7 4.74. 66 Ojo de Agua 5 200 q.23 3O.4GO 18 QO 2272.Q6 7457 46 Santa Ana 14.800 9 .20 3 5 . 6OO 22.13 2271.36 7452.21 Tizayuca . CQ 4OO qi qq 2204. O5 71:28 62 HIDALGO RAILWAY TO TUXPAN. Tizayuca 16 loo IO.OO 10.800 6.52 66.5OO 41. qq 2qd4 87 76oq 38 San Augustin 6 ooo q Q2 77 ^OO 47 85 2390 oo 784.1 4.6 Tepa 8 400 5 2q 87 ^OO ei 77 2438 08 7QQQ 21 Tecajete ii 900 7.38 01.700 57 OO 2538.00 8^27 O4 Somo Riel 10.600 6.60 103.600 64.38 2638.50 8656.78 Las Lajas . . 7 OOO 4 S4. 114 2OO 7O 08 25O4 8O 8218 10 Los Romeros II 700 7.28 121 2OO 75.32 2302 80 7850.64 5.700 3.54 132.900 82.60 2221.72 7280. qq Tulancingo . 7 2OO 4 48 138 6OO 86 14 2l8T.2Q 7176 1Q Sototlan I45.8OO 00.62 2171.46 7124.44 FROM TEPA TO PACHUCA, A BRANCH OF THE HIDALGO RAILROAD. Tepa ... . . 8 700 e 4.1 O OOO O OO 24q8 08 7QQQ 21 Xochihuacan 17 ^OO IO 75 8 7OO 5 4.1 2380 06 78o8.85 Pachuca 26.000 16.16 2420.99 7493.15 FROM SAN AUGUSTIN TO IROLO, A BRANCH OF THE HIDALGO RAILWAY. San Agustin . ... ' . 14 600 9 08 O OOO O OO 2390 oo 7841 46 Tlanalapa iq 700 8 51 14 600 9 08 24.q7 qo 7QQ6 Q5 Irolo 28.300 17-59 2452.58 8046.78 Itineraries. 265 FROM DURANGO TO MAZATLAN BY BRIDLE-PATH. PLACES. Altitudes. PLACES. Altitudes. Metres. Feet. Metres. Feet. Durango. . . . 1880.13 1925.00 igOO.OO 1890.00 1890.00 1980.00 2I2O.OO 2180.00 2260.00 2O2O.OO 2220.00 2260.00 2l8o.OO 2330.00 2340.0O 2350.00 2260.00 2160.00 223O.OO 2270.00 2280.00 239O.OO 244O.OO 2390.00 2IOO.OO 1710.00 2I6O.OO 2O5O.OO 2035.00 6168.62 6315.82 6233.80 62O1.OO 6201.00 6496.28 6955.60 7152.46 7414.94 6627.51 7283.70 7414.94 7152.46 7644.60 7674.41 7710.22 7414.94 7086.84 7316.51 7447-75 7480. 56 7841.46 8005.51 7841.46 6889.98 5610.43 7086.84 6725.94 6676.72 La Ramona I22O.OO 95O.OO 630.00 770.00 1550.00 1825.00 l86o.OO I97O.OO 1930.00 1250.00 1 1 2O.OO 1010.00 940.00 2IO.OO 130.00 IIO.OO 85.00 55-00 65.00 50.00 45-00 62.00 68.00 30.00 22.30 15.50 1-54 o.oo 4002. 76 3116.90 2067.00 2526.34 5085.47 5987.73 6102.57 6463.47 6332.23 4101.19 3674.66 3313.76 3084.09 689.00 426.52 360.90 278.88 180.45 213.26 164.05 147.64 203.42 223.11 98.43 73.16 50.85 5.05 O.OO Salitre El Chapote El Salto Rio del Baluarte Arroyo Seco La Ventanita Camino del Taral Sotolito El Escalon El Carrizo de Adentro. El Carrizo de Afuera. . Las Loberas Las Indias Calzon Roto El Pino El Venteadero . . Rio Chico Puerta de los Pilares . . Arroyo del Leon La Palmita Los Cerritos Palotillo . Los Mimbres Bucna Vista Platanito Santa Catarina El Limon Los Charcos Los Navios El Tecomate Navajas Tagarete Llano Grande Rio del Presidio Cruz de Piedra Porras Coyotes Sigueros. . El Salto La Cofradia Piloncillos Confite La Florida La Escondida Junta de los Caminos. . El Tecomate Las Higueras Las Conchas Chavarria . Carboneras La Cienega . Palos Prietos Las Botijas Mazatlan La Escondida. . . FROM MANZANILLO TO GUADALAJARA BY WAGON ROAD. Manzanillo o oo o oo Ciudad Guzman (Zapot- Cerro del Vigia 125 oo 410.11 lan) 1412 oo 46*32 7O Cola de Iguana CQ OO 164. 05 Santa Catarina 141 2 OO El Ciruelo 71; OO 246 07 La Cuesta 1450 oo 75.00 346.07 San Nicolas 1300 oo 4265 2^ Las Trojes . . IOO OO 028 OQ Amatitlan I ^25 OO Valenzuela 125 oo 410.11 Sayula 1350 oo 4J4/«Z:> 4429 28 175 oo 574 16 Ojo de Agua 1360 oo 4/l62 OQ 312.00 1023.65 Cofradia J375 oo 45 1 1 *?O La Presa 362.00 1 187 70 Techolula I"37C OO 45 1 1 1O Colima 560.00 1837.33 Cuevitas 1360 oo 4462 oo La Puerta 650 oo 2132 62 El Cuemasate 1-225 OO San Toaquin 650.00 2132 62 El Crucero 1325 oo -4-7,17 25 850.00 2788 81 Cebollas I -3 CO OO 442Q 28 San Geronirno . . 900 oo 2Q52 85 Los Pozos I'3.25 OO ,1-7/17 2C Los Alcaracos . ... i ioo oo ^6OQ O4 ! Chimaltitan 1325 oo 4^47 2? La Queseria 1162 oo 3812.46 1 Ocotan I-J-IO OO 4^6^ 66 1175.00 3854.61 Santa Ana Acatlan. . . . I35O.OO 4-120 28 Barranca Cachepehuate Q7C OO 3108.02 Puerta 1 500 oo 4Q2I 42 San M arcos 085.00 3231.73 Cofradia 1512 oo 4o6o 7O Barranca de Beltran 850 oo 2788 81 Santa Cruz 1475 OO 4o8? O5 Playa 1025 oo ^362 Q7 Arenal 1600 oo 542Q 52 Barranca Platanar. . . . 050 oo 3Il6 QO San Agustin 1575 OO 5l67 4O Loma . i 225 oo 4OIQ 1 6 La Calera . 1575 OO 5l67 4O Barranca de Atenquique Ocote Gacho 1025.00 1250 oo 3362.97 4IOI.IQ Puente de Santa Maria. 1550.00 1500 oo 5085.47 4Q2I 42 Pedregal I o 7 c oo 4m i w 266 Statistical IRotcs on FROM TEHUACAN TO OAXACA AND PUERTO ANGEL BY WAGON ROAD. PLACES. Altitudes. PLACES. Altitudes. Metres. Feet. Metres. Feet. Tehuacan . • I66O.OO 1480.00 1320.00 1 1 2O.OO 1060.00 960.00 9OO.OO 860.00 QOO.OO 620.00 600.00 730.00 7OO.OO 680.00 600.00 580.00 560.00 700.00 62O.OO 620.00 620.00 620.00 540.00 54O.OO 680.00 660.00 66O.OO 750.00 720.00 7IO.OO I24O.OO 1360.00 1500.00 1400.00 1600.00 1840.00 igOO.OO 2O2O.OO 2220.00 2O8O.OO 2l6o.OO 2100.00 5446.38 4855.81 4330.85 3674.66 3477.81 3149.71 2952.85 2821.62 2952.85 2034.19 1968.57 2395.10 2296.67 2231.05 1968.57 1902.95 1837.33 2296.67 2034.19 2034.19 2034.19 2034.19 I77L7I I77L7I 2231.05 2165.43 2165.43 2460. 72 2362.29 2329.48 4068.38 4462.09 4921.42 3412.19 5249-52 6036.95 6233.70 6627.51 7283.70 6824.37 7086.84 6889.98 Tierra Blanca 2000.00 1660.00 I7OO.OO l68o.OO l66o.OO 1640.00 1540.00 1540.00 1530.00 1600.00 1900.00 1830.00 1720.00 1700.00 1700.00 1590.00 1540.00 l6oo.OO 1840.00 iSlO.OO 1930.00 1840.00 1780.00 ISOO.OO 2230.00 2400.00 2600.00 2800.00 3l6o.OO 3000.00 2780.00 2340.00 2720.00 25OO.OO 800.00 900.00 830.00 750.00 530.00 340.00 l6o.OO 0.00 6561.89 5446.38 5577.62 5512.00 5446.38 5380.76 5052.66 5052.66 5019.85 5249.52 6233.70 6004. 14 5643.24 5577-62 5577.62 5216.71 5052.66 5249-52 6036.95 5938.52 6332.23 6036.95 5840.33 5905.71 7316.51 7874.27 8530.46 9186.65 10367.79 9842.84 9121.04 7677.41 8858.56 8202.36 2624.76 2952.85 2723.19 2460.72 1738.90 1115-52 524-95 o.oo La Huerta Arroyo de Buena Vista. San Sebastian . . . San Pablo Huitzo . . . Santiago Huitzo Camino de Calipan. . . . Villa de Etla Dolores . . San Antonio ... Panzacola Hacienda de Ayotla. . . Rio de Reyes Oaxaca San Agustin Juntas. . . Coyotepec Tecomavaca Rio Salado Cuspide Campanario Santo Tomas Jaliera. . Ocotlan Organo . Pajarito . Magdalena "Gavilan San Martin Paraie Blanco Rio Coapa Rio Seco E jutla Chonoslar Arrogante Rancho de Urrutia Rancho de Cuagulotal. Rancho de los Obos. . . Hacienda de Guendu- lain . . Cliichovo . Zopilote Cuspide Tlacuache Xepehuaje Rio Apoala Miahuatlan Chapaneco Rio Tomellin Balconcillo . Agua del Sol San Jose del Pacifico. . Garganta del Encino. . Tres Cruces . . . Rancho del Chilar. . . . Infiemillo Don Dominguillo Arroyo Dominguillo . . Arroyo de Nopala .... El Pochote Rancho de Canoas. . . . San Miguel Xuchistepec Rio de San Jose Canton de Buena Vista. Cuspide Cerro de Santa Ana. . . Cerro de San Pedro . . . El Porvenir Puentedela Joya Venta Vieja Garganta del Cerro de Paredones ... Llano del Timbre Cieneguilla La Providencia . La Soledad Portezuelo . . San Jose Totoltepec. . . Las Trancas Carbonera Pochutla . ... Ojo de Agua Puerto Angel THE VALLEY OF MEXICO'S DRAINAGE.1 Mexico is finishing a great work, the drainage of the valley where the capital city is located, which has required for its completion nearly three hundred years and many millions of dollars, and has cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of men. The necessity, importance, 1 This article was published in the Engineering Magazine of New York for January, 1895 (vol. viii., No 4), but has since been revised and considerably enlarged. Iflaileg of /IDesico's Drainage, 267 and magnitude of this work, which will be classed among the grandest achievements of men, and the nearness of its completion, induce me to write this paper, which I hope will give some idea of its scope and purpose. I do not pretend to originality, as my work to some extent has been one of compilation from different monographs, which have appeared from time to time, and from some official publications of the Mexican Government. Topographical Conditions of the Valley of Mexico. — The Valley of Mexico is an immense basin, of approximately circular shape with one extreme diameter of about sixty miles, completely bounded by high mountains, and having only two or three quite high passes out of it. No water drains out of the basin. The surface of this valley has a mean altitude above the sea of 7413 feet and an area of about 2220 square miles. Mountain ranges rise on every side, making a great corral of rock containing dozens of villages and hamlets, with the ancient capital in the centre. In times past the fires of volcanoes licked up the earth, and such fires still live in the mammoth Popocatapetl, from whose great crater sulphur fumes and smoke with jets of flame have poured through the centuries. The valley thus hemmed in with solid walls of rock had been an inland sea for many cycles, and during the early existence of man here the salt waters spread over a large extent of the depression. The waters have been gradually lessening by seepage and evaporation, and the Aztec pilgrims coming from the north in the fourteenth century, having received a sign that they were to build their queen-of-the-world city on a small island of the sea, set about building dikes and combat- ing the overflow of the waters. Evaporation is so excessive at certain periods of the year that malaria, consequent on drought, was far more dreaded by the inhabit- ants than the periodical floods, and thousands perished annually, so that proper drainage was an absolute necessity for the preservation of health. Work done by the Indians. — Nearly fifty years before the discov- ery of America, which took place in 1492, Netzahualcoyotl, saw the necessity for a drainage canal, and commenced the work in 1450. He constructed an immense dike to divide the fresh from the salt- water lakes of the valley. The City of Mexico was at this time the centre of the Aztec nation, and was built on floating structures, like rafts, on the water in the numerous islets on the margins of the lakes, so that in the event of the water rising or the city being subjected to a state of siege, the whole city would float. Mexico City now occupies the site of the old Aztec capital. The waters of these lakes were liable to disturbances of all kinds; 268 Statistical Betes on thus it is recorded by Prescott in his History of the Conquest of Mexico : "In 1510 the great lake of Texcoco, without the occurrence of a tempest or earthquake, or any other visible cause, became violently agitated, overflowed its banks, and, pouring into the streets of Mexico, swept off many of the buildings by the fury of its water." When Cortez arrived in Mexico from Spain in 1519 to take posses- sion of the country in the name of the King of Spain, he found, to his great surprise, the defense of the city admirably arranged, and an almost enchanting view of flowering islets forming the floating capital. Little towns and villages lay half-concealed by the foliage, and from the distance these looked like companies of wild swans riding quietly on the waves. A scene so new and wonderful filled the rude heart of the Spaniard with amazement. So astonished was he at the extent of the water of Lake Texcoco that he describes it as " a sea that embraces the whole valley," but upon hearing that it was a lake, with a mean depth of a few yards, he gave orders to cut a way through the dike and destroy the aqueduct of Chapultepec. The central dike dividing the fresh from the salt water lake was of such dimensions as to serve Cortez as a roadway for his army. Prescott, in the work before alluded to, page 297, says: " Leaving the mainland, the Spaniards came on the great dike or causeway, which stretches some four or five miles in length, and divides Lake Chalco from Xochimilco on the west. It was a lance in breadth in the narrowest part, and in some places wide enough for eight horses to ride abreast. It was a solid structure of stone and lime, running directly through the lake, and struck the Spaniards as one of the most remark- able works they had seen in the country. ' ' Having cut the dikes and drained the lake, the " floating city " was at once besieged, and where originally stood the great temple of the Aztecs a Christian temple was afterward raised. The Spaniards, finding themselves in complete possession, proceeded to erect the new City of Mexico, and building on the plan adopted by them at home, they cut down the points of the floating islands and by gradual exten- sion soon placed the town below the mean average level of the lake. Hence arose the great difficulties of the drainage of the Valley of Mexico. One of the immense dikes built by King Netzahualcoyotl was ten miles long. It divided Lake Texcoco into two parts. Of the two lakes thus formed one was allowed to remain salt, but the other was fresh- ened by letting only fresh water enter by the streams flowing in, the water for the use of the city being taken from this latter. Little by little the waters have subsided since that period, and have been fought back, until now they are confined to six great lakes — Chalco, Xochi- of /IDejico's Bratnaoe, 269 milco, Texcoco, Xaltocan, San Cristobal, and Zumpango. Each of these lakes is fed by streams which have little volume during the dry season, but which in the rainy season swell to considerable size, and at times overflow the valleys. The lake of Zumpango was the most dangerous of these, for it received the waters of the Cuautitlan River, — a river draining a large area of country, and having during the rainy season a great volume of water. This river has been turned into the cut of Nochistongo, and has ceased to threaten Mexico and its environs with its overflow. From these topographical conditions frequent floodings of the old Aztec city and of the Spanish capital, situated almost at the lowest point of the valley, were sure to come in times of unusually heavy rains. In early days, when the Aztecs lived in the middle of Lake Mexico, when their temples and wigwams were built on piles and the streets were often only canals, the periodical overflows from the upper lakes were a matter of small concern, though even then the Nahua engineers were called upon to protect the city by dikes. But when by evaporation, by filling in at the site of the city, by lessened waters, due to the fissures caused by earthquakes, Lake Mexico had disappeared, and the city had come to be built on the spongy soil, above all, when the short-sighted choice of Cortez had been confirmed and the capital of New Spain had come to stand on the ruins of the Aztec town, increasing rapidly in population and wealth, — it became a serious matter that on an average of once in twenty-five years the streets should be from two to six feet under water for an indefinite time. Work done by the Spaniards. — From 1519 to 1553 the Spaniards were busily engaged in building Mexico, and another grand dike, similar to that built by Netzahualcoyotl in 1450, was formed around the city; this protection proved insufficient, for in 1580 another inun- dation took place. The Viceroy of the day, Senor Don Martin Enriquez de Almanza, assisted by engineers, engaged to find an outlet for the waters north of the valley. During the time they were thus engaged, important facts were gleaned respecting the River Cuautitlan, and its curious behavior at the foot of Nochistongo, whence it doubled its course at a certain altitude and ran toward Lake Texcoco, instead of into its own lake of Xaltocan. The scheme formed by Enriquez de Almanza to remedy this evil was kept in abeyance, as his services were required in Peru. In the year 1604 a serious inundation attacked Mexico City. The Marquis de Montes Claros did all in his power to carry out the plan of Senor Don Martin Enriquez to relieve the rivers of the north and of the valley of the excess of water from the central and south lakes, which are of higher altitudes. The pros and cons of this plan were beset with many great difficulties, and respecting one of the methods 270 Statistical motes on tried, mention must be made of a dike of great strength, constructed to prevent any excess or overflow of water from destroying the town of Zumpango and washing away its crops. This dike, which was to check the strong current of the river Pachuca, would also direct the river Cuautitlan to Mexico, direct the rivers north into Zumpango, and would inundate that verdant district, and probably submerge the town ; whereas, to divert them into Lake Texcoco would submerge Mexico. To prevent this evil it was decided to make a tunnel ; but here, as in all countries and in all ages, engineers, when engaged in any work of magnitude, and of a different character from that commonly known, always find theorists to offer objections, and thus stop the way to actual progress. This was the case in Mexico City. In 1607 another inundation, spreading over the whole valley, oc- curred, and, as all the dikes and other defences were swept away, caused a panic of terror among the inhabitants. The Marquis de Salinas was then Viceroy at Mexico City, and determined to carry out the plan of Sefior Don Martin Enriquez, being assisted by an engineer of great repute named Enrico Martinez, and also solicited and obtained the co-operation of Father Sanchez, of the Society of Jesus. These three men, after many consultations, formulated the plan of embracing the whole of the lakes of the plain into one main channel of detention, and an outlet as required to keep the same under such control as to have at all times an abundance of water for use. The plan, broadly speaking, was to draw off the water from the south lakes which are at higher levels to those of the north, and to make them serve, by the scour the velocity of the water would cause, to deepen the passage for their exit, and, at the same time, assist the making of the grand canal Great opposition to this plan was offered on the score of economy, and many insisted that the inundations were solely due to the waters of Cuautitlan and the freshets of Pachuca, and if these were directed north no more was needed, while the people of Zumpango tried to show that no more was needed to inundate their town and submerge the district. The Viceroy then requested Enrico Martinez to induce Father Sanchez to submit some modifications of his former scheme. The plan was modified, and on November 28, 1607, Enrico Martinez started operations on the modified plan, and in about eleven months 6600 metres (4 ^ miles) of canal, with a transverse section of 3.50 metres (n-J feet) wide, and a depth of 4.20 metres (13} feet), was completed. At the same time other important drainage works were being made; the passage was opened from Boca de San Gregorio to Salto de Tula; this was 8600 metres (5! miles) long, as well as two canals as aqueducts 6-J miles long, one for Lake Zumpango and the other for the river Cuautitlan from Teoloyucan to Huehuetoca. ZTbe Dalles of flDejico's Dratnaae, 271 In December, 1608, in the presence of the Viceroy Don Luis de Velasco and the Archbishop of Mexico, Enrico Martinez inaugurated the outlet of the waters, the whole of the work just described being; executed in one year. Humboldt tells us that fifteen thousand native Indians were employed on these works. In spite of the great good these works brought to the people, there was an outcry for economy, but it is certain that other motives prompted the disturbance and the attempt to harass and hamper the Viceroy. The object was to prevent a grant of money from being made to pay for the lining of the canal with cement. This was found to be necessary, as the greater part of the work was excavated in marl, and the liberated waters ran with such velocity that the symmetry of the tunnel was soon destroyed, and its passage and usefulness lessened by the debris that obstructed the fairway. This state of things was brought so forcibly home to the objectors that a small sum of money was reluctantly granted, sufficient to patch up the tunnel in places where the rush of waters had made the most havoc, hydraulic cement or mortar being used, but the sum granted proved to be totally inadequate, and for want of more money the tunnel was rendered per- fectly useless by falling obstructions. This occurred in the year 1609. Gossips and theorists then united to run down the scheme, although it was conceded that the work had averted a terrible inundation or sub- mergence of Mexico City. A few years elapsed before the question of continuing the works for the tunnel again caused excitement; but a general feeling grew up that the work of the tunnel should be continued. The opposition was strong enough to obtain the hearing of an appeal in Madrid, with the result' that the Spanish Government in 1614 procured the services of a Dutch engineer, named Adrian van Boot, to proceed to Mexico City to examine and report on the canal works, and to submit a plan ta remedy the evils. As the result of his labors he condemned the plan of Father Sanchez, and recommended that the old means of defence used by the Indians should again be adopted, and that dams and dikes should be thrown up at once. This report had the effect of annoying almost everybody, and was the means of much fruitless discussion. In this dilemma the Spanish Government, when appealed to, confessed they were unable to advise the Viceroy of Mexico what to do, but sent the Marquis of Gelves to Mexico to see into matters, and he, having unbounded faith in the ability of the Dutch engineer, Adrian van Boot, and hoping to keep money in the treasury, ordered Enrico Martinez to close up the tunnel completely, and to return the rivers to their natural courses; but before these orders were half executed the enormous rush of waters grew so alarming that he had to accept again Enrico Martinez's plan over that of Adrian van Boot. The 272 Statistical IRotes on marquis was soon after deposed, his place being taken by the Marquis de Cerralvo, whose first act was to set Martinez free at the request of the city council who provided him with means of continuing his work on the canal and tunnel. The Viceroy revoked his predecessor's order and issued another to open up the tunnel, and that with all speed, on his personal responsibility. Although Cerralvo gave these orders, he forgot to give Martinez the money to carry them out, and, as a con- sequence, the works remained in a deplorable condition. The tunnel was blocked up by this cause, and Martinez was cruelly scored for not having done his work aright by the very ones who had refused to give him the necessary material for it. He bravely essayed to repair the damage, but the water-soaked condition of the ground gave no resistance for the building of the needed walls, while death mowed down the enslaved workers. They were crushed to death by the frequent cavings in of the loose soil, or were sent to the grave by the deadly damps. Finally, the charge being made that the builder was blocking up the tunnel in revenge, he was thrown into prison, where he languished for many months. As there was no one else available who could carry on the great work, he was afterwards released and again put in charge. It was then decided that, the tunnel being completely useless, the next thing to be done would be to make a great cut down to the tunnel and thus open it out. This entailed the making of an excavation fourteen miles in length with an average depth of one hundred and eighty feet and width of four hundred feet. On June 20, 1629, the ever troublesome river Cuautitlan over flowed and inundated the north of the plain, and swept with it other streams into Lake Texcoco. In the September following the increase of the water was greater than ever had been known. The city was so sud- denly and completely submerged that thirty thousand persons perished, the bodies floating about the streets for some time after. The destruc- tion of property and life, consequent on the inundation, was so great generally, and affected the tunnel to such an extent, that during a period of five years there was scarcely any reduction in the height of the water, and the water in the city remained during all this time as high as the second story of the houses; the slight difference in the heighth of the water being caused by evaporation. The Spanish Government at Madrid gave orders to change the capital to a better and more secure site. To this suggestion the citizens demurred, saying, in effect, that to insure complete security an outlay of only $3,000,000 was necessary, this being the estimated cost of com- pleting the tunnel, whereas to build a new city would involve an outlay of $50,000,000, with a loss of another $50,000,000 in leaving the old one. Several plans were now submitted in opposition to that of Enrico IDalleg of /IDesico's Drainage. 273 Martinez, and one by Simon Mendez was accepted, his plan being to direct all the waters of the valley by one canal into the neck of the Tula, the spot selected by Martinez for his outlet. It was soon dis- covered that the plan of Simon Mendez was far too costly, and as the money that could be spared was practically melting away without per- ceptible progress being made, Enrico Martinez was again requested to carry out the work as arranged with Father Sanchez. The next Viceroy, the Marquis of Cadereita, was most desirous to see the work of the tunnel pushed on ; but however enthusiastic he may have been, lack of funds prevented him from giving effect to his desires. The work continued very slowly, Martinez being unable to do any work at the tunnel, and he contented himself with improving the canal by lining it in bad places with cement. Martinez struggled on for thirty-seven years with this work, and died unnoticed and un- cared for. All trace of his place of final rest was lost. In 1637 an earthquake made sad havoc with the tunnel works, and for lack of funds no repairs could take place ; but when funds were obtainable workmen could not be procured, the earthquakes and inun- dations having carried off many thousands of these poor fellows. The survivors lacked heart to return to such an unfortunate and, as they thought, accursed work. In the year 1640 the work was being pressed on by men from the prisons, under the direction of the Franciscan monks, and carried on, with varying results, in this way for thirty-five years, until Senor Don Martin Solis was made head of the municipal council. He being an avowed enemy to the Franciscans, sent them away, and undertook the superintendence of the work himself; but his method of treating the prisoners was so harsh and cruel that they broke out into open revolt, and the works were threatened. Therefore, to save the works and his own life, he consented to the return of the Franciscans. It is estimated that up to this time some two hundred thousand men lost their lives on this work. The Franciscans steadily, but slowly, worked on, always with a very limited exchequer, until 1767, when there remained some 1935 metres (i-J- miles) still to be completed. A contract was entered into to finish this work in five years for $800,000; but instead of five years it took twenty-two years, and, instead of 8 metres (25 feet wide), as contracted for, it was only 3 metres (9 feet 10 inches) wide. The Spaniards continued the work in other hands for one hundred and fifty years before the task of opening the cut was completed. Spasmodic work for a century and a half led at last to the accomplish- ment of this project in 1789. The old tunnel of Martinez is now a gigantic trench from 30 to 160 feet in depth and some 300 feet broad in some places, and is known as the Tajo de Nochistongo. The im- mediate vicinity of the workings was depopulated of its native inhabit- 274 Statistical IRotes on ants by the insatiable demands of the killing labor, and recruits were then drawn from Puebla and other thickly populated Indian centres. Great prison barracks were built on the bare hills, and here all the criminals were sent to enter the work. The ones in charge were in- different with regard to the lives entrusted to their care, and the slaughter, of which scant record remains in the parish burial books, and which resulted from a combination of defects in appliances for both the safety and the comfort of the workmen, was terrific. As the burial trenches were filled with new dead, the depths of the cut were tenanted by new laborers. The victims of three years of bondage numbered fully two hundred thousand ere the work was done. Yet the results were but slight, only the excess of water from the highest lakes and streams being carried off. However, the danger from inundations of the city has been very materially decreased by the Nochistongo opening, and no more deluges have occurred since its completion. Still the fact that the bottom of the cut was thirty feet higher than the surface of Texcoco, the lowest lying of the lakes, left the city in danger of inundation, as Lake Texcoco is constantly filling up at the rate of one and one-half inches a year and is now but a few feet below the level of the main plaza of the city. The drainage works had long been a heavy burden upon the Mexi- can treasury. Up to 1637 Bancroft estimates that $3,000,000 had been expended. Up to the year 1800 the outlay had reached $6,247,670. Up to 1830 the total expenditure was $8,000,000. Work done by the Mexican Government. — The problem which the Mexican Government had to face was very different from that which confronted Martinez in 1607. The question of preventing submergence is practically solved. The work of Martinez, unsatisfactory as it was, did a great deal to solve it. Since his day the area of the lakes has been gradually diminishing. The rapid evaporation in the rarefied air and under the direct sun of the valley partly accounts for this. Twice the water in Lake Texcoco has almost entirely disappeared, leaving only a sea of mud and a small pool. The great problem which the Mexican Government has now solved is not how to prevent an inflow of water, but how to provide an outlet for sewage. The danger to be averted was not that of drowning, but that of dying from the plague. Lake Texcoco more than any other now menaces the security of the capital. The unwise cutting down of forests since the Spanish con- quest permits the waters pouring down into the valley to bring with them annually great quantities of alluvial matter, which have so much' raised the lake bottom and the water level that inundations have been of frequent occurrence. The general level of the City of Mexico is only 6.56 feet above the surface of the lake. The rainy season lasts MAP OF THE VALLEY OF MEXICO, SHOWING THE CANAL AND TUNNEL. Ube Dalles of flDegico's Drainage. 275 from June to October inclusive. During this season five times as much water falls as during the rest of the year, evaporation can no longer compensate for rainfall, and the valley is more or less flooded. Originally built in the midst of a lake, the city has been left on dry ground by the receding waters. Lake Texcoco, — some three miles distant, — Chalco, and Xochimilco have altitudes nearly four feet greater than the pavement of the capital. Still more imperiously do the lakes to the north dominate the city. San Cristobal and Xaltocan are about five feet, while Zumpango is over thirteen feet, above it. The project now almost completed is a modification of the scheme projected by Simon Mendez in the time of the Spanish Government, and which in 1849 was adopted by Captain Smith of the corps of American engineers which accompanied General Scott's army. The tunnel was ultimately located under the saddle and through the ravine of Acatlan, its mouth being near the village of Tequixquiac. The works have been begun several times, and then suspended without effecting anything of importance. In 1866 the works now nearing completion were commenced. A project proposed by Senor Don Francisco de Garay, a well-known engineer of the City of Mexico, was pronounced the most feasible. But the revolutionary struggle succeeded, and for many years the work was relegated to the back- ground. In 1879 engineer Don Luis Espinosa, the present director of the works, took charge of the undertaking. In the first period mentioned the cutting of Tequixquiac was excavated, and the greater part of the shafts were begun ; but at that point the work was stopped by political agitations. The present gigantic work cannot have been considered to have been seriously undertaken, with a view of completion at any cost, until the year 1885, when the City Council of Mexico submitted a project to the Government to which they offered to contribute largely in the event of its being adopted. A special commission, with ample authority to deal with the funds set aside for the work, was appointed by President Porfirio Diaz. The City Council set aside the sum of $400,000 per annum for the canal works, which sum was materially increased by the Federal Gov- ernment. In 1887 the City Council raised a loan in London of £2,400,000 to meet the cost of the work and guarantee its successful termination. The entire responsibility of the work was now assumed by the City Council, and the Government gave authority for the Council to make and collect new taxes. Still, there was not sufficient money forthcom- ing, so another loan was raised in London for .£3,000,000, a portion of which was held for the work. 276 Statistical Motes on The drainage works, when carried out, will receive the surplus waters and sewage of the City of Mexico and carry them outside of the valley, and will also control the entire waters of the valley, affording an outlet, whenever found necessary, to those which might otherwise over- flow fields and towns, rendering the soil stagnant and marshy. The work consists of three parts — ist, the tunnel; 2d, a canal starting from the gates of San Lazaro, and having a length of 67^ kilometres, or 43 miles, its line following on the eastern side of the Guadalupe range of hills and between that range and Lake Texcoco, changing its direc- tion after arriving at the 20th kilometre to a northeasterly one, so as to diagonally cross Lake San Cristobal, a part of Lake Xaltocan, and a part of Lake Zumpango, and arriving finally at the mouth of the tunnel near the town of Zumpango; and 3d, the sewage of the City of Mexico. The tunnel. — The contract for completing the tunnel was let to Messrs. Read & Campbell, of Mexico, but for some reason they were unable to finish the work. It was therefore continued and satisfactorily completed by the City Council for a sum considerably less than the price contracted with Messrs. Read & Campbell under their superin- tendence as hereafter stated. The tunnel has a length of 10,021.79 metres, or 32,869 feet (6£ miles), with a curved section formed by four curves respectively of the following dimensions: The upper part has a span of 4.185 metres, or 13 feet 9 inches, and a rise of 1.570 metres, or 5 feet i-J inches; the two lateral arches have a chord each of 2.36 metres, or 7 feet 9 inches, a radius with a chord of 2.429 metres, or 8 feet, and a rise of 0.521 metre, or i foot 8£ inches; the elevation is 4.286 metres, or 14 feet, and the greatest width is the span of the upper arch. The accom- panying drawings show this section. The tunnel is lined with brick, having a thickness in the upper part of 0.45 metre, or i foot 6 inches, and in the lower part over which the water runs, of 0.04 metre, or i foot 4 inches in the side arches, and of 0.30 metre, or i foot in the radius, this latter lining being of artificial stone made of sand and Portland cement. The elevation of the invert at the beginning of the tunnel is 9.20 metres, or 30 feet i£ inches below datum; at the end of the tunnel, 17.53 metres, or 57 feet 6 inches below datum. The gradient is 0.00069 f°r tne ^TS^- 2170.74 metres, or i in 1449 for 7120 feet; 0.00072 for the following 5831 metres, or i in 1389 for 19,125 feet 6 inches; o.ooi for 5100 metres, or i in 1389 for 16,728 feet; and 0.00135, i in 740, for the rest of the tunnel; these changes being in accordance with changes of details made from those of the original project, in some cases modifying the section and in other cases the lining. Twenty-five shafts, each 2 by 3 metres, or 16 feet 6f inches by 9 feet 10 inches, were opened at a distance of 400 metres, or 1312 11! 00") \ I s ' <8 i > i O O a LU £fe O -r* -J L> ^ ^ ^5! ^^ o- ^"^ I . i °0 fel 8 1 II ZTbe Dalles of flDesfco's Drainage. 277 feet from each other. These served to ventilate the tunnel and to facilitate the work. The deepest of these shafts, situated on the saddle of Acatlan, has a depth of 92 metres, or 301 feet 9 inches; the shallow- est is 21 metres, or 68 feet 10 inches. To give an idea of the labor involved beyond the mere tunneling, it is as well to mention that the quantity of materials required per lineal yard of tunnel was 1800 bricks, 94 cement blocks, 3 cubic yards of mortar, and 70 cubic feet of volcanic stone. Maximum discharge through the tunnel = 18 cubic metres, 635! cubic feet. When the drainage board took charge of the work, it was executed by day labor both in the canal and in the tunnel, the latter having the larger amounts expended on it. But, shortly afterwards, the contract for the tunnel was let to Messrs. Read & Campbell, of London, who, after having invested a considerable sum in the work, found themselves under the necessity of cancelling their contract at the beginning of the year 1892. These gentlemen continued to handle the work, but as managers, and under the direction of the board. The canal. — In December, 1889, the Department of Public Works contracted with the Bucyrus Company of the United States, of which Colonel Ellis was the president, for the construction of the canal. This company started with two spoon dredgers capable of raising a maximum of 1000 cubic metres, 1308 cubic yards, a day. They commenced operations at the twenty-second kilometre. In the opin- ion of the board of commissioners, the Bucyrus Company was not pro- ceeding with the work at a suitable rate of speed, for at 1000 cubic metres, 1308 cubic yards, per day, the work of dredging alone, as there were some 16,000,000 of cubic metres, 20,928,000 cubic yards, of ex- cavation to do, would take about forty-three years ; their contract was therefore cancelled. In May, 1894, the Department of Public Works of Mexico con- tracted with Messrs. S. Pearson & Son of London for the completion of the canal, modifying former contracts of December 25, 1889, March 30, 1891, and April 18, 1893, under the following bases: the un- finished excavation in the first nine kilometres, and that between kilo- metre 47 and the entrance of the tunnel of Tequixquiac, are to be continued by the Board of Drainage Directors, who must have the latter portion completed to 10 metres below the surface of the soil by Decem- ber 31, 1894, and to the required depth of the canal by May 31, 1895, in order that the water in the canal may settle to that level and permit the contractors to slope the walls as required by the contract. The contractors are to complete the canal between kilometres 9 and 47 for the sum of $3,506,000. For making the monthly estimates the canal will be divided into two sections — kilometres 9 to 22 and kilometres 278 Statistical Iftotes on Aegico* 22 to 47. In the first section the provisional estimate will be 40 cents per cubic metre; in the second a sum equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the remainder of the money by the number of cubic metres to be removed. The contractors may suspend the work of the dredgers when they fall below 40 cubic metres per hour, and can proceed with the excavation in any way they wish. The excavation had to be com- pleted by May i, 1896, except in the parts where the dredgers cannot work. Then for each day's delay the contractors must pay $500 fine, and after five months the contract will be rescinded. These contractors carried out the work of the canal in two different ways — by hand work with centrifugal pumps to draw off the water which filtered into the work, and by means of enormously powerful Couloir dredgers which have a capacity for 3000 cubic metres of ex- cavation per day, and which throw the excavated earth to a distance of more than 200 metres from the centre of the canal. They had five of these dredgers at work, and by means of them excavated to a depth of 20 metres or 65 feet, raising the earth to an elevation of more than 1 6 metres, 52^ feet, so as to empty it into the shoots, along which it was carried by a stream of water that delivered it at a considerable dis- tance from the dredger. The dredgers have now done their work, and they have been taken to pieces, packed and transferred to the harbor works at Veracruz. The portion of the canal contracted for was completed to the satisfaction of all concerned in six years. The level of the bottom of the canal above the datum line adopted is 2.25 metres, or 7 feet 4 inches, and the mouth of the tunnel is 9.20 metres, or 30 feet J inch below the same datum, supposed to pass 10 metres, or 33.80 feet below the bottom of the Aztec calendar stone, since transferred to the National Museum. The level of the ground at the beginning of the canal is 8.94 metres, or 29 feet 4 inches, and at the end 15.86 metres, or 52 feet above datum. The uniform slope of the canal is at the rate of 0.187 Per kilometre. The canal has a depth, at its commencement, of 5.50 metres, or 18 feet, which in the last few kilometres is increased to 20.50 metres, or 67 feet 3 inches. The side slopes were projected with a batter of 45 de- grees, and the width of the bottom is 5.50 metres, or 18 feet for the first 20 kilometres, or I2-J miles, and 6.50 metres or 21 feet 2 inches in the rest of the canal. The first 20 kilometres, or 12% miles, may be considered as a prolongation of the net of sewers in the city, and will receive only the water that passes through them. The flow is calculated for an average of 5 cubic metres, or 176^ cubic feet, although, when heavy rains require it, they can receive a greater volume; the rest of the canal communicates with Lake Texcoco, and will be utilized in con- trolling its waters, — the lowest in the valley, — which can be made to flow into the canal from all parts. Hence the canal has been built to (Drainage of the Valley of Mexico.) VERTICAL SECTION OF THE TUNNEL. ZTbe IDalles of /iDejico's Brainaae. 279 carry the largest flow that can pass through the tunnel, or 18 cubic metres, 635^ cubic feet, per second. The cutting is through a strictly clay formation, comprising occasional thin strata of sand and sandstone. For accommodation of railroads, wagon roads, and water-courses, it was necessary to construct five aqueducts — four of masonry and one of iron — to carry rivers, four iron bridges for the passage of railroads, and fourteen bridges for vehicular traffic. The sewage. — The sewers of the City of Mexico form a network of covered channels, located sometimes in the middle and sometimes on the sides of the streets, these being almost always gorges, com- municating with a system of secondary sewers that empty into a collect- ing sewer discharging into the canal of San Lazaro, which transports the sewage to Lake Texcoco. If the water is high in the lake, water backs up into the sewers and saturates the soil under the houses and streets. As this has been the condition for several centuries, the state of the subsoil under the city can be better imagined than described. The death-rate touches 40 per 1000 — the highest in the civilized world. Mexico's elevation of over 7000 feet is all that saves it from a pesti- lence. Malarial and gastric fevers are almost continually epidemic. For a century the problem has been settling into one of pure sanita- tion. The plans which the Government has been working since about 1883, though called plans for draining the valley, really seek to get a fall sufficient to dispose of the sewage. In fact, in the original plan, from considerations of economy, care was to be taken to keep out of the projected canal all water both from the surface of the valley and from the rivers. The Consulado and the Guadalupe rivers were to be car- ried over the new canal in iron aqueducts. The drainage system was thus to be simply a part of the sewage system of the city. The excavated materials have been tipped on each side of the canal at their natural slopes, and a towpath near the canal level provided. Sluice gates will direct the city drainage either to the canal or to Lake Texcoco. A sluice gate at the junction of the smaller with the larger part of the canal will control the flow of Lake Texcoco, and another sluice gate will be placed at the entrance of the tunnel. Completion of the work. — As this paper goes to press, the drainage works of the Valley of Mexico are practically finished, as the waters of the valley have been for several years passing through the canal and the tunnel to their outlet in the river which takes them to the Gulf of Mexico, and the company with whom the canal was contracted is now giving the finishing touches to the sides and bottom of the canal and will deliver it to the Government Board of the Drainage Directors in January, 1898. It was agreed with the contractors that the portion of the canal between the City of Mexico and the 20th kilometre, which is comparatively easy, because the canal is not deep there, and the ex- 280 Statistical Iftotes on cavations do not exceed 200,000 cubic metres, will be made directly by the Board as soon as the other portion of the canal has been finished; this last section of the work is expected to be finished in June, 1898, when the waters of the City of Mexico will leave the valley by the drainage works here mentioned. The canal and six-mile tunnel through the mountain range have a total length approaching fifty miles. The present works will take rank with the great achievements of modern times, just as the immense " cut " of Nochistongo, their unsuccessful predecessor, was the leader among ancient earthworks in all the world. The completed system will have cost $20,000,000. I have dwelt on these works at some length, because their import- ance to the City of Mexico can hardly be overestimated. Instead of being one of the healthiest cities in the world, as it should be with its magnificent climate and situation, Mexico, unfortunately, has a terribly heavy death-rate, due principally to want of drainage and generally bad sanitary condition. When the existing danger of floods is removed, and the sanitary evils are remedied by a proper system of drainage, the increased security that will be enjoyed by life and property will certainly have its effect on the prosperity of the city. Property will rise in value, the population will grow with rapidity, not to mention the tide of tourists that will set in from the United States, and this will mean larger revenues for the municipality. I could not well finish this paper without paying General Diaz, President of Mexico, a just tribute for the great interest he has taken in having this gigantic work brought to a close during his administra- tion. To his exertions in this regard, and to his commanding position in Mexico, more than to anything else, this happy result, now in sight, is due. So after a weary search of centuries for relief, the beautiful Valley of Mexico will gain its deliverance not only from the engulfing floods, but from the sanitary evils which have long resulted from defective drainage. COFFEE CULTURE ON THE SOUTHERN COAST OF CHIAPAS, 281 COFFEE CULTURE ON THE SOUTHERN COAST OF CHIAPAS. i. INTRODUCTION. The desire of contributing, in however slight a degree, to the de- velopment of the cultivation of coffee in the State of Chiapas, which, when undertaken on a large scale, will become the chief source of wealth of a considerable part of its territory, induces me now to take up my pen for the purpose of setting down the results of my own ob- servations and of those of several experienced planters of Guatemala, giving them the form of practical instructions, which may also be of use to the people of the other States of the Mexican Confederation who may be favorably situated for this industry and who may desire to avail themselves of the advantages which it offers. I will note down, then, what I consider to be the fundamental principles of coffee cul- ture; and I think I may say with certainty that the rules here given will produce good results in a soil and climate similar to those of Chiapas, if they be faithfully and judiciously followed. To give these rules is the purpose of the present work. It is also my purpose to show how easy the cultivation of coffee is, and how large are the profits it yields, in order to encourage my countrymen to devote themselves to so profitable an industry. Those whose pecuniary resources will not allow them to undertake it on a large scale may do so on a small one, certain of good results, and of being able, with the profits which a small plantation will yield to form a larger one in the course of a few years, which will assure their future. In order to appreciate the advantages to be derived by the Chiapas coast from coffee cultivation, it will be sufficient to compare the Guate- mala of twenty years ago with the Guatemala of to-day. Lands entirely uninhabited have suddenly become transformed into well-cultivated fields ; towns and cities that had fallen into decay have sprung into pros- 283 284 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas* parity as if by magic, and are steadily increasing in wealth ; new roads to facilitate transportation are being constantly constructed ; commercial transactions have greatly multiplied ; the revenues are increasing; public credit is being re-established; and what, not long ago was a de- cadent, impoverished, and almost ruined country has become, thanks to the beneficent results of the cultivation of coffee, a rich and pros- perous State. I see no reason why Chiapas, if it follows the same course, should not attain the same results. The great agricultural progress made by Guatemala will be better understood if we consider how valuable land has become there. While the best land situated in the Valley of Mexico, in the vicinity of the capital, is estimated at an average value of $100,000 the square league, land situated in the vicinity of the city of Guatemala, for the reason that it is suitable for coffee, sells at $500 per lot of 10,000 square varas, at which rate the Mexican square league would be worth the fabulous sum of $1,250,000. On the various occasions on which I have visited Guatemala I have made a special study of coffee culture, which is assuming such large proportions in the neighboring Republic. The greater number of the rules set down in this work, therefore, are based upon experience ac- quired in Guatemala, for, unfortunately, the cultivation of coffee in Soconusco has not yet attained the necessary proportions to base on it a body of rules. This will explain the frequent references which I shall make to Guatemala in the course of this work. The best coffee-growing districts of Guatemala are those called there " Costa Grande " and " Costa Cuca," which are the prolongation of the chain of mountains which crosses the southern part of the State of Chiapas, and runs here, as in the neighboring Republic, very near the Pacific, and almost parallel with it. The land on that coast, there- fore, is not inferior to the best in Guatemala ; if there is any difference between them, it is that the Soconusco land is better watered. I shall not give here the botanic classification of the coffee tree, a description of the plant, the chemical analysis of its fruit, nor an ac- count of its discovery and use, for although all this is of undoubted interest, it would draw me aside from my main object, which is to lay down practical rules for the cultivation of coffee. I think it necessary, however, to say that science has done little hitherto, at least so far as I know, in favor of this industry. I have not been able to find any information regarding the chemical analysis of the soils suitable for the cultivation of coffee^ nor of other scientific operations whose results would afford a sure basis for methods for its better cultivation. It is plain that if the component substances of the soil which nourishes the coffee tree and those which form its fruit were known with certainty, it might be determined with accuracy what kind of soil and what fertil- ffuture ot Coffee Culture in flDesico. 285 izers are best adapted to it; and by using these not only might the plant be made to live longer but also to yield larger crops. Chemistry and geology have done much for certain plants ; the cultivation of the cereals has attained to almost mathematical precision in Europe. Thanks to the advancement made in these sciences, the substances which each crop draws from the soil may now be determined with ex- actness, and, as a consequence, the substances which should be used as fertilizers, in order to supply the losses caused by the crops. When such data respecting coffee can be obtained, great advancement will have been made in its cultivation, which will not until then cease to be empirical. II. FUTURE OF COFFEE CULTURE IN MEXICO. The use of coffee is becoming general everywhere. Whether it is that certain beverages at certain periods become fashionable, and that coffee is at the present time one of these, or that it really has properties which make it beneficial to the human constitution, certain it is that the sphere of its consumption is widening notably. Mexico is not exempt from this tendency; a few years ago coffee was hardly used in the Republic, while now it begins to compete with cocoa, and even with the national drink made of Indian corn. Hardly five years ago coffee was sold in Soconusco at five dollars per quintal ; low as this price was it yielded a profit, but did not make it worth while to extend its cultivation. Many still fear that the prices of the last two years were exceptional, that they will before long sink to their former level, and that coffee on the plantation will not sell for more than eight dollars per quintal. The crop of 1872 sold at from ten to twelve dollars per quintal on the plantation; and that of 1873 at eighteen dollars per quintal. Although it is true that this is an excep- tional price, I think it probable that coffee will not fall lower than ten dollars on the plantation, which will still leave a good profit, as will be shown farther on. Mexico is, besides, destined, from its proximity to the United States, to become the chief source of supply for that country, which is the country that consumes the largest quantity of coffee in proportion to the number of its inhabitants. Transportation will be easier when we are connected by rail with the United States, for the Central States of the Union would find it more to their advantage to import coffee from Mexico overland than by way of New York or San Francisco. That market would of itself suffice to consume all the crops that the country could raise for several years to come. 286 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. These considerations, which I touch upon briefly, lead me to believe that far from being attended by any risk, coffee-growing is, and will continue to be for some time to come, one of the most lucrative branches of agriculture to which the Mexican farmer could apply his labor and intelligence. III. ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF SOCONUSCO FOR COFFEE-GROWING. Soconusco offers special advantages for the cultivation of coffee. It also has some disadvantages, which, although they may be regarded as transitory and easily remedied, it will be proper to mention here. Each of these points, therefore, will now be considered separately. I. THE ADVANTAGES WHICH SOCONUSCO OFFERS FOR THE CULTIVATION OF COFFEE. Soconusco unites many conditions that render it suitable for the cultivation of coffee. The principal of these are the following: A. — Advantages of the soil and climate of Soconusco. B. — Cheapness of labor. C. — Proximity of good coffee land to the sea. D. — Facility with which the expenses of growing coffee may be de- frayed by raising other crops at the same time on the same ground. Each of these advantages will be considered separately. A. — Advantages of the Soil and Climate of Soconusco. — The soil of Soconusco seems especially adapted for coffee-growing. In speaking further on of the conditions which make a locality suitable for coffee it will be seen that all of them are favorably combined in Soconusco. The character of the soil, the nature of the climate, a moist atmos- phere, abundant rains, numerous streams and waterfalls, shelter from the prevailing winds, and all the other conditions which experience has shown to be favorable to coffee, are united in Soconusco. The configuration of the land renders it very favorable to coffee. In an area of about fourteen leagues the required altitude (from one to five thousand feet above the level of the sea), with the correspond- ing temperature, is to be found. In the course of this paper the peculiar advantages which result from the favorable situation of the land will be pointed out. Comparing the system of cultivating coffee in Soconusco with that followed in other parts of the Republic where highly esteemed coffee is produced, it will be seen that Soconusco has many advantages over these. While in Colima and Jalisco the coffee tree requires irrigation in order to grow and thrive, here it grows and flourishes without it. The rains, which continue in Soconusco for six months in the year, constitute of Soconusco for Goffee*<3rowing, 287 a natural irrigation, and the soil retains during the dry season sufficient moisture to keep the plant from withering; the numerous rivers, streams, and waterfalls of the Cordillera contribute also to keep the ground moist, as do also the heavy dews, caused probably by the proximity of the sea. Shade trees, indispensable in the former locali- ties, and which draw so much of its nutritive elements from the earth, to the detriment of the coffee-tree, are not necessary here. In other localities the soil must be manured, while in Soconusco manure is un- necessary. It is true that fertilizers contribute to make the crop more abundant and to prolong the life of the tree; but here no manure is used, nor is the necessity for it felt; and without its use the coffee plan- tations last a longer time and yield better crops than in other localities where manure is used. The best proof of the advantages offered by Soconusco for the cul- tivation of coffee, is the cheapness with which it is raised. While in Colima coffee cannot be sold with profit to the planter at less than from thirty to thirty-five dollars per quintal, in Soconusco it will yield a profit at even eight dollars. This fact in itself is the plainest proof that could be adduced of the superior advantages of this locality, as compared with Colima, for the cultivation of coffee. In Colima, coffee is cultivated on a small scale only; the coffee crop up to the year 1871, notwithstanding the high price it brought, did not exceed two hundred quintals. Farther on it will be seen wherein the excellence of the Colima coffee consists, and how coffee of approximately the same quality might be raised in Soconusco. B. Cheapness of Labor in Soconusco. — Almost everywhere on the -coast where there is a scarcity of hands — and this is the case along almost the whole of our coast line, where the population is so sparse — labor is much dearer than in the interior. Along the Southern coast of the State of Veracruz, for instance, the laborer is paid not less than fifty cents a day, and in many other localities he is paid even more. Soconusco may be considered, however, as an exception to this rule, for wages are here as low as in the interior of the Republic. The price of labor in Soconusco is now regulated by the price paid in Guatemala. On coffee plantations it ranges from a real and a half to two reals and a half per day ; the average wages being two reals a day, a sum which seems very moderate. In Costa Rica wages are now as high as a dollar a day. The scarcity of labor in Soconusco is, however, the principal diffi- culty with which every agricultural enterprise has to contend, as will be seen farther on. C. Proximity of good Coffee Land to the Sea. — The proximity to the sea, in Soconusco, of the land suitable for coffee cultivation is a very 288 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. advantageous circumstance, not only because of the exposure of the land to the sea air, which contributes greatly to the excellence of the coffee and the abundance of the crop, but also because this proximity to the sea cheapens considerably the freight by land. It may be considered that of the coffee plantations at present in this District, those farthest from the port are at a distance from it of twenty leagues, by the roads now in use, a distance which might be considerably shortened by building new roads. D. Facility with which the Expenses of Coffee-Growing may be De- frayed by Raising other Crops at the same Time on the same Land. — One of the principal drawbacks to coffee-raising is that a plantation does not begin to yield until from three to five years after planting, according as it has been planted from seeds or from the nursery, and few persons can afford to make the outlay required during that time without obtaining meanwhile any return from the money invested. Soconusco offers in this respect, also, advantages which are hardly to be met with elsewhere. The soil best adapted for coffee is also that which is best adapted for sugar-cane. In the cold, high lands adjacent to this District, which do not produce sugar-cane, there is a con- siderable population of Guatemalan Indians who are obliged to buy there the sugar they require, whether for food or to make brandy, which is largely consumed in that Republic. For this reason, there is gener- ally a great demand in Soconusco for sugar, which consequently brings a good price. The buyers come down for the sugar to the ranches in which it is made, so that it is not even necessary to carry it to market. As the sugar-cane requires much less time to come to maturity than the coffee plant, and its cultivation, by reason of the high price which sugar brings here now, and is likely to continue to bring, yields good profit, it is not only possible, but easy to derive from it the funds nec- essary to start a coffee plantation. Those who may not have the necessary means to begin with coffee might begin by planting sugar-cane. This arrives at maturity at from eight to eighteen months, according to the altitude and the temperature of the locality in which it is planted. The cost of cultivation is very little, for it may be estimated that if the seed is near the plantation the cuerda (twenty-five yards square) will not cost more than $2.50, or $3.50 if the seed is at a distance. A plantation of fifty cuerdas, for instance, might be formed with from $125 to $175, including all ex- penses until the cane is ready to cut. A small iron sugar-mill, moved by oxen, with a boiler or evaporator, may be bought for $500 or $600. At a cost, therefore, of from $700 to $800, fifty cuerdas of sugar-cane may be planted and ground, the net profits of which may be estimated, at a minimum, at the present prices of sugar, at $20 a cuerda, which gives- a gross profit of $1000. The total cost was estimated at $750; H>isafc\>anta0es ot Goffee-IRaisina in Soconusco, 289 there will remain, consequently, a net surplus of $250 the first year, which may be employed in starting the coffee plantation. After the first year the yearly profit will be $1000, or even more, if the price of sugar should rise, or if the cane-field is enlarged. If, instead of buying an iron mill with an evaporator, the planter begins with a wooden mill and an iron boiler, the expenses of the first year will not exceed $400. With the sum of $1000 a year to employ in the cultivation of coffee it would be an easy matter to have, within a few years, a good coffee plantation which would yield the profits to be shown later. 2. DISADVANTAGES OF COFFEE-RAISING IN SOCONUSCO. Now that we have pointed out the natural and accidental advantages which Soconusco offers for the cultivation of coffee, it will be necessary to point out also the obstacles which are here encountered in every agri- cultural enterprise, and especially in the cultivation of coffee. The prin- cipal of these obstacles is scarcity of hands, as will now be considered. In the State of Chiapas, and more particularly in Soconusco, there is a system of labor which has serious disadvantages and which occasions heavy expenses and considerable losses. All the laborers owe their employers various sums, which seldom fall below $20, and which frequently exceed $100. To obtain laborers, therefore, it is necessary first to pay these debts, which may be esti- mated at an average of $50 for each laborer. This expenditure is a dead loss, because the money employed in it brings no interest, and because the laborer, instead of applying part of his wages to the paying off of his debt, increases this by fresh loans, which he asks daily, and which represent a larger amount than he earns, so that the original debt, instead of diminishing, continues increasing daily. If at any time the laborer is refused the money he asks because his debt is already very large, he considers this as sufficient cause for run- ning away. If he is given what he asks, his debt soon amounts to a large sum, and the laborer, thinking that it will now be difficult for him to pay it off, settles it by running away. Without either of these reasons and on any frivolous pretext, he will escape, also, favored by the proximity of the frontier of Guatemala, where he cannot be pursued, and where, on the contrary, he is received with open arms, because the scarcity of hands is even greater there than in Soconusco. Even without leaving Mexican territory the laborer can find employment where it will not be easy to discover him. It may be said that there is hardly a workman who lets a year pass without running away. This custom also gives rise to many abuses on the part of the employers toward the laborers. With this labor system and depending only on the people of the place, it would not be possible to undertake planting on any consider- 290 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbetn Coast of Cbiapas. able scale without having inexhaustible resources with which to pay the •debts of laborers, who would shortly afterward run away; then to pay the debts of new hands, who before very long would do the same ; and so on indefinitely. Fortunately, the Indians of the cold region of Guatemala, contiguous to this District, where poor people are nu- merous, have no reluctance to coming down to the temperate lands, which are the most suitable for coffee, and with them alone it would be possible to plant coffee plantations of considerable extent in Socon- usco. Later on it will perhaps be easy to bring laborers from other parts of the Republic ; but this will probably not be the case until some plantations have been already established; and meanwhile it will be necessary to depend on the laborers of Guatemala. Nor is the work done by laborers from the cold lands of Guatemala exempt from expense and loss. To induce the laborers to leave their villages it is necessary to advance them for expenses a sum of money, generally five dollars a head, which sum is not always repaid. The demoralization has already extended to the cold lands of Guatemala, and the Indians of that region run away also ; but, as the sums they owe are comparatively small, the losses suffered from this cause are in- -considerable. The evils of this system of labor make themselves felt in the large plantations of Guatemala, which have only a limited num- ber of hands to depend upon for the most necessary labors, whose owners have large sums invested in advances to laborers, and who re- quire to keep several clerks to visit the villages to engage new hands and to search for the runaways. As the Indians of the cold region of Guatemala leave behind them their families, their occupations and their sheep, they cannot remain away from their villages very long at a time. As a general thing, they remain barely a month or two in the plantations, and return to their homes to take care of their cornfields. For this reason they cannot be •considered permanent laborers, which is another serious drawback. The only remedy for these evils would, in my opinion, be to bring laborers from other parts of the Republic, where the poor drag out a mis- erable existence, to these fertile districts. Coffee culture gives employ- ment to the wives and children of the laborers, and the plantations are situated in temperate, healthy, and even agreeable climates. The diffi- culty lies in the first attempts. If, as is to be expected, these give good results, I think it certain that, notwithstanding the distance, many peo- ple would come from the interior of the Republic to settle in Soconusco, or at least to work for the season. If many laborers go, during the cotton harvest, from the valleys of Oaxaca, travelling considerable distances over rough roads, to the unhealthy coast of Veracruz I see no reason why they should not come to these mild and salubrious climates. Con&ftfons of Xanfc Suitable for Coffee. 291 IV. CONDITIONS OF LAND SUITABLE FOR COFFEE. For the successful cultivation of coffee, various conditions must concur in the land selected to plant it, which will be briefly mentioned here, and the principal of which are the following: 1. Nature of the land and its configuration. 2. Temperature. 3. Altitude above the level of the sea. 4. Exposure to the sun. 5. Protection against prevailing winds. 6. Humidity. 7. Streams. 8. Sites for building purposes. Each of these conditions will be briefly considered. I. NATURE OF THE LAND AND ITS CONFIGURATION. The following points concerning the nature of the land and its configuration will now be touched upon : A. — Land suitable for coffee. B. — Layer of vegetable soil. C. — Depth of the layer of vegetable soil. D. — Land of volcanic formation. E. — Virgin forest soil and cultivated soil. F. — Configuration of the land. It will be necessary to consider separately each of these points also. A. Land Suitable for Coffee. — As I do not know of any chemical analysis having been made of the soil most suitable for coffee, for the purpose of determining with exactness its component elements, I can give, on this subject, only very superficial ideas, entirely empirical, and many of them possibly erroneous, notwithstanding that they are based on experience. It has been observed that land which has a clayey sub-soil is better adapted for coffee than that which has a sandy sub -soil. Among the clayey lands of Soconusco some, and these are the most abundant, are of a reddish hue, more or less vivid, and others of a yellowish color. These last are to be preferred for the cultivation of coffee. To this class belong those of " Union Juarez," in this District, and those of the " Cuca Coast " of Guatemala. The soil of Cordova, a district which is also suitable for coffee, is in general of red clay. Some consider pebbly ground favorable for coffee, as the pebbles give the soil greater consistency. Vertical thin strata of rock are also considered advantageous. The ground of the plantations in Guatemala 292 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas. called the plantations of St. Augustine, situated on the southern slope of the volcano of Atitlan, is somewhat stony, and this stony soil is considered very good for coffee. Mr. William Sabonadiere, in his Coffee Planter in Ceylon, published in London in 1870, says that the best ground for coffee in that favored island — whose coffee is of so excellent a quality that it is always quoted in the European markets higher than that of Central America — is of a dark chocolate color, pebbly, and with a substratum of rock. He considers a clayey soil unfavorable. B. Layer of Vegetable Soil. — The land of Soconusco has generally, unless it has been washed away by the rains, a layer, more or less thick, of vegetable soil, formed principally of decayed vegetable matter which has accumulated in the course of time. This layer is of a black color when moist, and ashen when dry. The thicker this layer the better the ground containing it for the cultivation of coffee, provided always there be under it a layer of clayey soil of the depth specified below. C. Depth of the Layer of Vegetable Soil. — As the top root of the coffee plant grows vertically and to a considerable depth, it requires a soil which it can penetrate without bending. If the root meets with any obstruction, whether stone or other substance, which it cannot penetrate, the plant sickens, turns yellow, ceases to produce fruit, and finally dies. It is therefore indispensable that there should be a layer of earth, of from three to six feet in thickness, which the root of the plant can penetrate without bending. It would be therefore well, be- fore finally selecting a plot of ground to form a plantation, to make excavations in it at various points, for the purpose of ascertaining whether or not it possesses this requisite. If a piece of land could be found which, to the conditions already mentioned, should unite that of being traversed by vertical strata of rock, it would be very suitable, as the soil would be, so to say, framed in between these strata, would not wash away with the rains, and would have greater consistency ; but I have not seen in Soconusco any land that has these conditions. D. Land of Volcanic Formation. — As observation shows that the soil in which coffee grows best is that on the slopes of volcanoes or in their immediate vicinity, it may be inferred that the best land for coffee is that of volcanic formation. It would be well, therefore, whenever pos- sible, to select land situated on the slopes of volcanoes or in their im- mediate vicinity, if it should also have the other conditions enumerated. E. Virgin Forest Soil and Cultivated Soil. — There is a notable difference, in fertile districts like Soconusco, between the soil of the virgin forest, which has never been cultivated or cleared by the hand of man, or which, if it was ever cultivated, has relapsed into a state Con&ftions of OLatifc Suitable for Coffee. 293 of nature, and land recently cultivated or cleared. For the sake of clearness, it will be expedient to consider separately these three kinds of land. We will therefore now consider: a. — Virgin forest land. b. — Land recently cleared. c. — Land best adapted for the cultivation of coffee. Each of these kinds of soil will be considered with as much brevity as is consistent with clearness. a. Virgin Forest Land. — On virgin forest land there are secular trees that cover with their shade the whole surface of the ground, for which reason only few plants, and those such as do not require for their growth the direct rays of the sun, can grow on it. In the virgin forest, therefore, are seen colossal, medium and small sized trees, bushes, parasites, vines, and other productions of the vege- table kingdom ; but the surface of the ground is not entirely covered with vegetation. If the seed of a thistle or other noxious plant should chance to fall on virgin forest land, it would either not germinate, or, if it germinated, it would not grow for want of sunlight. b. Land Recently Cleared. — The aspect of land which has at any time been cleared is very different from that just described. The fer- tility of the soil which had been, so to say, dormant for years, awakens with extraordinary vigor as soon as it is once exposed to the vitalizing action of the sun's rays. A year or two after it has been cleared the ground is so completely covered with vegetation — principally weeds and other plants whose use is not known, and which are therefore considered noxious — that not a single point of ground is visible, and it is not possible to advance a single step without previously opening a path. This prodigious fertil- ity of the soil makes the chief expense of cultivation in those places. Weeds grow with such abundance and rapidity that it is necessary to keep cutting them down continually, and this operation, which is called " clearing the ground," must be repeated in some places as many as eight times a year, to keep the weeds from choking the young plants, and injuring them very seriously. In the cleared lands of Soconusco, and especially in those situated at an altitude below two thousand feet above the level of the sea, a species of grass grows which attains a height of twenty-four inches, which, if not cut down in time, will choke the coffee plant completely, but which can hardly ever be entirely extirpated. Its seeds are prob- ably carried by the wind, so that it grows everywhere. This grass is the chief foe of the coffee-tree. In order that it may not kill the plants the ground must be cleared as many as eight times a year, which con- stitutes, as has been already said, a heavy expense, and requires, be- sides, a great many hands in plantations of any extent. 294 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas, c. Land Best Adapted for Coffee. — Experience shows that the coffee plant grows and thrives better in virgin soil than in soil that has been already cultivated. The reason of this is obvious. Virgin soil is richer, has its fertilizing elements almost intact, and produces fewer weeds. Because of this last advantage, virgin soil requires, during the years immediately following the planting of the coffee-trees, fewer clearings than that which has been already cultivated. The only advantage of planting coffee in ground that has been already cultivated is that in that case the trifling expense of the felling is avoided ; but, on the other hand, cultivated ground has, compared with virgin forest soil, the following disadvantages: 1. The soil is inferior. 2. It is more exposed to the sun and to the wind. 3. It is more easily washed away by the rains. 4. It produces a great many more weeds. For these reasons, therefore, virgin soil is always, when possible, to be preferred. In Ceylon also the superiority of virgin soil over that of ground that has been already cultivated, for planting coffee, is recognized. F. Configuration of the Land. — It is a debatable question whether level or broken ground is preferable for the cultivation of coffee. Regarding this point, we will consider here the following: a. — Advantages of level ground. b. — Advantages of hilly ground. c. — Configuration of the ground best suited for coffee. Each of these kinds of land and its advantages will be considered separately. a. Advantages of Level Ground. — The advantages of level over broken ground are the following: 1. Greater facility for using implements and machinery which save time and labor, and consequently greater facility and cheapness of cultivation. 2. Greater duration of the layer of black or vegetable earth, which is not so readily washed away by the rains as in hilly ground, where the soil becomes loosened by the cultivation bestowed upon it. Notwithstanding these advantages, the advantages presented by hilly ground are so great that, as a general rule, this is to be preferred to level ground for the cultivation of coffee, as will be shown farther on. b. Advantages of Hilly Ground. — The advantages of hilly ground, as compared with level ground, are the following: i. Impossibility of the ground, even when moist, becoming miry, as its inclination prevents the water from standing; while in level ground, without drainage and with a layer of impermeable clay near the surface, there is this danger, which is a serious one for the coffee-tree. ^Temperature* 295 2. Greater facility for shielding the plant from the sun for a part of the day ; as, when the hills run from north to south, which is their general direction in this Cordillera, the side facing the east receives- the sun until mid-day, and that facing the west after mid-day. 3. Greater facility for obtaining water, whether for irrigating the plantation or moving the machinery. 4. Facility for obtaining laborers ; for, the hilly land in the Cordil- lera being situated at a considerable altitude above the level of the sea, the Indians of Guatemala, who would not go to the plains, which are here low and hot, are willing to go there. c. Configuration of the Ground best Suited for Coffee. — The advant- ages of hilly over level ground, especially the two last mentioned, are so notable in Soconusco that many think, and I share their opinion, that hilly ground, with the hills running from north to south, is that best adapted for the cultivation of coffee. The coffee planters of Ceylon, pursuaded of the superior advant- ages of hilly over level ground, also prefer it for their plantations. The prevailing opinion regarding the climate most suitable for cof- fee is a very erroneous one. It is generally believed that the coffee- tree is a native of the tropics, and that, consequently, the hotter the temperature of a place the more suitable it will be for coffee, provided that the other conditions favorable to its cultivation exist there. Experience has shown that the zone most suitable for the cultivation of coffee is bounded by isothermal1 lines, the mean temperature of which- is from 17° 50' to 20° centigrade; that is, a temperate climate, but where it never freezes, as frosts would ruin the plant. The mean temperature of the localities in Soconusco which are con- sidered best for coffee is, according to the observations of the able engineer, Don Miguel M. Ponce de Leon, as follows: Cacahuatan, 21° 15' and Union Juarez, 17° 57'. 3. ALTITUDE ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE SEA. The temperature of a place has a direct relation to its altitude above the level of the sea, for, as a general rule, the greater the altitude the lower will be the temperature. The following points relating to this subject will now be considered i A. — Productiveness of the coffee-tree in relation to altitude. B. — Advantages of high lands. C. — Altitude most suitable for coffee-raising. D. — Altitude of various places in Soconusco. 1 1 will insert in the Appendix to this paper, a brief statement of the causes affect- ing the climate of a locality, written since this book came out in Spanish. 296 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbetn Coast ot Cbfapas, Each of these points will be considered separately. A. Productiveness of the Coffee- Tree in Relation to Altitude. — It has been observed that coffee planted in ground situated 500 feet above the level of the sea yields not more than half a pound of coffee per tree; from 500 to 1000 feet, one pound per tree; from 1000 to 2000 feet, two pounds per tree; from 2000 to 3000 feet, three pounds per tree; and from 3000 to 4000, it will yield as much as four pounds per tree. But this yield is only obtained in the best soil and under the most thorough cultivation. B. Advantages of High Lands. — The principal advantages offered for the cultivation of coffee by high lands, whose altitude does not exceed 4000 feet, may be summed up as follows: 1. Larger yield of fruit per tree. 2. Better quality of the coffee. 3. More time in which to gather the crop, as it ripens gradually and not all at once, as in the low lands. 4. The plant is not exposed to the heat of the sun during the whole of the day, as will be explained farther on. 5. The higher the land, the fewer weeds it will produce, and con- sequently fewer weedings in the year will be necessary. 6. The high lands enjoy a temperate, pleasant, and in general healthy climate, for which reason it is easier to obtain laborers for those lands than for the low lands, which are hot, less healthy, and always infested by mosquitoes. In Soconusco, especially, this advantage is very great, as the Indians of the cold regions of Guatemala will go down to the temperate lands to work, while they are not willing to go to the low lands. C. Altitude most Suitable for Coffee-Growing. — Until very recently the low lands were preferred for coffee-raising. Experience has, how- ever, demonstrated that the best lands for this purpose are those situ- ated at from three to four thousand feet above the level of the sea. The experience of other places proves the correctness of this state- ment. Mocha coffee grows in the mountainous regions of Arabia Felix. The best quality of Colima coffee is that which grows on the summit of the Platanarillo ; and the districts of Cordova and Orizava, whose coffee is also highly esteemed, are situated, the former at an altitude of 2713, and the latter of 4028 feet above the level of the sea. The best coffee land in Ceylon is in Mr. William Sabonadiere's opinion located on an average of 3000 feet above the level of the sea, although in some localities of that island the coffee tree grows well at an altitude of 5000 feet. Anyone, not familiar with plantations, might be easily deceived by the appearance presented by the trees in the low lands ; for sometimes, and especially when the plantations are new, their leaves are of a Exposure to tbe Sun, 297 healthy green, and they have a thriving appearance ; but very soon this appearance changes, the branches lose their leaves, and the quantity of fruit they produce is relatively small. Nothing is more deceptive than to measure altitudes by the naked eye. To be able to calculate altitude with some degree of correctnses one should provide oneself with an aneroid barometer, properly regu- lated, the price of which is within the reach of the most modest fortune ; while from its small bulk — for it is about the size of a watch — it may be carried with perfect ease. D. Altitude of Various Places in Soconusco. — Various observations which I have made with an aneroid barometer of localities in this District give approximately the following results : altitude of Cacahua- tan, 1400 feet above the level of the sea; Paso del Rio Ixtal, 1000 feet; plantation of Mixcum, 1850 feet; plantation of Santo Domingo, 2300 feet; and Union Juarez, 3400 feet. The approximate altitudes of some points in Guatemala where coffee grows well are as follows: El Rodeo, about 1500 feet; Las Mercedes, about 2500 feet; Las Nubes, from 3500 to 4000 feet; Guatemala City, a little more than 4000 feet. 4. EXPOSURE TO THE SUN. Experience has shown that the coffee-tree thrives best and yields most fruit when the sun does not shine on it during the whole of the day. Four or five hours' exposure to the sun are sufficient to enable it to attain its best condition. The early morning sun is the least bene- iicial to it, for which reason it should, if possible, be shielded from it, either by planting shade trees to the east of the plantation, or by select- ing ground on which the sun does not shine until one or two hours after it has risen. The principal advantage of hilly ground when the hills run from north to south, is, as has been already stated, that the sun shines on them for only a part of the day — in the morning on the slopes which face the -east, and in the afternoon on those which face the west. The high lands of Soconusco have also the advantage that the sun does not shine on the trees during the whole of the day. On the slope of the Cordillera, that is, from 2500 feet above the level of the sea up, clouds prevail during the summer season — which is precisely when the sun is hottest — and frequently also, during the other seasons, from ten o'clock onward, which keep the trees from being exposed to the heat of the sun during the whole of the day. Perhaps it is to this circumstance that the superior excellence of the coffee grown at an altitude of 3000 or 4000 feet above the level of the sea is due. Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. 5. PROTECTION AGAINST THE WINDS. It is of the first importance that the plantation should be sheltered against the prevailing winds. If the plants were exposed to the north winds, which blow in Soconusco from the land and are very dry, they would wither, and if they were exposed to the southeasterly winds, which are here the prevailing sea winds, they would lose their blos- soms and yield scanty crops, or none. But it is also necessary for the growth and good yield of the plant that it should be situated in a locality where the air circulates freely. It is probable that the sea breezes, are highly beneficial to the coffee plant, for which reason it is expedient that the plantation should be made on land which faces the sea, although it should be sheltered from the prevailing winds. The principal plantations of Soconusco and Guatemala face the Pacific. The violence of the north winds which blow from Tehuantepec to Tonala, and which deprive the atmosphere of moisture, and wither vegetation, will be an obstacle to the planting of coffee on that part of the coast, except in such localities as may be sheltered from the north winds and have a moist atmosphere. It has been observed in Ceylon that an eastern exposure is the most favorable. In Soconusco and Guatemala a southern exposure is the most favorable. 6. HUMIDITY. The coffee plant requires moist but not miry ground. Water re- tained around its roots injures it greatly. Even when the surface of the ground becomes dry, in the dry season, the land will still be suitable for coffee if, on digging down a little, the earth be found moist, but not wet. A moist atmosphere should also be sought, as not only the roots of the coffee plant, but also its leaves require moisture. This is another of the reasons that render the vicinity of the sea desirable for a coffee plantation. Shade trees also keep the ground moist, for which reason they may be required in certain localities. 7. STREAMS. Although neither in Soconusco nor in Guatemala is it necessary to water the coffee plants — as the rains suffice to make them grow and thrive — it is always desirable to locate the coffee plantation near some river, brook, or spring, not only because water is an indispensable ele- ment of life for the laborers and the animals employed on the planta- tion, but also in order that the water may be used as motive power for the machinery that is to prepare the berry for the market. Plantations Coffee Cultivation* 299 of any extent indispensably require considerable motive power, and water power is always to be preferred, as it is the cheapest. In soil which is not as moist as that of Soconusco, it will probably be necessary to employ irrigation, in which case it would be still more necessary to locate the coffee plantation near some stream. 8. SITES FOR BUILDING PURPOSES. It is desirable that the piece of ground selected for a coffee plan- tation should have a site suitable for the erection of the buildings required. If the ground be level there will be no difficulty in this re- spect. In hilly ground a level place should be selected for the drying- yard, in order to avoid the expense of levelling the ground to make a yard. In a plantation situated on level ground the buildings should always be erected in the centre of the plantation, in order that no part of it may be far distant from the place where the coffee is to be prepared for the market. In sloping ground the buildings should be erected on the lowest part of it, in order that the carts or animals employed in the transportation of the fruit from the field to the place of preparation may go down laden and go up unladen, which will facilitate the labor, to the economizing of time and money. The situation of the buildings will depend on the special conditions of each locality ; but, as a general rule, it should be determined by the situation of the water, unless there be some means of conducting this to some other place which is more suitable. V. COFFEE CULTIVATION. It is my purpose here to set forth with as much clearness and con- ciseness as may be possible the fundamental principles of modern coffee-culture, to the end that even those who have never seen a coffee- tree, may be able to undertake the raising of coffee with a good prob- ability of success. I will consider at greater length — because of the important bearing which they have on the success of the undertaking — the questions whether or not coffee-trees should be planted in the shade, and what distance apart they ought to be planted ; discussing afterwards the other points directly connected with the cultivation of coffee and its prepara- tion for the market. I will make occasional references to the methods followed in the cultivation of coffee in Ceylon ; for I have observed that there is a great similarity between them and the methods that have given the best results here. The excellence of Ceylon coffee is well known. In the 300 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas. year 1868, 913 plantations produced 1,007,214 English quintals of coif- fee. Trees planted in the last century still yield good crops. These facts show how far advanced coffee culture is there, and therefore the references that may be made to the system followed in Ceylon cannot but be useful to the Mexican planters. The following points, then, will now be considered: 1. Shade. 2. Distance between the trees. 3. Nursery. 4. Perparation of the ground for planting. 5. Transplanting. 6. Cultivation of coffee. 7. Fertilizers. 8. Gathering the crops. 9. Preparation of the fruit for the market. Each of these subjects will be considered separately. I. SHADE. The following points concerning the important question of shade will be now considered: A. — General considerations regarding shade. B. — Advantages of shade. C. — Disadvantages of shade. D. — Rules regarding shade. E. — Trees to be preferred for shade. Each of these various aspects of the question of shade will be con- sidered separately. A. General Considerations Regarding Shade. — The opinion has long prevailed that the coffee plant requires shade to attain its fullest de- velopment, and that a plantation which has no shade must necessarily give bad results. Up to a certain point this opinion may be considered to be well-founded, so far as regards plantations situated in the low lands. For the rest, it is evident that the heat and light of the sun being indispensable to vegetation, it cannot be absolutely affirmed that there are plants which thrive better in the shade than in the sun. Shade may be made, however, a means of reducing the temperature, and thus acclimating in certain hotter zones plants which would not thrive in the sun in those localities. As the coffee-tree requires for its best development a temperature, for instance, of 18° centigrade, it is plain that if it be planted in a locality the temperature of which is from 23° to 24°, it will be out of its zone, and that if it then be given shade it will thrive better than when exposed to the sun ; not because it ab- solutely requires shade, but because this reduces the temperature, and the coffee plant that is in the shade will enjoy a lower temperature, Sbafce. 301 and consequently one that will agree better with it than a plant in the same locality that is exposed to the sun. B. Advantages of Shade. — The advantages of shade are the follow- ing: 1. It reduces the temperature, which is, however, an advantage only when the coffee is planted out of its native zone, that is, in low lands. 2. It keeps the soil moist, sheltering it from the direct rays of the sun. 3. It tends to lessen the growth of weeds, which grow more vigor- ously and in greater abundance in ground exposed to the sun. 4. It affords some protection to the coffee-trees against the violence of the prevailing winds. C. Disadvantages of Shade. — The disadvantages of shade are the following: 1. It lowers the temperature, which is a serious disadvantage when coffee is planted in its native zone, that is, from 3000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea. 2. It keeps from the plant the light and heat of the sun, which causes it to thrive less and to yield smaller crops than if it enjoyed those advantages. 3. It interferes with the free circulation of the air, to the serious injury of the coffee plant. 4. It takes from the soil, through the roots of the trees which afford it, nutritious elements which should be reserved exclusively for the coffee-tree. D. Rules regarding Shade. — From the preceding considerations the following conclusions may be drawn, which constitute the best rules that can be given regarding shade: i. If the coffee be planted in its own zone, that is, at an altitude of from 3000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea, in a temperature of 17° 50', to 1 8° 50' centigrade, it ought not to be given any shade. 2. Planted in lower lands, with a higher temperature, it would be advisable to give it shade, which should increase in density according as the altitude decreases and the temperature increases. There are some localities, however, which, although at an altitude of from 3000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea, and enjoying a temperature of from 17° to 1 8° centigrade, have yet so dry a soil that it becomes necessary to give the plant a little shade, at least for the first year after planting; taking away the shade the second year, when the plants have taken firm root. This is a peculiarity of the land of Union Juarez, which is undoubtedly among the best coffee-growing regions in Soconusco. Perhaps this phenomenon is due to the fact that shade, in addition to its other advantages, has that of keeping the soil moist, as it pro- 302 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. tects it from the direct rays of the sun, which, in hot climates, produce a rapid evaporation. In localities where the soil is rather dry, shade may be avdantageous even when the temperature is temperate, as it preserves the moisture, which is so important for coffee, although in this case it is preferable to have recourse to irrigation. These considerations show that it is necessary to proceed with caution in every instance, consulting the experience of men who are acquainted with the locality and making previously, in unfamiliar re- gions, investigations which will show what are the peculiarities of each locality. The simplest rule which can be given regarding shade is not to plant coffee where shade is required. In Ceylon, coffee-trees are never shaded, but, on the other hand, care is taken to plant them in their own zone. JS. Trees to be preferred for Shade. — In each locality some parti- cular tree is preferred for shade, the plantain being used in many. Its shade is dense, and it has the advantage of generally keeping the ground moist; but, on the other hand, it has the disadvantage of absorbing many of the nutritious elements of the soil, some of which the coffee- tree probably requires for its better nutrition and greater fructification. Should shade be absolutely required — a necessity to be regarded, however, as a serious evil — the best means of providing it is to leave standing the tallest and least umbrageous trees of the forest to give the shade which is indispensable, so as to obtain the best possible circula- tion of air in the plantation. The castor-oil plant may be used for shade in those nurseries and coffee plantations in high altitudes, in which shade should not be given for more than a year. 2. DISTANCE BETWEEN THE PLANTS. To proceed with greater method in the discussion of this important subject, the following points will now be considered: A. — General considerations regarding distance. B. — Number of plants in each cuerda according to the distance be- tween them. C. — Yield of each cuerda. D. — Space required by each plant. E.- — Advantages of long distances. F. — Advantages of short distances. G. — Rules regarding distance. Each of these points will be considered separately. A. General Considerations regarding Distance. — There is a great difference of opinion among planters with regard to the distance apart at which the trees should be planted, some preferring long and others short distances between them. The practice most generally followed Distance Between tbe plants* 303 is to plant them three varas apart, from tree to tree and from furrow to furrow. Some time ago this distance began to be regarded as too short, and plantations were laid out with the trees three and a half, four, and even four and a half varas apart. Afterwards a reaction set in, and there is now a tendency to shorten these distances. I think that the distance apart at which trees should be planted de- pends on the zone, altitude, temperature, and kind of land selected for the plantation. In a climate and soil favorable to their fullest develop- ment, the trees should be planted farther apart than when they are planted where the conditions are less propitious. The question of distance is also intimately connected with that of the pruning of the trees, as by means of this operation the trees may be considerably reduced in bulk, and may therefore be planted even a shorter distance apart than in localities more favorable for coffee, as will be seen farther on. This question, however, will be better under- stood and a correct decision more probably reached after a considera- tion of the data to be given farther on. B. Number of Plants in each Cuerda. — A cuerda of land, which is the unit of agrarian measurement in Soconusco, and which contains twenty- five yards square, or six hundred and twenty-five square * varas, will contain, in round numbers, thirty-nine trees, planted four varas apart on all sides; planted three varas apart, from plant to plant, and four yards from furrow to furrow, the cord will contain fifty-two trees; planted three and a half varas apart on one side and three varas on the other, the cuerda will contain fifty-nine trees ; planted three yards apart on each side, it will contain sixty-nine trees; and one hundred and four if planted two varas apart from plant to plant and three from fur- row to furrow. Planted in this way there will be a square, or a rec- tangular parallelogram, between each four plants. In some plantations the system is followed, when the trees are planted farther apart than three varas on each side, of planting an ad- ditional tree in the centre of each of the squares or parallelograms formed by the plants. The results of that manner of planting are the following: When the trees are planted four yards apart on each side, each cuerda will contain, planting a tree in the centre of each square, twenty-seven additional trees ; that is to say, a total of sixty-six trees instead of thirty-nine. If the same thing is done when the trees are planted four yards apart on one side and three on the other, the cuerda will contain thirty-eight ad- ditional trees, or a total of ninety, instead of fifty-two. If the trees are planted three yards and a half from furrow to furrow and three yards from plant to plant, the cuerda will contain forty-six additional trees, which gives a total of one hundred and five trees. In squares 1 Yard is used here for a Mexican vara. 304 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas, of three yards on each side, fifty- three additional trees may be planted, making a total, with the sixty-nine already counted, of one hundred and twenty-two ; and when the trees are planted three yards apart on one side and two on the other, a cuerda will contain eighty-three addi- tional trees, which, added to the original one hundred and five, give a total of one hundred and eighty-eight. C. Yield of each Cuerda. — Considering the average crop per year of each plant to be two pounds of coffee, each cuerda, when the plants are four yards apart on each side, will yield seventy-eight pounds a year; one hundred and four pounds if the plants are three yards apart on one side and four on the other; one hundred and thirty-eight, if they are three yards apart on each side ; and two hundred and eight pounds if they are two yards on one side and three on the other. .When the additional tree is planted in the middle of each square, or parallelogram, the yield of each cuerda will be one hundred and thirty-two pounds, if the trees are planted four yards apart on each side ; one hundred and eighty pounds if they are planted four yards apart on one side and three on the other; two hundred and ten pounds, when they are three and a half yards apart on one side and three on the other ; two hundred and forty-four pounds, when they are planted three yards apart on each side ; and three hundred and seventy-six pounds when they are planted two yards apart on one side and three on the other. It must be observed, however, that the yield of each tree depends also on the nature of the soil, on the climate, on the degree of moisture, and the other circumstances which have been already enumerated, in- cluding the distance apart at which the trees are planted, for if they are planted too close together, so that their roots interlace, the yield will be less. D. Area Required by each Tree. — If the trees are planted two yards apart, from plant to plant, and three yards from furrow to furrow, each tree will have an area of six yards square ; if planted three yards apart, from plant to plant and from furrow to furrow, each plant will have an area of nine yards square ; if planted three and a half yards apart on each side, of twelve and a quarter yards; and of sixteen yards square, if planted four yards apart on each side. When an additional tree is planted in the middle of each square, or parallelogram, each plant will have an area of ground nearly eight yards square ; if the trees are planted four yards apart on each side, of a little more than six ; when planted three yards apart on one side and four on the other, of nearly five yards square; when planted three and a half yards apart on one side and three on the other; of four and a quarter yards square, when planted three yards apart on each side ; and of nearly one and three quarter yards when planted three yards apart on one side and two on the other. TRules 1Re0arfcin0 distances. 305 E. Advantages of Long Distances. — The advantages of long dis- tances are the following: 1. Unimpaired growth of the plant. This advantage is nullified when pruning is performed, as will be seen when this subject is spoken of. 2. Freer circulation of air and light. 3. Greater yield of fruit of each tree. 4. Greater facility for cultivating the soil and gathering the fruit without injuring the branches of the neighboring trees. When the trees are planted far apart and by this I mean at a greater distance than three and a half yards, their branches will not interlace, and free circulation of air, light and heat among the branches and trunks of the plants will be secured. When there is a free circulation of air, and the branches of the trees are exposed to the light and heat of the sun, it is evident that the yield of each tree will be greater than if it did not enjoy these advantages. Besides which, there will be more space between the trees for the laborers to perform their several tasks and the gatherers of the fruit to perform theirs, without injury to the branches of the neighboring trees. F. Advantages of Short Distances. — The advantages of short dis- tances are the following: 1. A greater number of trees will be contained in the same space of ground. 2. Consequent economy of hands and money in the labors of the plantation. 3. Greater yield of fruit in a given extent of ground. 4. Greater facility for gathering the crop; for, the trees being nearer together, it will be easier to strip them of their fruit. 5. Fewer weeds will grow, as a smaller area of ground will be ex- posed to the direct rays of the sun. These advantages are so important as to make short distances pref- erable, as will be shown farther on. G. Rules regarding Distance. — The preceding data regarding the number of trees contained in each cuerda and their product, demon- strate the expediency of planting the trees as near together as possible, in order not to waste space, provided that this proximity does not in- jure the productiveness of the plants. It is to be observed that in recommending, as of great advantage, the planting of the trees short distances apart, the question is not simply one of economizing ground on account of its cost, which would be a very trifling advantage, indeed, where ground costs as little as it does in Chiapas — but of economizing labor, time, and money, things worth considering everywhere, and more especially in Soconusco, where there is a great scarcity of hands. 3o6 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbfapas. Now, then, as the chief expense of a plantation is in keeping it clean of weeds, and as this is done by task work, the weeding of a cuerda being a day's task for a man, and costing on an average two reals, it is evident that the cost of keeping a cuerda free from weeds is the same whether it contains thirty-nine trees or one hundred and four trees, and whether each cuerda yields seventy-eight pounds or two hundred and eight pounds of coffee. Each weeding, for instance, of a plantation of 10,000 trees, covering an area of two hundred and fifty-six cuerdas, will cost $64, if the trees are four yards apart on each side ; while, if they are two yards on one side and three on the other, the same number of trees would occupy an area of ninety-six cuerdas, and cost $24. Besides which, where there is a scarcity of hands, it would be easy to keep a plantation of some extent free from weeds if there were one hundred and four trees in every cuerda; but, to keep the same number of trees free from weeds, if there were thirty-nine in each cuerda, almost three times the number of hands would be required. The system of pruning which has been tried with so much success in various plantations of Guatemala, and which, it may be said, has been carried to perfection in Ceylon, has the advantage of diminishing the foliage and increasing the fruit, and of preventing the branches of the coffee-trees from interlacing. This system consequently allows of closer planting, without the objections above indicated. Taking all these considerations into account, I am of opinion that, other circumstances permitting, the best system is to plant the trees at a distance apart not exceeding three yards between the furrows and two between the trees. An area of six yards square ought to be sufficient for each plant. Planting an additional tree in the centre of every four trees, form- ing a quincunx, has the objection that the advantage of the straight furrows is thereby lost, and that the intermediate trees present an ob- stacle to the free circulation of the air. I think that this system should only be adopted in the case when, a plantation being already laid out at long distances, it is desired to shorten these. The distance apart at which trees are usually planted in Ceylon is six English feet, or a little more than two yards on each side. Con- sidering the size to which trees are allowed to grow there — which will be indicated when speaking of pruning — this distance does not seem unduly short. Mr. Sabonadiere is of opinion, however, that it would be better to plant them at a distance of seven feet from furrow to fur- row and six from tree to tree. 3. NURSERY. The nursery is the bed where, for greater convenience in attending to them, owing to the limited space which they occupy, the young 307 plants are grown, until they are of sufficient size to transplant to the plantation. The nursery may be formed of seeds, young plants, or slips, as will be seen farther on. The following points in relation to the nursery will now be con- sidered : A. — Advantages of a nursery. B. — Land suitable for a nursery, and its location. C.— Seed-plot. D. — Nursery formed from seeds. E. — Nursery formed from young plants. F. — Nursery formed from slips. G. — Nursery of plants that are for sale. H. — Nursery in Ceylon. Each of these points relating to the nursery will be considered separately. A. Advantages of a Nursery. — It is advisable that the plants with which it is intended to stock the plantation should be grown in a nursery. The seed might, it is true, be at once sown in the plantation ; but its cultivation would in this case be much more costly, and a con- siderable number of plants could not be so well cared for as when they are planted close together in a small space of ground. A nursery of a cuerda will conveniently contain 4000 plants, set at a distance apart to be indicated below, and the weeding of the cuerda would cost fifty cents, supposing a man to employ two days in the work ; or, at the most, a dollar, if four days be spent on it ; while 4000 plants in a plantation, at a distance of three yards from furrow to fur- row and two from plant to plant, would occupy at least thirty-eight cuerdas ; and, fixing the weeding of each cuerda at twenty-five cents, the weeding of the 4000 plants would cost $9.50. As the weeding must be frequently repeated, especially while the plant is very young, the economy of the nursery system will be easily understood. A nursery is, besides, indispensable to a plantation, not only to form it but also to maintain it, as plants which wither or die have con- stantly to be replaced, and a good supply of healthy plants must be kept on hand for this purpose. B. Land Suitable for a Nursery and its Location. — To form the nursery, virgin soil should be selected. If there is level ground, this should be preferred. If undulating, ground should be chosen sloping from north to south, with lofty trees to the east, to shade the nursery from the heat of the sun in the early morning hours. The ground is prepared beginning with what is here called stub- bing; this consists in cutting down the young trees, bushes, and other vegetation which can be cut with the machete ; the large trees are then Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. felled. To dispose of the leaves, branches, and trunks which remain- after these operations, it is customary to allow them to dry and then burn them. In land intended for coffee it is not advisable to burn this waste matter; especially should burning be avoided on land intended for the nursery. All the branches, twigs, and leaves left by the operation of stubbing and hewing should be gathered in heaps and placed above and below the nursery, at distances of from twenty-five to thirty yards apart. Trunks of trees which are very large are to be left where they have fallen, as it would take much time and labor to remove them. All the trunks and shoots that might sprout are to be destroyed by the machete and the axe, without using the spade. These operations being per- formed, the ground is ready for the sowing of the nursery. Some planters dig up the ground for the nursery, with the object of making it more fertile, and, as will be seen farther on, this is done in Ceylon ; but it seems to me that, while this system may be a good one in poor soil, it is not so good in the soil of this coast, as the nursery will thrive here without this requisite; and as, besides, if the ground were dug up, weeds would grow more luxuriantly, and the rains would soon wash away the richest part of the soil. Nurseries are to be formed at various points on the land where the plantation is to be laid out, for convenience in transplanting the young trees. The seed-plot is to be placed beside the nursery. C. Seed-Plot. — The seed-plot is a sort of nursery for the nursery. To form the seed-plot, the berries or seeds of the coffee, are planted, six inches apart, in holes half an inch deep, and lightly covered with earth. All the rules for choosing the land and for sowing the seed nursery, to be indicated farther on, are also to be observed in the care of the seed-plot. When the seeds have germinated, and the young plants are suffi- ciently grown to bear transplanting, they are to be transferred to the nursery, where they are to be planted farther apart, and where they are to be kept until they have attained sufficient growth to be trans- planted to the plantation. For my own part, I consider the system of combining the seed- plot and the nursery preferable, as labor, time, and money are thus saved, and a transplantation, from which the young plant always suffers, is, besides, avoided. This is the system followed in Ceylon, as will be seen farther on, and this seems to me another proof of its superiority. D. Nursery from Seeds. — It is preferable to form the nursery from seed. In regard to this subject the general rules for forming nurseries from young plants or slips will be given. Seefcs. 309 To take up the points in their order, the following will now be con- sidered here : a. — Preparation of the ground for the nursery. b. — Time for planting. c.— Seed. d. — Planting. e. — Replanting. f. — Cultivation. g. — Pruning. h. — Time for transplanting. Each of these points will be considered separately. a. Preparation of the Ground for the Nursery. — The nursery must be laid out in ridges. Each ridge should be a yard and a quarter wide and as long as the ground will permit, if this is hilly, or as may be de- sired, if level. The ridges, in hilly ground and on slopes which run from north to south, should run from east to west. Between the ridges a space of a third of a yard must be left to serve as a path, and at the same time as a trench for draining the ridges. The paths should be six inches deep ; the earth, dug from the paths to give them this depth, is to be thrown on to the ridge lying to the north. All the paths are to be drained by means of a deep trench made on the east or the west of the land, according as this will allow, and which is to run from north to south, so that the rains may never flood the ridges. Care must be taken to keep the paths, as well as the ditches, open. b. Time for Planting. — The rains must determine the time for planting the nursery. If planted from seed, the operation may take place a month before the rainy season begins, as the seed takes about six weeks to germinate, and when it appears above the ground the rainy season will have already set in The rainy season generally begins in April, in Soconusco ; consequently the planting of the nursery may be done in March. The seed should be sown on a cloudy day, and it will be better still to sow it when it is raining. c. Seeds. — The seed of the coffee-tree proceeds from the fruit, which somewhat resembles a berry, each fruit containing two seeds of a semi-elliptical form. It is generally supposed that the seeds of the coffee-tree will not germinate if they are dry when planted. If they are carefully dried, however, that is, if the mucilaginous part which covers the seed be not allowed to ferment, they will almost all germinate. It is better, how- ever, to be on the safe side, and whenever it is possible to use fresh fruit. Of these the ripest and largest should be preferred. It is better to separate the two seeds, which each berry generally Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbfapas, contains, for, almost all of them will germinate without separation, germination will be more certain and the roots will grow straighter if they are separated. Before sowing, the seeds should be put in water, and those that float should be rejected. In an interesting article on coffee published in the Mexican Agri- cultural Dictionary and Rural Economy, various rules are given for im- proving the quality of the coffee-seed. Certain plants, called mother plants, are kept exclusively for seed; the best and largest fruits are selected ; these are dried in the shade and otherwise carefully treated, so as to obtain seed of superior excellence. There is no doubt that the best seed will produce the best fruit, and that on this point, as on many others, coffee cultivation is susceptible of great improvement. All these rules may be found in the article referred to. d. Solving the Seed. — The ground being prepared in the manner already described, the seeds are to be sown, two by two, at intervals of a quarter of a yard. In each ridge four furrows are to be made, a quarter of a yard apart, and the plants in each furrow are to be set the same distance apart. The holes for sowing the seed may be made with the finger, half an inch deep; the seed being then covered lightly with earth. The whole ridge is then to be covered with grass or leaves, such as those of the wild plantain, or any other kind that may be suit- able to prevent the seeds being washed away by the rains; but this should be done in such a way as not to exclude the moisture of the rain or the light and heat of the sun. If any of this covering should still remain when the coffee begins to sprout, it is to be carefully removed ; and if it should decay before the coffee appears above the ground, it is to be replaced by another covering. e. Replanting. — Replanting is generally necessary, particularly when the nursery is formed from seeds, as some of the seeds do not ger- minate, and the young plants often wither shortly after appearing above ground. It will be necessary, therefore, to have near-by a seed-plot, from which the plants required to replace these may be taken without loss of time. /. Cultivation. — When two plants spring up together in the nursery, the most robust is to be left and the other is to be transplanted to a place previously prepared for the purpose. When the plants have appeared above the ground, the only care they require is that the nursery be kept free from weeds. Any other vegetation that appears must be pulled up by the hand, without em- ploying a knife, machete, spade, or other instrument, as any of these might seriously injure the stalks and roots of the young plants. It is not necessary to water the nursery in Soconusco, as the rains are sufficient for the purpose. flursers trout Slips, 311 g. Pruning. — As soon as the young plant begins to send forth shoots, that is, about six months after planting, all shoots are to be cut off with the exception of one, care being taken that this be the most robust. In no case should the young plants be pruned in any other manner. h. Time for Transplanting. — In Soconusco the nursery is long in attaining the growth necessary for transplanting — from eighteen months to two years. In Ceylon transplanting takes place a year after plant- ing. Perhaps this difference is because the young trees are transplanted there much younger than here. In Soconusco and Guatemala, transplantation does not take place until the plants are of from three to four crosses, as they say here, that is, until they have six or eight branches, which, growing in opposite directions, take the form of a cross. E. Nursery Formed from Young Plants. — In forming this nursery the same rules are to be observed as those given for the nursery formed from seeds, with the modifications to be indicated farther on. Planting is done in Soconusco in the early part of May, that is, when the rainy season has well set in, the planter being always guided by the rains in this operation. The holes for the plants are to be made a quarter of a yard apart, with a pointed stick, half an inch in thickness. Four inches from the point of this stick, a second and thinner stick, half a yard in length, is to be fastened crosswise. This rude implement has two objects: i. That the holes may not be made too deep, for the tender roots of the plant would perish if they remained in a vacuum. 2. That, the point of the first being in the centre of the second stick, the two ends of the latter may mark off the distance of one quarter yard on either side of the first, a hole being thus made and the places marked for two other holes by the same operation. To form the nursery from young plants the seed-plot is absolutely necessary, unless there should happen to be some neglected plantation in the neighborhood which might furnish those required. When the fruits are not all picked from the trees those that fall to the ground sprout, and, if the plantation is not weeded, become in due time trees which may be transplanted to the nursery. It is better, however, to make a seed-plot, as the plants grow better and with greater luxuriance in it than in the shade of the trees. F. Nursery Formed from Slips. — In some localities that I have visited, the nurseries instead of being formed from seeds of very young plants, are formed from trees a year old or more, which generally have a slender trunk and little foliage; the trunk is cut off to about eight inches above the root; the main root and the lateral roots are also pruned ; at the end of a year this plant will have put forth shoots, will 312 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas. have a thriving appearance, and will be in good condition for trans- planting. I think the system of forming the plantation from plants grown from seed the best, however. G. Nursery of Plants for Selling. — When there is no nursery at hand, in the locality where a plantation is to be formed, it is necessary to make one; this will require in some localities as long as two years. To avoid this delay it will be better to buy the plants already old enough to be transplanted. When these are scarce, as is generally the case here, a very high price must sometimes be paid for them. Thus it is that nurseries are sometimes formed for the purpose of raising plants for sale; and this is sometimes a very lucrative business. In Guatemala coffee plants in good condition for planting have brought as much as $40 per thou- sand. In Soconusco, plants in good condition have been sold as high as $15 per thousand. Plants that have grown up wild have been sold here at prices ranging from fifty cents to $5 per thousand. As the total cost per thousand of raising plants from seed does not exceed $2.50, it will at once be seen that the business of keeping nur- series for the sale of young plants is a profitable one, and at the same time one by which coffee cultivation is favored and facilitated. H. Nurseries in Ceylon. — In Ceylon a piece of virgin land of the best kind, level if possible, and near the water for convenience in irrigation, is chosen for the nursery. This is cleared; the trunks of all but the largest trees are removed. The ground is dug up to a depth of nine or ten inches, and then laid out in ridges, with narrow paths between them. Coffee in the hull, generally taken from the tanks after it has been pulled, is used for seed ; it is planted in furrows about six inches apart. In planting the furrows a cord, stretched from end to end of the piece of ground intended for the nursery, is used for measurement. An opening an inch or two in depth is made the whole length of the furrow, and the seeds are deposited in it an inch apart, and covered lightly with earth of the best quality. This done, the cord is taken to the next furrow, where the same operation is repeated. The necessary drains to prevent the rains from injuring the plants are then made. The young plant soon appears above the ground, and at the end of a year it is ready to transplant. When the plants spring up very close together, some of them are taken up and planted in the next ridge. In this operation care must be taken that the tap root of the young plant be not bent ; to avoid this a stick is used to make the hole which is to receive the plant. Care must also be taken that no hollow space remain about the root, preparation of tbe 6rount> for planting Coffee* 313 for if this should be the case, the water would settle in it and rot the root. To avoid these dangers, and when the main root is very long, that part of it which seems most flexible is cut off obliquely with a sharp knife. A bushel of coffee in the hull will produce 30,000 plants. 4. PREPARATION OF THE GROUND FOR PLANTING COFFEE. The preparation of the ground for planting coffee includes the fol- lowing operations : A. — Felling the trees. B. — Simultaneous sowing. C. — Forming of a plan for the plantation. D.— Staking. E. — Digging holes. Each of these operations will receive due consideration. A. Felling the Trees. — Virgin soil being preferable, as has been already said, for making the plantation, the first thing to be done is to clear it, an operation which is performed about the beginning of De- cember, when the dry season begins in Soconusco. The trunks of the trees as well as their layer branches must be chopped in pieces as soon as they are felled. The cutting should begin as soon as the trees are felled, for, as has been already observed, they are much easier to put up when green than when dry. The clearing of the ground should be finished by the end of February, the three operations here called " stubbing," " hewing," and " chopping " having been performed in the manner already pointed out in speaking of the nature of the ground suitable for the nursery. When the trees are planted in broken ground, the process of clear- ing the ground should be performed from below up, for otherwise the trees felled would present great obstacles to the work of clearing. Dead trees should not be left standing, for if blown down by the wind they would seriously injure the plants on which they might fall. The trunks and branches of trees that decay slowly should be piled between the furrows, in order that they may not interfere with the work of planting. In many places the custom prevails of clearing the ground by felling and chopping the trees in the dry season and burning the fragments when they are dry, so that they may not be an impediment to the work of planting. The advantages of this system are the following: 1. The staking and the other operations of planting are greatly facilitated, as the ground is left clear and free from obstacles. 2. The burned ground produces fewer weeds, as the outer crust 314 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Chiapas. of the ground is calcined, and the cost of keeping it free from weeds is thereby lessened. On the other hand, the objections to burning the ground are as follows : 1. The richest and best part of the soil, which is that of the sur- face, is burned out and is therefore lost, at least for some time. 2. The quantity of ashes that remains is injurious to the coffee, while, on the other hand, if the fragments of trees and bushes are left to decay they will in process of time be converted into a fertilizer^ which will enrich the soil and prove highly beneficial to the coffee. For this reason, therefore, it seems preferable not to burn the ground. B. Simultaneous Sowing. — The custom prevails in Soconusco of sowing corn at the beginning of the rainy season, as soon as the ground is cleared and the waste matter burned, and shortly afterward laying out the plantation. It is true that in this way the slight advan- tage is gained of utilizing ground already prepared for the cultivation of the corn ; but, in exchange, the corn draws from the earth some of the elements required by the coffee for its development, for which reason it is better not to plant corn in land intended for coffee, but to leave for the exclusive benefit of this all the elements which the ground contains. C. Forming of a Plan for a Plantation. — The work of gathering the fruit will be greatly facilitated if the plantation be divided into squares of from twenty-five to thirty cuerdas each, making them, when- ever possible, accessible on every side. In some estates the plantation is divided into squares of smaller dimensions; but the size mentioned satisfies every requirement. Be- tween the squares a path, five yards wide, available for carts, should,, if possible, be left. In level ground this operation is very simple, but even there it would be well to lay out a plan showing the situation of the various parts of the plantation, the roads, etc., but this will be of even greater utility when the ground is hilly. Without such a plan there would be the danger of planting trees in places where the paths would have to pass, which would cause the use- less expense of planting trees that would afterwards have to be uprooted, besides the loss of the time occupied in their growth. D. Staking. — The following points relating to the staking of the ground will be now considered: a. — Object, advantages, and time of staking. b. — Staking in Soconusco. c. — Staking in Ceylon. Each of these points will be considered separately. Stafeina. 315 a. Object, Advantages, and Time of Staking. — The object of stak- ing is to secure the planting of the trees in straight lines, each stake marking the place where a tree is to be planted. It might at first sight appear an easy matter to mark straight fur- rows; but when this operation is performed in hilly ground and on a surface covered with obstructions, such as trunks and branches of trees, barrancas, rocks, etc., it is much more difficult than it seems. It is of the greatest importance, however, that the furrows of the plantation should be straight, not only so that the air may circulate more freely among the plants but also in order to facilitate the future labors of the plantation. For this reason, therefore, no labor or ex- pense should be spared to make the furrow straight. To obtain this re- sult various methods are employed, which will be here briefly mentioned. The staking of the ground should begin as soon as the burning has been done, or as soon as the branches and trunks of the trees that have been cut down, and other waste vegetation have been collected in heaps, if they have not been burned. b. Staking in Soconusco. — To stake a piece of ground, two straight poles of a length equal to the distance apart at which the coffee-trees are to be planted, are cut of some strong wood, and given to two men Two lines, which are to serve as a basis for the others, are then drawn at right angles, and marked on the ground by means of two cords. When these two lines are marked, stakes are placed at regular intervals along the lines. Then one of the men will fix the end of his pole in the place marked by the second stake of one of the two lines which serve as base lines, and which have already been staked, and the second man will fix one end of his pole in the second stake of the other line which has been staked, so that the other ends of the two poles will meet, thus forming a rectangle. A third man will bring together these two ends of the two poles and will plant a stake at their point of intersection, taking care that the stake shall remain in a per- pendicular position. In this way the operation is to be continued, the end of one of the poles being placed at the third stake of the line, and the end of the other pole at the stake which has just been fixed on the ground, in order that the other stake may be placed in the vertex of the new angle thus formed, and so on successively. When many hands are to be employed in staking, they are to be divided into parties of three, and the operation is to be conducted as described, two of each party being intrusted with the carrying of the poles and the third with the joining of the poles and the placing of the stakes. Two of the men staking are also to see that the stakes are placed upright, and whenever they observe that a stake has been misplaced 316 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. and requires to be replaced, they are to call the third man to do it. Without these precautions it would be difficult to trace straight lines. The task for each of the stakers should be 750 stakes per day. c. Staking in Ceylon. — Believing that rules for facilitating the opera- tion of staking would be useful for planters, I give herewith a resume* of the systems followed in Ceylon. These are two, one recommended by Laborie and the other by Sabonadiere. Laborie System. — On a cord of the same length as the plantation, strips of cloth are fastened at regular intervals — as in the tail of a boy's kite — representing the places at which the coffee-trees are to be planted. Two men take the ends of the cord and stretch it tightly along the ground. If there should be any obstacles in the way, such as trunks of trees, the cord is not placed on one side of them but over them. Other men plant stakes of from eighteen to twenty-four inches in length in the places marked by the pieces of cloth, taking care to fix them always on the same side of the cord. If the cord should be raised above the ground by any obstruction, the stake is let fall per- pendicularly from the place marked by the piece of cloth, and driven in the spot where it falls. When this is done the cord is moved for- ward to mark another furrow, the distance between the furrows being marked at either end by poles of the required length ; and so on with all the furrows. Sabonadiere System. — Eight or ten thick cords, of the length re- quired, all being of the same length, are procured. Then a straight line, which is to serve as a base for the others, is traced, following, as far as possible, the direction of the slope or the undulations of the ground, so that the stones which become loosened may fall between the furrows and not injure the trees. The base line being marked, another line which shall intersect it is drawn at right angles to it, a carpenter's square being used for the purpose. Then the distances at which the trees are to be planted are marked off with a pole on the lines which serve as base lines, and wherever a tree is to be planted a stake is set. To each of the transverse stakes the end of one of the cords is fastened, and the other end is carried over to the other side of the plantation. Three or four men, provided with poles of the same length as the distance apart at which the trees should be placed, which is the same distance as that at which the cords should be placed, are stationed there, for the purpose of seeing that the cords run parallel to one another, an operation which, as has been said, is difficult in broken ground where there are tree trunks, rocks, and ravines. In this case it will be necessary to fasten the cords to the ground at intervals with stakes. After the cords have been fastened, bundles of stakes are placed at convenient points to be ready to be set in their respective positions. fcoles for planting 317 Another thick cord is then taken by two men who stretch it across the ten parallel cords so that it will form right angles with them, at the distance apart at which the furrows are to be made, and which is to be measured off by poles. These two men place two stakes at the points at which the two extremities of the cord, stretched taut, are to be fastened. The stakers place the stakes at the points where the thick cord crosses the ten parallel cords. In order to be certain that the cords cross at equal distances, it will be well to measure the distances before setting the stakes. When all the stakes of one row are placed the cord is taken to the next furrow, and the operation is continued in the manner described, until the whole of the ground is staked. When a row of stakes has been placed, it will be necessary to measure the distances with the poles only on the side on which there are no stakes, since the superadded cord is fastened to those already planted. Care should also be taken to use the carpenter's square every time the cords are placed anew, as only in this way can the furrows for the trees be made quite straight, and the trees form perfect squares. When they cross at some distance above the surface of the ground, a stone is dropped from the point of their intersection to mark the place where the stake is to be set. When there is a rock, tree trunk, or other obstacle in the place where the stake should be set, this is not placed on one side of it, as the symmetry of the furrows would be thus destroyed, but the place is left vacant. Ten boys and an overseer plant in Ceylon as many as 2400 stakes a day by this system. Respective Advantages of the Two Systems. — The system of Laborie would be perfect, on account of its simplicity, in level land recently cleared, where the cord would rest upon the ground, but in hilly land with virgin soil, where there are insuperable obstacles to the regular placing of the stakes, the furrows could not be made straight, following this system; and for this kind of land the system described by Mr. Sabonadiere is therefore preferable. JS. Digging the Holes. — In regard to this operation, which follows the staking of the ground, the following points are to be considered. a. — Time for digging the holes. b. — Manner of digging the holes. c. — Size of the holes. d. — Planting without holes. Each of these points will be considered separately. a. Time for Digging the Holes. — After planting all the stakes, a hole is made in the place marked by each stake, which operation is performed in Soconusco in April, at the beginning of the rainy season. The earlier it is done the better. 318 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbtapas. b. Manner of Digging the Holes. — In order that the holes may be made in the exact spot marked for them by the stake a circle should be traced around this before it is removed, care being taken that the hole be made in the centre of the circle, for if there should be the slightest deviation the furrows would not be straight. The holes are generally dug with the machete. There is an Ameri- can borer which works well and quickly in ground that has no stones. The clay which is dug out is to be heaped up on the lower side of the hole, so that the rains may not wash it in again. Exposing the earth dug out of the holes to the air, sun, light, and rain greatly improves its quality. The task for small holes is 250 per day. c. Size of the Holes. — The size of the holes depends upon the nature of the ground in which they are made; the more compact and the poorer this is the larger should be the hole, and vice versa^ the richer and looser the soil, the smaller should be the hole. Its size also should be regulated by the size of the trees to be planted. If the nursery be still small, or, as they say in Soconusco, of two or three crosses — that is, if each plant has only four or six branches, which, growing in opposite directions, take the form of a cross, as has been already explained, when speaking of the nursery — the holes should not be larger than a quarter of a yard in depth and a quarter of a yard in diameter. When the soil of the nursery is black or when the young plants are of more than three crosses, the holes should be larger; for as black earth is very crumbly, the lump of earth attached to the roots of the plants will be larger than when the soil is clayey. The general size of the holes in Ceylon is eighteen inches in diame- ter and eighteen inches in depth. d. Planting without Holes. — In lands where the soil is loose, the young trees may be planted, introducing a long, thick stick in the hole left by the one which served as a mark, and moving it in every direc- tion, to make a larger hole for the plant. The hole is filled up with earth, which must be pressed down with the foot to make it firm. This mode of planting has the advantage of saving labor and money; but it has also some disadvantages, which will be mentioned when speaking of planting in slips. 5. TRANSPLANTING. Transplanting coffee, or setting the trees in their places, which is the operation that follows the opening of the holes, is done in one of three ways, to be indicated further on. A. — Time for transplanting. B. — Transplanting with the earth adhering to the roots. ^Transplanting 319 C. — Transplanting with the roots free from earth. D. — Transplanting in slips. E. — Transplanting in Ceylon. Each of the methods of transplanting mentioned, and the time for performing it, will be considered separately. A. Time for Transplanting. — Transplanting is to be begun as soon as the rainy season has set in. The trees which are transplanted at the beginning of the rainy season will have the advantage of the rains during the whole of the season, and will take firmer root and thrive better than those that are transplanted in the middle, or at the end of the season. JS. Transplanting with the Earth adhering to the Roots, — Taking up in their order the different points relating to this manner of transplant- ing, the following will now be considered: a. — Advantages of transplanting with the earth adhering to the roots. b. — Method of transplanting with the earth adhering to the roots. c. — Quantity of earth adhering to the roots. d. — Size of the plants at the time of transplanting. e. — Pruning the root of the plant in transplanting. Each of these points will be considered separately. a. Advantages of Transplanting with the Earth adhering to the Roots. — Planting should be done in this manner whenever it is possible, as the plant then scarcely suffers any disturbance consequent to trans- planting. It has been observed that when trees already bearing fruit have been transplanted with the earth adhering to the roots, the tree has suffered so little that it has not lost even its fruit. To plant coffee with the earth adhering to the roots it will be nec- essary to have the nursery very near the plantation, as otherwise the transportation of the plants would be a slow and costly operation, and the earth would fall away in transporting the plants to a distance, leaving the roots bare. The safest way, therefore, is first to lay out the nursery, and when the plants are of a suitable size to transplant, which, in Soconusco, is generally at the end of a year and a half, or two years, to transplant them with the earth adhering to the roots. If this be done it is certain that a year after transplanting the plant will yield its first crop. Transplanting with the earth adhering to the roots is more expen- sive, and requires more hands than when done with the roots bare. For these reasons, in Ceylon, coffee is transplanted in the former and not in the latter manner. b. Manner of Transplanting with the Earth adhering to the Roots. — When the ground is hilly, transplanting should be begun in the lower part of the plantation, and from thence continued upward. 320 coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas, In transplanting in this manner, the root of the plant is placed in the hole made for it beforehand, the plant being held upright in one hand while the hole is filled in with earth with the other. When filling the hole, the earth is to be pressed with the hand around the root of the plant, care being taken not to detach the soil from it. After the hole has been filled in, the earth is to be pressed down with the foot. Should the earth around the root be crumbly it should be enveloped with large leaves, which should be tied around it to prevent its falling apart. Sometimes the leaves are removed before planting the tree, but, in my opinion, it is better not to remove them, as they will serve as a good vegetable manure. The trees should be transported from the nursery to the plantation by hand, or on the shoulders of men, placing the trees in a species of barrow made of their branches, each barrow containing from ten to thirty plants, according to the quantity of earth adhering to the roots. To fill in the hole, earth from the surface of the ground is to be preferred to that which was dug out of the hole, as the former is always better. Special care should be taken to observe this rule when the soil is poor. The men who perform the transplanting must be closely watched, to make sure that the work is well done, for if badly transplanted the plants would wither, or at least would be a year later in bearing. In no case should transplanting be done by the job. c. Quantity of Earth adhering to the Roots. — The quantity of earth adhering to the root, will depend on the size of the plant that is to be transplanted, and on the nature of the ground where the nursery is made. When the plants that are to be transplanted are small — and farther on it will be shown that it is advisable to transplant them while small — about four inches of earth on either side may be left on the root. When the plants are large, or when the soil of the nursery is very loose, sufficient earth should be left on the roots to avoid the danger of its falling away and leaving them bare. Seven inches on each side would be a suitable size. d. Size of the Plants at the Time of Transplanting. — The plants at the time of transplanting should be small ; that is, they should be of two or three crosses, as they then take root more readily, and grow better and quicker. The plants should be transplanted very young, however, only when the plantation can be kept free from weeds and when the soil of the nursery is black, in which case it has little consistency. When these conditions do not occur, the plants should be transplanted when they are of four or five crosses. different flDanners of ^Transplanting. 321 e. Pruning the Root of the Plant in Transplanting. — The plants should not be pruned at the time of transplanting them. The principal root of the plant, however, should be cut off level with the earth adhering to it, and in case this should fall away, leaving the roots bare, the main root should be shortened until it is of sufficient thickness not to bend; for, as has been already said, if this happens the tree will die, or will not produce fruit. Some believe that when the tap root is pruned the plant will stop growing vertically, but will send out small roots on either side. I can- not speak with certainty on this point; but if such be the case it would be better not to prune the root, for the deeper this strikes into the ground the better able the plant will be to bear the dry season without requiring irrigation. C. Transplanting with the Root free from Earth. — Trees are said in Soconusco to be set or transplanted with the roots bare when they are taken from the nursery or the place where they have grown up without any of the soil adhering to the roots, or when, on taking them out of the ground, the earth has fallen off, leaving the roots bare. The following points with reference to this manner of planting will now be considered : a. — Manner of planting coffee-trees with the roots bare. b. — Disadvantage of transplanting coffee-trees with the roots bare. c. — Case in which planting should be done with the roots bare. Each of these points will be considered separately. a. Manner of Planting Coffee- Trees with the Roots Bare. — In trans- planting with the roots bare the same rules are to be observed as in transplanting with the earth adhering to the roots, it being observed that in the former case the earth must be pressed much more compactly around the root than in the latter, and if so the plant cannot be pulled up without great effort; this shows that it is well planted. Care should be taken not to expose the young plants that are to be transplanted to the heat of the sun, which would wither them; they should be placed in the shade and their roots kept moist. The operation of planting with the roots bare is sometimes simplified by omitting the digging of the holes. A long-pointed stick is driven into the ground in the place where the plant is to be set, this is placed in the hole thus made, the hole is filled with earth, and another hole is then made close beside the first with the same stick, so that the earth in the first hole shall be firmly compressed. In order to ascertain whether the plant has been successfully transplanted or not a slight effort should be made to pull it up, and if it offers some resistance it may be considered well planted. A man can plant in this manner from 80 to 150 plants a day. With this system several operations are shortened and the cost of planting is less. It has the disadvantage, 322 (Toffee Culture on tbe Soutbern (Toast of Gbiapas, however, that a vacant space almost always remains around the root, where the water gathers, sometimes causing the roots to decay. The roots are also more likely to deteriorate with this system than with the other. b. Disadvantages of Transplanting with the Roots Bare. — When the planting is done with the roots bare, the plant suffers greatly from the disturbance caused by transplanting, and a year generally elapses be- fore it returns to the condition in which it was when transplanted. It is evident, therefore, that if the plant is put back a year by transplanting, this year might have been better spent in the nursery than in the plantation, for the reason that it would cost less to keep the ground free from weeds in the former case than in the latter, and that at the end of the year transplanting might be done with the earth attached to the roots. Many planters, with the object of saving the year and a half or two years which the young plant would spend in the nursery, form their plantations with wild plants or plants taken from a nursery already formed, the planting being done with the roots bare, the distance of the place from which they are taken admitting of no other manner. This is a false economy of time, for in order to save a few months of care of the nursery, the whole year which the plants thus transplanted are put back is lost, and the heavy expense is incurred of from four to six weedings of the whole plantation. c. Case in which Transplanting should be done with the Roots Bare. — The only case in which trees should be planted with the roots bare is when, from the distance between the place where they have been grown and the plantation, it would be difficult if not impossible to transport them to it with the earth attached to the roots. D. Transplanting in Slips. — When the young plants for the planta- tion are taken neither from the nursery nor from an abandoned plan- tation, but from trees already grown, it is said that the plantation is formed from slips. The trunk is generally cut off eight or ten inches above the root, in order that it may grow more vigorously. This kind of planting is always done with the roots bare. Transplanting in slips is the least advisable way of all, and should never be adopted except when there is no other way of forming the plantation. In some cases, however, it has given good results. E. Transplanting in Ceylon. — Transplanting coffee plants in Ceylon is performed, according to Mr. Sabonadiere, in the following manner: The young plants grown in the nursery are pulled up with the hand; those that have crooked roots are thrown away as useless ; with a sharp knife the flexible part of the tap root is cut off; and the lateral roots are also shortened, as they are generally very long, and this trimming prevents them from becoming tangled in the transplanting, which Cultivation of Coffee. 323 would cause them to decay. The hole is then filled in with the earth that has been removed from it, care being taken to put no stones in with it and to keep the tap root from bending and the lateral roots from tangling. The plant should be set no deeper in the ground than it was in the nursery. When the hole is filled the earth must be pressed down with the hands and afterwards with the foot. To be sure that the plant has been firmly planted it is smartly pulled, and if it offers resistance it may be considered well planted. Care should be taken to leave no hollow spaces around the roots, as the water would settle in them and would rot the roots. Beside each plant a stake is to be set to support it and to prevent its being pulled up when the ground is being weeded ; if the plant should die the stake will mark the place where the plant that is to replace it is to be set. Stakes are indispensable in Ceylon, for without them the young plants would be unable to resist the violence of the winds. The stakes are four or five feet in length and last two years. They should be driven at least eighteen inches into the ground. The plant is fastened to the stake with a cord in such a manner as that the bark shall not be injured by the friction of the cord against it. 6. CULTIVATION OF COFFEE. The various operations which coffee culture requires in Soconusco will be first considered, a description of the manner in which the same operation is performed in Ceylon being appended in each case. Then the operations that are not considered necessary here but are customary in Ceylon will be described. The following points, then, will now be considered : A. — Clearing the ground. B. — Replanting. C. — Pruning. D. — Cultivation of coffee in Ceylon. Each of these operations will be considered separately. A. Clearing the Ground. — Clearing the ground, or weeding, consists in destroying the weeds and other vegetation that may spring up in the plantation, in order that the coffee-trees may absorb all the nutritive elements of the soil. The following points regarding weeding will now be considered : a. — Necessity and advantages of weeding. b. — Manner of weeding. c. — Number of weedings to be made during the year. d. — Weeding in Ceylon. Each of these subjects will be separately considered. a. Necessity and Advantages of Weeding. — The transplanting having been done in May and June, which are the best months in Soconusco 324 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbetn Coast of Cbiapas. for this operation, the trees will have the advantage of the whole of the rainy season, and will yield their first crop in September of the follow- ing year, unless the plants were very young at the time of transplanting and weeding was neglected. The time occupied in the cultivation of the coffee-trees, then, in the sense in which the word is used here, will be from sixteen to seventeen months, during which the chief work will be the weeding. The chief labor in the cultivation of coffee will be the frequent weeding of the ground for the purpose of destroying all the vegetation that may spring up in it. The secret of success in coffee culture con- sists in allowing no other vegetation to remain in the ground where coffee is planted. If the plantation is not weeded, the weeds will choke the coffee plants; and if the weedings are not performed with the required fre- quency, the crops will be very scanty. b. Manner of Weeding. — Thus far no machine or implement to facilitate weeding has been used that has not injured the plant. In some of the plantations of Guatemala clutivators or ploughs are used for weeding, but aside from the fact that these implements can be used only on level ground, many are of opinion that they injure the tender roots which the coffee plant sends out near the surface of the ground, for which reason these implements are very little used. Besides which, three or four years after transplanting, the branches of the trees will have spread so much that it would be impossible for the mules or oxen drawing the plough to pass under them without injuring them greatly. For the reasons above mentioned the hoe is little used in weeding, for, in addition to cutting the young roots of the coffee-tree, it loosens the soil, thus exposing it to be washed away by the rains — a very serious objection in hilly ground. For these reasons, as a general rule, only the machete is used in weeding. In Ceylon a means has been dis- covered of preventing the rains from washing the earth away in hilly ground, as will be seen farther on. c. Number of Weedings to be Made during the Year. — In the first year after transplanting the ground must be frequently weeded, for, as from their diminutive size, the plants cast scarcely any shade, the ground is almost completely exposed to the sun, and this causes it to produce abundantly all sorts of weeds. As the plant grows it casts more and more shade, and the greater the shade the smaller the area of ground exposed to the fecundating action of the sun, and conse- quently, the fewer will be the weeds. The number of weedings which the plantation is to receive during the first year and subsequent years will depend upon various circum- stances, such as the altitude of the ground, its temperature, the nature of the soil, whether it has been virgin soil or soil that had been already , IReplanttna an& pruning. 325 cultivated, etc., and in each case will be determined according to the particular circumstances of the place. Generally, four weedings a year are made, although in some localities six, and even more, are given. It will be seen at once that this is the most costly operation on the plantation. d. Weeding in Ceylon. — In Ceylon, as in Soconusco, weeding the ground constitutes the principal expense of coffee cultivation. Mr. Sab- onadiere advises weeding the plantations once a month, and this advice seems to me very judicious, as in this way the weeds are not given time to grow or produce seed. The cost of twelve weedings a year would thus be about the same as that of six, because, in the former case there being fewer weeds and the work of uprooting them being less, two cords might be given to each laborer as a task, while in the latter case only one cord could be given him. There is the objection, however, that frequent weeding stirs up the soil and exposes it to being washed away by the rains. This difficulty might to a certain extent be obviated if, in new plantations, where there are as yet few weeds, the weeds were uprooted with a sharp stick and thrown into a bag which the laborer carried with him, gathered in a heap, and burned when dry. But in old plantations this system can- not be followed ; the hoe is there used, and the earth is of necessity turned up. Sometimes the weeding is done from the trunk of the tree out, and a sort of bank or ridge is thus formed between the furrows, causing the rain-water to run near the trunks of the trees and carry away the earth from their roots. To avoid this inconvenience, the weeding ought to be done from the middle of the furrows towards the trees, care being taken that their roots remain well covered with earth. Weeding is generally done in Ceylon by contract, the weeding of each acre of ground, or a little more than nine cords, costing on an average thirty-six shillings, or nine dollars, or about a dollar per cord yearly. Women and children perform the weeding. B. Replanting. — It frequently happens that some of the trees, from having been badly transplanted, or for some other reason, either die or become sickly. If many plants should suffer in this way, the cause should be ascertained in order to remedy it. The best means of doing this is to dig around the root of a tree to see if the tap root has become bent, if it has come in contact with a stone, or if some insect be not injuring it. The necessity of constantly replacing the trees which die, or decline, makes it indispensable to have always on the estate nurseries from whence plants may be taken to replace those that have died or de- teriorated. C. Pruning. — Pruning having an important bearing on the success 326 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas, of a plantation, the following points connected with this subject will now be considered: a. — General considerations on pruning. b. — Principles of pruning. c. — Advantages of pruning. d. — Topping. e. — Pruning. f. — Rules for pruning. g. — Manner of pruning. h. — Time of pruning. Each of these points will be considered separately. a. General Considerations on Pruning. — At first sight it might seem that pruning would be prejudicial to the trees, since it maybe said that this operation is contrary to nature, which has given the trees their branches and their appointed size, which should neither be reduced nor diminished by artificial means. Experience has demonstrated, however, that it is better to prune the trees, for if these are planted in their native zone, the force of their sap is so great that if it be not suitably directed, they become in a short time a tangle of branches which the sun cannot penetrate, and thus lose their fructifying power. From the time of Laborie, that is, for about eighty years past, pruning has been employed, and with very good success, to increase the productiveness of trees. According to this writer, pruning consists in cutting from plants whatever in them deviates from natural symmetry, and preserving what is in accordance with it, directing in this way the vegetative principle to purposes of order, profit, and regeneration. It is a well-known fact that fruit-trees are greatly improved by pruning, and there is no reason why the system applied to them should not produce equally satisfactory results as applied to coffee plants. The rule to be followed with regard to pruning will depend on each particular locality, upon the nature of the soil, the temperature, altitude above the level of the sea, exposure, etc., but the principle is the same; that is, to remedy the deviations of the tree from natural laws caused by conditions of soil, climate, situation, etc., and to make it return to those laws ; art in this way aiding nature. Regarded in this way, pruning is as necessary as weeding. b. Principles of Pruning. — For a better understanding of the ad- vantages to be obtained by pruning, it will be well to define some facts and to lay down some rules concerning it. The branches growing from the trunk of the tree are called primaries; those that grow from the primaries are called secondaries ; those that grow from the secondaries, tertiaries, and so on successively. Each branch of the tree bears fruit only once, sending out in the following year other branches which in their turn bear fruit. Hfcx>anta0es of pruning 327 Nature has so placed the primary branches that they receive an equal amount of light. Each pair of branches grows in a direction, with regard to the branch next to them, which deviates a few degrees from a right angle, so that if there are twenty pairs of branches no two of them will be found to be in the same vertical plane. This arrange- ment gives each primary branch a sufficiently large space for its de- velopment and sufficient amount of light. But when the vertical growth of the plant is checked by pruning this space becomes reduced to a circle of not more than three feet deep and about six feet in diameter. As each branch gives but one crop, there would soon be no room for new branches to grow, if the old ones were not removed, for the secondary branches, after yielding their crop, would produce tertiary branches, these quaternary branches, and so on, successively, until the tree would be converted into a thicket of branches and unproductive foliage. The production of branches which give fruit takes place only when there is room for them to grow and light to make them grow. In pruning there are two distinct operations, tapping and pruning, properly so called. The former consists in removing from the plant the upper part of its main stem or leader; and the second in cutting off some of its branches. The upper shoots being cut off, the power of the sap before long causes two or three supplementary shoots to grow beneath the highest branches, and renews them as often as they are removed. These shoots being prevented from growing, as care must be taken to cut them off whenever they appear, the sap flows to the primary branches and makes them grow about three feet from the trunk. When the sap ceases to nourish the primary branches, it goes to nourish the second- ary branches, and in the management of these consists the art of pruning and the success of the plantation. The only permanent parts of the tree are the trunk and the primary branches. The trunk should grow straight and thick, and the primary branches should be strong and straight, and should grow at right angles with the trunk. If a primary branch should die or grow sickly it cannot be replaced. c. Advantages of Pruning. — The advantages of pruning, to sum up, are the following: 1. It gives the tree an artificial form which makes it suffer less in situations in which it is exposed to the winds. 2. It makes the gathering of the crop easier and cheaper. 3. It increases the yield of the tree. 4. It regularizes the crop. The branches which are exposed to the sun and air are those which bear the best fruit. Consequently, the more closely the tree is pruned, 328 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas. the larger the crops it will yield. This is seen better in the new trees, which bear more fruit in their second and third crops, because they then have fewer branches. Generally, the trees give a bad and a good crop alternately. This evil may be remedied by pruning, as will be seen farther on. Pruning is most required in high localities which are exposed to the cold winds. d. Topping. — Topping consists in cutting off the top of the trunk or the leader of the plant. This is the only kind of pruning practicable in Soconusco, and it is done arbitrarily and without following any rule. Farther on it will be seen that once the coffee plant has been thus cut, it will be indispen- sable to prune it. When the trees have attained their ordinary height, that is, when they are about six feet high, their leader, or central branch, which is of little importance, is pruned, and also all the shoots that spring up near the roots. This stops the vertical growth of the plant, causing the branches to spread horizontally, sending out new branches which bear fruit, or strengthening the branches which it has already sent out. Trees not thus pruned will grow as high as ten or eleven feet, and I have sometimes seen them as much as twelve feet high; but cutting stops the vertical growth of the tree, which then grows horizontally and through its branches. The principal reasons in favor of cutting the leader are, according to Laborie, the following: 1. The fruit is brought by it within easy reach of the hand; it facilitates the gathering of the crops and prevents the branches from breaking when picking the fruit. 2. The tree acquires greater vigor as well under the ground as above it, and the trunk grows thicker. 3. The tree presents a smaller volume of resistance to the winds. 4. The tree loses none of its primary branches, but, on the con- trary, these being nearer the source of vegetation, are better nourished and consequently more productive. If the plant be pruned very near the highest primary branches, there is danger of the trunk splitting when the branches grow thick. This danger will disappear if the plant be pruned a little above the highest primary branches and these be removed. The height at which the trees are to be left will depend in each case upon the distance apart at which they are planted, the nature of the ground, its altitude above the level of the sea, exposure, etc. In Guatemala and Soconusco they are pruned to a height of six or eight feet. In Ceylon plants are pruned to a height of two, three, three and a IRules for pruning. 329 half, or at most four feet. Trees of more than four feet would not there be able to bear the violence of the wind. If the trunk is not topped they grow, in situations sheltered from the wind, to a height of ten or twelve feet. e. Pruning. — The only kind of pruning that I have seen done in Soconusco is to cut all the shoots or branches which grow from the root of the tree, three months after transplanting, which operation is constantly repeated. Cutting off the top of the tree causes the sap to produce numerous shoots which spring up in every direction. If these are allowed to grow, the tree will soon become a mass of tangled branches which the sun cannot penetrate, and will consequently have little capability of yielding fruit. The sap would produce numerous branches instead of being converted into fruit. Pruning is advantageous in every case, but it is still more so after the top of the tree has been cut off. So many improvements have been made in pruning that there is now a complete system of pruning coffee-trees, which is, however, un- fortunately unknown here. The best way of explaining this system is to give the rules which constitute it. The difficulty of pruning lies in performing it so that the fruit will increase without exhausting the tree. It is the custom here to cure with clay the wounds caused by pruning. /. Rules for Pruning. — The practical part of pruning is comprised in the rules which serve as a general guide for this operation. With the object of setting down all that I have found of value on this sub- ject, I insert here, even at the risk of falling into repetitions, a resume of the rules given by Laborie, Sabonadiere, and a practical planter of Ceylon, and those published in the Observer of Colombo, the principal port of that island. System of Laborie. — Laborie gives the following rules for pruning trees planted in good soil, in a hot climate, and which have been pruned before: 1. Every branch that looks sickly, that is broken, that has suffered any lesion, or that seems exhausted through over-production, is to be cut off. 2. Every branch that is decayed, withered, dry, or split, must also be cut off, following the principle of regeneration. 3. All vertical branches, branches that cross each other, or that do not grow in their natural direction, and all supernumerary branches which absorb the sap of the plant without producing fruit, are to be taken off, or, if very thick, sawed off. 4. The top and the middle part of the tree are to be pruned so as to give free access to the air and sun. 5. If, in spite of this, the tree should still be full of branches, 330 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas, some of the secondary branches are to be cut off, choosing those that grow out of the natural direction, care being taken not to touch the primary branches. This last rule should be followed, according to Laborie, only with trees in high lands and exposed to cold winds, these being generally full of branches and leaves. The twigs at the top, which run in every direction, are first to be taken off, then such of the larger branches as are crooked are cut off; and, finally, if the top or leader should be decayed, this decayed part is to be cut off. All the primary branches that have kept their natural direction are to be left, for the reason mentioned above, that, once cut, they do not grow again. If they should be split or injured in any way, however, it would be better to cut them off. The same thing is to be done when they have taken a wrong direction, only the part being then cut that deviates from the natural direction. In very cold localities, or when the trees produce very little fruit, because of their having too many branches, all the secondary branches are to be cut off, with the object of making new ones grow which shall bear fruit, and of giving a right direction to the sap. When the primary branches have grown so long that they become interlaced with those of the neighboring trees, enough of them is to be cut off to prevent the branches from meeting. After the tree has been pruned, any moss or parasites growing on its trunk are to be removed, using a wooden knife for the purpose. System of Sabonadttre. — The vertical shoots that first spring from the trunk of the tree should be taken off as they appear, without in- juring the bark of the tree. Afterwards other shoots, as many as four in each bud, grow on the primary branches, in different directions. It will be advisable to remove these also, excepting one only in each branch, preferring that which is most vigorous and has the best direc- tion. This operation is to be repeated every year, and will render pruning, properly speaking, or the removal of thick branches already formed which have some defects, unnecessary. No secondary branch is to be left within six inches of the trunk, so that a vacant space, in the shape of a circle a foot in diameter, may be left around the trunk of the tree, in order that air and sunlight may circulate around it freely and prevent the growth on it of moss and parasites. If the plantations are small the best system of pruning is to allow alternate secondary branches to fructify each year; that is, to cut those that have borne fruit one year, and leave those that have not borne fruit: but in large plantations it is difficult to follow this system, and in them the following rules should be observed: i. To pull up all the shoots that are within a distance of six. inches of the trunk of the tree. Different Systems of pruning* 331 2. To remove all the branches and shoots that grow toward the tree, or toward the other branches. 3. To reduce the number of shoots, leaving only one to each bud. When the coffee-tree has not been pruned for some time, Mr. Sabonadiere recommends that the primary branches nearest the ground be cut off, supporting his advice with these reasons: 1. They cause much humidity and shade, and prevent the free circulation of the air. 2. They rarely bear fruit, because of their superabundant leafage, and draw the nutritive sap from the tree unprofitably. 3. They interefere with the labors of cultivation, owing to their nearness to the ground, and they are injured by the laborers. 4. They cover the weeds and young coffee plants and serve as a hotbed for them. No branch should be allowed to bear more than two, or at most three crops ; when it has given these it should be removed, so that a new one may replace it which will bear fruit. System of a Practical Cultivator of Ceylon. — This writer recommends that all the branches that are less than six inches from the trunk be cut off; that a vacant space of a foot in circumference be left around the trunk of the plant to permit a free circulation of light and air; and that one of every two secondary branches growing together be pruned, one on each side alternately of the primaries being left. All the secondary branches that grow very near the trunk tend to debilitate the primaries, and the same is the case when they are allowed to grow in pairs. Some set the rule that a primary branch should never be pruned ; but this rule has its exceptions, as, for instance, when the branch splits or dies, or when it grows to such a length as to become intertwined with those of the neighboring trees. In this last case a part only of the branch should be pruned. Some think also that when the primaries near the ground have grown to a great length and have become tangled they should be cut off up to the first good secondary branch, in order that this may re- ceive all the sap that would otherwise go to nourish the branches that have been pruned. System of the "Observer" of Colombo. — The natural consequences of the rules set forth, when speaking of the principles of pruning, which are in accordance with a notable article published in the Observer of Colombo, for June 17, 1861, are the following: Being two different systems, they have some points in common. All the secondary branches which are at a distance of less than nine or, ten inches from the trunk of the tree, are to be removed. This 332 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbfapas. will give the light access to the plant and will give the branches more room to grow. Double or triple shoots shall be reduced to one, choosing that which grows at a right angle with the primary branch, and which lies in the same horizontal plane ; the number of secondary branches on each side of the primaries will then be equalized, and, finally, the same number of secondaries will be left on each primary. In deciding upon the number of secondary branches to be left on the tree, it must be borne in mind that if they be many the plant will become exhausted, and in the following year will produce fewer branches and less fruit. A number must be fixed upon, then, which, without exhausting the plant will cause it to yield good crops, and in this way the crops will be uniform, not as in plantations that are not pruned, which yield a fair crop one season and a bad one the next. When the crop is gathered, all the secondary branches which have fructified to the extent of producing tertiary branches are to be cut off. Some advise that when there are enough branches to allow of it, all the secondaries that have produced fruit be cut off. After the trees have been thus pruned, they send forth new shoots, which must also be pruned, as has been already indicated, as soon as they show the direction in which they are growing. If this pruning be deferred, it will be more difficult to perform, and the tree will be greatly injured by it, as it will then be deprived of its leaves when it most needs them. The secondary branches must be cut off at their root, so that no part may be left that might send forth shoots in a direction other than the natural one, or cause the plant to sicken. The number of branches to be left will depend upon the soil, climate, situation, etc. When this system has been once established, it will be very easy to follow it, for the same thing that is done one year is repeated the suc- ceeding years. g. Manner of Pruning. — Laborie gives the following rules for the practical part of pruning: 1. To cut the trunk of a tree or any of its thick branches, a very sharp saw is to be used which can be managed with one hand, the trunk being firmly held with the other, to keep the tree from moving and to facilitate the work of sawing. The trunk must be cut obliquely from above downward, and the cut surface should face the north ; the sun thus falls on it with less force and the rain will run off more easily, for, if the water should penetrate the wood, it would injure the tree greatly. 2. The large branches which cannot be easily pruned with a knife are to be sawed off in the manner above indicated. But the saw is to be used in no case in which a knife can be employed. ZTime for pruning 333 3. As the saw injures the bark around the cut surface, both the bark and the trunk of the tree should be trimmed off with the knife. When this is done, the wound heals more quickly and the bark grows better. 4. When the branches are pruned with the knife, the branch is to be held firmly with one hand, and with the other a sharp, quick blow is to be given it with the knife, from above downward. If the branch should not be severed at the first blow, this is to be repeated, bending the branch a little, but not so as to split it. If it should split, all the split part must be cut off. 5. The branch should always be cut close to its root. 6. When a secondary branch is pruned, this must be done very near its root, especially when it grows under another that has been already cut off. 7. To prevent many young shoots from growing in the place where a branch has been cut off, a piece of the bark is to be cut out at the top of the incision. h. Time of Pruning. — Some planters prune the coffee-tree when it is two years old, or before it has borne fruit. It seems preferable, however, to prune it after it has reached maturity, that is, after it has given its first crop, for in this way it is not forced to produce a large crop, which would exhaust it. Tapping should be done after the season of blossoming is over; for if it were done while the plant is in blossom the sap would go to pro- duce blossoms and fruit, instead of strengthening and increasing the branches. Pruning should begin immediately after the gathering of the crop and should be finished before the plant has begun to blossom. Pruning is so essential to the success of a plantation that it should be suspended only for the four or five days during which the plant is flowering. It should then be performed with great care, so as not to destroy the flower, which contains the germ of the fruit; but it should not be altogether stopped. After the flowering is over, the branches that have many blossoms should be left, and those that are exhausted and have few should be cut off. The months of March, April, and May are the best months for pruning in Soconusco. D. Cultivation of Coffee in Ceylon. — Coffee culture in Ceylon is much more complicated and costly than it is in Soconusco, as, in addition to the operations already described, with the modifications indicated when speaking of each of them, it is necessary to perform others also which are not customary in Soconusco, and the necessity for which has not yet beon felt. These labors are the following: 334 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbfapas. a. — Making roads. b. — Drainage. c. — Making trenches. d. — Loosening the earth. e. — Making ridges. f. — Irrigating. g. — Destroying the insects which are enemies of the coffee-tree. h. — Manuring the ground. Each of these labors will be considered separately, that of manur- ing, which from its importance is deserving of special attention, being considered in a chapter by itself. a. Making Roads. — It is desirable that the estate be traversed by cart roads, which shall place its different quarters in communication with the house in which the work of preparing the coffee for the market is performed. The transportation of the fruit, and of the fertilizers, when these are used, will be thus facilitated and rendered cheaper. The roads should not have a grade of more than ten per cent. The roads should be opened before the plantation is made, for, if they should be opened afterwards, many of the trees already planted and bearing fruit would have to be destroyed, and many of the neighboring plants would be injured by the work consequent on the opening of the road. It is highly important that there should be easy means of communi- cation between the various parts of the estate, so that the laborers may be able to get to their work without difficulty, and also that the super- intendent or overseer may be able to go readily to the place where the workmen are employed, for if these know that they are not watched they will not be likely to work diligently. It is an established fact that the trees near the roads are more vigorous and produce more fruit than those at some distance from them. The cause of this may be that the soil near the roads is looser than that of the rest of the plantation, and is renewed by means of the rains for which the roads form channels. This is another reason, therefore, which renders it advisable that there should be roads and paths in a plantation. Mr. Sabonadiere recommends that a road be made around the plan- tation with the object, among others, of separating it from the con- tiguous woods. Although it may seem paradoxical to say so, it is really a saving to go to the expense of opening roads, for they lessen considerably the labor of cultivation. The roads and paths should also be made to serve as channels to carry off the rains. The ground in which coffee is planted in Ceylon is so hilly that fre- Coffee Culture in Ceslon, 335 quently the roads can be made only in terraces. Mr. Sabonadiere estimates the cost of making a path five feet wide, with a channel a foot wide, at ^25 sterling, or $125 per mile, and that of a cart road, ten feet wide, with a channel eighteen inches wide, at $500 per mile. b. Drainage. — It is advisable, in order to prevent the rains from ^washing away the richest soil of the plantation, to construct drains when making the roads, although this will require more capital and labor. The drains should be made before the plantation is laid out, for the reasons mentioned when speaking of roads. Before enriching the soil with fertilizers means should be taken to preserve it — that is, to prevent the rains from washing away the richest part of it, and this is done by means of drains. In Ceylon, and other places where coffee cultivation is most ad- vanced, care is always taken to construct drains. Mr. Sabonadiere recommends that these be fifteen inches in width and the same in depth; that they be distant from each other the space occupied by twenty trees, or about one hundred and twenty- feet ; that their grade be not more than one per cent., or even less, and that they run in the direction of the nearest ravine. Care should be taken to keep the drains always free from obstructions. Mr. Sabonadiere mentions an estate in Ceylon called Matelle, in which all the drains empty into a pit excavated in the lowest part of the ground, in which the soil washed away by the rains is deposited and afterwards carried to the plantation and scattered around the trunks of the trees. c. Making Trenches. — In the estates of Ceylon where coffee culture is most advanced, a system is adopted which is entirely unknown in Soconusco, and which is at present considered unnecessary, but which I think it advisable to mention, as it might be adopted in some parts of Mexico with advantage. It has for its object: ist. To prevent the rains from washing away the soil. 2d. To prevent the water from standing around the roots of the trees. 3d. To augment the vegetable soil, which would be bene- ficial to the trees. The plan in question consists in making an excava- tion about three feet in length, a foot or a foot and a half in width, and the same in depth, between every four trees. The earth which is taken from these excavations is spread over the roots of the nearest trees. These excavations serve not only to retain the rain-water and the soil which it carries with it, but also to receive the weeds cut down in weeding, the branches, twigs, and leaves that remain after pruning, and anything else at hand that will serve for manure. These excava- tions, therefore, will soon be filled; they should be cleaned twice a year, and the substances taken from them spread over the roots of the trees, making an excellent manure. 336 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas, These excavations must be dug at right angles with the slope, so that they do not run down the slope but cross it horizontally. Mr. Sabonadiere estimates the cost of these excavations, in ground that is not stony, at about $5.62^ per acre, or 61 cents per cord. There is another system of making these trenches which is more costly. It consists in digging a trench two feet wide and two feet deep, the whole length of the furrows, the bottom of the trench being made as level as possible. This trench is filled with grass, dry leaves, branches of trees, or any other vegetable substance that may be at hand ; it is then filled in with earth which is pressed down compactly. The result is that the roots of the trees spread out to the trench and penetrate the vegetable matter in it which is becoming converted into soil. d. Loosening the Earth. — In places where the earth is very compact, and fertilizers are used, the ground is dug up in order that the roots of the trees may be able to reach out more easily in search of the manure. It has been observed in some places that manuring does not produce results as favorable to the coffee-tree as digging up the ground. This latter should be done, however, only in ground that has been manured and that is provided with drains, for otherwise the loosened soil would be easily washed away by the rains. The cost of loosening the earth, according to this system, is in Ceylon $5 per acre, or a little more than 54 cents per cord. There is another method of loosening the earth, which consists in moving it about gently in every direction with a species of iron pitch- fork. In this case care must be taken not to turn up the soil, other- wise the rains would wash it away. Loosening the earth contributes also to prevent the soil from being washed away, for, being loose, it readily absorbs the rain. e. Making Ridges. — With the object also of preventing the rains from carrying away the richest part of the soil, ridges are formed in some of the estates in Ceylon, with the earth dug out of the trenches, which, directing the course of the rain-water, cause it to carry the earth which it washes out into the trenches. This system has been used with success on several estates. /. Irrigating. — In localities where the rains are not abundant, or where the ground does not retain sufficient moisture for the nutrition of the coffee-tree during the dry season, it is indispensable to establish a system of irrigation which, applied opportunely and with moderation, will make the tree thrive and will keep it in better condition than when it depends entirely on the rains. g. Enemies of the Coffee- Tree. — The coffee-tree has in Ceylon many enemies which frequently destroy it, and which it is necessary to make war upon at a considerable expense of time and money. The chief of these are the following: ^fertilisers, 337 Grubs. When the tree is young it is attacked by a large grub which eats away the bark near the root, and thus kills the plant. This insect abounds in low ground. To protect the plant from its ravages it is rec- ommended to apply turpentine to the stem. Rats. When the trees are young they are attacked also, at certain seasons, by rats, which devour the primary branches of the young plants. Coffee-bug. This insect, of which there are two varieties, the one white, the other black, is the most destructive of all the enemies of the coffee-tree. The white variety appears immediately after the flowering of the plant, during the heats of February, March, and April. It at- taches itself to the branch, beside the fruit, and spreads around it a white glutinous substance which rots the stalk of the fruit and causes it to drop from the tree. The black bug attacks the leaves, fruit, and branches of the tree, and is covered with a sort of small thin shell, like a limpet in shape. This insect covers the leaves with a species of black filmy substance, and has the effect of diminishing very consider- ably the productiveness of the tree. The black bug attacks rather the plantations situated in the high lands than those which are in low ground. The time during which this insect infests the trees varies, but it generally remains for three years. The most efficacious remedy for this plague is to manure the ground well, in order that the trees may be able to resist its ravages. Turpen- tine is also used, although not with as good results. The turpentine is sprinkled on the ground around the trunk of the tree, and the soil is then turned up, so that the turpentine may penetrate to the roots. Ants. In low and dry localities, ants make their nests in the coffee-tree and greatly annoy the laborers, as their sting is very painful. The red ants are the worst. In Soconusco and in Guatemala there is an ant, called with us zompopo, which loosens the soil greatly, and which is considered extremely injurious to the plantation in which it establishes itself. To exterminate these ants it is necessary to dig down until their nests are reached and then pour boiling water over them. Fortunately, thus far none of the other plagues of Ceylon are known in Soconusco. 7. FERTILIZERS. As fertilizers are hardly ever used in Soconusco, I shall have to make use of the terms and the rules employed in Ceylon, and used by Mr. Sabonadiere in his Coffee Planter, when treating of them. The following points, then, regarding fertilizers, will now be con- sidered: A. — Necessity for and advantages of fertilizers. B. — Fertilizers used in Soconusco. C. — Fertilizers used in Ceylon. 338 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas. Each of these points will be considered separately. A. Necessity for and Advantages of Fertilizers. — As I have already stated, fertilizers are not used either in Guatemala or in Soconusco, with the exceptions that I will presently state, nor has the necessity for using them yet been felt. But, as it is plain that, no matter how rich may be the soil, its nutritive properties will at last be exhausted if they are constantly drawn from it by the trees without being replaced in any way, it will be well to give some attention to this important branch of coffee culture. Besides, in other localities which are not so fertile as Soconusco, there may be greater need for fertilizers, and there they should be used from the time the plantation is laid out. Without fertilizers a plantation might continue productive for ten years, let us say. With fertilizers, it may be made to last fifty or a hundred years in good condition, and the cost of fertilizers would in any case be much less than that of forming a new plantation. The result of manuring, according to Mr. Sabonadiere, is an in- crease in the production of each acre of from three to five English quintals in every crop, or, which is the same thing, of from 36 to 60 pounds per cord. When fertilizers are used it is indispensable that the ground should have a complete system of draining. B. Fertilizers Used in Soconusco. — The only way in which I have seen fertilizers used in Guatemala and Soconusco is to spread the waste matter of the sugar-cane around the trunk of the coffee-trees. The cane soon rots and forms a good fertilizer. It also contributes to pre- vent the rains from washing away the earth. As sugar-cane is generally cultivated in estates where coffee is grown, this fertilizer is cheap and easy of application. The same use might be made of the pulp and the skins of the fruit of the coffee-tree, of which there is so great a quantity, instead of allowing it to go to waste as it now does in every plantation in Guate- mala and Soconusco. Only common sense is needed, without any knowledge of chemistry, to know that in order to keep the ground from becoming impoverished it is necessary to restore to the soil the elements that have been taken from it. But I am sorry to say that I have never seen this fertilizer, which is at once excellent and cheap, used on any estate. C. Fertilizers Used in Ceylon. — With regard to the system of manur- ing adopted in Ceylon the following points will now be considered: a. — Substances which are used as manures. b. — Manner of applying fertilizers to the soil. c. — Period at which fertilizers should be used. d. — Cost of fertilizers. Each of these subjects will be considered separately. different Substances TUsefc as jfertilisers. 339 a. Substances which are Used as Manure. — Various substances are used in Ceylon as manure. I will mention here only those that are generally known and easy to obtain, omitting such as are little known and difficult to procure, like poonac and sombreorum. The fertilizers are these: Cattle-dung, bones, super-phosphates, coffee-pulp, prunings, grass, salts, wood-ashes, burnt clay, lime, guano, and mixtures of these sub- stances. Cattle-dung. Cattle-dung is the best manure known for the coffee- tree. It may be used alone, or mixed with other fertilizers, as will be shown farther on. Bones. It is well known that bones contain a large amount of phos- phate of lime, and for this reason they make a good fertilizer for the coffee-tree, inferior only to cattle-dung. The principal effect of this fertilizer is to increase the productiveness of the tree. The bones can be used conveniently only in the form of powder, as in any other form they would dissolve very slowly and their effect would be proportion- ately slow. In Ceylon they are always used in the form of powder, this being imported from Australia. Super-phosphates. Super-phosphates are now being largely used as fertilizers, and with good results, especially super-phosphate of lime. Half a pound is sufficient for each tree. Pulp of the Fruit. As might be supposed, this excellent fertilizer, which goes to waste in Soconusco, is used extensively in Ceylon, and with very good results. Two medium-sized basketfuls are sufficient for each tree. This manure produces very good results mixed in equal parts with cow-dung. A basketful of the mixture should be applied to each plant, and it is to be used in the same way as unmixed dung. The pulp may be mixed with advantage with the other fertilizers, such as lime, bone-dust, etc. Prunings. These make a very good vegetable manure. They are buried while green in pits, carefully covered over and pressed down; but they are now little used, owing to the great expense of making the excavations. Mand Grass. This manure is used in the same manner as the former, and gives very good results. As this grass does not grow in Soconusco, I think it unnecessary to speak of it more in detail. I be- lieve, however, that the grass of the country would give results similar to this fertilizer, more especially Guinea grass, and, in general, all vegetable substances that could be buried in the ground. Mand grass revives and rejuvenates plantations that have become exhausted. In burying the grass care must be taken not to bury with it seeds or shoots that might grow, for should this be done the coffee plantation would be converted into a grass-field. 340 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. Mr. William King makes mention of a plantation in Ceylon in which the vegetation growing in swampy places is cut down every year before the gathering of the crop, piled in heaps and left to rot, and, when the coffee crop is gathered, spread as a fertilizer around the trunks of the coffee-trees. Salts of Ammonia. These salts make an excellent manure; but owing to their great solubility and their affinity with water they are apt to be absorbed by the soil before they can reach the roots of the coffee- trees, or washed away by the rains, so failing in either case to benefit the plant. Wood-ashes. This fertilizer has the advantage of being very cheap and very easy to obtain. It is also a good substitute for lime in local- ities where this is not found. The ashes must be buried in the earth, as, if left on the surface, the wind would blow it away. Burnt Clay. This has been used in Ceylon with very good results. It has for us the additional advantage of being very cheap and very easily procured in Soconusco. Lime. This is to be used, spreading it over the ground, once every five years. A good mixture would be half a pound of lime to an almud * of pulp for every tree. Guano. This manure was at first used in Ceylon unmixed with any other substance ; but, being very active, it should never be used alone. Guano acts quickly and produces a very good crop, but its good effects pass quickly, and trees manured with guano soon lose their productiveness, which can be restored only by manuring them with cow-dung. This effect of guano is more noticeable in light soils; in compact soil and applied in small quantities its effects are permanent. It is more prudent, however, never to use guano alone, but mixed in small quantities with other fertilizers. Guano has almost entirely ceased to be used in Ceylon, and has been replaced by bone-dust. Mixtures of these Substances. — Mixtures of the various substances mentioned have been used as fertilizers. A good mixture is a layer of cow-dung, another of mana" grass, and another of the pulp of the fruit of the coffee-tree, and so on alternatively, leaving them to be assimi- lated. To render this mixture more active, each layer may be sprinkled with sal ammonia, lime, and bone-dust. At present, however, such fertilizers as are considered most suitable to the soil, without any mixture, are preferred in Ceylon. b. Manner of Applying Fertilizers to the Soil. — The best way of using fertilizers is to dig a hole in the earth at least eighteen inches from the plant and place the fertilizer in it. Care must be taken, in digging the hole, not to injure the tap roots of the tree; the small 1 Almud, dry measure :— 0.86 of a peck. /IDanner of TUsing ffertiliaers* 341 lateral roots may be cut without injury to the plant, this operation serving rather to benefit it, as it is a species of pruning which causes the roots to grow with renewed vigor. The size of the holes will vary according to the fertilizer used. If the fertilizer be cattle-dung or coffee-pulp the hole is made three feet long, eighteen inches wide, and one foot deep. As concentrated fertilizers are stronger they do not require holes as large. When the ground is level and the trees are planted at short distances apart and in straight furrows, a quadrangular excavation may be made for the fertilizer between every four trees. In hilly ground it is prefer- able to dig the hole above each tree, so that the fertilizer, washed down by the rains, may be retained by the roots of the trees. This manner of making the holes has, besides, the advantage that the fertil- izer remains in the shade and under shelter of the foliage of the tree, with the result that it evaporates less quickly and does not cause weeds to grow which would absorb all the fertilizing matter before it could benefit the coffee plant, as might easily happen if the fertilizer were put in a place exposed to the sun. When mixed manures are used a hole is made on the ground above each tree, at the distance already mentioned ; it should be semi-circular in shape, and nine inches wide and six inches deep. All the holes made for fertilizers are to be filled with the prunings, and any other vegetable substance which may be at hand, and covered with loose earth taken from the surface of the ground. The earth taken from the hole is to be spread wherever there are any uncovered roots, and should be well pressed down, to prevent the rains from washing it away. Fertilizers should be mixed with dry earth before using them. c. Period at which the Fertilizers should be Used. — The best time to manure the ground is during the wet season. The only fertilizer that should be used in the dry season is cow-dung, which may be used at any time. The beneficial effects of manure lasts for three years, and conse- quently it will be necessary to use the manure only once in three years. It is advisable to manure the plantation before it begins to decline, not only because this increases its productiveness, but also because the cost will then be less than when, the vitality of the ground being almost exhausted, it will be necessary to restore it almost entirely. d. Cost of Fertilizers. — Mr. Sabonadiere calculates the cost per year of manuring an acre of ground at from $15 to $50, according to the price of the substance used as manure and the quantity employed, which gives an average of $32.50 per acre, or $3.52} per cord. The cost of fertilizers in Soconusco would probably be much greater. 342 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. 8. GATHERING OF THE CROP. Under this head the following will be considered : A. — Gathering the crop in Soconusco. B. — Gathering the crop in Ceylon. Each of these points will be considered separately. A. Gathering the Crop in Soconusco. — In regard to the gathering of the crop in Soconusco and Guatemala the following points will be con- sidered : a. — Time at which the coffee-tree begins to bear fruit. b. — Time during which the coffee-tree continues bearing fruit. c. — Blossoming and fructification of the coffee-tree. d. — Gathering the crop. Each of these subjects will be considered separately. a. Time at which the Coffee- Tree Begins to Bear Fruit. — The second year after its removal to the plantation the plant, providing it was of three or four crosses at the time of transplanting, will bear its first crop, called in Soconusco its trial crop, or first trial. In ground best suited to it and with careful cultivation, each tree will yield on an average four ounces. The following year, after transplanting, it gives its second crop, which as it is still small, as compared to those which it yields afterwards, is called in Soconusco its second trial. It may be considered that on an average, and under the conditions already men- tioned, the yield of each tree will be one pound in its second trial. In the fourth year after transplantation it gives its best crop, which aver- ages double that of the second crop, and in the succeeding years it will continue yielding good crops. b. Time during which the Co fee- Tree Continues Bearing Fruit. — As the coffee plantations of Soconusco and Guatemala are of comparatively recent planting, the duration of the life of the coffee plant cannot yet be determined with exactness. Trees planted twenty-five or thirty years ago still preserve much of their vigor and luxuriance and yield good crops, although they have never been manured and hardly ever pruned. It has also been observed that trees planted in the high lands last much longer than those planted in the low lands. Some planters are of opinion that the duration of the life of the coffee-tree depends on the shade which is given to it, and that when it is exposed to the sun it will live a shorter time than when protected by shade. In this regard what I have already pointed out is the case ; that is, that a coffee plantation in low land, with shade, gives about the same yield as a plantation without shade on higher land or on land which has a lower temperature; and it is natural that it should last longer than a plantation planted in low land and also exposed to the sun. Oatbering of tbe Crop, 343 c. Blossoming and Fructification of the Coffee- Tree. — In the month of January, in the low, and in March in the high lands, green buds appear on the branches of the coffee-tree which afterwards become white flowers, and later on fruit. At first the fruit is small and of a dark green color; as time passes it grows larger, and when it begins to ripen its color changes to a light green which, later, becomes whitish, then yellowish, and then red, of a light shade at first, and afterwards of a very deep shade. When the fruit is of this last color it is entirely ripe. If not picked at this stage the fruit drops from the tree like any other ripe fruit. The time of the ripening of the fruit differs in the high and in the low lands, as has just been stated, as the power of the sun shortens considerably, in the latter, the operations of vegetation. While in plantations situated in low localities the fruit begins to ripen in Sep- tember, and is all ripe in October, in lands situated three thousand or four thousand feet above the level of the sea, the fruit begins to ripen in November and continues to ripen gradually. In December not a single ripe fruit is to be found in plantations situated in the low lands, while in those situated in the high lands ripe fruit is still to be found in February and even in March. It sometimes happens that in plantations situated as high as four thousand feet above the level of the sea ripe fruit is to be found on the trees all the year round. This is another advantage of plantations situated in high lands, for when all the fruit ripens in the course of two or three weeks, as happens in the low lands, there is danger of losing a considerable part of the crop for want of hands — which are sometimes very difficult to procure, a danger which is greatly lessened or which does not exist at all when the picking of the fruit may be done during three months, instead of three weeks. d. Gathering the Crop. — When the fruit is ripe it is to be picked by hand, and with the greatest care, in order not to pick the fruit near by which may not be quite ripe, or injure the branch on which it hangs. When the trees are very tall, from not having been topped, it will be necessary to use ladders in picking the fruit. In very large plantations it is necessary to construct cart roads to facilitate the transportation of the fruit to the place where it is to be prepared for market. Women and children perform the labor of picking the fruit better than men. The price paid for each measure of fruit picked varies in different localities, being higher, of course, where labor is scarce. When the coffee-tree is not pruned it grows very tall. I have seen trees seventeen or eighteen feet high, with a radius, at the widest 344 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbtapas. part of the top, of as many as twelve feet, the trunks of some of the largest being as much as five inches in diameter. In such cases the picking of the fruit is more difficult and costly. The trees are at times so heavily laden with fruit that the branches break down under its weight. To prevent this it is necessary to sup- port them with props. B. Gathering the Crop in Ceylon. — To each laborer two sacks are given, a small one, which he fastens round his waist, and a large one, which he hangs somewhere near at hand. The first is to hold the fruit as it is picked from the tree, and the second to receive the con- tents of the first, every time it has been filled. The trees are divided into rows and one or two rows are assigned to each laborer; so that he does not pick all the fruit of each tree, but only the fruit that is on his side of the tree. In very hilly ground it is expedient to begin picking the fruit at the most elevated part of the plantation. The reason for this is that the fruit which falls can be more easily picked up, and that it is easier for the pickers to descend with their loads than to ascend with them. An overseer is set over the pickers so that they may neither leave fruit that is ripe on the trees nor pick unripe fruit. Care must be taken not to pluck the branch with the fruit from the tree. A metal check is given to the pickers for each basket which they deliver, and on pay day they are paid according to the number of these checks which they return. This is done in Guatemala also. The scarcity of hands and the importance of not losing the crop have suggested to the planters of Ceylon an easy manner of conveying the coffee from the trees to the place where it is to be prepared for the market. This consists in placing a galvanized-iron pipe where a stream of water may pass through it to the pulper, carrying the coffee with it. Mr. Sabonadiere estimates the cost of such a pipe at from $1250 to $1500 per mile. The fruit is received in a box of a certain measure, which is so placed that when it is full it can be easily emptied into the tank from which it is conveyed to the pulper. In this way the quantity of fruit received is known. 9. PREPARATION OF THE COFFEE FOR THE MARKET. Under this head the following subjects will be considered: A. — Preparation of coffee in Soconusco. B. — Improvement in the preparation of coffee in Soconusco. C. — Preparation of coffee in Ceylon. Each of these points will be considered separately and as briefly as possible. preparing tbe Coffee for flDarfeet, 345 A. Preparation of Coffee in Soconusco. — Of all the operations re- lating to coffee the one which in my judgment is least advanced in Guatemala is its preparation for the market. There are not more than four or five estates where the preparation of the fruit is systematically performed and with an adequate saving of time, labor, and money. I have not seen any estate in which all the operations of preparing the coffee are performed by machinery, that is, in which the ripe fruit is thrown into a general receptacle, from which it passes to others until it comes out sorted and graded, without the intervention of the hand of man, as is the case with wheat and flour, in the flour mills. There are estates, however, in which the operations of preparing the coffee are greatly simplified, the same water-power being used for all of them. All the operations described below are employed in Guatemala ; for in Soconusco not even the most necessary machines are used. So far the estate of El Malacate only has an iron pulper, a wooden retrilla, and a fan. The coffee is generally pulped on grinding stones and bruised in wooden mortars. The preparation of coffee for the market includes the following operations : a. — Pulping. b. — Washing. c. — Separating the good coffee from the bad. d. — Exposure to the sun. e. — Shelling. f. — Dyeing. g. — Winnowing. h. — Sorting the coffee. Each of these different operations will be treated of separately. a. Pulping. — The coffee, when it arrives at the place where it is to be prepared for the market, is deposited in a tank full of water, which has a pipe leading to the pulper, into which the water, passing through the pipe, gradually carries it. As a general rule these machines are made of cast iron, and are almost everywhere hand motors, although they might easily be moved by the water used on the plantation. The pulping machine removes the outer skin from the coffee and separates the two beans which each fruit as a general rule contains, with the exception of the kind called the pea berry, which has a single bean of an elliptical shape. The hull, or pulp, as it was called when treating of fertilizers, is thrown away, when it might be employed with advan- tage in manuring the ground. Pulping machines have been in use since the time of Laborie, that is, some eighty years, although they were then constructed of wood ; those now in use have not changed essentially in principle. Mr. Sabonadiere mentions the pulping machines which have exclu- 346 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. sive privilege in England ; these are the Butler, Wall, Walker, and Gor- don machines. The last is the only one I have seen used in Guatemala. Mr. Sabonadiere prefers the first. b. Washing. — The coffee beans, now skinned and separated, when they leave the pulping machine fall into another tank full of water, in which they remain twenty-four hours, in order that they may be freed from a sweet mucilaginous substance of a light color which is found be- tween the skin and the shell of the beans. With this object they are stirred about with a wooden shovel just before being removed from the tank. c. Separating the Good Coffee from the Bad. — The perfect beans possess a higher specific gravity than water and sink in it ; those which float are of poor quality and constitute what is called waste coffee, or coffee of the lowest grade. In order to facilitate the separation of the perfect from the imper- fect beans, a part of the principal tank is divided off, forming a second tank, smaller and lower than the first, so that the imperfect beans may be carried easily into it by the water or by the hand. It is better to construct the dividing wall of the two tanks of the same height as the others, and provide it with a small sluice, which, when opened, will establish a current that will carry the imperfect beans from the larger into the smaller tank. When the beans are thus separated, the process of preparing them for the market is conducted separately. d. Exposure to the Sun. — When the beans have been pulped and washed they must be thoroughly dried, and this is effected by the action of the sun, which makes this process an exceedingly slow and costly one. A sort of threshing-floor is constructed which is paved with stone and mortar, and on this the coffee is exposed to the sun. The coffee must be taken in every day at sunset, or before, if the sky looks threatening, so that it may not be exposed to the rain or dew. In some estates the coffee is merely heaped up in a corner of the yard and covered with leaves or mats; but in such case it runs the risk of being stolen ; and, besides, when the coffee is piled up there is danger of its fermenting, which would injure its quality. The coffee must also be constantly moved about while it is in the yard, in order that the sun may have access to every part of it and not to that only which is on top. These operations, which are very tedious when the quantity of coffee to be dried is considerable, have to be continued for at least fifteen days, if the weather is fine, to dry the coffee thoroughly. If it is stored before it is perfectly dry, it may rot or at least become dis- colored, and lose greatly both in quality and price. When the weather is cloudy or rainy, which often happens in mountainous lands situated at three thousand or four thousand feet preparing tbe Coffee for flDarfeer. 347 above the level of the sea, where the sun is visible only for six or eight hours daily, the operation of drying the coffee is a much slower, and consequently a much more expensive one. There is no operation in the preparation of coffee which may be so easily simplified as that of drying, performing it by means of artificial heat. Stoves for this purpose have been already invented in Guate- mala, but thus far they have not given entirely satisfactory results. I believe, however, that the day is not far distant when some speedy, cheap, and efficacious means of drying coffee, other than the primitive one of exposing it to the sun's rays, will be discovered. e. Shelling. — After the coffee has been pulped, washed, and dried, there is still another strong covering to be removed from it before it is ready for the market. The alternate moisture and heat to which this covering is exposed during the operation of washing and drying the bean, causes it to con- tract and expand greatly, with the result that it becomes loosened from the bean and in many cases breaks, this greatly facilitating its removal. Various instruments have been employed to facilitate this operation, but the one which has thus far given the best results is the " retrilla." This consists of one or two solid wheels of heavy wood, of from one and a half to two yards in diameter, and from eight to nine inches thick, set vertically, which are made to revolve over a species of circu- lar box lined with wood, and are generally moved by oxen. In some plantations I have seen iron " retrillas, " made in England, on the same model as the wooden ones, and moved by water. The coffee in the husk is put into the box, and the wheel by its weight and its movement removes the coriaceous covering from the bean without breaking it, and loosens another thinner inner covering which resembles the filmy-like skin of an onion. Combined with the wheel is a sort of shovel which serves to move the coffee about. f. Dyeing. — A bluish color in coffee, being highly esteemed in for- eign markets, is given to it artificially on some estates by covering the surface of the wheels which hull the coffee with sheets of lead, which give it the desired color. If the demands of commerce render this color indispensable, some other substance might be employed to give it, which is free from the hygienic objections of lead. g. Winnowing. — The coffee beans leave the machine mixed with the two coverings above mentioned. To separate them from these the fanner is used, and performs the operation quickly and efficaciously. Some fanners have the additional advantage of sorting the coffee, an operation which will now be described. h. Sorting the Coffee. — The coffee being now perfectly clean must next be sorted, as the beans differ in size, shape, and color, and some are broken and others whole. As the different kinds of coffee differ 348 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. greatly in price, it must be sent to market already classified, to obtain the highest price. Hence the necessity of sorting it. This operation is performed almost everywhere by hand ; but I have seen on some estates separating machines, which consist of various cylinders having holes of different sizes, through which the different kinds of coffee run out, similar, in principle, to the separators of flour in flour mills. Even when separating machines are employed, how- ever, it will still be necessary to separate by hand the coffee beans of different colors, but there will now be very few of these. American fanners are also employed, as has been said, in sorting the coffee. In those estates in which this operation is performed with most care, the coffee is separated into five classes, as follows : i st. Pea berry, which is considered the best. 2d. First-class, which includes the largest beans, all being of the same size and color. $d. Second-class, including medium-sized beans. 4th. Third-class, including the smallest beans. 5th. Waste coffee, including beans of a bad color, broken beans, those that floated on the water and all those that cannot be included in any of the preceding classes. When the operations mentioned have been all performed the coffee may be said to be ready for the market. B. Improvement in the Preparation of Coffee in Soconusco. — In my opinion, the superior excellence of the Co lima coffee, as compared with that grown in Soconusco, consists chiefly in the manner of its preparation. In Colima the coffee is not first washed, as in Soconusco, thus re- moving the mucilaginous part of which mention has been made, but is allowed to dry with this substance on it. Thus the coffee absorbs a considerable part of the substance contained in the mucilage, which improves its aroma and its quality, while the advantages of said sub- stance are entirely lost when the beans are first washed and thus deprived of it. I believe, therefore, that the quality of Soconusco coffee would be greatly improved by following in its preparation the system followed in Colima, and probably in other places ; that is, to allow the coffee beans to absorb, when drying, the saccharine substance which is found be- tween them and their inner covering or shell. C. Preparation of Coffee in Ceylon. — In the estates of Ceylon coffee is prepared for market in the same manner as in Soconusco, until it remains in the hull ; it is then sent to the port of Colombo, where it receives the final preparation. This is performed in the following manner: When the coffee is preparation of tbe Coffee in Geslon, 349 ripe, the sooner it is pulped the better, as, if this operation is delayed, the coffee becomes heated, which injures the color of the shell. In very dry weather it is sometimes necessary to sprinkle the coffee lightly with water a few hours before pulping it, as, if it were pulped dry the beans would break and the coffee lose in quality. The pulping machines are moved in Ceylon by steam. When the coffee leaves the pulping machine, it passes into large tanks paved and walled with stone, where it is kept until the mucilage remaining on it has fermented sufficiently. The time which it should remain in the tanks depends on the elevation of the plantation above the level of the sea, and the state of the temperature. At an altitude of three thousand feet, the coffee should be kept in the tanks for two days. The receiving tanks have an opening at the bottom to allow the water to run out, in addition to the sluice through which the coffee passes from the receiving tank into the tank in which it is to be washed. When it is ready to be washed, the water is allowed to run into the re- ceiving tank; the coffee is moved about with long-handled wooden shovels, two feet in length and nine inches in width, until there is sufficient water in the contiguous tank. When the coffee has passed into this tank the water is to be changed several times until the muci- laginous part is entirely removed and the parchment-like hull is of a yellowish-white color. The tank in which the coffee is washed should be slightly inclined, so that the lighter beans and the husks may be carried to the lower end, where they are collected by means of sieves or baskets. The beans that float are allowed to pass into another lower tank, where all the coffee of inferior quality is collected. After it has been washed, the coffee in the hull is heaped up on an inclined platform, to allow the water to run off, remaining there until the following morning, or longer, if the weather is wet. If the weather continues wet, the coffee is carried to the storehouse and spread on mats, spreading it out as much as the space will permit, so that the air may dry it. When the wet weather continues long and the storehouses are full, the coffee is allowed to remain on mats, fires being made to dry the air. The coffee is to be moved about continually, in order that it may not become heated; and it should even be sprinkled with water daily. When the wet weather continues very long, there is danger of the coffee being spoiled by becoming heated and germinating. When the weather is dry and the sun hot, two days will be sufficient to prepare the coffee for sending it to the port of Colombo. When the coffee has been well washed and thoroughly dried immediately after being washed, it is of a light color and very lustrous. Coffee of inferior quality and waste coffee are dried apart. 350 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbtapas. When the coffee is perfectly clean the bean assumes a bluish color which afterwards changes to a grayish green. The final operations of preparing the coffee for market are per- formed in Colombo, and consist in drying the bean until it becomes very hard, removing from it the parchment-like hull and the pellicle underneath, cleansing it by means of a fanner, sorting the beans according to size and shape, and removing by hand black or broken beans. The grades of Ceylon coffee are No. i, No. 2, pea-berry and waste coffee. Ceylon coffee is sent to market in casks or barrels. The coffee of Soconusco and Guatemala is sent to market in bags. VI. PROFITS OF COFFEE CULTURE. The best manner of showing the profits of coffee culture is to make an approximate estimate of the cost and of the product of a plantation of a given size. Such an estimate, however carefully made, cannot be altogether exact, and at most can only be considered as approximate. It frequently happens, that in the same place and with the same sys- tem of cultivation, one planter, because of his greater diligence and aptitude, will raise a crop with much less cost than another. This will be the case with still greater reason when different localities are in question. It frequently happens, also, that unforeseen circum- stances will render necessary fresh expenses, which were not calculated upon at first. It is to be observed, too, that even in Soconusco it is re- marked that year after year there is an increase in the price of pro- visions and of the necessaries of life, which will of necessity increase the cost of labor, as well as the other expenses of the plantation. An estimate which, made now, might be approximate, within a year or two would be too low. The cost, productiveness, and profit of a coffee plantation, in different localities, in order to form a more correct estimate, will now be considered. 1. Cost, productiveness, and net profits of a plantation in Soconusco. 2. Cost, productiveness, and profits of coffee in Barcenas plantation. 3. Cost and productiveness of a coffee plantation in Ceylon. Each of these subjects will be separately considered. I. COST, PRODUCTIVENESS, AND NET PROFITS OF COFFEE IN SOCONUSCO. To proceed in regular order the following subjects will now be considered : (Lost of Coffee IRateing in Soconusco. 351 A. — Cost of a plantation in Soconusco. B. — Productiveness of a plantation in Soconusco. C. — Profits of coffee in Soconusco. Each of these points will be considered separately. A. Cost of a Plantation in Soconusco. — The probable cost of a coffee plantation in Soconusco of, say, one thousand cuerdas, using the utmost diligence and economy, would be as follows, calculated year by year in order to make the calculation with greater facility and exactness: a. — Value of the ground. b. — Expenses of the first year. c. — Expenses of the second year. d. — Expenses of the third year. e. — Expenses of the fourth year. f. — Resume* of expenses. The expenses of each year will be separately considered. a. Value of the Ground. — In speaking of the value of the unculti- vated lands of Soconusco, it was mentioned that the price of those of Chiapas, according to the tariff of the present biennial,1 is 25 cents per hectare, or $10.69 Per caballeria, and that if two or three caballerias were purchased, the cost would not be more than double that sum. To form a coffee plantation of 1000 cuerdas, two caballerias would be required, to allow ground for the fodder of the animals and other uses ; roads, buildings, patiss, etc. To make an estimate which is rather above than below the cost, the caballerias may be put at a maxi- mum of $50 ; the two caballerias consequently costing $100. b. Expenses of the First Year. — In the first year the following will be expended in forming the nursery : Preparation of the Ground. — Three day's labor, one in stubbing, another in hewing, and the third in chopping, for each cuerda, at 25 cents per day's labor, make 75 cents per cuerda. To plant 1000 cuerdas of coffee a nursery of 30 cuerdas will be required, which will cost $ 22 50 Seed. — By planting the nursery with seeds much of the cost of buying and transporting coffee plants would be saved, but supposing that the nursery be formed of plants, 175,000 plants, at $2 per thousand, will cost 350 oo Transportation, Planting, and Weeding. — Transporting the plants to the place where the nursery is made, planting them, and eight weedings per year, at $5 per cuerda, will cost for 30 cuerdas 150 oo Other Expenses. — Cost of the houses for the laborers, salary of the super- intendent, purchase of implements, payment of taxes, expenses of roads, losses in money advanced to laborers, and other incidental ex- penses, in the first year 500 oo Total expenses in the first year $1,022 50 1 The Fomento Department of Mexico publishes every two years a schedule of prices at which public lands are sold, varying in each State. 352 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbfapas* c. Expenses of the Second Year. — In the second year the young trees are permanently planted, and the following expenses will be in- curred : Preparing the Ground. — Clearing of 1200 cuerdas, as in order to plant 1000 cuerdas, it will be necessary to prepare 1200, to allow for what is lost in roads, houses, and other uses, at 50 cents per cuerda for stubbing and hewing $ 600 oo Staking. — Planting 104,000 stakes, to plant the same number of coffee trees in 1000 cuerdas of ground, at the rate of 750 stakes for 25 cents. 34 67 Drilling Holes. — Drilling 104,000 holes, at 250 holes for 25 cents 104 oo Transplanting. — Planting 104,000 trees, at 50 trees for 25 cents 520 oo Weeding. — Two weedings, the second year, of 1000 cuerdas, at 25 cents per cuerda. Each weeding will cost $250 oo and the two weedings will cost 500 oo Other Expenses. — Repairing and construction of houses, superintendent's salary, purchase of implements, nursery, payment of taxes, roads, laborer's debts, lost debts of runaway laborers, etc 650 oo Total expenses for the second year $2,408 67 d. Expenses for the Third Year. — In the third year the expenses of the plantation will be the following : Weedings. — Four weedings of 1000 cuerdas, at $250 each weeding, will amount in the year to $1,000 oo Threshing fioors. — Construction of 500 square yards of drying floor, at $1.25 the square yard 625 oo Pulper. — A pulping machine, cost of transportation and of a building in which to set it up 400 oo Retrilla. — Construction of a retrilla and building for it 250 oo Fanner. — Purchase of a fanner 80 oo Oxen. — Two yoke of oxen to work the retrilla, at $50 each 100 oo Picking the Fruit. — Picking the fruit of the first, or trial crop 300 oo Other Expenses. — Construction and repairing of houses, superintendent's salary, purchase of implements, nurseries, taxes, roads, debts of labor- ers in service, bad debts of runaway laborers, etc., etc 650 oo Total expenses for the third year $3,405 oo e. Expenses for the Fourth Year. — The expenses for the fourth year will be : Weedings. — Four weedings, at $250 each $1,000 oo Threshing fioors. — 1500 square yards of drying floor, at $1.25 per yard. .. 1,875 °° Machinery. — Fixing the machinery and construction of other buildings. . . 300 oo Picking the Fruit. — Expenses of gathering the fruit of the second crop. . . 800 oo Other Expenses. — Expenses for employes, roads, implements, nursery, taxes, debts of laborers in service, bad debts of runaway laborers, etc. 750 oo Total expenses for the fourth year $4,725 oo /. Resume1 of Expenses. — The total amount of the expenses incurred in a plantation of 1000 cuerdas in four years is, then, the following : profits of Coffee "Raising In Soconusco. 353 Value of the ground $ 100 oo Expenses for the first year 1,022 50 " " second " 2,40867 " ' " third " 3,40500 " " fourth" 4,72500 Total expenses for four years $i 1,661 17 The total outlay on each cuerda planted with coffee, including buildings, machinery, etc., will therefore be $11.66, and that of each tree, a little more than 1 1 cents. B. Productiveness of a Plantation in Soconusco. — The following is an approximate estimate of the yield of a plantation of 1000 cuerdas in Soconusco : In the third year each plant will yield four ounces of coffee, 104,000 plants will yield 26,000 Ibs., which, at a minimum price of 10 cents per lb., will be $2,600 oo In the fourth year the yield will be i lb. per tree, or 104,000 Ibs., which, at 10 cents per lb., are 10,400 oo Total yield in the first two years of bearing $13,000 oo That is, $13 per cuerda, or 12^ cents per tree. C. Profits of Coffee in Soconusco. — As we have just seen, the yield of a plantation of 1000 cuerdas in the third and fourth years after planting is $13,000 oo The total outlay during the four years has been 11,661 17 There remains, then, after the fourth year a net profit of $!,338 83 This profit is more or less the equivalent of the interest of the capi- tal invested until the plantation begins to produce fruit ; that is to say, that in four years the capital and its interest are repaid. The fifth year after the coffee has been planted, or the third year after it has commenced to produce, and in the succeeding years, the yield will be 2 Ibs. per tree, or 208,000 Ibs., which, at 10 cents per lb., will give $20,800 oo Deducting the expenses of cultivation, preparing the coffee for the market and improvements during the year, estimated at a maximum of $5 per cuerda, on 1000 cuerdas we have 5,ooo oo Net profit of the fifth year and of each year thereafter $15,800 oo There is, then, in the fifth year, and in every year thereafter, a profit of 135.49 per cent, on the capital invested during the four first years, which, with its interest, has been already repaid. Each cuerda will give $15.80 per year, and each tree a little more than 15 cents. In addition to which, the planter has in his favor the advantage of a possible rise in prices — the price being last year as much as $10 per quintal for coffee on the plantation. 354 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas, 2. COST, PRODUCTIVENESS, AND PROFITS OF COFFEE IN BARCENAS PLANTATION. Persons who have had experience in coffee culture consider that the foregoing calculations are not exaggerated. Nevertheless, in order to rectify them by presenting, not calculations which may give more or less probable results, but data taken from one of the best managed coffee plantations, situated between the cities of Antigua and Guate- mala, belonging to Mr. Jose Maria Samayoa, I give below the separate items furnished me by its very able manager. The items refer to cul- ture by manzana, which is a lot of land having a square area of 100 varas per side, or an area of 10,000 square varas, that is, 16 cuerdas. I will divide this subject as follows : A. Cost of coffee culture in Barcenas. B. Productiveness of coffee in Barcenas. C. Profit of coffee in Barcenas. The three points shall be especially considered. A. Cost of Coffee in Barcenas. — Each manzana of coffee costs at Barcenas, every four years, as follows : Nursery and Seeds. — A manzana can contain 1666 trees planted at 2 varas distance from each other, there being three between furrows ; the cost will be $12 per thousand plants, and the 1666 trees will cost $20 oo Stakes and Holes. — 1666 stakes, and the same number of holes at the rate of $3 per thousand 5 oo Preparation of the Ground. — Per each manzana 10 oo Transplanting. — 1666 trees at $2.50 per thousand 4*7 Weedings. — Three with plow, the first year, after planting, at $i per manzana 3 oo Three during the second year, and three during the third year with spade, at $2 each weeding 12 oo Four weedings in the fourth year with spade, at $3 each weeding. ... 12 oo Other Expenses. — Fencing, etc., in two years, at $i per year 2 oo Total cost $68 17 B. Productiveness of Coffee in Barcenas. — A manzana of coffee in Barcenas yields as follows : The third year after planting the coffee tree, a crop is obtained yielding 3 ounces per tree, or say 312$ pounds, which, at 10 cents per pound, gives $31 23 In the fourth year after planting, the crop amounts to one pound per tree, or 1666 pounds, which, at 10 cents per pound, gives 166 60 Total proceeds $197 83 C. Profits of Coffee Culture in Barcenas. — The proceeds from a manzana of coffee at Barcenas is $197 83 The cost of each manzana is 68 17 There remains a net yearly profit per manzana of $129 66 Cost anfc profit of Coffee IRalstng in Cepiotu 355 According to the above data, a cuerda of coffee costs $4.26, and «ach tree yields a little more than 4 cents, and the proceeds per cuerda are $12.36, and per tree a little less than 12 cents. One must consider the fact that in the above data no notice has been taken of the cost of buildings, machinery, clerks, preparing the coffee for the market, taking up of the crop, debts of the laborers while on the plantation, and of the runaways and other items comprised in the calculations made above regarding the cost of coffee in Soconusco. 3. COST AND PROFIT OF COFFEE IN CEYLON. The preceding estimates, made before seeing Mr. Sabonadiere's book, are, I think, fully corroborated by the estimate which that writer gives of the cost and profit of 200 acres of ground planted with coffee in Ceylon. I insert below Mr. Sarbonadiere's estimate, taken from his Coffee Planter of Ceylon (2d edition, London, 1870), and without further al- teration than that of the reduction to dollars and cents of the sums which he puts in pounds sterling, making this reduction on the basis of five dollars to the pound. Estimated expenditure to plant 200 acres of land with coffee and bring it into bearing : FIRST YEAR— SEPTEMBER, 1865. Purchase of 300 acres (2,766 cuerdas) of land at $5 per acre. $1,500 oo Survey fees 205 oo $1,705 oo Nursery or purchase of plants 250 oo JANUARY, 1866. Salary of European Superintendent for one year $600 oo Allowances 200 oo Native Overseer 250 oo 1,050 oo MARCH TO DECEMBER 31, 1866. Felling, lopping, and clearing up of 100 acres (922 cuerdas), at $12.50 per acre 1*250 oo Drilling holes in 100 acres, at $6.25 per acre $625 oo Staking 100 acres at $1.75 per acre 175 oo Planting 100 acres, at $2.25 per acre 225 oo Filling in holes at $2.25 per acre 225 oo 1,250 oo One mile of cart roads $250 oo Two miles path, at $75 per mile 150 oo 400 oo Carried forward $5,QO5 oo 356 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbtapas, Brought forward $5,905 oo Draining 100 acres, at $3.75 per acre 375 oo Weeding to December, ten months, at $4.42^ per acre per year 369 oo Permanent Buildings. — Superintendent's House $1,500 oo Overseer's House 300 oo Stone pillar and shingle houses, 60 by 20, for the laborers. .. 500 oo Rice and tool store 125 oo 2,425 oo General expenses of transportation 180 oo Tools and portable machinery 250 oo Contingent expenses 250 oo Losses in rice 250 oo Medicines and medical attendance 75 oo $10,079 °° Loss by exchange on $10,000 at 6 per cent 600 oo Expenses of the first year $10,679 °° SECOND YEAR— JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1867. European Superintendent $750 oo Native Superintendent 250 oo Allowances 180 oo $1,180 oo Felling, lopping, burning, and clearing up of 100 acres at $12.50 per acre $1,250 oo Holing, staking, and planting of 100 acres, at $12.50 per acre 1,250 oo 2,500 oo One mile of road ... $250 oo Two miles of path 150 oo 400 oo Draining 100 acres at $3.75 per acre, per year 375 oo Weeding of the same for the same time $600 oo Weeding of 100 acres at 41 cents per month per acre, for nine months 369 oo 969 oo Permanent Buildings. — Houses for the laborers, 16 by 20 feet 500 oo General transportation $250 oo Tools and portable machinery 150 oo General contingencies 250 oo Loss by rice 250 oo Medicines and medical attendance 75 oo 975 oo $6,899 °° Loss by exchange on $6,500 at 6 per cent 390 oo Expenses of the second year $7,289 oo THIRD YEAR— JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1868. European Superintendent $1,000 oo Native Superintendent 300 oo Allowances 180 oo $i ,480 oo Topping and pruning $125 oo Supplying failures 125 oo 250 oo Carried forward $1,730 oo Cost an& profit ot Coffee ttafsfng in Ceylon. 357 Brought forward $*>73O OO One mile of cart road $250 oo One mile of path 75 oo Repairing of roads and drains 20000 52500 Weeding 200 acres for twelve months at 50 cents per month per acre 1,200 OO Permanent Buildings.— Store, 120 by 30 feet, three floors, iron roof and stone pillars $5,ooo oo Pulping house, water wheel, and machinery 2,500 oo Iron pipes for conveying the coffee to the pulper 1,250 oo House for laborers, 60 by 20 feet 50000 9,25000 Crop Expenses.— Picking, pulping, and curing 400 cwt. at $i . 50 per cwt 600 oo Transportation of 1900 bushels parchment to Colombo at yi\ cents 593 75 Cost in Colombo of curing 400 cwt. at $1.12$ per cwt. . . 450 oo Export duty on 400 cwt., at 25 cts. per cwt 100 oo 1,743 75 General transportation 375 oo Purchase of tools. 150 oo General contingencies 375 oo Loss by rice 375 °° Medicines and medical attendance 100 oo 1,375 oo $15,823 75 Loss by exchange on $15,000, at 6 per cent 930 oo Expenses of the third year $16,753 75 RECAPITULATION. First year's expenditure $10,679 °o Second year's expenditure 7,289 oo Third year's expenditure 16,753 75 Total expenditure $34,721 75 Less value of 400 cwt. of coffee in the London market, at $16.75 net per cwt 6,700 oo Estate Dr. Jan. i, 1869 $28,021 75 Comparing the expenses and the yield of coffee in Ceylon, accord- ing to the data supplied by the preceding estimate, with the expenses and the yield of coffee in Soconusco, the total expenses are found to be greater in Ceylon than in Soconusco, notwithstanding the fact that some of the processes of cultivating and preparing the coffee for market cost less there than in Soconusco ; while the yield is much smaller in Ceylon than in Soconusco. Two hundred acres are equivalent to 1,844 cuerdas. Calculating that in each acre there are planted 1200 trees, at a distance of six feet apart, the usual distance in Ceylon, we shall have 240,000 trees, which will give 130^- trees to each cuerda. According to Mr. Sabonadiere's esitmate, each acre of ground Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. planted with coffee costs, up to the time of bearing, $173.61, which is equivalent to $18.83 Per cuerda, or 14^ cents per tree, while in Soconusca each acre costs $107.50, each cuerda $11.66, and each tree n cents. The causes of the greater cost of coffee cultivation in Ceylon than in Soconusco and Guatemala, are chiefly the following: 1. Higher price of the land, which is estimated in Ceylon at $5 per acre, or $528.77 per caballeria, without the cost of survey, while I have estimated it in Soconusco at $50 a caballeria. 2. The greater cost of the buildings, which in Ceylon are con- structed of stone and mortar, with a roof of galvanized iron, and with- out regard to economy, as their value alone represents almost a third of the total cost of the estate, while in Soconusco they are made of pillars of unhewed logs, with a roof of straw, and at a very moderate cost. The cost of the buildings in Ceylon, according to the preceding estimate, is $10,925, while in Soconusco it does not reach $1,000. 3. The greater number of operations required on a coffee planta- tion in Ceylon, such as draining, and topping, and pruning the trees. 4. The cost of roads, the cost of the pipes to carry the coffee from the plantation to the pulping house, the loss on exchange in London and the loss by rice, expenses which are either not incurred in Soco- nusco or are very slight. The cost of roads in Ceylon is $1,325, that of iron pipes $1,250, that of exchange on London $1,920, and the loss by rice $875, making a total of $5,660. The items which cost less in Ceylon than in Soconusco are the following : Machinery and implements, for reasons which will be readily under- stood, cost more in Soconusco than in Ceylon. The same is the case with weeding; the reason of this is, perhaps, that the soil in Soconusco, being more fertile than that of Ceylon, produces more weeds, and vegetation is more luxuriant in the former than in the latter. A day's wages in Ceylon is seventeen cents (8 pence), but, taking into account the losses by rice, which is sometimes bought at a high price and sold at a low price to the laborers, wages may be estimated at twenty cents per day. The task given to each laborer as a day's work in Ceylon is not mentioned, however, and perhaps this makes up for the difference in wages. The following table will give an idea of the difference, in the cost of cultivating coffee, between Soconusco and Ceylon. IN SOCONUSCO. IN CEYLON. Land, two caballerias $100 oo $1,057 54 Manager and overseer for three years 1,080 oo 3,7IQ °° Nursery 52250 25000 Clearing the ground, one cuerda 50 I 35i Staking " " 04 19 Conclusion. 359 IN SOCONUSCO. IN CEYLON. Holing the ground, one cuerda 12 6yf Transplanting one cuerda $ 52 $ 49 Weedings, per year i oo 54 Gathering the crop and preparing it for market per cwt.. . 2 25 4 " Medicine and medical attendance for three years 250 oo Freight 150 oo 805 oo- Implements and machinery, two years 950 oo 400 oo General contingencies 35° °° 875 OO Drainage, per cuerda, two years 6100 Mr. Sabonadiere estimates the yield of 200 acres of land at 800 cwt.y or 88,270 Mexican Ibs., which gives a yield of 441.35 Ibs. per acre, or about 48 Ibs. per cuerda, or .358 of a pound, which is 5T\ oz. per tree, The yield of a coffee plantation in Soconusco is 1,917} Ibs. per acre, 208 Ibs. per cuerda, and 2 Ibs. per tree, as has been already stated. Notwithstanding that there are in Soconusco a smaller number of trees in each cuerda, the yield is more than four times greater per cuerda, for while each tree yields in Soconusco 2 Ibs. of coffee in the year, in Ceylon it yields only 5T\ oz. But notwithstanding the greater expense of coffee cultivation in Ceylon, as compared with Soconusco, it is still a profitable industry there, for the estimate made by Mr. Sabonadiere shows that a planta- tion of 300 acres of land, of which 200 are planted with coffee, and the total cost of which has been $34,728.75, will at the end of seven years have paid off this sum by its produce, the estate being left free and representing a capital of from $60,000 to $70,000. VII. CONCLUSION. I have endeavored to carry out, to the best of my ability, the object I had in view, in writing this work, that is, to facilitate and extend coffee cultivation in Mexico. The facts which I have set down will, I believe, show that there are few enterprises that could be undertaken in our country with so much, profit as the cultivation of coffee. The coffee crop of Soconusco, last year (1873), did not reach, it is estimated, 1,500 quintals. The greater number of the plantations already formed, are situated in the low lands, which, as I have already said, are the least suitable for this crop. There seems to be a growing disposition, however, to plant coffee, and new plantations are being formed in the high lands. Persons have even come from other parts to plant coffee in Soconusco. Its production will consequently in- crease considerably within a very short time. I have no data on which to base an estimate of the quantity of 360 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast ot Cbiapas, coffee produced in the other parts of the republic, where this crop is raised; but I imagine that the annual production, in the entire country, is about 100,000 quintals — which is little enough — the greater part of this being raised on the coast of Veracruz. Guatemala alone produces more than 200,000 quintals; and Costa Rica, whose popula- tion does not reach 200,000, very nearly 300,000 quintals. Mexico possesses extensive lands suitable for coffee, which are now uncultivated, and which will make the fortunes of those who shall cultivate them, contributing at the same time to augment the national wealth. The day in which the cultivation of coffee assumes important proportions in Mexico there will be opened up for the country a new source of wealth, of agricultural industry, which will greatly increase its exports, and, as a consequence, its imports, its commercial activity, and even the national revenues, while enriching the planters. I earnestly hope that this little work may contribute, in some degree, to the realization of these results. M. ROMERO. TAPACHULA, July iS, 1874 APPENDIX. In my book on the State of Oaxaca, I published some facts about the causes which affect the climate of that place which I intended to use when I could make a revised edition of my paper on Coffee. But as that is not possible, I think it would be prudent to insert here that memorandum which I think will be of some value to anyone attempt- ing to go into coffee-planting. The India- Rubber World, of New York, of August 15, 1893, pub- lished a letter of Mr. F. O. Harriman, Civil Engineer, dated at Jaltipan, in the State of Veracruz, recommending the lands of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec as very well suited for coffee and india-rubber culture. As I was afraid that Mr. Harriman's views were not well grounded, I wrote on September 25, 1893, a private letter to Mr. Hawthorne Hill, the editor of that paper, pointing out what I considered serious mis- takes in Mr. Harriman's paper, so that he could correct them editorially if he thought proper to do so. Mr. Hill answered me that the best way to accomplish that end was to publish my letter, and requested my permission to do so, and thinking it might do good to discuss through the press the subject to which my letter referred, I consented to its publication, and it did appear in the issue of The India-Rubber World for October 15, 1893. Both Mr. Harriman, from Jaltipan, and his brother, Mr. J. P. Harriman, from Woonsocket, Rhode Island, answered my letter, and I had to write a rejoinder, which put an end to the con- troversy. In compliance with the intimation I made in the foot-note which appears on page 295 of the foregoing paper, I append the letters published on the subject. CAUSES WHICH DETERMINE THE CLIMATE OF A LOCALITY. The climate of any locality consists in the combination of its tem- perature with the humidity that prevails there. The sun is the source which sends forth heat to the surface of the earth ; when the sun is over the horizon of any locality, that locality receives heat, and when it is below the horizon, that same locality is losing heat through irra- diation. 361 362 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. The division of the terrestial globe into five zones, the torrid, the two temperate, and the two frigid, merely gives a general idea of the average temperature of those portions of the earth, because the force of the sun's rays is modified by other diverse causes, which bring about the result that in the same latitude various kinds of temperature may exist. In order to determine the climate of a locality, various circumstances must be taken into account, the principal ones being the following : 1. Latitude. — Generally, latitude determines the temperature of the locality, because the nearer it is to the equator the greater will be the amount of heat that it will receive, and such amount will diminish in proportion as the locality may be far away from the equatorial line. For that reason the line of perpetual snow is low as one approaches the poles ; at the equator it is about three miles, and at the poles it is at the level of the sea : at 20° of latitude it is about 14,000 English feet above the sea : within the tropics its altitude is from 15,000 to 20,000 feet above the sea ; at 30°, about 12,000 ; at 40°, about 10,000 : at 60°, about 4000 ; at 70°, about 2000 : and at 8°, is at sea level. It is also to be noticed that the line of perpetual snow is higher between the 10° and 20° from the equator than at the equator itself ; this may probably be due to the fact that at the equator the sun only remains 12 hours above the horizon, while near the tropics the longest day is about 13^ hours, and as during that time the sun's rays fall vertically, or nearly so, the heat in summer is greater than on the equator. 2. Altitude. — Temperature becomes colder in proportion to the altitude of a place, and the influence of altitude is felt quicker than that of latitude. If we travel from the equator towards the poles along the sea-level, we have to go many kilometers before a change of tem- perature is noticeable, whilst as soon as we begin to ascend from the level of the sea, a very decided change of temperature is experienced. The ascent of 180 English feet merely, brings about the same change of temperature as travelling one whole degree of latitude, or say, 169^ English miles, from the equator towards the poles. At an elevation of 15,000 English feet above the level of the sea, we reach perpetual snow in the equator, that being a climate which corresponds along the sea-level to 70° of latitude. For the first 1000 feet of elevation above the level of the sea the temperature descends more than 7°, and higher up about i° for every 500 feet on an average, and it continues to de- scend less rapidly in proportion as the elevations become greater. 3. Location of Mountain Chains. — If the mountain chains are situ- ated in the northern hemisphere, from east to west, the side that looks to the north is exposed to cold winds, and that looking to the south is sheltered from them, but has the southern winds ; the former, there- Causes wbicb Betermfne tbe Climate. 363 fore, has to be colder than the latter. That is the reason why Russian Poland, that has no mountains between its territory and the pole, has during winter a temperature as cold as that of Sweden, whilst Hungary, which is protected on the north by the Carpathian Mountains, enjoys a pleasant climate similar to that of Germany. 4. Proximity or Distance from the Sea. — The waters of the ocean have a more uniform temperature than the earth, and preserve, for that reason, a proportionate uniformity whenever their influence can be felt, moderating the cold as well as the heat. A cold wind passing over the surface of the ocean becomes somewhat heated, and in turn a hot wind becomes cooler. That is why the climate of islands and of countries bordering on the ocean, is more uniform than that of coun- tries situated at a great distance from the sea, and such countries also enjoy more moderate winters, and their summers are cooler. We may state, for example, that the average temperature of Eng- land, which is an island, is about 65° in summer and about 37° in winter, which merely gives a difference of 26°, whilst the average tem- perature of Pekin, removed from the sea, is 79° in summer and 23° in winter, which gives a difference of 56°. 5. The Inclination which the Country Bears to the Course of the Sun. — The angle at which the sun's rays fall on a locality, and consequently its heating power, varies according to the position of the soil of such locality. When the sun is 45° above the horizon, its rays must fall perpendicularly on the side of a hill looking towards the south, and forming likewise an angle of 45° : whilst the plain below the hill will receive the sun's rays at an angle of 45°. 6. The Geological Character of the Soil. — The kind of soil of a locality has a great influence on the climate, principally on account of its greater or less adaptability to irradiate the heat. Sandy soil is heated easily and quickly, and when the sun's rays do not fall on it it irra- diates easily and thereby communicates a portion of its heat to the atmosphere. Earthy soil, on the contrary, absorbs less easily the heat, and irradiates it more slowly, and so it communicates less heat to the atmosphere. Marshy lands and forests cool the air. 7. The Degree of Cultivation of the Soil. — Cutting or grading and the reclaiming of marshy lands renders warmer the temperature of a local- ity. The complete destruction of forests may be fatal to a region because thereby it may be deprived of a protection against certain winds, or diminish humidity in a greater scale, be it through the de- crease in the rainfall in places having no vegetation, or because the evaporation of the leaves of vegetable matter ceases. 8. Prevailing Winds. — The winds prevailing in a locality have great influence on its temperature. The winds may be cold or warm, ac- cording to the place whence they come and the kind of surface over 364 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas, which they may pass. In the northern hemisphere, as a general rule, the winds coming from the north are cold, and those coming from the south hot. 9. The Quantity of Annual Rainfall. — Rains have great influence over the temperature of a locality, as they render it more or less humid or damp. As a general rule a greater amount of rain falls on islands and on the coast than in districts far removed from the sea, in the moun- tains than in the valleys, within the tropics than outside of them. The amount of rainfall in a locality does not depend merely on its latitude, but on other circumstances, as, for instance, the vicinity of high mountains abounding in trees, because elevations as well as vege- tation attract clouds impregnated with water, and produce rain. The rainfall also depends on prevailing winds ; when the latter pass over the sea they retain a large quantity of water in the form of vapor, which dampens the atmosphere or converts it into rain. CONTROVERSY ABOUT THE TEHUANTEPEC LANDS FOR COFFEE. The India- Rubber World, New York, October 15, 1893 : To the Editor of the "India-Rubber World ": I read with a great deal of interest in a recent number of your journal, Mr. F. O. Harriman's articles on " Rubber- Planting on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec," and I am glad to see that he is so much pleased with his location at Jaltipan. While I think that Jaltipan is a very good location for rubber-planting, and with but one exception agree with everything he says in this regard, I am afraid that he is mistaken in con- sidering that coffee and rubber can grow well on the same ground, or rather, that low hot lands are the best for coffee. In my opinion there is no land hot enough for India- rubber, or, rather, the hotter the temperature the better it is, provided, of course, that it is moist or damp. But not so with coffee, which, in my opinion, requires a temper- ate climate, where it will not freeze. The mere fact that coffee-trees cannot grow at Jaltipan without shade, shows in my judgment that that zone is not the proper one for coffee-growing, since it requires an artificial reduction of temperature. You can grow pine-apples in St. Petersburg, Russia, but only in a hot-house, — that is, by in- creasing artificially the temperature, — the only difference being that in one case you increase and in the other reduce the temperature. For commercial purposes, it will not do to change the conditions of nature, as the cost of production will be very much increased when you have to use artificial means to alter the climatic conditions of a place. I have had a great deal of personal experience in coffee-planting, and I am sure that I am right in this view of it, and if necessary, could demonstrate it very clearly. If Mr. Harriman's estimate about the yield per coffee-tree in Jaltipan is correct, the place must be exceptionally good for coffee-raising. The yield per tree depends mainly on the zone the trees are planted in. When they are planted in the hot zone, the medium yield is from 4 to 8 ounces per tree, and when in the temperate zone about one pound per tree. Isolated trees planted near houses where they have better care and manure, may be found yielding in the hot zone even 8 pounds, but they are exceptional cases, and could not be taken as a basis for the yield of a large plantation. One pound per tree is a very good yield, as an average. The expenses of keeping the plantation and gathering the crop are also smaller in the temperate than in the hot ffitness of tbe Uebuantepec SLanDs for Coffee* 365 I do not agree with Mr. Harriman in his assertion that the India-rubber trees re- quire shade while young. If he takes from the woods small plants which have grown in the shade, and transplants them on cleared ground, it is likely that they will not stand the heat, especially as they suffer a great deal from transplanting, even when that operation is done under the best circumstances. But if he sows the seeds in a nursery without shade and they spring up without shade, he will find that they come stronger and stouter, and if he then transplants them to their final location, he will see that they do not need any shade at all, and that the young plants grow more rapidly and stronger without shade. Very truly yours, M. ROMERO. WASHINGTON, D. C., September 25 ', 1893. The India- Rubber World, New York, December (Friday) 15, 1893 : RUBBER SHADE FOR COFFEE PLANTATIONS. By F. 0. Harriman, C.E. To the Editor of the " India-Rubber World" : The communication from Senor Romero in the issue of your journal for October I5th, on the subject of planting rubber and coffee in conjunction, contains ideas so det- rimental to the coffee interests of the isthmus district that I feel bound, though not wishing to take issue publicly with Senor Romero, to say something further in the same connection. The eyes of the world are fixed upon the Isthmus of Tehuantepec as a connecting link in the highway of commerce between the Atlantic and the Pacific, and its consequent advantage of soon being within easy reach of the entire world ; and coffee-growing is daily becoming more and more important in the development of this section. As T have tried to point out in your pages heretofore, India-rubber may be made a factor in profitably extending this industry. Hence my continued attention to the subject. Coffee, wherever planted on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, and also on the foot- hills and Atlantic plains of the States of Vera Cruz and Tabasco, requires shade ; even the old plantations of the Cordoba and Jalapa districts were shaded to a greater or less extent, and at present, even in these altitudes, much rubber will be found for this purpose. From the Mexican Trader Handbook No. I, Coffee-Growing in Mexico, by J. P. Taylor, I quote as follows (page 26) : 44 Shade. — According to Mr. Hugo Finck, the coffee-tree requires shade up to the altitude of from 3000 to 3500 feet above the level of the sea. From 3500 to 5000 feet shade is not absolutely necessary, although the coffee-trees which have it live longer, but their product is less. At Cordoba, Jalapa, and other districts in the State of Vera- cruz, the banana-tree is the favorite one for shade, but, as Mr. Finck says, it is a tree which so rapidly exhausts the soil that coffee-trees beneath it do not bear more than eight or ten years. Mr. Julio Rossignon gives it as his opinion that the method which some planters employ of shading their coffee-trees with bananas is a bad one. The banana, while it maintains humidity in the soil, takes too much of the richness out of the earth. On the other hand, in the return rendered the government by the city council of Jalapa, the banana is recommended as the best tree for shade, on the ground that it has the property of attracting to itself such moisture as may be in the atmos- phere, thus bestowing freshness and luxuriance upon the coffee-plant which it covers. There can be no doubt, however, that the banana is selected as a shade-tree chiefly because it bears valuable fruit, which, on the Mexican or inter-oceanic railways, readily realizes from $r to $1.25 per arroba (25 pounds). Beside the banana, the orange, the 366 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas, lime-tree, aguacate, walnut, mamey-tree, castor-oil plant, the fig, and the rubber-tree, as well as a host of others, are found in the State of Veracruz as shade for the coffee- tree. All the trees specifically mentioned yield more or less valuable fruit, and they are thus desirable on their own account, apart from their shading services." In the valley of the Coatzacoalcos River, the proper northern part of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, coffee-growing is no new experiment, having been carried on since the time of the French colonists settling there in 1829-32, and even at present there exist remains of some of these old plantations in the towns of Jaltipan, Soconusco (Santa Ana), Acayucan, Hidalgotitlan, and many places on the banks of the Coatzacoalcos and Uspanapa rivers ; but invariably they all are shaded, and of the new plantations, many bearing and shaded by rubber-trees, exactly as good results are given in yield of coffee as when shaded by jonote, coscalite, cocuite, and other shade-trees. In this dis- trict the good result is proved by actual experience and existing examples ; it is no theory waiting for development. In a plantation thus formed with rubber shade, when the conditions will allow, the cost of production of coffee is not increased, as Seiior Romero states, for the rubber forms a greater producing factor than the coffee itself, and the same extension of ground planted in coffee with and without rubber shade- trees, will give more than a double revenue in the former case ; or, the capitalized value of the plantation in the former case is more than double what it is in the latter, with hardly an imperceptible difference in cost of forming plantations. It is not on account of an excessive heat on the isthmus that the shading of coffee is necessary. From the pass of Chi vela in the Sierra Madre to the gulf coast the ex- treme temperature is between 99° and 57° F. In a letter on this subject from Coatza- coalcos, dated August 17, 1880, Mr. Martin Van Brocklin, late chief engineer of the Metropolitan Elevated Railroad Company of New York, and at the time chief engineer of the Tehuantepec Railroad, says : " The thermometer hanging in my office has not been above 85° F. since July 10, when it reached 88°, nor has it been much more than 10° below these figures," and this was during a portion of the hottest season of the year, and Coatzacoalcos is the hottest portion of the northern division of the isthmus. The shading of coffee is necessary on account of the continued dry southern winds, prevailing during March and April, which, in addition to the sun's rays, will com- pletely bake the ground and exhaust the moisture, and small plants, if not protected, succumb to the combined influence of these elements. The isthmus, on account of the great depression of the Sierra Madre, — only some 900 feet at this point, but rising very abruptly on both sides, — feels the effect of the south winds as no other part of Mexico on the Atlantic slope. Through the effect of the same topographical condi- tions, by causing a continuous circulation of air currents from ocean to ocean, there is given to this region a cooler and more salubrious climate than is encountered in any other part of Mexico or Central America included within the tropics at the same altitude. Rubber should be planted from the seed, which falls in April and May, or from young plants from a nursery, at the beginning of the rainy season, in order to be well rooted to resist the effects of the dry season. At the time of planting the prevailing rains are generally severe showers of short duration, with afterwards an almost instan- taneous hot sun. Hence, if the young plants are not protected by some light shade, a considerable proportion of the rubber-plants is sure to be scalded. It is true that the rubber afterwards thickens in the trunk quicker in the open, but the coffee must have shade in the dry season, and unless rubber be planted three years before, some other shade is necessary, and low trees like bananas, planted properly, retard the growth of rubber very little. JALTIPAN, VERA CRUZ, MEXICO October 30, 1893. jfitness ot tbe Uebuantepec Xante for Coffee* 367 ANOTHER RESPONSE TO SEftOR ROMERO. To the Editor of the " India-Rubber World" : I notice with surprise the criticisms of Senor Romero, in relation to F. O. Hani- man's experience in coffee and rubber cultivation on the isthmus of Tehuantepec, as detailed in his article in your edition of August i$th. My brother has had an almost continuous experience in the locality mentioned for over ten years past, and has given the subject an exhaustive study, in connection with the opportunities afforded him through the pursuits of his profession as civil engineer engaged in locating and build- ing the railroad across the isthmus. That the lands and climate of this locality are unusually well suited to the culti- vation of coffee, a number of plantations in the neighborhood, such as Pena Blanca, Villa Alta, and the Boca de Chuniagoa, can testify. These plantations yield per tree enormously more than those of Cordova and the coffee-producing districts of Oaxaca. On account of the great fertility of the soil, the trees open out so much that they have to be planted three and four yards apart, else in four years they would completely interlace. The trees commence to bear in three years after first setting out, and when in full bearing, in five years, will yield large amounts. At the Pena Blanca plantation, the average crop is 3^ pounds per tree ; it is of a very superior quality, with a little less caricolilla than Cordova or Oaxaca, per- haps, but the yield per tree is very much greater than in those districts, where only from £ to i£ pounds per tree is obtained, and naturally it will be a great deal more ad- vantageous to cultivate plantations in this district. I fail to grasp the pertinence of Senor Romero's suggestion that " the fact that coffee-trees cannot grow in this locality without shade, shows it is not the proper zone for coffee-growing." This fact is no more conclusive than the fact that a few years ago, when the railroad construction company sent 3000 wheelbarrows to this locality, the native Indians employed there would not use them until they had taken out the wheel and placed a man at each end of the barrow, is conclusive that nineteenth-cen- tury ideas are not applicable to labor in this district. The simple fact that it has been the custom until recently to cultivate coffee only at a higher elevation above the sea-level than this valley, seems to me to offer no valid reason for not accepting the much greater yield of the product attained from richness of soil, etc. , here with shade, especially when the product of the shade-trees, in seven years from planting, yields a larger profit than the coffee-trees even, and divides the expense of maintenance. For commercial purposes, it -will do "to change the conditions of nature," as illustrated by the reclaiming of large tracts of the " great American desert," by arti- ficial irrigation, and the deepening of the outlets of numerous rivers by jetties recently constructed. I see no reason for declining to adopt modern ideas for the cultivation of coffee and rubber in conjunction when the outlook is so promising. J. P. HARRIMAN. WOONSOCKET, R. I., November 9, 1883. The India-Rubber World, February 15, 1894 : AN ANSWER FROM SESOR ROMERO. To the Editor of the " India-Rubber World" : I have seen in your issue of December isth, a communication from Mr. F. O. Harriman, C.E., dated at Jaltipan, Veracruz, Mexico, on October 3oth last, com- menting on my letter published in your October number, in which I criticised his former article about his Tehuantepec India-rubber and coffee plantations. 368 Coffee Culture on tbe Soutbern Coast of Cbiapas. You know very well that my letter was not written for publication, and that I only consented to its insertion in your paper after your solicitation, and because I supposed that the discussion of this important subject would do some good to the public at large, and especially to the coffee and India-rubber industries in Mexico. Far from having any intention detrimental to any of those industries, my well-known interest in both of them made me write my letter, as I think I am the originator and promoter of India-rubber planting in Mexico, and I have given a great deal of my time— at least two consecutive years— to coffee-culture, having started myself a coffee and an India-rubber plantation in the State of Chiapas, in southeastern Mexico. Perhaps I was too sweeping in my remarks about coffee-planting in the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, due to the fact that my official duties at this capital leave me very little time to consider carefully and maturely other subjects, and that my letter to you was for that reason written in great haste. What I meant to say, — because I am con- vinced of it by experience and study, — is that hot lands are not the best for coffee, and that as a general rule low lands are hot, and in the Isthmus of Tehuantepec lands are low. As Mr. Harriman says the highest elevation is only 900 feet above the level ot the sea, I concluded that they could not be the best lands for coffee. But Mr. Harriman states in his last letter that the lands on the isthmus are not hot, and as he knows them well and I have only passed through some of them, — never having been at Jaltipan, — his lands may be very good and perhaps the best for coffee, and I sincerely hope they are so, as I have the best wishes for his success, as well as for the success of anybody else who would contribute to the development of the coffee industry in Mexico, which I think is one of the greatest sources of wealth in that country. As is well known, the temperature of a place depends on several factors, the principal one being its elevation above the level of the sea ; but this factor may be affected or even changed by others, like the currents of air, dampness, etc. The at- mospheric conditions of Jaltipan, as described by Mr. Harriman, doubtless may give that place, located 900 feet above the sea-level, a temperature corresponding in other localities to a much higher elevation (say from 5000 to 5 500 feet), which I think is the best location for coffee-culture. I am sure, too, that the great currents of air passing through the isthmus of Tehuantepec, which Mr. Harriman describes so well, and which I have experienced while passing through that isthmus, will dry the land, and may make it necessary to use shade for the coffee-trees when they are young and when most of the surface of the land would be exposed to the winds ; but even in that case I should think that when the coffee-trees are grown, and they shade the ground with their own leaves, the yield of the plantation per tree would be increased by pulling down the shade-trees. I am still firmly of the opinion that as a general rule, recognizing of course that there may be exceptions to the rule itself, but not to its principle, coffee is the product of temperate and not of hot climates, — and that it is better therefore to plant it high rather than low. Mr. Taylor's quotation of Mr. Hugo Finck's opinion, quoted by Mr. F. O. Harriman, to the effect that coffee-trees need shade when planted below from 3000 to 3500 feet, and do not need it when planted higher, I rather think con- firms my theory. I have also read Mr. J. P. Harriman's letter, dated at Woonsocket, R. I., No- vember gth, published in the same issue of your journal, commenting on my previous communication on this subject. My remarks already made to the other letter will answer his, and I will only add that if coffee-trees yield in Jaltipan or around there 3^ pounds per tree, as he says they average at the Pena Blanca plantations, I would not hesitate in saying that the isthmus lands are the best in the world for coffee- raising, as what I consider the best lands in Mexico for that industry do not average jf itness of tbe Uebuantepec %anfcs for Coffee. 369 in a large plantation more than one pound per tree per crop, although individual trees may yield considerably more. Nobody will be happier than myself if such is the fact, as I feel such a great interest in the development of that industry in Mexico. To Mr. F. O. Harriman and his associates, should he have any, I would venture to say, — should they allow me to volunteer my advice, — go on with your plantation and increase it as much as you can, being sure that if the yield is such as expected, you have the best coffee-lands in Mexico, and possibly the best in the world. But should you for any reason be mistaken in that regard, I would advise you still to go on, as a plantation already begun, when the land has been secured and there is sufficient labor, is far better, even in case it has not the best conditions as compared with others which would be only imaginary ones. Coffee production is such a lucrative business that it will yield very large profits, even in case it is not undertaken under the best con- ditions. Mr. J. P. Harriman asserts that coffee has heretofore been planted in high lands, and considers that planting it in low lands, which are generally more fertile, shows a great improvement, and mentions in support of his theory an experiment to introduce wheelbarrows in Tehuantepec, the reclaiming of large tracts of the " great American desert " by artificial irrigation, and of deepening shallow rivers by constructing jetties. To my knowledge coffee has been planted so far almost exclusively in the low lands, and it is only recently and in a few places where its culture is more advanced, and experience has shown the advantages of high lands, that these are preferred. Nobody could deny that men can through industry and labor assist nature very materially in the discharge of its functions, as it is the case in manuring worn-out land, in irrigating arid tracts, which otherwise would be unproductive, etc., but I per- ceive a great difference between assisting the forces of nature and trying to change them. When a crop is cultivated out of its own natural zone, I think the effort is in the second direction. Even in case of man's industry assisting the forces of nature, I imagine it is better to use land which requires no such assistance. I would make a farm of virgin land, rather than of worn-out land which needs to be manured, and of a moist land needing no irrigation, than of arid land which cannot be productive without irrigation, all other circumstances being equal. I do not understand the hint to wheelbarrows in Tehuantepec, unless it is to com- pare me with the native Indians who would not use them until they had taken out the wheels and placed a man at each end of the barrow. I am as firm a believer in prog- ress as Mr. Harriman can be, and I do not think my views on coffee culture are inconsistent with progress, but should I be mistaken I will be glad to acknowledge my error when I am satisfied that I have made any, as I am always open to conviction and I think it is honorable for anybody to recognize his own mistakes. M. ROMERO. WASHINGTON, D. C., December 16, 1893. After my paper on coffee culture was writtten, I received a very interesting publication on coffee culture in Brazil entitled Monographia do Caft Historia, Cultura e Producfdo, by Paulo Porlo-Alegre, pub- lished in Lisbon, in 1879, which contains valuable information on the coffee culture in that country. I am sorry that I have not the time to compare the culture of coffee in Brazil with the way in which it is cultivated in Mexico and Guatemala. INDIA-RUBBER CULTURE IN MEXICO, 371 INTRODUCTION. All that I said in the introduction of this book, referring to coffee culture in Mexico, applies to India-rubber culture. When in 1872, I made a long trip of inspection to several of the Mexican States for the purpose of studying the agricultural resources of the country and selecting some branch of it which would be pleasant and profitable to ap- ply myself to, together with a desirable location, and visited Soconusco, I was very much struck with the great future of the India-rubber culture, and I became satisfied that it was the most lucrative branch of agriculture that could then possibly be undertaken. On that occasion I remained about four months in Soconusco and studied almost exclusively the India-rubber tree, and it seemed to me so promising that I fully made up my mind to undertake a plantation of such trees, and on my return to the City of Mexico, in December, 1872, for the purpose of closing my affairs there and moving my resi- dence to Tapachula, the county-seat of Soconusco, I decided to give to my countrymen the benefit of my studies and experience, or rather surmises about India-rubber culture, and I consequently published a paper entitled, ' ' Importance of India- Rubber Culture in the Future of Mexico, ' ' in which I tried to present what I had gathered, and to give a clear idea of the profits of that culture in Mexico, and of the advan- tages of Soconusco for the same. My paper on this subject differs from the one on coffee, especially from the fact that when I wrote the latter, coffee raising was an in- dustry already established, and of which one could speak from ex- perience, while India-rubber planting was not in existence anywhere in the world that I knew of, and therefore nobody could lay down with certainty the true principles of the same, and any surmises, however plausible and reasonable, could not be supported by experience. On returning to Soconusco in 1873 to make there my permanent abode, I purchased a very desirable piece of land, of about 25,000 acres, bounded by the Pacific on the south, and by two large rivers, the Zuchiate on the east, and the Caohuacan on the west, at a distance of about ten miles apart, where a great many India-rubber trees had 373 374 1Tn&ia*1Rubber Culture in flDejfco, previously been grown wild and the large ones had been destroyed by the rubber gatherers, a fact showing, in my opinion, that it was the best place for that culture. I planted about 100,000 trees, having to contend with the scarcity of hands, and with the great difficulty of bringing laborers there, because it was somewhat removed from any settlement, the climate warm and productive of intermittent fevers, and there being, besides, a great number of mosquitoes. In 1875 my trees were prospering and in a very satisfactory con- dition; but as I had to abandon the place at that time, when the trees developed, the natives tapped them, destroying them as they do with the large wild trees, and I could not therefore have the advantage of the experience drawn from my plantation. I have not heard of any plantation on a larger scale being made in Mexico, except one on the southern coast of Oaxaca, called ' ' Esmer- alda," which I have not seen, and of which I have not reliable information. Extracts from my paper on the India-rubber culture in Mexico were published in English by the India-Rubber World, of New York, in its issue of April 15, 1893. The demand for India-rubber has increased considerably since my paper was written, while the supply is necessarily diminishing. Every day new applications are being made of that material, as, for instance, tires for bicycles, carriages, and wagons, all of which result in a much larger consumption of that article. In the Para regions, the main source of the supply, the wild India-rubber trees near the rivers have been destroyed, although new ones are growing up, and it will be more difficult and expensive to go to the interior to tap the trees, so that the wild India-rubber trees are being put to contribution in other regions like Asia and Africa, for the purpose of supplying the demand. The price has consequently increased and a good quality of rubber, such as is produced in Mexico, is now sold at $i per pound. The United States Consuls in America, Asia, and Africa sent re- ports to the Department of State, during the years 1890 and 1891, in answer to a circular addressed by the same, asking for information on India-rubber culture in the tropical regions of the world, and they all were published in a volume of 250 pages (Special Consular Report on India-Rubber, 1892), which contains very interesting information on the rubber culture in Brazil, India, and Africa. Unfortunately this information came after my paper had been written and published, for which I am sorry, for had I had such data, I could have enriched my article very materially with important matter ; but I was very much pleased to see that the cardinal points which I laid down about India- rubber culture are the same as those considered the safest in their case. fntrofcuction. 375 I saw in the India- Rubber World of New York, of March 15, 1894, that a valuable book on india-rubber had been published in Colombo, Ceylon, by A. M. & J. Ferguson, in 1887, entitled India-Rubber and Gutta-Percha: Being a Compilation of all the Available Information Re- specting the Trees Yielding these Articles of Commerce and their Cultiva- tion" and that is the first intimation I had of any book on that subject. I am sorry that I have not the time to compare the information con- tained in that book with my surmises about India-rubber culture. I am also sorry that my present duties should preclude my revising this paper, which I publish now exactly as it came out over a quarter of a century ago. All I could at present add is that the estimate of the cost of a plantation, while perfectly reliable in 1872, would be subject to serious changes, for the reasons stated in the introduction to Coffee Culture in Mexico. In so far as the profits are concerned, I would be still more conservative, and reduce them very materially. As I am the only one who has written on India-rubber culture in Mexico, and have studied the subject as far as it was possible under the circumstances, I have received frequent calls for my paper on the subject, especially from citizens of the United States, and to satisfy their demands, I have decided to give to the public the following article on the subject, without revising it in any way. WASHINGTON, D. C., February 24, 1898. THE INDIA-RUBBER CULTURE IN MEXICO. i. INTRODUCTION. It is with a feeling of extreme diffidence that I undertake to write upon a subject on which I can only speak as a layman, inasmuch as neither my few studies nor my habitual occupations have initiated me theoretically or practically in agriculture, botany, chemistry, or any other of the sciences a knowledge of which is necessary to be able to speak intelligently of a branch of agricultural industry that I consider as being destined to attain a great development in Mexico, and to ex- ercise a vast influence upon its future. My desire in calling the attention of my fellow-citizens to the ex- ploitation of a source of wealth which, I do not doubt, will, in a few years, assure their future, is the sole motive that induces me to write these lines, even at the risk of sometimes falling into an error of more or less importance. I trust that this explanation will serve as an ex- cuse for the inaccuracies which may be found in this paper, and I shall consider my object in writing it attained, if competent and prac- tical persons will kindly point out the gaps or defects that must be in it, so that the subject may be the more clearly explained. As another excuse for the insufficiency of this paper, however, I think it proper to mention the scarcity of books upon the subject. From the time that my attention was first called to the importance of the culture of the rubber-tree in Mexico, I endeavored to provide my- self with such books on this subject as might have been published in Europe and in the United States. I applied to persons in New York, and to the principal European book-stores, but their answers were that they had met with no book treating of the rubber-plant. In some encyclopedias, such as the Encyclopedia Britannica, the New American Encyclopedia, and other books of reference, I found articles concerning the manufacture of rubber rather than the tree that produces it. During my recent travels in the Eastern States of Mexico, I en- 377 378 Un&ia*1Rubl)er Culture in deavored to obtain all the data possible on the subject, so as to supply by the experience of others and my own limited observation what I could find nowhere else. The result of my investigations was not as complete as I could wish, owing to the fact that the rubber-tree not having been cultivated in those localities, no experiments as to its de- velopment had been made; and, consequently, there are only con- jectures, more or less well founded, concerning it. The summing up of some probable conjectures on this subject is what I shall endeavor to record in this paper. II. DESCRIPTION OF THE RUBBER-TREE—BOTANICAL NAME— CHEMI- CAL ANALYSIS— SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF RUBBER— WHEN RUBBER WAS FIRST USED— VULCANIZED RUBBER. The tree that produces rubber belongs to the family of Euphorbiacea trees, shrubs, and grass that gives a milky juice. This family is com- posed of more than fifteen hundred species, which grow principally in intertropical regions. Its botanical name is Jatropha elastica,1 according to Linnaeus; Siphonia elastica, according to Persoon; Siphonia cahuchu, according to Screber and Wildenow; Haevea guianensis, according to Aublet; and Echites corymbosa, according to Jacquieu. The trees called Cecropia, Peltada, Ficus religiosa, and Indica produce a substance similar to rub- ber, but inferior to it. The Asiatic rubber-tree called Ficus and Urceola elastica^ grows to a greater size than the American, but its product is inferior in quality to that of the latter. M. de la Condamine, describing the rubber-trees on the banks of the Amazon River, says that they grow rapidly, are perfectly straight, have branches only near the top, and cover a surface of not more than ten feet. They have three seeds contained in a pod with three cells, in each of which there is a kernel which, boiled in water, produces an oil that is used like butter. 1 1 find in the Treasury of Botany, edited by John Lindley, and published in London in 1870, that there are four species of India-rubber: first, Ficus elastica; second, Siphonia elastica, which is the one prevailing in Brazil ; third, Castilloa elas- tica, which is the one raised in Soconusco ; and fourth, Unceola elastica. The Cas- tilloa elastica is described as a Mexican tree pertaining to the Artocarpacea, which has masculine and feminine flowers on the same branch. The masculine flowers have several stems inserted in a semi-spherical perianth, the feminine flowerS consisting in several ovaries contained in a cup. All the India-rubber trees that I have seen in the United States are entirely differ- ent from those which grow in Mexico, and I think that they belong to the Siphonia elastica family. S>escrfptfon, Bnal£sfs, Specific Gravity of IRubber, &c* 379 Father Clavijero says that rubber, in Mexican, is called Olliu, or Olli, a word derived from Olquahuitl ; that it is a tree of medium size with a smooth trunk of a yellowish color, having long leaves, white flowers, and a yellow fruit, angular in shape, containing kernels of the size of a nut, white and with a yellowish skin. The kernel has a bitter taste and the fruit always grows close to the bark. He also says that it is a very common tree in Guatemala. I have seen a great many rubber-trees in Soconusco and in the western part of Guatemala contiguous to Mexico and near the sea; but they were nearly all small; the large ones had been cut down for reasons which will be mentioned later. There is a great difference between the size and shape of the leaves of the two varieties; both have them silky and of a deep green; the small trees are very straight, without leaves, except in the upper part, these being large, hanging down from a bough like a stem, and the bark is of a light color. On the San Carlos farm of Mr. Jeronimo Manchinelli, in the juris- diction of Tuxtla Chico, in the Soconusco district, I saw three trees that the owner had found growing on the place when he took posses- sion of it, thirty-one years ago, and which he thinks cannot be less than thirty-five years old. They are of an enormous size; I measured the trunk of one of them; it was two metres in diameter, and the space shaded by its foliage had a diameter of at least twenty or twenty- five metres ; its branches were also very large, the leaves smaller than those of the smaller trees and their form entirely different from them. Mr. Manchinelli having never extracted any rubber from them, did not know the quantity that each tree could give, but experts calculated that it could not produce less than about fifty pounds a year. The trunk of the rubber-tree of Soconusco is of a spongy white wood, with large pores plainly visible to the eye. Very little is known regarding the discovery of the rubber- tree. The French astronomers sent to Peru, in 1735, were the first who called attention to it. It was found afterward at Cayenne by Frisman, in 1751. Dr. Priestly refers to it in the preface of his work entitled Prospective, printed in 1770. Various experiments made for utilizing rubber are mentioned in the Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences of France for the year 1768. Rubber is extracted by making an incision in the bark of the tree from which flows a liquid very much like sap in color and thickness. Exposed to the sun or the fire, the watery part evaporates and the rubber remains. Exposed to the air, it loses its white color and be- comes dark. This liquid is of a light yellow color with a specific gravity of 1012. The rubber separated from the sap rises to the surface like coagulated albumen, and when heated with water, its specific gravity 380 UnMa-'IRubber Culture fn /iDejtco. is 0.925, but when pressed out like cream it contains 32 per cent, of the liquid. From the analysis made by Prof. Faraday, rubber, as it flows from the trees, is composed as follows: Water with a little free acid 56.37 Rubber or caoutchouc 3J-7° Albumen 1.90 Wax A body of nitrogen soluble in water 7.13 A substance insoluble in water 2.90 100. OO According to the same scientist, rubber already dry contains none of the oxygen which is found in most vegetable products, but is an hydrocarburet consisting of eight parts of carbon and seven of hydro- gen, which would require a proportion of 82.27 °f carbon to 12.73 °f hydrogen for every 100 parts. The quantities found by him were 87.02 of carbon to 12.08 of hydrogen. The same result was obtained in the analysis made by Dr. Ure. In his Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines, Dr. Ure ob- serves that rubber, in its liquid state, that is, " cachusina," which is formed by the distillation of the rubber, has less specific gravity than sulphuric ether; while in its fluid condition, it is heavier than the heaviest of all gases. He remarks also, that the greater part of the rubber imported to Europe came formerly from Para, in Brazil, but that in recent years great quantities have been received from Java, Penang, Singapore, and Assam, According to M. de la Condamine, rubber is extracted chiefly during the rainy season, because at that time the trees yield more abundantly than in the dry season. Mr. Lee Norris, of New York, discovered the means of keeping rubber in its milky form, as it flows from the tree, in hermetically sealed vases; the liquid is first filtered, then well mixed with the eighteenth part of its weight of strong ammonia. When poured on a plane surface and exposed to a temperature between 70 and 100 de- grees Fahrenheit, the ammonia that protected it from the action of the oxygen in the atmosphere evaporates and leaves the rubber, which re- mains white, and in the shape of its container. Vulcanized rubber, a combination of rubber and sulphur, was first made by Mr. Charles Goodyear, of New York, to whom letters-patent for his invention was granted in February, 1839. Mr. Goodyear made further experiments later on with sulphur, lead, and rubber, but these did not give as satisfactory results as the first ones. IRubber as a TCaw /iDatertal, 381 Experiments are at present being made in manufacturing rubber cloth to take the place of water-proof articles which, until now, were composed of glazed linen with a layer of rubber. III. IMPORTANCE OF RUBBER AS A RAW MATERIAL. It is well known that rubber is used as a raw material, in the manu- facture not only of water-proof goods, but also of many others which could not be produced as advantageously with any other substance. Every year it is employed in the manufacture of a great many articles that were not made of that material the year before. It may, perhaps, not be an exaggeration to say, that in course of time it will partially supersede iron. These considerations are sufficient to estab- lish the fact that the demand for rubber, in the markets of the world, far from diminishing, will, in the future, increase considerably. Thus far, rubber is not the product of a cultivated tree. In every part of the American continent from which it has thus far come, it has been extracted from trees growing wild, and that had not been origi- nally planted by the hand of man. In every locality, also, it is ex- tracted at the cost of the tree itself; either because this is cut down, owing to the belief that the sap is thus more abundant, or because of the frequency with which extractions are made, or of the bad system in use of making them, which injures the trunk and thus kills the tree. Notwithstanding that certain measures to protect it have been adopted in different countries, such as Honduras where a fine of fifty dollars is imposed for every rubber-tree destroyed on government lands, they have proved ineffectual. The inevitable consequence of this must be that the production will diminish, unless a large number of plantations are soon established, and perhaps even in that case; and as it is not probable that extensive plantations will be made, if only because it would be a new enterprise and for that reason a somewhat risky one, the certain result will be, that the supply in the present rubber districts will decline in proportion as the demand increases. Now then, it is an incontrovertible principle that the value of an article depends upon the demand which there is for it, on the one hand, and its production, on the other. When the former increases, and the latter diminishes, its value rises in proportion. To-day, the average price of rubber is sixty cents a pound. It is almost certain that within five years it will reach seventy-five cents, and, perhaps, as much as one dollar a pound, owing to the facts above mentioned. The value of rubber has been quadrupled in Soconusco in less than 382 flnfcia*1Rul>ber Culture in /IDejtco, ten years; for from eight cents, the price at which it was sold to ex- porters in 1863, it rose this year (1872) to thirty-five cents a pound; the cost of transportation to the port of shipment, etc., being at the expense of the exporter. Rubber is an article which, even assuming that instead of rising in price it were certain to retain its present value, or were even to decline as low as fifty cents a pound, would still yield enormous profits, as will be seen in the following chapter. IV. PROFITS OF THE CULTURE OF THE RUBBER-TREE. The large profits yielded by the culture of rubber are obvious. Supposing, for instance, a plantation of ordinary size, containing about one hundred thousand trees, will give, at the end of a few years making a low estimate, six pounds of sap a year for every tree ; that sap, reduced to rubber, would lose about one-half by evapora- tion, then each tree would yield three pounds net of rubber. From the analysis made by Prof. Faraday, the sap contains only forty-four per cent, of rubber, the balance being composed of differ- ent substances; therefore, supposing that these evaporate, it will re- sult that from one hundred pounds of sap forty-four pounds of rubber will remain. This conclusion agrees with the opinion of Dr. Ure, who, in his Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines, says that in re- ducing the sap to rubber there remains forty-five per cent, of the latter, the balance of fifty-five per cent, being lost. The number of pounds of sap furnished yearly by each tree being reduced to rubber on that basis, two pounds and a half of rubber would be obtained from each tree, or a revenue of two dollars and a half per tree, if the price was one 'dollar a pound; or of one dollar and twenty-five cents per tree, if the price was fifty cents a pound. In the first case, the plantation would give a return of two hundred and forty thousand dollars a year; and in the second of one hundred and twenty thousand. Admitting that this estimate of six pounds per tree is too high, let it be one-half, one-quarter, or even one-fourth of it, which would be the minimum yield, as will be seen further on, the re- turns of the plantation will be one hundred and twenty thousand dollars, eighty-six thousand dollars, and seventy thousand dollars, re- spectively, in the first case, that is to say, if the price of rubber was one dollar per pound ; and sixty thousand, forty thousand, and thirty thousand, in the second case, if the price was fifty cents a pound. It is to be observed, that sixty cents a pound is to-day the average price of rubber in foreign markets, and that, taking into account the Conditions tor a IRubber plantation* 383 expenses of transportation, commission, freight, insurance, and others, including also the profits of the exporter, which may be calculated at thirty per cent, of the price above mentioned, this would be reduced to forty-two cents per pound on the place of production. As the cost of a plantation of one hundred thousand trees in the State of Chiapas, the best locality for this product, would not prob- ably be more than ten thousand dollars, it results that the profits would really be fabulous. It must be observed, moreover, that as the yield of every tree will increase annually, there is every reason to believe that a tree twenty years old will give from fifteen to twenty-five pounds of sap. For the purpose of showing upon what basis the preceding calcula- tions rest, and of giving general data that may be useful to those who would like to go into that business, we will consider in the following chapter, what are the requisite conditions to form such a plantation. V. PROPER CONDITIONS TO FORM A PLANTATION OF RUBBER- TREES. When about to form a plantation of rubber-trees, it is indispensable to ascertain beforehand what are the best conditions for the develop- ment of that tree, so that at the least possible expense and in the shortest time, for " time is money," the largest returns may be ob- tained. The following points, therefore, should be carefully ex- amined : 1 . What are the climate and soil most favorable to the development of the rubber-tree ? 2. What is the best way to form a plantation, by sowing seeds, transplanting from the nursery, or with cuttings ? 3. Should the plantation be exposed to the sun or should it have shade ? 4. At what distance must the trees be from each other, so that they shall not interfere with one another's growth, and yet that no land shall be wasted ? 5. What operations will the tree require before bearing ? 6. How long after planting the seed will the tree begin to bear ? 7. What quantity of rubber can each tree produce in a year ? 8. What is the best way to extract the rubber from the tree without destroying it ? Unfortunately, it is not possible to answer positively and conclu- sively every one of the preceding questions. In regard to some of them certain fixed principles, proved by experience, may be laid down ; 384 IFnbta^lRixbber Culture in /I&ejico. and, concerning others, one must accept deductions which, in my opinion, are well worthy of consideration. Before discussing the above questions in detail, I deem it opportune to state, that the principal difficulty to be encountered in dealing with the subject, is the fact that, so far, rubber is in no part of the world, that I know of, the product of cultivated trees, but of wild ones. The largest part of the rubber consumed in the world coming from the Province of Para, in Brazil, and this rubber being of the best quality, and always obtaining the highest price in the market, it seemed to me that it could be cultivated advantageously. Happening to be in the city of Tapachula on the 24th of September of the present year (1872), I wrote a letter to the United States Consul at Para, requesting him to furnish me with detailed information upon almost the very same points enumerated at the beginning of this chapter. The answer, to which I shall refer later, reached me in the City of Mexico. For the present, it suffices for my purpose to quote here a paragraph from a communication upon the subject, addressed to the State Department by Mr. James B. Bond, United States Consul at Para, dated November 5, 1870, which is on page 60 of the Annual Report on Commercial Relations between the United States and Foreign Nations, for the year ending September 30, 1870, transmitted February 3, 1871, to the House of Representatives at Washington by the Secre- tary of State. This paragraph is as follows: Rubber is not the product of a cultivated tree : it is extracted from trees in the forests, and the government, in no way whatever, claims anything from those who take them out of national lands. It has been asserted that the trees from which the rubber is obtained are being exhausted in the forests in the immediate proximity to the markets, either because they die or because they give but little sap owing to their being too frequently tapped. But the area of the production is so vast, and the means of reaching the most distant localities increase so rapidly, that no immediate diminu- tion is anticipated. On the contrary, it is possible that it will increase for several years.1 From the investigations which I have made, it results that not until a very short time ago did the rubber-tree begin to be cultivated ; that the attempts at planting of which I have any knowledge have been on a very small scale and so very few and recently made that they can- not serve for the purpose of this paper. The principal plantations of which I have any knowledge, are the Zanj6n Seco, in the Department of Soconusco, made by D. Jos£ Maria Chac6n ; that on the farm of San Isidro, the property af Mr. William Nelson, situated in the jurisdiction of Mazatenango, in the District of Suchitepequez, in the Republic of Guatemala, where the rubber-trees 1 This is a retranslation from the Spanish translation of the English original. Best Climate for "Rubber Culture* 385 are used to shade the coffee- and cocoa-plants; and that of Hatillo, owned by an agricultural society in the State of Veracruz. I have been told, also, that in Nicaragua and Honduras, some plantations have been formed as experiments, the principal one be- longing to Dr. Gauffrau, on the bay of Realejo, near the port of Corinto, in the former republic. These explanations being made, I shall now proceed to discuss, in regular order, each of the points specified at the beginning of this chapter. I. CLIMATE AND LAND BEST ADAPTED TO THE CULTURE OF THE RUBBER-TREE. The fact that thus far rubber is not the product of a cultivated tree, does not preclude the possibility of one answering the ques- tion : What climate and land are best suited to its development ? The best climate is the hottest, and the best land the dampest and the nearest to the seashore or to the low banks of rivers. Wherever rubber-trees are found these conditions are present. Those of Para are found on the banks of the Amazon. The rub- ber land that I have personally examined is in the Department of Soconusco, in the State of Chiapas. Soconusco forms a plain from six to twelve leagues wide, which terminates at the Pacific and ascends gradually and almost imperceptibly to the base of the Cordilleras, where the ascent is steeper, although still gradual. This plain is crossed by numerous rivers which come down from the Cordilleras and empty into the sea. The climate is hotter in the low than in the high lands above the sea-level. One notes the great number of rubber- trees, — all small ones, the large ones having been cut down to extract their sap, — that are in the forests on the plain, and the number in- creases notably as one approaches the sea, and diminishes in the same proportion as one goes from the shore toward the Cordilleras; even at the base of these mountains, at an elevation of twenty -five hundred feet above the sea-level, and in lands suitable for the culture of coffee, some rubber-trees are found, but they are exceedingly rare. To establish a plantation it is necessary, before everything else, to select the ground; this should be in the climate best adapted to the development of the tree, as the expenses would be almost the same everywhere; while the trees will grow in much less time under favor- able than under unfavorable conditions, and give greater returns when they begin to bear, in the former than in the latter case. In the Dis- trict of Soconusco alone, there is sufficient land to plant several millions of rubber-trees; and I believe that a great many localities could be found on both sides of the coasts of Mexico, that are equally 386 Unbia*1Rubber Culture in jflDejico. advantageous for that culture; provided, always, that the plantations are established in the low lands, in a damp climate, and, whenever possible, near the seashore or the banks of rivers. The temperature of the localities in Soconusco where the rubber-tree most abounds is from twenty-eight to thirty degrees Centigrade, or from eighty-three to eighty-seven degrees Fahrenheit. In all cases it would be well to form the plantation in places where the wild trees grow most abundantly, as their presence is the best evidence that the land and climate are favor- able to their development. Dr. Ure states that the Asiatic rubber, or Ficus elastica, is found at a very high altitude above the level of the sea. This tree has, besides, the great advantage of requiring but little labor for its cultivation, which makes its exploitation possible, even on a large scale, in Mexican coasts, which are generally not populous. 2. HOW TO FORM A PLANTATION OF RUBBER-TREES. In regard to the best method of forming a plantation it must be observed that the rubber-tree not being very delicate, economy of time and money are the first things to be considered. If the land selected be forest land, the first thing to be done is to clear it, should it be thought preferable to have the plantation exposed to the sun ; but should the shade be deemed best, the trees already standing will furnish the best and cheapest protection. The soil having been pre- pared, the planting can begin by sowing the seeds in convenient places, or by transplanting young plants from the nursery or from the forest itself. Sowing the seeds would undoubtedly be the best plan, but it would also be the most expensive and the slowest; the most expen- sive because it would involve the cost of a double planting, the first in laying out the nursery, and the second in transplanting the young plants from the nursery to the plantation; the slowest, because the time that might be saved by planting saplings would thus be lost. The method to be adopted will, therefore, depend upon circum- stances. Where there are trees already somewhat grown it is prefer- able to transplant these, because it saves time ; where there are large trees, cuttings may be used, and where there are none of either and only seeds can be obtained, the last must be used. It is not necessary that they should be sown in the nursery, as the plant is not delicate and requires no special care, like coffee and some others regarding which experience shows that it is an economy to plant them in the nursery. On the i6th of September of the present year (1872), being at Tapa- chula, I made an experiment with Don Sebastian Escobar, a well-known practical agriculturist, thoroughly acquainted with the nature of these lands and enthusiastic in the matter of agricultural progress. We t)ow to plant IRubber^Erees* 387 selected a part of the public domain occupied by Senor Escobar, to see whether transplanting could be done by pulling up the small trees, as in that case the roots would come up without any earth around them; or if it would be necessary to remove the soil that covered them ; for in the first case, the operation would be quicker and cheaper than in the second. On the land referred to, we saw about sixty small rubber- trees, from eight decimetres to one metre and a half high. We pulled up a few without, and others with the earth covering their roots, and transplanted them at a distance of two metres from each other. We first performed the operation planting some of the trees in the shade, and then planting others in the sun. A short time afterward we noticed that the leaves of the transplanted trees had begun to fade ; in the evening of that day, they appeared to be dead. On the day fol- lowing, they were dry ; shortly after they fell off, the branches that re- mained presenting a not very encouraging appearance. In a week, the trees all began to sprout again ; a little later they were covered with luxuriant foliage and not a single one was lost. This is a proof of the endurance of the rubber-tree. The land in Tapachula, where the ex- periment was made, is not the best kind for the rubber-tree, being some- what higher than that nearer the shore. The easiest and most economical way of making such a plantation would be, in the beginning, to combine it with the culture of some product adaptable to the soil, and of a more rapid growth. The land being cleared, it could be prepared for sowing cotton, which generally grows well in the soil suitable for the rubber-tree; and, in sowing cotton, rubber could also be sown at proper distances, or saplings transplanted. The cotton crop being harvested, the rubber would remain without any cost, since the expenses incurred would be only those required for the cotton. This operation could be repeated the year following; and, in this way, the plantation would be gradually enlarged and without additional cost. There is also another very economical way of planting rubber, and that is, to plant the trees as shade in the coffee and cocoa plantations. I have heard that this operation has been successfully tried in some places. The expenses of a plantation of rubber-trees would not then exceed, in any case, those required for one of coffee or cocoa; but the rubber-trees could not then be planted in the places best adapted for their rapid development and greatest yield, inasmuch as the climate and soil most advantageous for coffee and cocoa are not the best for rubber. Senor Don Jose" M. Chacon assured me that to have cuttings grow well, the end which is to go into the ground must be pointed, and the slip driven in, probably in order that the soil may adhere the better, and the cutting remain firmly planted. It is to be observed that in the lands of Soconusco near the shores 388 *|[n&ia*1Rubber Culture in of the Pacific, seeds and trees somewhat grown are to be found in sufficient quantities to form extensive plantations. 3. THE RUBBER-TREE MUST BE PLANTED IN THE SUN. As the rubber-tree, so far, grows wild, and is found in the forests of the most fertile lands, where vegetation is very luxuriant, and always in the shade of larger trees, the general opinion of agriculturists in those localities is that, like coffee, it needs shade to grow well. Ob- servation shows, however, that this opinion is inexact. The most superficial observer cannot fail to notice the great difference which there is between rubber-trees growing in the sun and those that are in the shade. The latter have but few leaves, are stunted, and appear withered; while the former have thick foliage, a brighter color, and look much more vigorous. The most careful cultivators in Soconusco, and the very ones who were before of opinion that the rubber-tree re- quired shade for its development, acknowledged before my return from that district that they grew better in the sun. In this opinion I was soon afterwards confirmed. I deem it proper to state here, however, what Senor Don Jos£ M. Chacon told me. Senor Chacon is a very experienced agriculturist, the same who made the plantation of Zanjon Seco. His opinion is that the tree planted in the sun develops more rapidly than it would in the shade, and yields a larger quantity of sap ; but this is very soon exhausted, owing to the ardent rays of the sun, which prevent the soil from retaining the neces- sary moisture. He believes that a tree planted in the sun would yield sap only for two or three years, and would then die for want of suffi- cient humidity. With much hesitation, I express the opinion that the reason why some plants require shade to grow better, is that the shade serves to temper the rays of the sun, for I have observed that the lower the temperature of the place where coffee is planted, the less shade it re- quires, and that it grows better without any shade at all where the temperature is moderate. The rubber-tree being of a kind requiring a very high temperature, it seems to me that the more heat it receives the better will be its development. The humidity of the soil would remain when the trees attained a certain size, for their branches would then meet and give sufficient shade to prevent the rapid evaporation of the ground. The short time I stayed at Tapachula did not permit me to observe any difference between the growth and luxuriance of the saplings planted in the sun and those that were in the shade. The mere fact that none of the trees planted in the sun had perished, was, in my opinion, a sufficient proof that the rubber-tree requires a sunny ex- posure, and should be planted without shade. Distance between tbe IRubber^Urees, 389 4. DISTANCE NEEDED IN PLANTING RUBBER-TREES. The distance apart at which rubber-trees should be planted, is a question which, although apparently secondary, is really an important one. If from a false economy they be planted closer than is proper, the trees will interfere with each other, and will consequently become stunted; while if planted a greater distance apart than is absolutely necessary, there will be a waste of ground and a great increase in the cost of cultivation, besides the cost of fencing, watching, and such other outlays as may be needed, when the plantation is in a state of full development and production. The importance of space is practically illustrated in coffee and sugar-cane plantations: it is seen that on the same land the returns of coffee-trees planted at a distance of three metres apart are double the returns of those growing at a metre and a half or two metres apart from each other. From this it will be per- ceived how great a difference in the yield of the rubber-tree the distance at which they are planted makes. The prevailing opinion among the agriculturists of Soconusco, is that a space of two or two and a half metres from tree to tree, on every side, is all that is required. It seems to me that it ought to be much more. If coffee, which is a shrub seldom attaining a height of more than three or four metres, and whose foliage is, at most, three metres in diameter, requires in order to give an abundant crop to be planted at a distance of three yards from tree to tree, is it reasonable to sup- pose that the rubber-tree, which grows to a very large size, should be planted at the same distance or less ? In my opinion, planting ought not to be done at a distance of less than five metres, and even this would be too small for trees over thirty years old. The trunks of those on the farm of Mr. Manchinelli, which were of that age, measure, as I have already stated, two metres in diameter, and the circle formed by their foliage is between twenty and twenty-five feet in diameter. The only objection there can be to leaving a greater space between the trees, and one which may, in some cases, be of sufficient weight to reduce it to less than five metres indicated as the best, is the neces- sity of economy, inasmuch as the cost of the grove would increase in proportion to the distance apart at which the trees are planted, as will be demonstrated in the following chapter. 5. CARE REQUIRED FOR THE CULTURE OF THE RUBBER-TREE. The hardiness of the rubber-tree greatly simplifies its culture, and causes this to be proportionately cheap. In the low, hot, and damp lands favorable to its growth, fertility is so great that the labor con- sists, more than in anything else, in struggling against the luxuriance 390 UnMa*1Rubber Culture in /IDejico, of the vegetation ; and the principal expense is that of the frequent weedings which are necessary to prevent the underbrush and vines from destroying the grove, or causing the trees to grow slowly and to become stunted. In the lands that are much higher than those favorable to the rub- ber-tree, but less fertile, being less hot and damp, like those that are suited to the coffee-plant, it is necessary to make as many as six weed- ings every year; one every sixty days, in order that the saplings may not be injured or destroyed by the undergrowth and parasites. The rubber-tree has the great advantage of possessing a vitality superior to that of the weeds or of any other kind of vegetation, and for that reason it does not require the heavy expense of frequent weed- ings. The tree which, without any help from man, can grow in woods full of vines, briers, and other wild plants, can certainly outlive the weeds, for they will not grow more rapidly than it does. There is no doubt that a grove of rubber-trees requiring to be weeded out only once after having been planted, will grow without that indispensable requirement in the low and fertile lands of the coast; but in that case, the growth of the tree will be slower, because the weeds will share with it the nourishment drawn from the soil ; it would therefore be cheaper to weed the grove twice a year, according to the rapidity of the growth of the brush and the means of the owner. In proportion as the tree grows larger weedings will become less necessary, because its foliage will cover a larger area of ground; and the larger the surface not exposed to the sun the less luxuriant will be the undergrowth. Viewed in this light, a rubber plantation with shade will be more profitable since it will require fewer weedings. 6. TIME REQUIRED FOR THE TREE TO PRODUCE RUBBER. It is not possible to fix, with any degree of certainty, the time re- quired by the tree before it will yield rubber, which is an important question, for supposing it to be fifteen or twenty years, the enterprise will not offer the same inducement as if it were but five or six years. Six years is a comparatively short period in a man's lifetime, and this is the time required by the coffee- and cocoa-plants to bear fruit. It is safe to say that were it perfectly certain that five or six years were sufficient for the rubber-tree to produce, the number of groves would increase considerably. The importance of this point has led me to give it particular attention. Superficial observers, in the regions where the rubber-tree is found, believe that the time necessary for its development is not less than from twelve to twenty years. Those who are more experienced and closer observers fix a shorter term. After having heard many and widely differing opinions on this point from agriculturists and studied er Culture in even according to these statements, a tree having attained its proper dimensions in six years, and having had its sap extracted without being cut down, would produce a quantity of rubber weighing not less than six pounds. It is to be observed, as has been already said, that in order to con- vert into rubber the sap that flows from the tree after making the in- cision, it is necessary to let the watery part evaporate, which, according to Prof. Faraday's analysis, which agrees with Dr. Ure's opinion, is as much as fifty-six per cent., the remaining forty-four per cent, being what is properly called rubber. Consequently, the sap coming from the tree must lose at least that quantity before being converted into rubber. 8. METHOD OF EXTRACTING RUBBER WITHOUT DESTROYING THE TREE. The process of extracting the sap from the tree is also an important point in determining the success of a plantation. In Soconusco a method entirely primitive is used, which causes a great loss of sap, prevents this from being pure, and, what is worse, kills the tree. They begin by cutting down the tree, and then make various incisions across the trunk with a machete, at a distance of three spans (twenty- nine inches) from each other ; this being done, leaves from the tree are placed below the incisions to collect the sap, which is afterward poured into a gourd, and finally put in the jar. It seems to me that with so ruinous a system, less sap is obtained than if the tree had not been cut down ; for I believe that, being no longer in a vertical position, the force of gravity which causes the sap to flow, ceases, and, consequently, the quantity drawn is less than if the tree had been left standing to receive the same number of incisions. When, by chance, they do not cut down the tree, they make only one or two incisions in it at about the height of a man's stature; it is then more difficult to collect the sap by the imperfect means of the leaves. With this process, it frequently happens that earth, dry leaves, small insects, and other foreign substances become mixed with the sap and remain in the rubber, making it impure, causing it to fall into discredit in the market, and greatly reducing its value. Believing that a more advanced method of collecting the sap was used in Pard, I also made some inquiries upon the subject, to the United States Consul in that province. The information he sent me will be found further on. It is evident, that to extract rubber properly, a more adequate in- strument than a machete is required; and to collect the sap a better receptacle than the leaves used in Soconusco, or the clay used in Brazil. I think it very probable that such instruments, if they are not yet used, soon will be, in view of the need there is for them, and the Coat of a IRubber plantation* 393 advances that are being daily made in the manufacture of agricultural implements. To prevent the tree from dying in consequence of the incisions re- ferred to, it is indispensable to observe two things carefully: first, the incision must not go beyond the bark, for if the woody part is injured, the tree may die; second, such incision should not isolate the lower from the upper portion of the bark, as, in that case, the sap being un- able to ascend to the upper part of the tree, this also would cause its death. It is also necessary that the tapping be not too frequent. There are some who think that to yield a greater quantity of sap, the tree requires several incisions, or a single one in spiral form around its entire length; while others express the opinion, better founded, perhaps, that a single incision made in the lower part is sufficient, as the force of gravity causes all the sap to run down without much injury to the tree. It is well to be careful, after all the sap is taken out, to heal the wounds made by the incisions, by covering them with wax, woollen stuffs, or clay. VI. PROBABLE COST OF A PLANTATION OF RUBBER-TREES.1 It seems proper, before concluding this paper, and with the object of furnishing the greatest amount of information relating to the prac- tical points concerning rubber, to present an estimate of the probable cost of a plantation. It must be remarked, that the following data are based upon the present cost of agricultural operations in Soconusco, and were given to me by Senor Don Sebastian Escobar, of Tapachula — an experienced agriculturist, as I have already stated, and thoroughly acquainted with everything pertaining to agriculture in that district. The cost would vary according to the proximity of the trees, and also, according to whether the soil has been prepared exclusively for planting rubber-trees, and not for anything else, such as cotton, as has been already indicated. Supposing that the plantation is to con- tain ten thousand trees, and that they are placed at a distance of three yards from each other, applying the measurement used in Soconusco, it will result that a cuerda, the unit of the standard agrarian measure of that district, forming a square of twenty-five yards on each side, or an 1 1 have to repeat here what I said in the introduction of this book, namely, that conditions have changed in Soconusco so much since this paper was written, especially in the price of land, labor, taxes, etc., that the estimate of expenses contained in this chapter, while correct at the time it was written, would be now four or five times larger, and that were I to write this paper again, I would make much more con- servative the estimate of the rubber produced, which so far was only guesswork. 394 HnDia*lRubber Culture in area of a little over six hundred and twenty-five square yards, will con- tain eighty-seven trees; a little less than one hundred and forty-one and a half cuerdas being required for the ten thousand trees; and if the trees are placed at four yards apart, fifty-two and a half trees would go in each cuerda and two hundred and fifty-one cuerdas would be required for the ten thousand trees ; and if the planting is made at a distance of five yards apart, there will be thirty-six trees in a cuerda, and it will require three hundred and ninety-two and a half cuerdas for ten thou- sand trees. In that case, including the price of the land, the cost will be as follows: Planted at a distance of three yards apart : The value of 141^ cuerdas of land, or a little less than six and a half hectares, at 25 cents a hec- tare, the price fixed in the tariff of the Department of Fomento, on the 1st of January of the present year, for 1872 and 1873, f°r unculti- vated lands situated in the State of Chiapas, one hundred per cent, for the expenses of surveying, stamped paper, title, etc. , at which price a great deal of private land can also be purchased $3 25 Clearing the land, at 50 cents per cuerda 70 5a Planting, at the rate of 25 cents per cuerda 35 25 Removing the weeds, brushwood, etc., for six years, at 25 cents per cuerda for each removal, at $36.25 for five removals 176 25 Total cost $285 25 To keep the grove six years, until it is in condition to produce rubber. If planting is done at a distance of four yards, it will cost : Value of 251 cuerdas of land, or u£ hectares, at 25 cents, adding the above charges $5 75 Clearing the land 125 50 Planting 62 72 Five removals of weeds in six years 313 75 Total cost $507 72 Should the grove be planted at a distance of five yards, it will cost : Value of 392^ cuerdas of land, or 17$ hectares, at 25 cents per hectare, adding the charges indicated $8 76 Clearing the land iQ6 25 Planting 98 12 Five removals of weeds in six years 49° 62 Total cost $793 75 The cost of each tree would be, during the six years, including the value of the land : Planted at a distance of three yards, a little less than three cents each. Planted at a distance of four yards, a little more than five cents each. Planted at a distance of five yards, a little less than eight cents each. It must be remarked that the expenses will not be made at the same time, but gradually during the six years. •Rubber in para, Brasil, 395 The planting of one hundred thousand trees would cost respect- ively : $2,852.50, when done at a distance of three yards. $5,077.50, at a distance of four yards. $7,937.50, at a distance of five yards. After six years, the yield will be as follows : Ten thousand trees, at a minimum rate of six pounds of sap each, will give 60,000 pounds, which, reduced to rubber, supposing that 56$ is lost by evaporation, will leave 26,400 pounds of rubber, the cost of which, as calculated by Senor Escobar, is at the rate of three cents a pound. The rubber sold on the place of production at 45 cents a pound, after the deduction already referred to, will give for the 26,400 pounds ........ $11,880 OO Deducting the expenses of cultivation, at the rate of three cents a pound, according to the information furnished by Senor Escobar ........... 792 oo Leaving as a profit for the first year ...................... $11,088 oo Considering that the yield of rubber has been calculated at the minimum rate of production, and that it will necessarily increase every succeeding year, to the extent of being three or four times greater than in the first, it is impossible to ignore the great future of that important source of public wealth. VII. INFORMATION RELATING TO RUBBER IN THE PROVINCE OF PARA, IN BRAZIL. Considering, as I said before, that as the Province of Para, in Bra- zil, is the locality producing the greatest quantity of rubber and of the best quality known, due, in some manner, to the way in which it is ex- tracted, that it might be the product of a cultivated tree, and wishing to obtain all the data possible upon that important branch of commerce, I addressed during my stay in Soconusco the following letter to Mr. James B. Bond, United States Consul at Para : 1 1 My letter and Mr. Bond's answer were written in English, and translated into Spanish, in the Spanish edition of this paper made in 1872. Now they have been re- translated into English from the Spanish translation, and therefore, although their meaning has not been changed, the wording must necessarily be very different from the original English text. When I published, in the City of Mexico, in December, 1872, my paper on India- rubber culture, I sent a copy of the same to Mr. James B. Bond, United States Consul at Para, Brazil, and made further inquiries from him on rubber in Brazil. My letter was received by him in Para when he was no longer United States Consul there, but was getting ready to return home, and when Mr. Charles M. Travis was fulfilling the duties of that office. Mr. Bond answered my letter in Para on January 8, 1873, giving me additional information which he had collected while there, and on his arrival in New York he addressed me another letter with a similar purpose, dated February 26, 1873. I also received a letter from Mr. Travis dated at Para, January 21, 1873, on the same subject, and considering these letters of interest I append them to this paper. 396 Un&ia^lRubber Culture in fl&ejico. 44 TAPACHULA, SOCONUSCO, MEXICO, 4 ' September 26, 1872. 11 James B. Bond, Esq., United States Consul, Pard, Brazil : " DEAR SIR : — I beg you to pardon the liberty I take in asking you for some informa- tion relating to the culture of the rubber- tree in the Province of Para, in the Empire of Brazil, that branch of agricultural industry being destined to a great future in Mexico. I will thank you very much if you will do me the favor to furnish me with whatever data you may have upon the following points : 44 i. Is the rubber-tree wild or cultivated in Para? " 2. When forming a plantation of rubber-trees, are the seeds sown, are slips planted, or are saplings transplanted ? " 3. How long does it take for the tree to produce rubber after being planted? 11 4. What is the yield of a tree per year? 44 5. How often is the rubber extracted from the tree ? 44 6. What is the best way to extract the rubber without injuring the tree ? 44 7. How many different kinds of rubber are produced in Para, and what are their particular qualities ? 44 8. At what distance from each other must the trees be planted ? 14 9. Does the rubber-tree require to be planted in the sun or in the shade for its best development ? 44 10. What climate and soil are most favorable to rubber-trees ? 11 II. What is the height of rubber-trees, and the diameter of the trunks at dif- ferent ages ? 44 12. What is the estimated value of each tree, and what the cost of extracting the rubber ? 44 13. What is the annual production of rubber in Brazil ? 44 1 will be very much obliged to you if you will have the kindness to answer in detail, as far as may be possible, each of the preceding questions, addressing your communication to this place, via Panama, by the Pacific Mail steamers, or through the Legation of the United States in Mexico. 44 1 am, sir, very respectfully, your obedient servant, 44M. ROMERO." On my return to the City of Mexico, I received the following answer to the above letter : 44 NEW YORK, October 22, 1872. " Senor DonMatfas Romero, Tapachula, Mexico : 44 DEAR SIR,— I received your letter of the 24th of September last, and, although I am no longer consul at Para, having resigned that position last year, and as the new appointee has not yet reached his post, and could not probably answer your questions until well acquainted with that country, I shall give you all the information in my power that can interest you. 44 1. The rubber-tree is a spontaneous product of nature in Brazil, and unculti- vated. 44 2. It can grow from seeds, but then, to reach maturity, it will, of course, re- quire a longer time than if propagated by transplanting. 4< 3. The time required for the planted tree to be in a proper state to extract the rubber profitably, depends, necessarily, upon the quality of the soil and other favor- able conditions for its development. In the localities where it has been extracted for •Rubber in para, Brasil. 397 some time, the men employed are using to-day the most slender trees and even the shoots ; and I have been assured that this custom, and that of not letting the tree have time to recuperate, has destroyed those that were the most accessibly situated on the river banks. " But little reliance can be placed on the information obtained from uneducated and unobserving persons like those who are engaged in that trade ; when I asked how long it would take for a tree, under ordinary conditions, to reach a vigorous maturity, I was told from ten to fifteen years. " 4. The exact yield that each tree can give has never been known, although I have asked it often of the workmen. It is evident that much must depend upon its size and condition ; and, probably, upon the place where it has been growing. It is generally believed that the trees which yield the most, are those whose roots are periodically submerged, but I also have been assured that there is a species of trees which grow in high altitudes and give good sap, though not abundantly. The tree is centenary, and attains great dimensions under favorable circumstances, both as to the locality and age. " To answer your question to the best of my knowledge, I will say, that many persons have told me that the trees from which no rubber has been previously ex- tracted, yield, in the season, as much as sixteen pounds. Others have given double that quantity, and some only seven pounds when they had been tapped before. "5. In Brazil rubber is extracted from the trees annually. An earthen vase is fixed to the tree below the incision to receive the sap. The workman who makes this same operation on a certain number of them, collects daily the sap contained in the vases ; and, returning to his hut, smokes it in the evening, and during the night, a process which is used to harden it. In the rainy season the rivers rise and generally inundate the places where the works are going on ; if that does not happen, the con- stant rains prevent the clay from adhering to the trees, which, for this reason, are left untouched until the return of the dry season. The information I have been able to obtain leads me to believe, that although incisions are made all over the tree, they do not cause it any serious injury, or, at least, the harm done to it is much slower in its effects. I consider this as a sufficient answer to your sixth question. " 7. Three kinds of rubber are produced in Para, fine, middling, and ordinary, or negro head. The medium is somewhat impure or adulterated, and frequently con- tains a mixture of smoked and fresh rubber. The ordinary one consists principally of the waste or scrapings taken out of the vases already mentioned, or of pieces which became hard when the sap flowed from the incisions. All this is mixed with the sap, sometimes imperfectly smoked, and sold with all its impurities. The value of rubber varies. The middling quality is generally worth from one to two dollars less than the fine one, per arroba of thirty-two pounds, but little of it is put on the market. The ordinary kind is always in great demand. From last accounts, the difference in the price of one or the other class was from seventeen to twenty-six milreis per arroba of thirty-two pounds. "8. As no plantations have been made, I cannot tell at what distance the trees ought to be separated. However, as they grow wild, and their value would increase according to their growth and size, I would plant them twenty-four feet apart from each other. To utilize the land between them, I would plant some cacao, which would give sufficient shade to the saplings, and produce a revenue several years before the rubber-tree reaches its maturity. This idea is simply speculative, although confirmed by various opinions of more or less value, which I obtained incidentally. " 10. I am unable to inform you as to the most proper soil and climate for the de- velopment of the rubber-tree. It grows in the valley of the Amazon, preferring damp places or those liable to be inundated along the water-course. The species found in 398 fnfcia*1Rul)ber Culture in dDejfco. the upper Amazon, the Madeira, and Purus rivers, is the most valuable, but it is due, perhaps, to the fact that the particular kind of fuel used to smoke the rubber is more abundant, or, perhaps, because in that region the rubber is sent only after the rising of the rivers ; and for that reason reaches the market in a drier condition. I doubt whether there is much difference in its intrinsic quality. " I must say, however, that there are various kinds of trees that produce rubber, or substances very much like it, but more or less inferior to each other in elasticity, and which are not in great demand on the market when they arrive in large quantities. It has not, as yet, been positively determined if the difference results from the intrinsic qualities or from a distinct care taken in the preparation. Of that kind is the rubber called Rio Prieto. I also have received some rubber from Venezuela by way of the Orinoco. I believe that the tree possesses sufficient vitality to develop itself in climates of very changeable temperatures, from a tropical to a temperate one. " 12. The rubber-tree has no value in Brazil ; anybody can go into the forests of the public domain, select and clear a plot of ground, which he can claim afterward as his own, provided he does not abandon it beyond a certain time. It must not be supposed, however, that the prospector for rubber obtains his plot without trouble : the forest is dense, the jungles are very thick, and the trees do not grow close to each other as in our oak or pine forests, but are scattered, and difficult of access, until paths are made to reach them. The transportation of laborers and provisions to the place, must be considered as another expense for the exploitation. " I cannot tell how much the rubber costs to the producer. This must depend upon the wages of the workmen, the price of their provisions (flour of manioc being the principal article), and other circumstances. About six or eight years ago, it was said, but I do not know if it was true, that the producer was repaid at a price from 12,000 to 14,000 reis the arroba. Since then the cost of living in Para is much higher ; the price of rubber rose to 48,000 reis the arroba, and went down to 22,000 during the last three years. I believe, though I may be mistaken, that the producer would receive a good price for his rubber, at the rate of 20,000 reis ($10) the arroba. " I see no reason to think that the production is decreasing. The majority of the trees are not injured, at least not seriously, by the extraction of rubber made from them. The forests, at all events, will remain inexhaustible for many years to come. New plantations are being formed gradually as the old ones are exhausted ; and I believe that the closer relations between Bolivia and the valley of the Amazon will furnish to Brazil the only element it needed until now to increase its facilities of produc- tion. In treating this question, many thoughts that are as speculative as practical, arise in one's mind ; but the time is wanting to develop them, and the subject proba- bly may not interest you. I am, sir, " Your obedient servant, (Signed) " JAMES B. BOND." VIII. DATA ON THE RUBBER OF ASSAM, IN ASIA. In the latest edition of his Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines, Dr. Andrew Ure gives much important information regarding the rubber of Assam, a province of India, tributary to Great Britain, situated beyond Grafes in the valley of the river Brahmapootra between 25° 45' and 28° 15' latitude north, and 90° 35' and 96° 50' longitude IRubber tn Bssam, Bsia, 399 east of the meridian of Greenwich. I deem it useful to insert here the principal data. A short time ago, Mr. William Griffith published a report upon the Asiatic rubber-tree called Ficus elastica, in which he stated that it was sometimes found isolated, at other times in pairs, and at others in groups of three. It is larger and gives more shade than all the other trees of the forest where it is found ; and can be distinguished from them at a distance of several miles by its picturesque appearance, due to the great height and dense foliage of its top. The trunk of one that was carefully measured, had a circumference of 74 feet; the area of its branches a circumference of 610 feet; and its height was 100 feet. On an area of 30 miles long by 8 miles wide, near Ferozpoor, in the dis- trict of Chardwar, in Assam, 43,240 trees of that kind were counted. Lieutenant Weitch afterward discovered that the Ficus elastica was equally abundant in the district of Naudwoor, where it is met with on the brow of the hills at an altitude above the level of the sea calcu- lated to be 22,500 feet. The sap of the Ficus elastica of Chardwar is better in the old trees than in the young ones, and more abundant in winter than in summer. It is drawn off by means of incisions in the bark, around the trunk and the branches, as far as the top, and at a distance of one foot from each other. The quantity of the sap increases in proportion to the height of the incisions. The liquid flowing from them is of the same con- sistency as that of cream and extremely white. Each tree yields forty- two pounds for every extraction ; that is to say, every fortnight. The sap contains from four to six tenths of water and from six to four tenths of rubber. Mr. Griffith affirms that the best kind is obtained from incisions made in the woody parts of the large roots that are a little above the surface. Below the line of the incisions, the inhabitants of Assam dig a hole in the ground in which they put a leaf of the Phrynium cdpitalum rudely shaped as a vase. The United Rubber Co. of London has recommended that the sap of the ficus elastica be put in bottles of from i£ to 2\ inches in diameter, and from 4 to 5 inches long; but in Mr. Griffith's opinion, this is the worst way to prepare rubber because it requires more manipulation, causes the rubber to become black in drying, and does not prevent the viscosity of the sap when exposed to the sun. He ad- vises, as the best method, to work it by hand, to wash it in water and to press it. It has already been shown that the rubber called Ficus elastica is in- ferior in quality to the American species called Siphonia elastica y and, for this reason, cannot compete with it. 400 1FnMa*1Rubber Culture in IX STATISTICAL DATA RELATING TO RUBBER. It seems proper to conclude this paper by giving some statistics which will tend to demonstrate the importance of the production of, and trade in, rubber. The following figures, taken from the article on " Caoutchouc," in Appletori s New American Encyclopedia^ show the import and export of rubber to the United States, from June 30, 1856, to June 30, 1857. 1856. Import of manufactured rubber .... $97,796 Export of crude rubber 1,045,576 Total Re-export of manufactured rubber ................... Re-export of crude rubber .......................... Export of rubber shoes in 1856, 685,220 pairs ; in 1857, 537,328 pairs .................................. Export of other rubber articles ...................... $18,379 120,802 427,936 665,602 Total export from the United States ...... $1,232,719 1857- $180,585 832,058 $1,012,643 $62,593 64,491 312,387 770,596 From January i, to June i, 1857, England imported 5433 quintals (cwt.) of rubber, and for the same period in 1858, 9115 quintals (cwt.). In the article on Para, in the same Encyclopaedia, it appears that the export of rubber from that place, in 1856, was 4,696,829 pounds. In the report already quoted, on the commercial relations between the United States and foreign nations, for the year ending the 3oth of September, 1870, the following data are given (page 65) on the export of rubber from Para during 1869: Quantity. d ^j3 'cS > Additional value of 40 %. •a i To Great Britain (arrobas of 32 pounds). To the United States (arrobas of 32 pounds). To other countries (arrobas of 32 pounds) . . Total 158,432 179,394 19,829 $1,736,490 2,083,465 221,175 $694,596 833,386 88,470 $2,431,086 2,916,851 309,645 357,655 $4,041,130 $1,616,452 $5,657,582 In the same report is found the following very important table, showing the annual export of rubber from Para, from 1851 to 1870: Statistical Data on IRubber. 401 EXPORT OF RUBBER FROM PARA, FROM 1851 TO 1870. DESTINATION. 1851. 1852. 1853. 1854. United States airobas. 52 848 arrobas. 40 251 arrobas. Q4 2O I arrobas. IO4 184 England 30, 485 45,573 yv«*v 38.243 55,444 France 4,26q 9,330 3,446 4,548 Other ports 4,573 9,750 2,213 2,063 Total 02.1715 113,904 138,103 166,239 DESTINATION. 1855- 1856. 1857. 1858. United States arrobas. 83 067 arrobas. 71 760 arrobas. 40 Q23 arrobas. 53.I4Q England C6,732 65.046 54.307 48,844 France 4,782 9,732 6,784 4,343 Other ports 6 067 502 5.583 8,114 Total 150,648 147,130 116,687 114,450 DESTINATION. 1859. 1860. 1861. 1862. United States arrobas. 8c 2Q2 arrobas. 72 IQ5 arrobas. 31 864 arrobas. 54.O4I England 55,436 60 QO3 IOO,II2 93,535 5,733 8,378 0,Q07 8,423 Other ports . . 2 823 Q 682 5 56o 13.137 Total 149,284 160,158 147,542 169,137 DESTINATION. 1863. 1864. 1865. 1866. United States . ... arrobas. 82 356 arrobas. 71 260 arrobas. 04,263 arrobas. 106,491 England 118 408 140,352 140,138 154,457 France 4.Q4Q 18,547 11,787 2I,9IO 4,853 4,811 10,175 11,742 Total 2IO 656 243,070 256,363 294,600 DESTINATION. 1867. 1868. 1869. 1870. United States arrobas. 1-14 a jc arrobas. 121,908 arrobas. 182,030 arrobas. France 165,510 213,142 180,548 158,432 Total 2QQ 834 335 O5O 363 487 158,432 The arroba contains 32 pounds. 402 fln&ia*1Rubber Culture in /iDejtco, x. CONCLUSION. In my opinion, what precedes is sufficient to demonstrate incon- testably the great future of rubber culture in Mexico, and the large profits it would yield after a few years to those who would devote themselves to that industry. It may be affirmed, without any exagger- ation, that neither cocoa, tea, coffee, sugar-cane, henequen, indigo, nor any other tropical product, would give the same profits as rubber, and the returns from each of these enterprises are, in reality, equal to those obtained from a rich mine. When that culture is propagated in Mexico, it will open up a source of inexhaustible wealth that will change the fate of the rubber-growing districts, which, from being poor and miserable as they now are, will become rich and opulent when that plant begins to produce. Anyone in a situation enabling him to make a rubber plantation of greater or less extent may undertake it at once with the full conviction that it is the safest and most lucrative industry. While the coffee, cocoa, sugar- cane, or any other plantation, in favorable years and under good con- ditions, can give a return of one hundred per cent, on the capital invested in the year, not upon the capital expended in preparing the plantation, including the value of the land, one of rubber will give over one thousand per cent., not alone upon the cost of the extraction, but upon the first capital invested, including the value of the land. I shall consider my efforts amply rewarded, if the data contained in this paper shall in any way realize the object I had in view in writing it, and which is to create among our agriculturists the desire to plant fields of rubber-trees in suitable localities. By so doing they will be assured of a bright future, and contribute on a large scale to increase the wealth of the country, to promote the welfare and pros- perity of places where to-day poverty reigns, and where it can scarcely be said that civilization has penetrated. I shall be very glad if persons of knowledge and experience in this important branch of public wealth fix their attention upon this subject, and, by their writings, contribute to the great object that I have simply indicated, correct the errors contained in this paper, and supply whatever is lacking to complete it. MEXICO, December 12, 1872. APPENDIX. I append now the two letters from Mr. James B. Bond, United States Consul at Para, Brazil, dated at that city on January 8, 1873, and New York, February 26, of the same year, and a letter from Mr. Charles M. Travis, the successor of Mr. Bond in that Consulate, dated at Para on January 21, 1873, the two former containing additional in- formation about rubber in that rich Brazilian province, and to which I refer in the foot-note that appears on page 395. CONSULATE OF THE UNITED STATES AT PARA, BRAZIL, January 21, 1873. M. ROMERO, Tapachula, Soconusco, Mexico. DEAR SIR : Yours of Sept. 24, 1872, was duly received, and not being as well acquainted with the India-rubber tree, its cultivation and production, as my friend Mr. James Bond, ex-Consul of the United States at this port, I addressed him requesting the answers to your inquiries, and such other information as he could give you. I enclose herewith his letter to me, which I hope you will find entirely satisfactory. I would be greatly obliged to you if you would inform me of the result of any attempts that your people make to cultivate the India-rubber tree in Mexico. I can assure you that my motives in wishing this information are entirely for the purpose of a thorough acquaintance with the cultivation and production of India-rubber in the different parts of Central and South America, where the climate may be suitable. I trust your efforts will be abundantly successful, and that you will do me the favor to communicate with me the efforts being made and the result to introduce into your country that valuable and important article of commerce. If I can furnish you any further information as I become better informed myself, it will be a pleasure to do 50. I am, sir, very respectfully, Your obedient servant, CHAS. M. TRAVIS, U. S. Consul. PARA, January 8, 1873. CHAS. M. TRAVIS, ESQ., U. S. Consul. DEAR SIR : I have your favor of this date enclosing one from Mr. Romero, in which he asks for information respecting the production of India-rubber in this province. I answer his questions seriatim : I. The India-rubber tree is of spontaneous growth ; it is never planted or culti- vated here. 403 404 flnfcfas'lRubber Culture in /iDejico. 2. The tree will grow from the seed ; the latter part is answered above. 3. It would yield the milk at any period of growth, but of course in quantity pro- portioned to the size of the tree. As the tree has never been cultivated, no systematic observation has been made in regard to its growth. I should think, however, that a plantation would not be ready for profitable working in less than fifteen years. 4. That depends upon the size and condition of the tree. New trees yield better than those which have been repeatedly tapped. A seringal is considered a good one that will yield eighteen pounds a day per 100 trees. The proprietor of a seringal, if he has good judgment and wishes to preserve his trees in good condition, will give them an interval of repose during the season. It is not safe, if the seringal is to be worked year after year consecutively, to tap the same trees daily for more than three months of the six which make the crop season. 5. Every year during the dry season, which may be said to last six months, vary- ing, however, in term and duration in different parts of the valley. 6. The collector having cleared paths through the forests from tree to tree (which is no light job), goes his rounds in the morning, and beginning as high up as he can reach, makes with a hatchet light diagonal cuts about six inches apart all round the body of the tree. Under each of these he sticks a small cup fashioned of damp clay, a lump of which he carries with him. Each collector is supposed to attend to one hundred trees. As they are often far apart, by the time he has gotten back to his starting-place and taken his meal, it is necessary to go his round again. He empties the little clay cups into which the milk has trickled, and returns with it to his hut. The next day he makes other cuts about six inches below the first and under the spaces left in the first circle, and so on every day. The tree bleeds most abundantly as the cuts descend. Now the smoking process must commence, or the milk will spoil. This is done by means of a nut called urucuri, which burned under a sort of inverted funnel gives a very pungent ammoniacal smoke. A sort of paddle is dipped into the milk and passed through this smoke. Layer after layer is thus smoked and dried, until the weight becomes unman- ageable. An incision is then made round the edge, the mould taken out, and the pro- cess recommenced until the milk is all secured. It is to the use of this urucuri that the superior quality of the Para rubber, and particularly that of the Madeira River, is attributed. There are several qualities of rubber-tree, of which at least three are well known to the ordinary worker. One of these called "the white" gives little or no milk. 7. Answered before. They are found scattered through the forest at irregular dis- tances. In some places and in some districts more abundant than in others, but never holding almost sole possession of the ground, like the pine- and the oak-trees in some parts of North America. 8. I should think it would require shade, in early periods of growth, at least. 9. It must be less exclusive in choice of climate than has generally been supposed. Recently it is said to have been found as far south as Rio de Janeiro and Paraguay. It grows abundantly far up the river Purus, in Bolivia, where the climate is temperate, and no doubt would adapt itself to most countries which are free from frost in winter and have a long and hot summer. This, however, is mere conjecture. I have no doubt that it would grow in Mexico, and even in Southern California. Here it is found to flourish best on the river-sides where the roots are periodically overflowed. There is, I am told, an upland tree, but it does not yield so well. Too much dependence, how- ever, must not be placed on such accounts. The workers in rubber are a very ignorant class, not apt to make accurate observations, and the banks of the rivers are almost the only parts of the country that are accessible. 10. The height I do not know. The largest of which I have any account was five feet in diameter ; three feet would probably be a nearer average. 405 ii. The price depends upon the cost and expenses of opening the seringal on pub- lic lands. No tax is imposed on the worker. Once opened and worked it becomes the property of the person who has cleared it, and he can sell it to another. The cost of production must, of course, vary with many circumstances and be greater in one part of the country than in another. The producer in many cases sells his product to the country store, sometimes taking merchandise in return. Sometimes they are hired in gangs. The price of farinha de Mandioca, which is their main food, must enter largely into any estimate of cost. Taking one year with another, I made an estimate six or seven years ago that 12 cts., or 14 cts. ($6 or $7), p. A. of 32 Ibs. would pay wages to the workman. Since then the cost of living has increased, and without being able to make anything like an exact calculation, I should think 20 cts., or $iop. A. of 32 Ibs., would leave good wages, one year with another. The price has ranged much higher than this. The export last year was 370,000 A. of 32 Ibs. each. It must be remembered that the Brazilian arroba is 32 Ibs. ; not like the Spanish, 28 Ibs. There are three qualities of rubber : Fina : The smoked rubber above described. Entre-fina : Sells for about $1.50 p. A. less than the fina. It has often a layer of coagulated milk unsmoked, or it may have some adulteration or dirt. Sernamby consists of the thin skin which dries in the clay cups or trickles over and hardens on the tree. These pieces are rolled in a ball and stuck together with un- smoked milk. In the English markets it is called " negro head." It sells usually at a difference from fina of say 10 cts., or $5 p. A. I may be permitted to say one word in reference to the effect produced upon the condition of the people by the abundance of this valuable natural production. In my opinion it would be better for the people if the tree did not exist in its native state. As it is not cultivated, the laborer does not see in its yearly growth the increasing fruit of his industry. He is not, therefore, encouraged to industrious habits, or induced to fix his habitation permanently on the soil that has become his own by right of the labor he has bestowed on it, and which, in increasing value, he may trans- mit to his children. On the contrary, he is tempted to neglect regular labor, to live from hand to mouth as best he may through one-half of the year, looking to the rapid gains of the rubber season for the payment of his debts. The surplus is for the most part dissipated in orgies, and the most of the workmen leave the seringals with little or nothing to show for their work. This, of course, would not be the case were the tree regularly cultivated after Mr. Romero's idea. It remains to be seen whether such cultivation would compete in cheapness with the natural product. I think it would where land can be had for the asking. This, I believe, is all I can say to meet Mr. Romero's inquiries. If I mistake not, I have already replied to most of the above questions in answer to a letter addressed me by the Mexican Legation recently in New York. Very truly, JAMES B. BOND. NEW YORK, February 26, 1873. M. ROMERO, ESQ., Mexico. DEAR SIR : I have much pleasure in acknowledging receipt of your kind favor of Dec. 2ist, and of the Correo in which your report is published. I have no kind of objection to the publicity given to the meagre information which I had it in my power to contribute, and write now principally to say that on my recent visit to Para, from which place I returned three days since, my friend, the U. S. Consul, placed in my hands a letter flnfcia*1Rubber Culture in from you containing more or less the same interrogatories as those which I had partially replied to here. Being on the spot, I was able to refresh my memory in regard to cer- tain details, and I hope you will find the replies more full and more satisfactory than those which I had previously the pleasure of communicating. Should you at any future time get the rubber nut from the Amazon region for plantation in Mexico, be particular in the selection. Of the three best-known varieties, that which gives a white porous wood, to which in your article you make an incidental allusion, is by far the least esteemed. The suggestion referred to as made by certain collectors of making a "spiral cut round the body of the tree," was at one time tried, but it was found so injurious to the tree that no one follows this method. Indeed, I think a law was made many years ago specially to prohibit this practice. In the letter to Mr. Travis, I give a description of the present system of extraction. It may be worth while to say that a few years since a French gentleman from Cayenne employed whisky or rum of a certain proof (18° or 20°, I think, but am not cer- tain) to produce immediate separation and coagulation of the milk. I have heard of an herb which in some parts of Central America is used for the same purpose. I shall be very happy to aid you in the enterprise you are engaged in by furnish- ing or obtaining information, or indeed in any way by which the prosperity of our sister republic may be promoted. I have read your article with much satisfaction, and, if not too much trouble, would be glad to receive any future contributions on the subject. I remain, dear sir, yours, JAMES B. BOND. The India-Rubber World, Vol. XI., No. 6, New York City, March 15, 1894 : To the Editor of the " India-Rubber World": Will you be so kind as to give me some information in regard to planting rubber- trees, the length of time it will take before the tree can be tapped, and the yield of fluid in Mexico ; also the expense ? References to any literature on the subject will be gladly received. EDGAR ZEH, M.D. WATERFORD, N. Y., February 12, 1894. [Mr. F. O. Harriman has in Mexico a plantation of rubber-trees which, he esti- mates, will yield at seven years a larger output of rubber than has ever been gained from the wild trees of that section. He has shown to the editor of the India-Rubber World some specimens of goods manufactured from rubber obtained from cultivated trees four years old. His advice, however, is not to tap them before six years, after which he estimates the yearly yield at three pounds. The Mexican Minister at Wash- ington, a number of years ago, planted some rubber-trees in Soconusco, with the idea that the trees would yield, after the sixth or seventh year, about three pounds each. His estimate of the cost of a plantation of 100,000 trees up to the productive age — six years — was about $8,000. Mr. Harriman has cultivated rubber and coffee together, so that his report does not give the cost of rubber culture alone. This industry is in the experimental stage, the work which has been done in it being for the most part too recent to admit of conclusive results. There is little to be said in regard to it newer than what is contained in a little book entitled India-Rubber and Gutta-Percha : Being a Compilation of all the Available Information Respecting the Trees Yielding these Articles of Commerce and their Cultivation. Second edition. Colombo, Ceylon : A. M. & J. Ferguson, 1887. It should be read by any one interested before investing in rubber-planting. — THE EDITOR.] INDEX TO GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL NOTES. Agave, where found, 48 ; use, 48, 49 Agriculture, products, 243, 244 Alfalfa, how grown, and uses, 56 Alligator pear, use, 63 Americans in Mexico, cannot compete with Spaniards in frugality, 79 ; some Mexicans were afraid the country would become Americanized, 80 Area, of Mexico, 5, 91 ; of silver mines, 13 ; of City of Mexico, 98, 107 Army, strength of, 99, 100 B Bananas, where grown, cost, yield, and size, 61 ; export of, variety, an article of food, 62 Bancroft, H. H., referred to, 108 ; his statistics on drainage of Mexico, 274 Banks, names of, 131, 225, 226 ; National Bank of Mexico, 131 ; Bank of London and Mexico, 132 Bees, 71, 72 Belize, occupied by, 6 ; boundary of, 7 Birds, 71, 72 Bolson de Mapimi, 12 Boundary of Mexico, with the United States, 5 ; with Guatemala, 6 ; with Belize, 6, 7 Brocklehurst, 109 Bucyrus Co., 277 Bustamante, Don Alejandro, 15 Cables in Mexico, where located, 123 Cactus, species, 51 Cadereita, Marquis of, Viceroy, 273 Canaigre, use, where found, 55 Canal, size of, 270, 278, 279 ; lining of, report on, 271 ; sum appropriated for building of, and loan, 275 ; contracted by, articles of contract, 277, 278 ; how work carried out, 278 ; flow, 278, 279 ; length of, 280 Castillo, Bernal Diaz del, 19 Catholics, wealth of, 93, 94 Cattle, raising, export of, 56-8 ; cost of fattening, lack of water, 57 Cerralvo, Marquis de, his plan in regard- to canal and tunnel, 272 Cession of territory to the United States, by the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, by the Gadsden treaty, by treaty signed at Washington with Mexico, 7, 8 Charcoal, 4 Chewing-gum, demand, production, 53 ; value, 54 City of Mexico, location and settlement of old city, 107, 108, 267-9 I present city, 108, 109, 268 ; public buildings, 109, no ; factories, no ; mortality, in, 114, 115, 279 ; threatened by an inun- dation in 1604, often flooded in the early days, 269 ; plan to change capi- tal, 272 Climate, rainfall, 35, 36 ; temperature, 36, 37 ; climatic conditions, 37, 38 \ meteorological observations taken in several cities of Mexico, 38, 40, 41 ; meteorological observations taken in several localities of Mexico, 39 ; Mex- ico as a sanitarium, 41, 42 ; of City of Mexico, no, in; meteorology in the Mexican Republic, in, 114; climato- logical data of the City of Mexico, 112 ; summary of meteorological observa- tions of the City of Mexico, 113 ; good for work, 128 ; of City of Mexico, 274,. 275 Clouds, 38 Coal, cost of, and mining, 22 ; coal-fields,, 23-5 Cochineal, where cultivated, price, 53 Cocoa, where produced, 51, 52 ; disad- vantages of raising, 52 Cocoa-nuts, where grown, use, 62, 63 Coffee, best location, production, 44, 45 r advantages and disadvantages of rais- ing, 127 Coinage of precious metals, gold and silver, 21 ; mints, 27, 109 407 408 Colleges and universities established by the Spaniards, 100-102 Copper, quality, amount produced, 22, 23 Cortez, Hernan, reference to, 19, 55, 123, 268, 269 Cotton, best location, expense of produc- tion, 48 ; seed, 24 Courts, Supreme Federal, 26 Debt of Mexico, bonds, loans, etc., 129, 130; accomplishing credit, 130; amount of debt, 130, 131 ; National debt to June 30, 1896, 221, 222 Dering, Sir Henry, quotations from, 47, 54, 55, 64 Diaz, President, referred to, 115-18, 122-4, I3° J tribute to, 280 Dikes, first dike in 1450, 267 ; descrip- tion of, by Prescott, 268 ; one built by Spaniards, 269 Domestic animals, 71, 72 Drainage works of the Valley of Mexico, where article on, was first published, how long to complete work, 266 ; mag- nitude of work, 267 ; by the Mexican Government, 274-6 ; works consist of, 276 ; works completed, 279, 280 ; im- portance to the City of Mexico, 280 E Egypt, compared with Mexico, 10, n English in Mexico, immediately after the independence, nearly all disappeared, 79 Espinosa, Don Luis, present director of tunnel work, 275 Expenses, amount of, 137, 138 ; of Fed- eral Government, 139-41 ; of custom- houses, 147 ; of internal revenue, 148 ; of direct taxes, 149 ; of Mexican States, 151 ; of municipalities, 153 ; of Mexico in the year 1896-97, 245 Exports, from 1826-28, 155 ; from 1877- 96, 159 ; by countries and custom- houses from 1894-96, 1 60 ; value of metals and commodities exported in 1895-96, 161 ; of commodities from 1886-96, 162 ; of agricultural products from 1877-96, 164 ; destination and value of metals and commodities from 1882-92, 168, 169 ; total exports, 169 ; value of Mexican exports during 1872- 73, 172 ; from Mexico and to the United States, 173 ; of domestic mer- chandise to Mexico 1858-83, i78-*8o ; from the United States to Mexico 1889- 97, 182, 183; articles exported from the United States to Mexico, 184, 185 ; tropical products supplied by Mexico to the United States, 185, 186 ; cattle exported to the United States, 186 ; of precious metals and minerals in the years 1879-80, 1889-90, and 1894- 95, 1 88 ; of silver, of silver bullion, 189 ; of silver ore, 190 ; of gold, 190, 191 ; of gold from Mexico to the United States, 192 ; of Mexico by countries and custom-houses in the year 1896-97, 246 ; Mexican exports to the United States, 247 F Financial condition, of Mexico, 126, 137, 138; of railroads, 119, 120, 195, 196; of banks, 132 ; of States and municipal- ities, 154 Fish, 71, 72 Flora in Mexico, products raised, 42, 43 ; flowers grown, 63, 64 Foreign immigration, encouragement to, 125 ; difference of, from the United States, 126, 127 ; cost of labor, 127 ; warning from consular reports, 127, 128 ; those who should immigrate, 128 Foreign trade, small before railroads built, cost of transportation, 154; amount of, with United States, 170; why difficult to have correct data with United States, 170, 171 ; commercial transactions between Mexico and the United States from 1820-50, 173 ; com- merce in merchandise between the United States and Mexico from 1851- 97, 174; total commerce between the United States and Mexico by years and decades from 1851-97, 175 ; increase of trade during 1896-97, 184; between Mexico and the United States during the first nine months of 1897, 247 Forests, 37, 38 ; destruction of, 65, 66 ; in Mississippi Valley, 66 Forey, Marshall, 108 Franciscan monks, work done by, 273 French in Mexico, own large dry-goods houses, 79 Fuel, 23-5 ; demand for, 24 ; consump- tion of, 64 Garay, Senor Don Francisco de, plan for tunnel, 275 Gelves, Marquis de, his orders about tunnel, 271 Geology, rock formations, 12 ; rich in ores, 12, 13 Germans in Mexico, succeeded by Eng- lish, and are doing well, 79 Gil, Mr. George, British Colonies, 6 Ginger, yield, 55 Gold, where found and how reduced, 14, 19, 20 ; amount of production, ex- tract from Mr. Cramer, 20 ; weight and standard value, 133 ; production of, in years 1879-80, 1889-90, and 1894-95, 1 88 ; accredited to Mexico, 192 409 Government of Mexico, 98, 99 Grasses, where grown, use, 56 Guatemala, boundary, latitude, length of southern boundary, 6 ; cochineal raised there, 53 Guggenheim, smelter, 23, 28, 29 H Henequen, where grown, average pounds per acre, 49 Humboldt, Baron von, reference to, 13, 15, 81, 104, 271 Hydrography, coast, gulfs, harbors, bays, 32; islands, 33; rivers and torrents, 33, 34 Imports, from 1826-28, 155 ; from 1872- 75, 156 ; from 1885-86 and 1888-90, 157 ; from 1892-96, 158 ; by countries from 1888-90, by custom-houses from 1894-96, 1 60 ; values of metals and commodities from 1882-92, 165-7 ; resume of total, 167 ; to Mexico and to the United States, 172 ; of merchandise from Mexico from 1858-83, 176, 177 ; into the United States, 181, 182 ; lead- ing merchandise imports from Mexico to the United States, 184; of gold bullion, ore, and coin into the United States, 191 ; of Mexico by countries and custom-houses in the year 1896-97,246; from the United States, 248 Indians, Mexican, tribes, 72 ; classifica- tion of tribes, 73 ; similar to Malay- Asiatic races, 73, 74 ; extract from San Francisco, Cal. , Bulletin, 73 ; char- acteristics, 74, 75 ; prominent men among them, marriages, 74 ; education, 76, 105 ; strength, 78 ; religion, 97 ; Sir William Kingston on, 75 ; originated work on canal, 267-9 India-rubber, places best adapted for it as an industry, 46, 47 ; amount of pro- duction, 46 ; profits and expense of, 47, 48 Inhabitants, most thickly inhabited parts, 37; manner of living, 128; aborigines, per cent, of, 72 Inundations of the City of Mexico, used to be flooded once on an average of every twenty-five years, the one in 1580, in 1604, 269 ; one in 1607, 270 ; one which occurred in 1629, 272 ; decrease in, since Nochistongo opening, caused by cutting of forests, 274 Iron, where found, 21, 22, 25 ; Cerro del Mercado mine, quality, 21 ; impor- tation of, foundries, 22 Irrigation, but little at present in Mexico, 63 ; scarcity of water, 64, 65 ; cause of decrease in rainfall, good investment, 66 ; reason for short grain supply, 70 ; Kazas irrigation, 67-70 Lakes, number of, description of, 268, 269 ; disappearance of Lake Mexico, 269 ; Lake Texcoco filling up, lake al- most disappeared, 274 ; altitudes of, 275 ; canal crosses Lake Texcoco, 276 Lamoreaux, map showing cession of ter- ritory, 7 Languages in Mexico, varieties, 85, 86 ; Indian, similar to Oriental, 74 ; synop- sis of Indian, 86-8 Latitude, of Mexico, 5 ; of Guatemala, 6 ; of silver mines, 13 ; of City of Mexico, 107 Laws, mining, 25-7 ; lands, 124 ; coloni- zation, 125, 126 ; banking, 131 Lead, ores, 17, 18 ; yield, 28, 29 Lemons, where grown, 60 Lempriere, Notes on Mexico, 9 Libraries in Mexico, 106 ; names, number of volumes and students, 233-5 Li Hung Chang and the Mexican silver mines, 18, 19 Limes and shaddocks, where planted, variety, 61 Longitude, of Mexico, 5 ; of silver mines, 13 ; of City of Mexico, 107 Mamey, use of, 63 Mangoes, cultivated taste, transporta- tion of, 63 Manufacturing, factories in 1893, 236 ; additional establishments, 237 Martinez, Enrico, his plan for canal, 270; plan inaugurated, 271 ; plan accepted in 1614, 271, 272 ; scored for not doing his work right, 272 ; referred to, 272-4 ; again requested to carry out work, 273 Matthews, Mr. James F., 18 Maximilian, 108 ; downfall, 95 Mendez, Simon, his plan for canal, 273 ; reference to, 275 Mercado, Gines Vazquez del, Cerro del, 21 Mexico as a Central American State, where article was published, 249 ; how article originated, 249, 250 ; geographi- cal situation of Mexico, 250 ; five States of Central America, 250 ; States of Mexico, 251 ; geographical extension of Central America, 251 ; how remarks were received by a Guatemalan repre- sentative, 252 Miller, Mr. Chas., 18 Mining, richness of mines, 13 ; miners, 25 ; Mexico offers great advantages in, 128, 129 Money, weights and measures, 133, 134 Monies Claros, Marquis de, reference to, 269 Museum, National, 103 4io N Navigation, number of vessels, 237 ; ves- sels arrived at Mexican ports in 1895, 238; vessels departed from Mexican ports in 1895, 239; foreign passengers arrived at Mexican ports in 1895, 240 ; foreign passengers departed from Mex- ican ports in 1895, 241 ; resume of vessels and passengers arrived and de- parted by rail and ports in 1895, 242 ; vessels arrived and departed from Mex- ican ports in 1894-96, 243 Navy, strength of, 100 Netzahualcoyotl, saw the necessity for a drainage canal, 267 ; one of the dikes built by, 268 Newspapers, 106 Noyes, Theodore W., Mexico and Egypt, 10, II Ophidians, 71 Oranges, where and how raised, irrigation, distillation, 59 ; flavor, yield compared with coffee, Frederico Atristain re- ferred to, the cyclone in Florida, 60 Orography, mountains and plateaus, 29- 32 ; elevation of mountain ranges, 31 Papaya, use, 63 Patents, number of, 132 Pearson, S., & Son, contractors for canal, 277 Peat, 23, 24 Peppermint, where grown, 55 Pineapples, uses, where grown, 62 Political organizations of Mexico, of Federal Government, 98, 99 Political parties, Church, its wealth, 93, 94 ; Liberal, 94 Population of Mexico, increase of, 76, 77 ; decrease of Mexican Indians, 77, 78 ; from 1795 to 1895, 89 ; parts most thickly settled, 90; of United Mexi- can States, 91 Position of Mexico, 9 Postal service, number of offices and agencies, 123, 124 ; mail carried, re- ceipts, 133 ; post-offices in Mexico in 1895, 223 ; earnings and expenditures of post-offices from 1869-96, 224 ; number of postal pieces transported from 1878-95, 225 Prescott, History of Conquest of Mexico, 268 Profiles, MeAican, from Veracruz to Mexico by the Mexican Railway, from Apizaco to Puebla, a branch of the Mexican Railway, 253 ; from Veracruz to Mexico by the Interoceanic Railway, from the City of Mexico to Morelos by a branch of the Interoceanic, 254 ; from Puebla to Izucar de Matamoros, a branch of the Interoceanic, 255 ; from the City of Mexico to El Paso del Norte by the Central Mexican, 255-7 ; from Aguascalientes to Tampico by the Mexican Central, 257, 258 ; from Ira- puato to Guadalajara, a branch of the Mexican Central, 258 ; from the City of Mexico to Laredo Tamaulipas by the Mexican National, 258-60 ; from Acambaroto Patzcuaro, a branch of the Mexican National, 261 ; from Piedras Negras to Durango by the Mexican International, 261, 262 ; from Sabinas to Hondo, a branch of the Mexican International, 262 ; from the City of Mexico to Cuernavaca and Acapulco, 262, 263 ; from Puebla to Oaxacabythe Mexican Southern, 263; from Coatzacoalcos to Salina Cruz by the National Tehuantepec, 263, 264 ; from the City of Mexico to Pachuca by the Hidalgo and Northeastern Railway, from San Augustin to Irolo, a branch of the Hidalgo Railway, 264 ; from Durango to Mazatlan by bridle path, from Manzanillo to Guadalajara by wagon road, 265 ; from Tehuacan to Oaxaca and Puerto Angel by wagon road, 266 Publications about Mexico, non-official, 134 ; newspapers, 228 Public lands, granted to Indians and Spaniards, survey of, 124 ; division of, 124, 125 ; price of, 125 ; titles of, 227, 228 Pulque, where and how cultivated, 48, 49 ; fermentation of, expense and profit, 50 ; thorn and root useful, 51 Purpose of this paper, 244 Quicksilver, production of, 23 R Railway itineraries (see Profiles) Railways in Mexico, history of, 115, 116 ; extent, 116, 119; President Diaz's policy on, 117, 118 ; President Diaz's statistics on, 119; financial condition of, 119- 21 ; length of, passengers and tons carried, 133 ; mileage in operation October 31, 1896, 193-5 ; resume of, 195 ; Mexican Central, 196, 197 ; Mexican National, 196-8 ; Mexican In- ternational, 199, 200 ; Mexican South- ern, 200, 201 ; Mexican Railroad, 201 ; Interoceanic Railway, Sonora Railway, Hidalgo and Northeastern Railway, 202 ; Merida and Progreso Railway, Tehuacan and Esperanza Railway, Railways in Mexico — Continued. Me'rida and Peto Railway, 203 ; Sinaloa . and Durango Railway, Merida and Campeche Railway, Merida and Valla- dolid Railway, 204 ; Tlalmanalco Rail- way, San Juan Bautista and Carrizal Passenger Railway, San Andres and Chalchicomula Railway, 205 ; Orizaba and Ingenio Railway, Santa Ana and Tlaxcala Railway, Cardenas and Rio Grijalva Railway, 206 ; Toluca and San Juan de las Huertas Railway, Vane- gas, Cedral, Matehuala, and Rio Verde Railway, Merida and Izamal Railway, San Marcos and Nautla Railway, 207 ; Monterey and Gulf Railway, Cordova and Tuxtepec Railway, Maravatio and Cuernavaca Railway, Salamanca and Santiago Valley Railway, 208 ; Monte Alto Railway, Valley of Mexico Railway, Puebla Industrial Railway, Mexican Northern Railway, Mexico, Cuernavaca, and Pacific Railway, 209 ; Federal District Tramways, Veracruz and Alvarado Railway, 210 ; traffic and receipts of Mexican railroads, 211; subsidies paid by Mexican Government to June 30, 1896, 212-20 Read & Campbell, Messrs., contractors of tunnel, 276, 277 Real del Monte, 15-17 Religion in Mexico, Catholic clergy and convents, 92, 93 ; in politics, 94 ; Catholics of to-day, 94, 95 ; Protestant missionaries, 95-7; Protestant churches established by Mr. Henry C. Riley, 96 ; statistics on Protestants, 97, 98 Revenue, increase, 137 ; difficult to get data, 138 ; statistics of, from 1808-67, 139 ; statistics on, from 1867-88, 140 ; statistics on, from 1888-96, 141 ; Fed- eral appropriations from 1868-95, 142 ; sources of, import duties, 143 ; addi- tional import duties, export duties, 144 ; custom receipts, 145, 146 ; internal revenue, 146, 147 ; direct taxes, 148, 149 ; of Mexican States, 150 ; of mu- nicipalities, 152 ; of Mexico in the year 1896-97, 245 Rice, how cultivated, 53 Ruins in Mexico, Uxmal, 80, 81 ; Pa- lenque, Cholula, 81 ; Teotihuacan, 81- 83 ; Mitla, 83 ; extract from Sir Vivien Cory on, 83-5 Sanchez, Father, plan for tunnel, 270; plan condemned. 271 Sandy Plains of Mexico, 12 Sanitarium, Mexico as a, 41, 42 School of Engineering, 103 School of Medicine, 102, 103 Schools, statistics of, 105, 106 ; public, 229, 230 ; private, 231, 232 Sewage of the City of Mexico, danger of, 274 ; description of, and how to be effected, 279 Sheep, mistakes made in raising, 58 Shipping, mercantile marine, vessels in foreign and coasting trade, tons car- ried, 133 Silk culture, where grown, varieties, 52 ; how sold, 53 Silver, yield, and where found, 13, 14 ; system of reduction, 14 ; history of some mines, 15, 16 ; duties on, 28 ; weight and standard value, 133 ; total coinage of, 186 ; total production of, coined by Mexican mints from 1535 to 1895, 187 ; production of in the years 1879-80, 1889-90, and 1894-95, 188 ; coined and exported from 1874- 96, 189 Smelting plants, Mexican Metallurgical Co., 28 ; National Mexican Smelter at Monterey, 28, 29 ; Central Mexican Smelter, Velardena Mining Co., The Chihuahua Mining Co., The Mazapil Copper Co., Limited, Sabinal Mining and Smelting Co., Chihuahua, La Preciosa, The Boleo Smelter, 29 Smith, Captain, referred to, 275 Spaniards in Mexico, characteristics, 78, 79 ; climate check on growth, little education, 79 ; built dike for canal, 269 Starr, Professor, his theory, 76 States of Mexico, classification and divi- sion, etc., 90, 91 Sugar-cane, size, places best adapted for raising, cost of raising, 45 Switzerland, compared with Mexico, 10 Technical schools, at the present time, 103, 104 ; reorganization of, 104, 105 Tejada, Senor Lerdo de, 115 Telegraphs, number of different com- panies, 121-3 ; length of, 133 ; earn- ings and expenditures from 1869-96, 224 Telephones, length of, 133 Terreros, Don Pedro Jose Romero de, 15, 109 Texas, annexation of, 7 Tobacco, quality of, 45, 46 Topia, new mines, 17 Trade-marks, number of, 132, 133 Transportation, of money, 131 ; cost of, railroads have revolutionized, 154, 155 ; of mangoes, 63 ; of postal pieces, 225 Treaties, Guadalupe-Hidalgo, Gadsden, one signed at Washington between the United States and Texas, 7, 8 Tunnel, originated, 270, 271 ; blocked up, 272 ; work carried on in 1614, closed, 271 ; opened out, 272 ; earth- quake destroyed it in 1637 ; condi- tion of old tunnel now, 273 ; dangers 412 Tunnel — Continued. in building, 273, 274 ; location of, 275 ; contract for, size, 276, 277 ; discharged, managed by, 277 ; length of, 280 Valley of Mexico, its development, 106, 107 ; topographical conditions, 267 Van Boot, Adrian, sent to make a report, his plan, 271 Vanilla, where grown, production, varie- ties, etc., 52 ; how sold, 53 Vegetation, 36 Velasco, Viceroy Don Luis de, 271 W Wages, advantages of foreign labor, 48 ; prevents immigration to Mexico of poor people, 126-9 Warner, Charles Dudley, Mexico com- pared with other countries, 10 ; climate of Mexico, 42, 43 ; on church edifices, 92,93 Water, Mr. J. A., Pinos Altos Gold Mine, 14 Winds, 38 Woods, cabinet and dye, where grown, some of the species, 43, 44, 55 Yuca, when and where grown, 54 ; yield 55 Yucatan, configuration, civilization, 9 Zapote, use, 63 Zones, products of cold, temperate, and hot, 58 INDEX TO ARTICLES ON COFFEE AND INDIA-RUBBER CULTURE. Age of coffee-tree, some think duration depends on shade, 342 Altitude, of various places in Soconusco, 297 ; its effect on climate, 15,000 ft. snow line in Soconusco, 362 Asiatic rubber-tree, grows larger than American, 378 Aublet, his botanical name for rubber, 378 B Bearing, trees 25 and 30 years, 342 Blossoming (white) of coffee-tree, time of, 343 Bond, Mr. James B., extract from com- munication to State Department giving information about rubber, 384 ; letters from him in reference to rubber in Brazil, 396-398 Botanical names of rubber-tree, 378 Chacon, Sr. Don Jose Maria, owner of Zanjon Seco rubber plantation, 384 ; opinion about the way to plant rubber cuttings, 387 ; his opinion about rubber planted in Soconusco, 388 Chardwar, rubber, number of large trees in, near Ferozpoor, sap of Ficus elastica better in old trees than in young, yield of, 399 Cheapness of coffee-raising, 287 ; made cheaper by raising sugar-cane at the same time, 288 Clavijero, Father, his description of Mexican rubber-trees, 379 Clearing ground for rubber, should be done first, 386 Climate, Soconusco suitable for coffee- raising, 286, 295 ; coffee affected by humidity, 298 ; affected by sun, latitude, and altitude, 362 ; location of mountain chains, 362, 363 ; distance from sea, inclination of country to course of sun, geology of soil, degree of cultivation of soil, 363 ; winds, 363, 364 ; amount of rainfall, 364 ; hot country best for rubber, 385 Coffee-raising in Soconusco, compared with other countries, 286, 287 ; com- pared with Ceylon, 357-359 Coffee sent to market in casks and bar- rels, 350 Color of coffee, bluish color which after- wards changes to grayish green, 350 Condamine, M. de la, his description of rubber-trees on banks of Amazon, 378 ; extraction of rubber, 380 Corn, custom in Soconusco to plant at same time with coffee but not best to doit, 314 Cost of coffee in Barcenas, nursery and seed, stakes and holes, preparation of the soil, transplanting, weedings, other expenses, 354; of each cuerda, 355 Cost of coffee plantation in Ceylon, ist year, 355, 356 ; 2d year, 356 ; 3d year, 356, 357; total cost and loss, 357 Cost of coffee plantation in Soconusco, of ground, ist year, 351 ; 2d, 3d, and 4th years, resume of, 352 Cost of coffee-raising in Soconusco, as compared with Ceylon, 333 Cost, of rubber plantation, of 10,000 trees at distance of 3 yards, 393 ; distance of 5 yards, estimate of 10,000 trees at 3 yards, 4 yards, and 5 yards, of each tree during 6 years, 394 ; of 100,000 trees at a dis- tance of 3, 4 and 5 yards, yield after 6 years, 395 Cost of sugar-cane plantation, 288, 289 Cuerda, number of coffee plants to the, 303, 304 Cultivation of soil, affects climate, re- claiming of marshy land makes temper- ature warmer, 363 413 414 Demand for rubber, has increased, in Para and other regions, wild trees have been destroyed, price increased, 374 ; is increasing, likely to supersede iron, 38i Digging holes for staking for coffee, time for 317 ; manner of, size in Soconusco, in Ceylon, planting without, 318 Discovery of rubber-tree, verylittleknown of, French astronomers first to call attention to it, 379 Distance between coffee plants, difference of opinion regarding, 302 ; general practice of, what it depends on, 303 ; area of each tree, 314 ; advantages of long, advantages of short, 305 ; rules regarding, 305, 306 Distance between rubber-trees, very important, makes difference in yield in proportion to distance apart, 389 Drainage, how it should be made, method in Ceylon, Mr. Sabonadiere on, 335 Drying coffee beans in Guatemala, put on threshing floor and exposed to sun, should not be piled up, time required for, 346; stoves invented for but not used, 347 Drying coffee in Ceylon, heaped upon inclined platform to drain and then spread out to dry in sun, good, inferior and waste coffee dried apart, 349 ; bean dried, 350 Dyeing coffee in Guatemala, bluish color desirable in Soconusco markets, how color is given, 347 E Encyclopedia Britannica on india-rubber, 377 Enemies to coffee-tree, many in Ceylon, 336 ; grubs, coffee bug, ants in Ceylon, 337 ; ants in Soconusco and Guatemala, 337 Escobar, Don Sebastian, experiment made with transplanting rubber- trees, 386, 387 ; estimate of cost of rubber plantation by, 393 Esmeralda, large rubber plantation on southern coast of Oaxaca, 374 Evaporation, loss of rubber, 382 Export of india-rubber, from United States, manufactured and crude, in 1856 and 1857, from Para in 1856 and 1869, 400 ; from Para from 1851 to 1870, 401 Extraction of rubber, by making incision in bark, exposed to sun or fire, water evaporates and leaves rubber, exposed to air it becomes dark, 379 ; method in Soconusco ruinous to trees, to extract properly a more adequate instrument than machete and something better than leaves or clay for receptacle are re- quired, 392 ; rules in regard to, incision should be healed, 393 Faraday, Prof., analysis of rubber, 380, 382 Felling trees, best season for, to prepare coffee plantation, 313 Ferguson, A. M. and J., india-rubber and gutta-percha, 375 Fertilizer for coffee, necessity for, and advantage of, used in Soconusco, used in Ceylon, 338 ; substances used, 339, 340 ; manner of applying, 340, 341 ; when to use, cost of, 341 Ficus elastica inferior to American rub- ber, 399 Finck, Hugo, his opinion in regard to shade, in regard to coffee-trees, 368 Forests, destruction of, may be fatal to a region, 363 Frisman, found rubber-trees in 1751, 379 Fruit of coffee-tree, time of crop, time of second crop, 4th year after trans- planting best crop, 342 ; size, color, when it should be picked, 343 Future of india-rubber, very great, 373 ; large profits, safe industry, 402 Gauffrau, Dr., rubber plantation in Nica- ragua, 385 Geological character of soil, how it affects climate, 363 Goodyear, Mr. Charles, inventor of vul- canized rubber, 380 Griffith, Mr. William, report on Asiatic rubber in district of Chardwar, 399 Guatemala, coffee-raising of to-day and twenty years ago, 283, 284 ; price of land compared with land in Mexico, 284 ; coffee culture in, 284 ; labor in, 290 H Hardiness of rubber-tree, simplifies cul- ture, 389 Harriman, F. O., letter to India-Rubber World, recommending Tehuantepec lands for coffee-raising, 360 ; Mr. Ro- mero writes to editor of India-Rubber World in which letter he refers to and criticises Mr. F. O. Harriman's article, 364, 365 ; letter of, 365, 366 ; Mr. Ro- mero answers letter of, 367 Harriman, J. P., letter in answer to Mr. Romero's of September 25, 1893, 360 Hatillo, rubber plantation at, 385 flnfcej. 415 Importance of india-rubber culture in the future of Mexico, 373 ; extracts of the same published in India-Rubber World of New York of April 15, 1893, 374 Importation of rubber, manufactured and crude, in the United States in 1856 and 1857, from England in 1857 and 1858, 400 Inclination of country to course of sun, affects climate, 363 India-rubber tree, difference between large and small trees, size and shape of leaf, shape of tree, bark, 379 Irrigating, indispensable in dry places, 336 Jacquieu, his botanical name for the india-rubber tree, 378 K King, Mr. William, his views on coffee fertilizers, 340 Labor, required in cultivating rubber, 386 Laborers in Soconusco, scarcity of, 287, 289 ; regulated by price paid in Guate- mala, 287 ; debts of, 289 ; Indians as, 290 Laborie, system of transplanting, 316 ; his method compared with Sabonadi- ere's, 317 ; system of pruning, 329, 330 ; pulping machines have been in use since time of, 345 Latitude determines temperature of locality, 362 Letters, from Mr. Romero to editor of India-Rubber World of New York criticising Mr. F. O. Harriman's article on rubber growing in Tehuantepec lands, 364, 365 ; from F. O. Harriman in answer to Mr. Romero's on the question of shade, 365, 366 ; inCoatza- coalcos Valley, it is an experiment, 366 ; from J. P. Harriman to editor of India-Rubber World of February 15, 1894, in answer to Mr. Romero's letter in which he states that Tehuan- tepec is well suited to coffee, gives the yield of trees, 367 ; an answer from Mr. Romero to editor of India-Rubber World published in their issue of February 15, 1894, in answer to letters of F. O. and J. P. Harriman in which he states why it was written, speaks of temperature of different regions and effects on coffee, 368 ; advice to Mr. F. O. Harriman, denies high lands are good for coffee, 369 ; from Mr. Romero dated at Tapachula, Soconusco, Sep- tember 26, 1872, to Mr. James R. Bond asking about the culture of india-rubber, 396 ; from Mr. James R. Bond dated at New York October 22, 1872, in answer to Mr. Romero's questions about rubber, 396-398 Lindley, John, Treasury of Botany, 378 Linnaeus, his botanical name for india- rubber, 378 M Manchinelli, Mr. Jeronimo, description of rubber-trees on his San Carlos farm, 379 ; size of his trees, 389 Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences, ex- periments for utilizing rubber, 379 Mexican Agricultural Dictionary and Rural Economy, rules given for im- proving quality of coffee seed, 310 Mountain chains, location of, affects climate, 362, 363 N Nelson, Mr. William, his rubber planta- tion in Guatemala, 384 New American Encyclopedia, articles on rubber, 377 Norris, Mr. Lee, his way of keeping rub- ber in milky form, 380 Nursery for coffee in Ceylon, place chosen for, how coffee is planted, drainage, 312 ; when and how to transplant, 312, 313 Nursery for coffee in Soconusco, definition of, advantages of, 307 ; land suitable for and location of, 307, 308 ; formed from seeds, 308 ; preparation of ground for, time for planting, 309 ; replanting, how to make it, 310 Paper on coffee, 299, 300 ; inducements for writing, 283 Persoon, his botanical name for rubber, 378 Picking coffee in Ceylon, how effected, 344 Picking coffee in Soconusco, how done, price paid for, 343 ; very costly, 344 Plan of coffee plantation, how made, 314 Plantations in Soconusco, where situated, 359 Planting rubber-trees, how done, 386 ; an economical way of, 387 Plants for selling, nursery for, profitable industry to supply, 312 Preparation of coffee in Ceylon, 348 Preparation of coffee in Colima and So- 416 conusco, 348 ; primitive method em- ployed in Soconusco, 345 Prevailing winds, great influence of, on climate, 364 Price of coffee, in Soconusco, profit, 285 Price of coffee plants, in Guatemala, in Soconusco, 312 Price of rubber, 381 ; quadrupled in So- conusco in the last ten years, 381, 382 Priestly, Dr. , Prospective, 379 Productiveness of coffee in Barcenas, yield 3d year, 4th year, 354 Productiveness of coffee in Soconusco, yield, net profit, 353 Profits of coffee culture, extensive lands in Mexico suitable for coffee which will make the fortune of those engaged in it, 360 Profits of coffee culture in Barcenas, pro- ceeds, cost, profit a year, 354 Profits of coffee culture in Soconusco, yield in 3d, 4th, and 5th years, net profit, 353 Profits of rubber, estimates of, 382, 383 ; yield of trees annually, 383 Pruning coffee plants, time for, 311, 333; root of plant in transplanting, 321 ; rules of, 326 ; principles of, 326, 327 ; advantages of, 327, 328 ; topping sys- tem used in Soconusco, height of in So- conusco, Guatemala, and Ceylon, 328; system used in Soconusco, difficulties of, rules for, 329 ; system of Laborie, 329, 330, 332, 333 ; system of Sabona- diere, 330, 331 ; system of practical cultivator of Ceylon, 331 ; system of the Observer of Colombo, 331, 332 Pulping coffee in Ceylon, how done, 349; Pulping coffee in Guatemala, how done, 345 Rainfall, amount of, affects climate, 364 ; Replanting coffee-trees, how done and where necessary, 325 Retrilla, used for shelling coffee, 347 Ridges for coffee plants, system sometimes used in Ceylon, 336 Ripening of coffee, time required for, 343 Roads for coffee plantations, how made, in Ceylon, 334 ; cost of, 335 Rubber culture, lack of information on, 377 Sabonadiere, Mr. William, his Coffee Planter in Ceylon, 292 ; transplanting coffee, 316, 317 ; pruning coffee plants, 33O, 331 ; making roads for coffee plantations, 324 ; on drainage, 335 ; on fertilizers, 337 ; on cost of manuring in Ceylon, 341 ; his opinion of pulping machines, 345, 346 ; estimate of cost of plantation by, 355, 356, 357 ; estimate of cost of coffee by, 357, 358, 359 Samayoa, Mr. Jose Maria, his plantation, 354 Screber, his botanical name for rubber, 378 Sea, proximity to, advantageous to raising of coffee, 287, 288 ; productiveness at high altitude above level of, most suited to coffee-raising, 296, 297 Seed-plot, plan of , combination of nursery, 380 Seeds, best state to plant, 309 ; should be put in water, sowing, 310 Separating good from bad coffee in Guatemala, 346 Shade for coffee, advantages of, 300, 301, 302 ; disadvantages of, 301, 302 ; some think durability of coffee-trees in Cey- lon depend on, 342 Shade for rubber, whether required, 388 Sites for plantations, character of ground suitable for, 299 Slips of coffee plants, nursery formed from, 311 Soil for coffee- raising, Guatemala suit- able, 284 ; Soconusco suitable, 284- 286 ; clayey sub-soil best, 291 ; dif- ferent opinions on, 291, 292 ; layer of vegetable soil indispensable, slopes of volcanoes best as, 292 ; comparison of virgin forest land, and land recently cleared as, 292, 293 ; comparison of level and hilly soil as, 294, 295 Soil for rubber, in Soconusco, selection of, 386 ; Soconusco good for rubber, 387, 388 Sorting coffee in Ceylon, how performed, 350 Sorting coffee in Guatemala, performed by hand, classes of coffee, 348 Special Consular Report, 1892, on rubber culture in Brazil, India, and Africa, 374, 375 I confirms points laid down here, 375 Specific gravity of rubber, 3/9, 380 Staking for coffee, necessary, time for, operation of, 315 ; work of the men, 315, 316 ; in Ceylon, 316 Sun, effect on coffee-tree, 297 ; effect on climate, 361, 362 Supply of coffee for United States, Mexico destined to become chief source of, 285 Supply of rubber, diminishing, 381 Taylor, Mr., his opinion as to shade for coffee-trees, 368 ; Coffee Growing in Mexico, 365 417 Tehuan tepee, Mr. F. O. Harriman rec- ommends lands of as good for coffee and india-rubber culture, 361 ; Mr. Ro- mero answers Mr. F. O. Harriman's letter about coffee and india-rubber, 364 ; Mr. F. O. Harriman thinks coffee wherever planted in Isthmus of, needs shade, 365 ; in Isthmus of, coffee-rais- ing is no new experiment, 366 Time required by rubber-tree to yield, 39°.. 391 Transplanting coffee plants, time in So- conusco, time in Ceylon, time in Guate- mala, 311 ; number of ways of, 318; time for, manner of, 319, 320, 321, 322 ; in slips, in Ceylon, 322, 323 Transplanting rubber-trees, not necessary to plant in nursery, 386 Transportation of coffee, Soconusco near to sea, 287, 288 ; new roads needed for, 288 ; in large plantations cart roads have to be constructed, 243 ; in Ceylon, from trees to where it is prepared for market, 344 Trenches for draining coffee plantations, system used in Ceylon of making, 335, 336 ; methods of and cost of making, 336 Trunk of rubber-trees in Soconusco, spongy white wood with large pores, 379 U United Rubber Co., recommends sap to be bottled, best method of treatment according to, 399 Ure, Dr., analysis of rubber, 380, 382 ; his opinion of Asiatic rubber, 386 ; thinks fifty-six per cent of rubber after incision is made evaporates, 392 ; on rubber in Assam, 398 Uses of coffee, 285 W Washing coffee in Ceylon, how done, 349 Washing coffee in Guatemala, how done, 346 Water, coffee should be planted near, irrigation for coffee, 299 Weeding coffee plants, why necessary, 323, 324 ; method in Ceylon, 324 ; man- ner of, number to be made during year, 324, 325 Weeding rubber-trees, 390 Weitch, Lieutenant, discovered abun- dance of ficus elastica in district of Naudwoor, 399 Where most rubber-trees are found, 385 Wildenow, his botanical name for rubber- tree, 378 Wild rubber-trees, thus far rubber has been extracted entirely from, 384 ; found in forests, 388 Winds, plants should be sheltered from, for coffee-raising, 298 Yield of coffee, each cuerda, 304 ; of trees, 342 Yield of rubber per tree, 391 ; loss in evaporation, 392 Young coffee plants, time for stiirting nursery of, how to be planted, 311 Zuchiate Rubber Plantation, where lo- cated, size, number of trees, etc., 373, 374 14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT. This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. r> **«-»»»-» JUL2V67-5PM ' DEPT, •JAN 6 195 EEh 10May'59BB REC'D LI ,' jutu lasfM 2 ] 'ss "ft PM LOAN »* LD JU124I96794 LD 21-100m-6,'56 (B9311slO)476 General Library University of California Berkeley RETURN TO the circulation desk of any University of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS • 2-month loans may be renewed by calling (510)642-6753 • 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF • Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date. DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 1 3 2001 FEB 0 8 2007 12,000(11/95)